0% found this document useful (0 votes)

53 views588 pages

R Af1224 PDF

Uploaded by

William Lozada

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

53 views588 pages

R Af1224 PDF

Uploaded by

William Lozada

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 588

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/8

Model: General RTB Date: 8-Nov-02 No.: RGene011

Subject: Euro symbol not printed with PS driver Prepared by: T. Itoh
From: Technical Services sec. Service Planning Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other ( )

SYMPTOM
When printing with the PS driver, the Euro currency symbol is not printed out with 112 of
136 fonts, which are stored in the font ROM in GW-based products.

The following are GW-based products:

Model-K3, Model-K P2, Russian-C2, Adonis- C2, Model-A P3, Model-J P1b, Model-J CF
Model-U P1, Model-U C1, Martini-C1.

CAUSE
The Euro currency symbol was not included in the font ROM.

SOLUTION
Temporary Solution (1)
A workaround for each operating system has been previously released on the FAQ page,
and is included on pp. 5-8 below.

Temporary Solution (2)

Although the font ROM will be modified as a permanent solution (details below), before
this can be applied, the controller firmware has been modified on the following GW-based
products:
Product Firmware Version Product Firmware Version
Model-K3 1.01 (Controller) Model-J P1b 2.18 (Controller)
Model-K P2 1.06.1 (Controller) Model-J CF 1.11 (Printer Application)
Russian-C2 2.03 (Printer Application) Model-U P1 2.20 (Printer Application)
Adonis-C2 3.09 (Printer Application) Model-U C1 1.22 (Printer Application)
Model-A P3 1.08 (Controller) Martini-C1 1.01 (Printer Application)

Specifically, the Euro currency symbol has been added along with the “PS fonts download”
feature, which allows the symbol to be downloaded to machine RAM. Enable this feature
by changing the setting of Bit SW#3-0 to “1 (ON)” in SP mode (default: OFF).
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/8
Model: General RTB Date: 8-Nov-02 No.: RGene011
Remarks for Temporary Solution 2:
1. Switching PDL to PS takes approximate 7 to 10 seconds.

When PS fonts download is enabled, the Euro symbol is temporarily downloaded to

the machine RAM at the first PS printing job, and whenever the PDL is switched from
RPCS or PCL to PS. The total download time is approximately 7 to 10 seconds. This is
because once the data is downloaded, it will remain in the RAM until the PDL is
switched or the power turned off.

2. Printing high image area documents at 1200 dpi may cause a memory overflow error
in machines equipped only with 32MB of memory (ex. Model-K P2).

This is because the PS fonts download feature uses approximately 800kB, which can
bring the amount of available memory close to capacity with the above printing
conditions.

Workaround:
! Printing at 600dpi may prevent an overflow, even with just the 32MB memory
installed.
! Changing the memory usage setting from “Frame Priority” to “Font Priority” may
prevent an overflow.

Permanent Solution
Modification of the font ROM on the ROM DIMM or the Controller Board, from October ’02,
production or later (details differ depending on the model). Specifically, the Euro currency
symbol has been added to the 112 fonts mentioned above.
Note:
1. When the new ROM DIMM or Controller Board is installed, it is not necessary to
disable the PS fonts download feature (temporary solution).
2. An MB will be issued separately announcing the P/N change for the ROMM DIMM and
Controller Boards, and cut-in serial number.

ROM DIMM and Controller Board P/N:

Model Where the font Current Model Where the font Current
ROM is soldered P/N ROM is soldered P/N
Model-K P2 Controller G0735712 Model-J CF ROM DIMM G5706687
G0745712 Model-U P1 ROM DIMM G0705851
Adonis-C2 ROM DIMM B3615117 Model-U C1 ROM DIMM B5295117
B3625118 B4635117
Model-A P3 Controller G0656022 Martini-C1 ROM DIMM G3395117
G0656023 G3385117
Russian-C2 ROM DIMM B4615117 Model-K3 Controller B5165750
B4535117
Model-J P1b ROM DIMM G0776120
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/8
Model: General RTB Date: 8-Nov-02 No.: RGene011
Font Table

Euro symbol is printed correctly.

This is a symbol font, so no countermeasure is applied.
Both temporary and permanent solutions work to print out the Euro
currency symbol correctly.

AlbertusMT Helvetica Univers

AlbertusMT-Italic Helvetica-Bold Univers-Bold
AlbertusMT-Light Helvetica-BoldOblique Univers-BoldExt
AntiqueOlive-Bold Helvetica-Condensed Univers-BoldExtObl
AntiqueOlive-Compact Helvetica-Condensed-Bold Univers-BoldOblique
AntiqueOlive-Italic Helvetica-Condensed-BoldObl Univers-Condensed
AntiqueOlive-Roman Helvetica-Condensed-Oblique Univers-CondensedBold
Apple-Chancery Helvetica-Narrow Univers-CondensedBoldOblique
Arial-BoldItalicMT Helvetica-Narrow-Bold Univers-CondensedOblique
Arial-BoldMT Helvetica-Narrow-BoldOblique Univers-Extended
Arial-ItalicMT Helvetica-Narrow-Oblique Univers-ExtendedObl
ArialMT Helvetica-Oblique Univers-Light
AvantGarde-Book HoeflerText-Black Univers-LightOblique
AvantGarde-BookOblique HoeflerText-BlackItalic Univers-Oblique
AvantGarde-Demi HoeflerText-Italic Wingdings-Regular
AvantGarde-DemiOblique HoeflerText-Ornaments ZapfChancery-MediumItalic
Bodoni HoeflerText-Regular ZapfDingbats
Bodoni-Bold JoannaMT
Bodoni-BoldItalic JoannaMT-Bold
Bodoni-Italic JoannaMT-BoldItalic
Bodoni-Poster JoannaMT-Italic
Bodoni-PosterCompressed LetterGothic
Bookman-Demi LetterGothic-Bold
Bookman-DemiItalic LetterGothic-BoldSlanted
Bookman-Light LetterGothic-Slanted
Bookman-LightItalic LubalinGraph-Book
Carta LubalinGraph-BookOblique
Chicago LubalinGraph-Demi
Clarendon LubalinGraph-DemiOblique
Clarendon-Bold Marigold
Clarendon-Light MonaLisa-Recut
CooperBlack Monaco
CooperBlack-Italic NewCenturySchlbk-Bold
Copperplate-ThirtyThreeBC NewCenturySchlbk-BoldItalic
Copperplate-ThirtyTwoBC NewCenturySchlbk-Italic
Coronet-Regular NewCenturySchlbk-Roman
Courier NewYork
Courier-Bold Optima
Courier-BoldOblique Optima-Bold
Courier-Oblique Optima-BoldItalic
Eurostile Optima-Italic
Eurostile-Bold Oxford
Eurostile-BoldExtendedTwo Palatino-Bold
Eurostile-ExtendedTwo Palatino-BoldItalic
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/8
Model: General RTB Date: 8-Nov-02 No.: RGene011
Geneva Palatino-Italic
GillSans Palatino-Roman
GillSans-Bold StempelGaramond-Bold
GillSans-BoldCondensed StempelGaramond-BoldItalic
GillSans-BoldItalic StempelGaramond-Italic
GillSans-Condensed StempelGaramond-Roman
GillSans-ExtraBold Symbol
GillSans-Italic Tekton
GillSans-Light Times-Bold
GillSans-LightItalic Times-BoldItalic
Goudy Times-Italic
Goudy-Bold Times-Roman
Goudy-BoldItalic TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalicMT
Goudy-ExtraBold TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT
Goudy-Italic TimesNewRomanPS-ItalicMT
TimesNewRomanPSMT
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/8
Model: General RTB Date: 8-Nov-02 No.: RGene011

Workaround Announced on the FAQ Page

Question:
Euro Fonts printing problem

Answer:
If Euro Fonts can't be printed by the PS driver, the following solutions may be effective.

Solution
MacOS 9.x / 8.x
Use the AdobePS 8.8 printer driver.
Get the printer driver from the Adobe site on the web.
http://www.adobe.com/support/downloads/product.jsp?product=44&platform=Macintosh

Then select "ALL" for the "Font Inclusion" setting in the "PostScript Settings" window as follows.

Windows 95
Update Windows95 to "Euro Currency Support for Windows95".
You can get it from the following URL.

http://www.microsoft.com/windows95/downloads/contents/WURecommended/S_WUFeatured/
W95EuroPatch/Default.asp
Then the "Add Euro Currency Symbol to PostScript Fonts" check box is available.
Check "Add Euro Currency Symbol to PostScript Fonts". (Before update, the check box
doesn't work. )
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 6/8
Model: General RTB Date: 8-Nov-02 No.: RGene011
Windows95 after update

Windows 98 / ME / NT4.0 / XP
Check "Add Euro Currency Symbol to PostScript Fonts" .

Windows 98 / ME (Note: The AdobePS driver version 4.3.1 or later has "Add Euro Currency
Symbol to PostScript Fonts" in the "Fonts" tab.)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 7/8
Model: General RTB Date: 8-Nov-02 No.: RGene011
Windows NT4.0

Windows XP
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 8/8
Model: General RTB Date: 8-Nov-02 No.: RGene011

Windows 2000
Update the printer driver to v5.5.2 or later.
You can get it from the printer driver v1.0.6 on the Adobe web site that includes the W2000 driver
v 5.5.2.
http://www.adobe.com/support/downloads/product.jsp?product=44&platform=Windows
Then the "Add Euro Currency Symbol to PostScript Fonts" check box is displayed.
Check "Add Euro Currency Symbol to PostScript Fonts".

Windows 2000 after update

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/7
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001

Subject: Firmware History - Copier Prepared by: H.K.

From: Technical Services sec. Service Planning Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other (Firmware History)

This is to inform y ou of the Copier firmware history (BICU, Operation Panel, FAX, FCU).

US Models EU Models Asia/Taiwan Models Effective Date

Ver.
Program No. C. SUM Program No. C. SUM Program No. C. SUM

1.04 B0515557L 7C35 B0515558 L 37D2 B0515559L 4912 September

Produ ction 02’
1.03 B0515557K - B0515558K - B0515559K - Not applied to the
production machines

1.02 B0515557J - B0515558 J - B0515559J - Not applied to the

production machines
1.0192 UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - Not applied to the
192.bin 192.bin 192.bin production machines

1.0181 UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - August Production

181.bin 181.bin 181.bin ‘02

The program contains the following firmware:

US version
Ver Firmware / Versions
BICU(Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware version Firmware versio Firmware version Firmware version
No. No. n No. No.
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00

181.bin
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/7
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001
European version
Ver Firmware / Versions
BICU(Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware version Firmware versio Firmware version Firmware version
No. No. n No. No.
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00

181.bin

Asian version
Ver Firmware / Versions
BICU(Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware version Firmware versio Firmware version Firmware version
No. No. n No. No.
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00

181.bin
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/7
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001
BICU(Engine)
Symptom Corrected Version
Toner end and/or toner near end may be detected even when the toner 1.204:1
cartridge still contains enough to continue printing.
1.202.01
Process control mode timing
To reduce the cycle of process control mode (every 200 prints), Mono (Bk)
prints are no longer counted for process control.

Charge corona cleaning

Charge corona cleaning mode-entering timing has been changed from 640 to
700. After 700 development counts (stops in the middle of the job), charge
corona cleaning is carried out.

SC560 (Zero cross error)

If the following abnormal frequency for the power source is detected when
the main switch is turned on, SC560 is displayed (upper limits eliminated, as
they are unnecessary).
Old control for SC560:
50Hz: 45>Detected Hz or 54<Detected Hz, 60Hz: 55>Detected Hz or
64<Detected Hz
New control for SC560:
50Hz: 45>Detected Hz, 60Hz: 55>Detected Hz

SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type):

To prevent fusing jams (wrapping around the pressure roller), the layer
thickness of the pressure roller has been changed from 1.5 mm to 2.1mm
from the first production machines. When the old firmware from 1.192:01
or older version is updated to 1.202.01 or later for the first time, even if
the new pressure roller is installed, it is necessary to select ‘ new ‘ in
SP1-905-01 to initialize fusing temperature control. The settings for the
August production machines have been input on the production line. When
firmware 1.192:01 or older is updated to 1.202.01 or later for the first time ,
the machine cannot judge which data (old or new) should be used for fusing
control.
Note : When selecting 0 in SP1-905-1 and then pressing # on the LCD, the
new control data is applied to fusing control.
0 : new pressure roller type (2.1mm), 1 : old pressure roller type (1.5mm)

SP2-944-4 and –5 :(OPC Lubrication – High Coverage)

1.192:01
SP2-905-01: (Paper transfer roller type)
To improve transfer, the shape of the paper transfer roller has been changed
from the 1st production. Due to this modification, paper transfer currents
(SP2-310-001 to SP2-341-032) and paper transfer adjustment (SP2-903-01)
have been reviewed. The settings for August production machines have been
input on the production line. This SP changes the default and factory settings
for SP2-310 -001 to SP2-341-032 and SP2-903 -01 for both types. It is
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/7
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001
necessary to set the type to 0 and press the # key when firmware version
1.181:01 or older (August production machines) is updated to 1.192:01 or
newer for the first time. This is because the machine cannot judge which data
(old or new) should be used for paper transfer currents. Check the SP
settings after updating the firmware (SP2-310-001 to SP2-341-032, and SP2-
903-01).
Note: All settings will be initialized to their new defaults (see tables below),
therefore any previously input field customized settings must be re-input
manually.

0: New paper transfer roller type (Drum type), 1: Old paper transfer roller
type (straight type)

SP2-321-7 and –9: (Paper transfer bias of edge)

The default settings have been changed from 1.0 to 0.8 to improve image
quality in low temperature and low humidity conditions.

SP7-931-001 to –017 (Engine status display)

The engine log can be checked with SP mode for field symptom evaluation,
because if the machine stalls, the SMC cannot be printed out. Checking the
indication in this SP can be helpful in problem/cause identification.

Reducing fan motor rotation period

The development fan is stopped and the fusing unit fan turns at half speed
for 15 seconds after the last sheet of paper exits the printer. With the
previous firmware, the fusing unit fan and development fan were both run for
3 minutes after paper exit.

Doctor roller reverse mode timing

After 20 prints (at job end) or after 50 prints (stops in the middle of the job),
the machine carries out the doctor roller reverse rotation to maintain good
printing quality . A4/LT SEF or shorter printing is counted as 1 and a print 1.181:01
longer than A4/LT SEF is counted as 2. With the prototype firmware, A4/LT
LEF or shorter printing is counted as 1 and longer than A4/LT LEF is counted
as 2. This is to reduce the frequency of the doctor roller reverse.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/7
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001
August production serial numbers
B051-17: J2526800001 to J2526800023
B051-27: J2526800024 to J2526800043
B052-17: J2626800001 to J2626800042
B052-27: J2626800043 to J2626800061
Note for Updating the BICU firmware of the August production machines
When the BICU firmware is updated from the August production machines to 1.204:1 or later for
the first time, be sure to update main unit controller firmware to V1.332 or later at the same time.
(Refer to the main unit controller firmware history RTB (RTB No.2). Then, change the following SP
modes after updating the firmware.
SP2-905-01: (Paper transfer roller type): Select 0, then press #.
SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type): Select 0, then press #.
SP2-944-4 and –5: (OPC Lubrication – High Coverage): -4: Change setting from 20 to 30. –5:
Change the setting from 40 to 60.

Operation Panel LCD

Symptom Corrected Version
1.19
Thin, Normal in Spanish (US version), French (European version).
The words in the Spanish user tools (US version) and French user tools (EU
version), which had been corrected in English from first production, have
been corrected as follows : The Spanish user tools are standard for the US
version, and the French user tools are standard for the EU version as a
second language.
• Thin? Normal
• Normal? Middle Thick/90-105g/m2
These words are located in the following screens :
User tool - Maintenance - Plain paper type

Clean / Adjust in Spanish, French

The indication for the Clean / Adjust key and its instruction in Spanish or
French was temporarily displayed in English until the displays for Spanish
and French were available. The new firmware contains these French and
Spanish displays for user tools :
User tool - Maintenance - Clean / Adjust

First release for Asia version

Fax application
Symptom Corrected Version
First release 1.17
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 6/7
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001
FCU
Symptom Corrected Version
Job numbers for standby for fax transmission by LAN FAX (P/C FAX) : 03.01.00
System Switch 19 No.4 (SP1-101-026 ; page 4-17 in S/M)
System Switch 19 No.4 (SP1-101-026 ; page 4-17) added to FAX SP mode.

Job numbers for standby for fax transmission by LAN FAX (P/C FAX) are
limited as follows :
0 : 64 1 : Depends on memory (400 : standard, 800 : with Fax Function
Upgrade Unit)

Taiwan area
Taiwan Area parameters added.

First release 02.01.00

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 7/7
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001

New defaults for SP2-310 to 314

New default for SP2-903

[0 to 70.0 /1.0 / 0.1µA/step]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/4
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002

Subject: Firmware History - Main Unit Controller Prepared by: H.K.

This is to inform you of the Main Unit Controller firmware history.

Part No. Program name
B0515550 Version C.SUM Production
M B0515550M.bin V1.332 6CEF November Production
02’
L - V1.33 - November Production
‘02
K - V1.29 - Not applied to the
production machines
J - V1.252 - Not applied to the
production machines
H - V1.251 - Not applied to the
production machines
G - V1.22 - August production ‘02

August production serial numbers

B051-17: J2526800001 to J2526800023
B051-27: J2526800024 to J2526800043
B052-17: J2626800001 to J2626800042
B052-27: J2626800043 to J2626800061
Note for updating main unit controller firmware of August production machines
When the main unit controller firmware is updated from the August production machines to 1.332
or later for the first time, be sure to update BICU firmware to V1.204:1 or later at the same time.
Refer to the BICU firmware history RTB for the copier firmware service card (RTB No.1).
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/4
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002
Main Unit Controller
Symptom Corrected Version
The Wireless LAN card may not communicate with the printer when the WEP V1.332
key is ON.
Firmware correction for CSS function (Domestic version only) V1.33

Paper may not be fed with a certain application, by-pass feed, and N-job ON
after a jam or paper end condition occurs and a jam or paper end condition
is cleared.

SC819 is indicated after a copy job is finished with ‘Store file’ then, printing
‘Stored file’.
The following corrections have been made. V1.29
The machine may freeze during printing in the following conditions:
• Combine and page numbering mode.
• Original jam during printing in combine mode.

SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type) and Default value SP1-105

0 : new pressure roller type (2.1mm), 1 : old pressure roller type (1.5mm)
Refer to the BICU firmware history in the RTB for the service card (BICU:
1.202.01).
Default value SP1-105
Some default values have been changed. Refer to the New Default table.

SP2-944-4 and –5 :(OPC Lubrication – High Coverage)

Default Autonet OFF

New IC chip on the new wireless LAN option

The IC chip on the new wireless LAN option has been changed (old chip
discontinued). This version works with both the old IC chip and new IC chip
on the wireless LAN option. Also, NIB version 3.54 or later is necessary when
the new IC chip on the wireless LAN is installed.
‘@’ & ’_’ keys in the touch screen V1.251
As per a field request, the ‘@’ and ’_’ keys are now displayed in the first
touch screen.

Firmware correction for the CSS function (Domestic version only)

SP7901 cannot be read through the CSS system.

Default and factory settings for SP2-310-001 to SP2-341-032 (paper transfer

currents) and SP2-903-01P2-903–1: (Paper transfer Adjustment) have been
changed. Refer to the BICU firmware history in the RTB for the service card
(BICU: 1.192:01).

SP2-321-7 and –9: (Paper transfer bias of edge)

The default settings have been changed from 1.0 to 0.8 to improve image
quality in low temperature and low humidity conditions.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/4
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002

SP2-905-01: (Paper transfer roller type)

Refer to the BICU firmware history in the RTB for the service card (BICU:
1.192:01).
First release V1.22

New defaults (Old defaults are shown in brackets)

105* Fusing Temperature
1 Heating: Idling Sets the temperature at which the heating roller starts
idling.
[100 ~ 180 / 145 / 1°C/step]
2 Heating: Ready Sets the temperature at which the heating roller enters
the print ready condition.
[100 ~ 180 / 155 (165) / 1°C/step]
3 Heating: Standby Sets the heating roller temperature for the ready
(standby) condition. After the main switch has been
turned on, the machine enters this condition when the
heating roller temperature reaches the temperature
specified in this SP mode. When the machine is
recovering from energy saver or auto off mode, the
machine becomes ready when both heat and pressure
roller temperatures reach the specified temperature.
Pressure roller: SP1-105-16
[100 ~ 180 / 160 (175) / 1°C/step ]
4 Heating: Plain/1 Color Sets the heating roller temperature for thin paper in
single-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 155 (160 )/ 1°C/step]
5 Heating: Plain/Full Sets the heating roller temperature for thin paper in full-
Color color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 160 (170) / 1°C/step]
6 Heating: Middle Sets the heating roller temperature for normal plain
Thick/1 Color paper in single-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 165 (170) / 1°C/step]
7 Heating: Middle Sets the heating roller temperature for normal plain
Thick/Full Color paper in full-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 170 (180) / 1°C/step]
8 Heating: Thick/1 Color Sets the heating roller temperature for thick paper in
single-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 165 (170) / 1°C/step]
9 Heating: Thick/Full Sets the heating roller temperature for thick paper in full-
Color color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 170 (175) / 1°C/step]
10 Heating: OHP/1 Color Sets the heating roller temperature for OHP sheets in
single-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 165 (170) / 1°C/step]
11 Heating: OHP/Full Sets the heating roller temperature for the OHP sheets
Color in full-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 175 (180) / 1°C/step]
12 Heating: Duplex/1 Sets the heating roller temperature for duplex printing
Color (both sides) in single-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 150 (155) / 1°C/step]
105* 13 Heating: Duplex/Full Sets the heating roller temperature for duplex printing
Color (both sides) in full-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 155 (165) / 1°C/step]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/4
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002
14 Pressure: Idling Sets the temperature at which the pressure roller starts
idling.
[30 ~ 100 / 10 / 1°C/step]
15 Pressure: Ready Sets the temperature at which the pressure roller
becomes ready for printing.
[60 ~ 150 / 65 (70) / 1°C/step]
16 Pressure: Standby Sets the pressure roller temperature for the ready
(standby) condition. After the main switch has been
turned on, the machine enters this condition when the
pressure roller temperature reaches the temperature
specified in this SP mode. When the machine is
recovering from energy saver or auto off mode, the
machine becomes ready when both heat and pressure
roller temperatures reach the specified temperature.
Heating roller: SP1-105-3
[60 ~ 150 / 115 (120) / 1°C/step]
27 Heating: OFFSET + Sets the heating roller temperature correction for when
room temperature is 15°C or lower.
[0 ~ 20 / 5 / 1°C/step]
28 Pressure: OFFSET + Sets the pressure roller temperature correction for when
room temperature is 15°C or lower.
[0 ~ 20 / 0 / 1°C/step]
29 Heat: OFFSET – Sets the heating roller temperature correction for when
room temperature is 30°C or higher.
[0 ~ 20 / 5 / 1°C/step]
30 Pressure: OFFSET – Sets the pressure roller temperature correction for when
room temperature is 30°C or higher.
[0 ~ 20 / 0 / 1°C/step]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/2
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 20-Dec-02 No.: RB051003

Subject: Image Skew Prepared by: Y.Urushihara

SYMPTOM
Image skew when feeding from mainframe Trays 1 and 2.

Cause
The operator does not set the side fence flush against the paper stack.

Field Action 1
Advise customers that the side fence should be set flush against the loaded paper stack,
or in cases where the customer gives approval, secure the side fences in place with two
screws.
Note: The level of skew will increase twofold if there is a 1mm gap between the paper and
side fence.

Field Action 2
As a supplement, the level of skew can be further minimized by increasing the paper
buckle with SP1-003. Try adjusting this value several times while checking the level of
skew on the printouts, keeping in mind that a higher value tends to cause Z-folds and a
lower value tends to cause paper jams.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/2
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 20-Dec-02 No.: RB051003

Field Action 3
The following sheets of Mylar have been added to the side fence from the September
production. For the field machines, please refer to the procedure below.

Part number Quantity Description

G0702735 2/Tray Guide Plate - Side Fence

Procedure
1. Clean the attachment surface on the
Front Side Fence (AF016097)
with alcohol.
2. Attach the Mylar (G0702735) to the
Front Side Fence as shown in the
illustration.

The following field machines

require the Mylar to be attached:
August '02 production serial numbers are as follows.
B051-17: J2526800001 to J2526800023
B051-27: J2526800024 to J2526800043
B052-17: J2626800001 to J2626800042
B052-27: J2626800043 to J2626800061
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/1
Model: General RTB Date: 27-Dec-02 No.: RGene012

Subject: GW Products - Hardware Ethernet Problem Prepared by: T. Itoh

From: Technical Services Sec. Service Planning Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other ( )

SYMPTOM
When the main switch is turned on, the error message “Hardware Ethernet Problem” may
be displayed under the following condition on the GW-based products.

Conditions:
• Network speed on the hub has been set to 100Mbps fixed with full duplex, and
• Length of network cable is too long (60 m or more) or the cable quality is not good
enough

CAUSE
When the main switch is turned on, the machine performs a loop-back test. If the cable
length is too long or its quality is not good enough, the damping factor for the data
transmission becomes worse, and the machine incorrectly detects an error during this test.
This happens only when the network speed is set to 100Mbps fixed with full duplex. The
PHY chip used on the controller board causes this.

SOLUTION
- Temporary Solution -
• Set the network speed on the hub to Auto-sensing,
• Use a shorter cable or a cable with a lower damping factor, or
• Disconnect the network cable and power on the printer; then, set the cable after the
printer comes to the ready condition.

- Permanent Solution -
The controller firmware will be modified to avoid the incorrect detection of this error
message. The schedule of firmware modification is as follows.
Product Type Product Firmware Modification NOTE:
Cut-in Schedule
Firmware will be
Fax Kaiser 3 at next modification
Printer Model-K P1 posted in the usual
Model-K P2 manner when it is
Model-J P1b released.
Model-J CF
Model-U P1e ’03 January production run
Model-A P3 ’03 March production run
MFP Model-R C2 at next modification run
Model-A C2
Model-M C1
Model-U C1 ’03 February production run
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/8
Reissued: 31-Jan-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001a
RTB Reissue
The items in bold italics have been added.
Subject: Firmware History - Copier Prepared by: H.K.
From: Technical Services Sec. Service Planning Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other (Firmware History)

This is to inform you of the Copier firmware history (BICU, Operation Panel, FAX, FCU).

US Models EU Models Asia/Taiwan Models Effective Date

Ver.
Program No. C. SUM Program No. C. SUM Program No. C. SUM

1.06 B0515557P BE7A B0515558P 7A02 B0515559Q 323A January

production ‘03
1.05 B0515557N - B0515558N - B0515559P - December
production ‘02
1.04 B0515557L 7C35 B0515558L 37D2 B0515559L 4912 September
Production 02’
1.03 B0515557K - B0515558K - B0515559K - Not applied to the
production machines
1.02 B0515557J - B0515558J - B0515559J - Not applied to the
production machines
1.0192 UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - Not applied to the
192.bin 192.bin 192.bin production machines
1.0181 UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - August Production
181.bin 181.bin 181.bin ‘02

The program contains the following firmware:

US version
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU(Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware version Firmware versio Firmware version Firmware version
No. No. n No. No.
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00

181.bin
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/8
Reissued: 31-Jan-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001a
European version
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU(Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware version Firmware versio Firmware version Firmware version
No. No. n No. No.
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00

181.bin

Asian version
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU(Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware version Firmware versio Firmware version Firmware version
No. No. n No. No.
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515531A 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515531A 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515531A 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515531A 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515531A 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515531A 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515531A 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00

181.bin
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/8
Reissued: 31-Jan-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001a
BICU(Engine)
Symptom Corrected Version
The paper feed/transport timing for the duplex interleaf function 1.213:01
(one sheet in duplex unit, one fed from tray) has been improved
to ensure better paper transport.
SC546 & SC556 1.212:01
Detection conditions for SC546/556 have been changed so that
they are triggered by a 50°C/sec jump or drop in thermistor
temperature data (old: 20°C/sec). This is because these SCs were
being reported from the field in Japan in environments below 5°C
(installation requirements: 10°C minimum), i.e. unnecessary SC
occurrences.
Note: When the actual fusing temperature is below 5°C, the
temperature curve for thermistor data is unstable and nonlinear,
triggering the SCs more easily.
Toner end and/or toner near end may be detected even when the toner 1.204:1
cartridge still contains enough to continue printing.
1.202.01
Process control mode timing
To reduce the cycle of process control mode (every 200 printings), Mono (Bk)
prints are no longer counted for process control.

Charge corona cleaning

Charge corona cleaning mode-entering timing has been changed from 640 to
700. After 700 development counts (stops in the middle of the job), charge
corona cleaning is carried out.

SC560 (Zero cross error)

SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type):

To prevent fusing jams (wrapping around the pressure roller) the layer
thickness of the pressure roller has been changed from 1.5 mm to 2.1mm
from the first production machines. When the old firmware from 1.192:01
or older version is updated to 1.202.01 or later for the first time, even if
the new pressure roller is installed, it is necessary to select ‘ new ‘ in
SP1-905-01 to initialize fusing temperature control. The settings for the
August production machines have been input on the production line. When
firmware 1.192:01 or older is updated to 1.202.01 or later for the first time,
the machine cannot judge which data (old or new) should be used for fusing
controll.
Note : When selecting 0 in SP1-905-1 and then pressing # on the LCD, the
new control data is applied to fusing control.
0 : new pressure roller type (2.1mm), 1 : old pressure roller type (1.5mm)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/8
Reissued: 31-Jan-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001a
SP2-944-4 and –5 :(OPC Lubrication – High Coverage)
The default settings for SP2-944-4 and –5 have been reviewed and changed
to reduce the cycle of OPC lubrication mode.
SP2-944-4 : Sheets-1 : [10 to 80/ 30 / 1sheet/step]
SP2-944-5 : Sheets-2 : [10 to 80/ 60 / 1sheet/step]

1.192:01
SP2-905-01: (Paper transfer roller type)
To improve the transferability, the shape of the paper transfer roller has been
changed from the 1st production. Due to this modification, paper transfer
currents (SP2-310-001 to SP2-314-032) and paper transfer adjustment (SP2-
903-01) have been reviewed. The settings for August production machines
have been input on the production line. This SP changes the default and
factory settings for SP2-310-001 to SP2-314-032 and SP2-903-01 for both
types. It is necessary to set the type to 0 and press # key when firmware
version 1.181:01 or older (August production machines) is updated to
1.192:01 or newer for the first time. This is because the machine cannot
judge which data (old or new) should be used for paper transfer currents.
Check the SP settings after updating the firmware (SP2-310-001 to SP2-314-
032, and SP2-903-01).
Note: All settings will be initialized to their new defaults (see tables below),
therefore any previously input field customized settings must be re-input
manually.

0: New paper transfer roller type (Drum type), 1: Old paper transfer roller
type (straight type)

SP2-321-7 and –9: (Paper transfer bias of edge)

The default settings have been changed from 1.0 to 0.8 to improve image
quality in low temperature and low humidity conditions.

SP7-931-001 to –017 (Engine status display)

Reducing fan motor rotation period

Doctor roller reverse mode timing

After 20 prints, at job end or after 50 prints (stops in the middle of the job),
the machine carries out the doctor roller reverse rotation to maintain good
printing quality. A4/LT SEF or shorter printing is counted as 1 and the printing 1.181:01
longer than A4/LT SEF is counted as 2. With the prototype firmware, A4/LT
LEF or shorter printing is counted as 1 and longer than A4/LT LEF is counted
as 2. This is to reduce the frequency of the doctor roller reverse mode.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/8
Reissued: 31-Jan-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001a
August production serial numbers
B051-17: J2526800001 to J2526800023
B051-27: J2526800024 to J2526800043
B052-17: J2626800001 to J2626800042
B052-27: J2626800043 to J2626800061
Note for Updating the BICU firmware of the August production machines
When the BICU firmware is updated from the August production machines to 1.204:1 or later for
the first time, be sure to update main unit controller firmware to V1.332 or later at the same time.
(Refer to the main unit controller firmware history RTB (RTB No.2).Then, change the following SP
modes after updating the firmware.
SP2-905-01: (Paper transfer roller type): Select 0, then press #.
SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type): Select 0, then press #.
SP2-944-4 and –5: (OPC Lubrication – High Coverage): -4: Change setting from 20 to 30. –5:
Change the setting from 40 to 60.

Operation Panel LCD

Symptom Corrected Version
1.19
Thin, Normal in Spanish (US version), French (European version).
The words in the Spanish user tools (US version) and French user tools (EU
version), which had been corrected in English from first production, have
been corrected as follows : The Spanish user tools is standard for the US
version, and the French user tools is standard for the EU version as a second
language.
• Thin→Normal
• Normal→Middle Thick/90-105g/m2
These words are located in the following screens :
User tool - Maintenance - Plain paper type

Clean / Adjust in Spanish, French

First release for Asia version

FAX application
Symptom Corrected Version
First release 1.17
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 6/8
Reissued: 31-Jan-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001a
FCU
Symptom Corrected Version
Job numbers for standby for FAX transmission by LAN FAX (P/C FAX) : 03.01.00
System Switch 19 No.4 (SP1-101-026 ; page 4-17 in S/M)
System Switch 19 No.4 (SP1-101-026 ; page 4-17) added to FAX SP mode.

Job numbers for standby for FAX transmission by LAN FAX (P/C FAX) are
limited as follows :
0 : 64 1 : Depends on memory (400 : standard, 800 : with Fax Function
Upgade Unit)

Taiwan area
Taiwan Area parameters added.

First release 02.01.00

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 7/8
Reissued: 31-Jan-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001a

New defaults for SP2- 310 to 314

SP code Class1and 2
ＳＰ
2-310 2-311 2-312 2-313 2-314
Class 3
LL1 LL2 NN1 NN2 HH
-1 25 27 28 29 30

-2 25 28 30 30 30

-3 25 29 32 31 30

-4 25 28 31 30 28

-5 25 27 30 28 26

-6 26 28 29 30 31

-7 26 29 31 31 31

-8 26 30 33 32 31

-9 26 29 32 31 29

-10 26 28 31 29 27

-11 14 15 15 16 16

-12 15 15 15 15 15

-13 16 15 14 15 15

-14 18 16 14 14 14

-15 20 17 14 14 14

-16 28 28 27 29 30

-17 30 29 28 31 33

-18 28 29 30 33 36

-19 28 29 30 32 34

-20 28 29 30 31 32

-21 29 29 28 30 31

-22 31 30 29 32 34

-23 29 30 31 34 37

-24 29 30 31 33 35

-25 29 30 31 32 33

-26 12 13 14 14 14

-27 16 16 16 15 15

-28 20 19 17 17 16
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 8/8
Reissued: 31-Jan-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001a

-29 24 23 23 23 22

-30 28 29 30 29 28

-31 16 17 17 18 18

-32 20 21 21 22 22
New defaults for SP2- 903
[0 to 70.0 /1.0/ 0.1µA/step]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/1
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 24-Jan-03 No.: RB051004

Subject: Service Manual correction Prepared by: Y.Urushihara

From: Technical Services Sec. Service Planning Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part informati on Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other ( )

Please apply the following corrections to your Service Manuals.

1. Step description: pp. 3-43, 3-46, 3-47, 3-48 (twice), 3-49 (twice), 3-50 (twice), 3 -51, 3 -52.

Incorrect:
Open the controller box (3.92).

Correct:
Open the controller box (3.10.1 ).

2. Illustration: Page 3.24

The orientation of both bearings in the illustration below should be reversed.

Note: This is an illustration correction only. The procedure itself is unchanged.

3.7.2 TRANSFER ROLLER

[B]
1. Brace [A] (Screwx1)
2. Guide [B]
[C] Note: To remove the screws, turn the
roller unit on its pivot.

3. Transfer roller [C]

(E-ringx2, Bushing x2, Bearingx2)

[A]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/3
Reissued: 12-Feb-03
Model: General RTB Date: 4-Feb-03 No.: RGene013a
RTB Reissue
The items in bold italics have been corrected or added.
Subject: Service remarks at installation Prepared by: T. Itoh
From: Technical Service Sec. Service Planning Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other (Specification change)

Please note the following change in counter specification. Although a production line
modification will not be applied to some products, the action described in 4. Important
Notes for Installation below must be taken for all products at installation.

Overview:
Electronic counters will now be set to 0 when released from the factory, instead of being
set to a negative value.

Background:
Previously, counters were set to a negative value when shipped from the factory, and later
set to “0” at installation, following installation test copies/prints. However this may cause
confusion among some customers as to why the counter value at the commencement of
the contract is “0”, even though some installation test copies have already been made.

Details:

1. Specification Change
Specification
Current • The initial value of the electrical counter is negative when products
are shipped from the factory.

Note: After making test samples at installation, the negative counter

value can be set to “0” with SP mode.
New • The initial value of the electrical counter is “0” when products are
shipped from the factory.

Note: After making test samples at installation, the (positive) counter

value cannot be set back to “0” with SP mode.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/3
Reissued: 12-Feb-03
Model: General RTB Date: 4-Feb-03 No.: RGene013a

2. Firmware Modification
Due to the counter modification, SP5-849 has also been changed as follows for products
that have this SP mode (listed below).
SP mode name: Specification:
Current Counter Clear • When the electrical counter is changed from a
Day negative value to 0, the machine recognizes this
as the counter clear day and stores this date in the
NVRAM.
New Installation Date • When the electrical counter reaches a value of
20, the machine recognizes this as the installation
date and stores this date in the NVRAM.

NOTE: The following products have SP5-849. The new firmware for these products has
not yet been released. However, the release notes for each will clearly mention the
new firmware version.

New products: Bellini-C2, Adonis C3

Current products: Martini C1, Model-U C1

3. Schedule for the Counter Modification

The following is the current schedule for when the counter modification will be applied.
Please note that there are some models to which the change will not be applied (marked
as “---“), due to production schedules, production lot quantities, and sales figures.
NOTE: The actual cut-in months that have been confirmed appear in the “Cut-in
production month” column below. This RTB will be reissued when these
dates have been confirmed for the remaining products.
(1) New products
Product Name Product Target cut-in Cut-in production month
Code production month
Bellini C2 B070 2003.03
Adonis C3 B079/82 2003.03 First mass production lot
Model J-P2 G080 2003.03
Model J-P2 CF G367 2003.03
Model AR- P1 G081/92 2003.03
Model K-C1a B120 2003.03

(2) Current products

Product Name Product Target cut-in Cut-in production month
Code production month
Digital B&W Copiers
Bellini C1 A294 --- ---
Martini C1 B064/65 2003.03
Model M-C2b B098 2003.03
Adonis C2 B003/04/06/07 --- ---
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/3
Reissued: 12-Feb-03
Model: General RTB Date: 4-Feb-03 No.: RGene013a
Product Name Product Target cut-in Cut-in production month
Code production month
Russian C2 B022/27/31 2003.03 February ’02 production
Model K-C1 B039/40/43 2003.03
Stella C1 B044/45/46/49 2003.03
Digital WF Copiers
Dolphin B010 2003.03
Any Analog Copiers
All products - --- ---
Color Copiers
Model I2 B018 --- ---
Model L2 B017 --- ---
Model C2 B023 2003.02 February ’02 production
Model U-C1 B051/52 2003.03
Color Printers
Model J-P1 G060 --- ---
Model J-P1 CF G570 --- ---
Model U-P1 G071 2003.03
Pomelo P3 G063 2003.03

NOTE: The counter change will be applied as a running change to production units only.
For machines already shipped out or in the field, please be sure to take the action
described below in Section 4.

4. Important Notes for Machine Installation – All Products

Please be sure to perform the following at machine installation:

1. If the product is from before the counter modification, i.e. the counter is at a negative
value, be sure to set the counter to 0 first, then make the installation test samples.
Digital products Set the electrical counter to 0 with SP mode.
Analog products Set the mechanical counter to 0 with a reset key (tool).

2. If the product is modified, i.e. the counter is already at 0 (or above 0 following pre-
installation at a service depot), simply make the installation test samples.

3. After completing the installation, make sure to record the counter value. This is very
important, as this value will be used for billing with Meter Click contracts. Also, inform
the customer of the value along with the reason why the counter does not start from
“0”.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/10
Reissued: 25-Feb-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001b
RTB Reissue
The items in bold italics have been added or changed.
Subject: Firmware History - Copier Prepared by: H.K.
From: Technical Services Sec. Service Planning Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other (Firmware History)

This is to inform you of the Copier firmware history (BICU, Operation Panel, FAX, FCU).

US Models EU Models Asia/Taiwan Models Effective Date

Ver.
Program No. C. SUM Program No. C. SUM Program No. C. SUM

1.08 B0515557S 7D3D B0515558S ED70 B0515559T A3B4 March

production ‘03
1.07 B0515557R A38A B0515558R 13C8 B0515559S CCE8 February
production ‘03
1.06 B0515557P BE7A B0515558P 7A02 B0515559Q 323A January
production ‘03
1.05 B0515557N - B0515558N - B0515559P - December
production ‘02
1.04 B0515557L 7C35 B0515558L 37D2 B0515559L 4912 September
Production 02’
1.03 B0515557K - B0515558K - B0515559K - Not applied to the
production machines
1.02 B0515557J - B0515558J - B0515559J - Not applied to the
production machines
1.0192 UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - Not applied to the
192.bin 192.bin 192.bin production machines
1.0181 UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - August Production
181.bin 181.bin 181.bin ‘02
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/10
Reissued: 25-Feb-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001b
The program contains the following firmware:
US version
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU(Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware version Firmware versio Firmware version Firmware version
No. No. n No. No.
1.08 B0515554Q 1.242:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.07 B0515554P 1.233:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00

181.bin

European version
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU(Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware version Firmware versio Firmware version Firmware version
No. No. n No. No.
1.08 B0515554Q 1.242:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.07 B0515554P 1.233:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00

181.bin
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/10
Reissued: 25-Feb-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001b
Asian version
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU(Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware version Firmware versio Firmware version Firmware version
No. No. n No. No.
1.08 B0515554Q 1.242:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.07 B0515554P 1.233:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00

181.bin
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/10
Reissued: 25-Feb-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001b
BICU(Engine)
Symptom Corrected Version
In color mode (2C or more) with LT LEF and duplex, SC280 is mis- 1.242.01
detected if 5 or more originals are scanned during machine warm-
up.

The machine may freeze up when returning to stand-by mode

from panel-off or low power mode under the following:
LEF job ! SEF job ! Enters panel-off/low-power within 3 minutes
! Next job initiated, enters stand-by mode.

SC670 is sometimes misdetected when the SMC report is printed.

The detection conditions for SC412 (2nd transfer disconnection) 1.233:01
have been changed from 60ms to 240ms to prevent misdetections
that can sometimes occur in low-temperature conditions.
This is because this SC was being reported from the field in
Japan in environments below 5°C (installation requirements: 10°C
minimum), i.e. unnecessary SC occurrences.
Note: When the temperature is below 5°C, the high voltage supply
board does not supply the target transfer roller current due to the
high resistances of the image transfer belt and paper transfer
roller, triggering the SC more easily.

SP2-801-03 (Additional Value of the charge corona cleaning

interval) has been newly added. The cleaning interval for the
additional charge corona unit has been adjusted as shown.
[0 ~ 5000 / 100 / 100 counts/step]

With this new SP, it is possible to adjust the interval for charge
corona cleaning in the middle of a job:
Old:
The charge corona cleaning is carried out after 600
development counts (SP2-801-1), at job end or after 700
development counts (no adjustment) in the middle of the job.
After
The charge corona cleaning is carried out after 600
development counts (SP2-801-1), at job end or after 700
development counts (= the sum of the settings in SP2-801-1 and
-3) in the middle of the job.

SC571
Software changed so that oil end detection is not counted for
supplying oil from the oil tank to the oil reservoir in the oil supply
unit while the fusing unit is not working (i.e. SCs and jams). This
is to avoid oil overflow conditions that can be caused by winter
humidity (humidification).
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/10
Reissued: 25-Feb-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001b
Symptom Corrected Version
Text mode in mono color mode
Text Mode in mono color mode also uses the separation filter,
which may sometimes cause separation errors. The separation
filter has been reviewed.

The machine may freeze when a paper jam occurs or when the
main switch is turned on (found in laboratory tests).

SC120 was displayed instead of SC122 when the scanner home

position was initialized.
The paper feed/transport timing for the duplex interleaf function (one 1.213:01
sheet in duplex unit, one fed from tray) has been improved to ensure
better paper transport.
SC546 & SC556 1.212:01
Detection conditions for SC546/556 have been changed so that they
are triggered by a 50°C/sec jump or drop in thermistor temperature
data (old: 20°C/sec). This is because these SCs were being reported
from the field in Japan in environments below 5°C (installation
requirements: 10°C minimum), i.e. unnecessary SC occurrences.
Note: When the actual fusing temperature is below 5°C, the
temperature curve for thermistor data is unstable and nonlinear,
triggering the SCs more easily.
Toner end and/or toner near end may be detected even when the toner 1.204:1
cartridge still contains enough to continue printing.
1.202.01
Process control mode timing
To reduce the cycle of process control mode (every 200 printings), Mono (Bk)
prints are no longer counted for process control.

Charge corona cleaning

Charge corona cleaning mode-entering timing has been changed from 640 to
700. After 700 development counts (stops in the middle of the job), charge
corona cleaning is carried out.

SC560 (Zero cross error)

SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type):

To prevent fusing jams (wrapping around the pressure roller) the layer
thickness of the pressure roller has been changed from 1.5 mm to 2.1mm
from the first production machines. When the old firmware from 1.192:01
or older version is updated to 1.202.01 or later for the first time, even if
the new pressure roller is installed, it is necessary to select ‘ new ‘ in
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 6/10
Reissued: 25-Feb-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001b
Symptom Corrected Version
SP1-905-01 to initialize fusing temperature control. The settings for the
August production machines have been input on the production line. When
firmware 1.192:01 or older is updated to 1.202.01 or later for the first time,
the machine cannot judge which data (old or new) should be used for fusing
controll.
Note : When selecting 0 in SP1-905-1 and then pressing # on the LCD, the
new control data is applied to fusing control.
0 : new pressure roller type (2.1mm), 1 : old pressure roller type (1.5mm)

SP2-944-4 and –5 :(OPC Lubrication – High Coverage)

0: New paper transfer roller type (Drum type), 1: Old paper transfer roller
type (straight type)

SP2-321-7 and –9: (Paper transfer bias of edge)

The default settings have been changed from 1.0 to 0.8 to improve image
quality in low temperature and low humidity conditions.

SP7-931-001 to –017 (Engine status display)

Reducing fan motor rotation period

The development fan is stopped and the fusing unit fan is rotated at half
speed for 15 seconds after the last sheet of paper exits the printer. With the
previous firmware, the fusing unit fan and development fan were both run for
3 minutes after paper exit.
1.181:01
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 7/10
Reissued: 25-Feb-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001b
Symptom Corrected Version
Doctor roller reverse mode timing
After 20 prints, at job end or after 50 prints (stops in the middle of the job),
the machine carries out the doctor roller reverse rotation to maintain good
printing quality. A4/LT SEF or shorter printing is counted as 1 and the printing
longer than A4/LT SEF is counted as 2. With the prototype firmware, A4/LT
LEF or shorter printing is counted as 1 and longer than A4/LT LEF is counted
as 2. This is to reduce the frequency of the doctor roller reverse mode.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 8/10
Reissued: 25-Feb-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001b
August production serial numbers
B051-17: J2526800001 to J2526800023
B051-27: J2526800024 to J2526800043
B052-17: J2626800001 to J2626800042
B052-27: J2626800043 to J2626800061
Note for Updating the BICU firmware of the August production machines
When the BICU firmware is updated from the August production machines to 1.204:1 or later for
the first time, be sure to update main unit controller firmware to V1.332 or later at the same time.
(Refer to the main unit controller firmware history RTB (RTB No.2).Then, change the following SP
modes after updating the firmware.
SP2-905-01: (Paper transfer roller type): Select 0, then press #.
SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type): Select 0, then press #.
SP2-944-4 and –5: (OPC Lubrication – High Coverage): -4: Change setting from 20 to 30. –5:
Change the setting from 40 to 60.

Operation Panel LCD

Symptom Corrected Version
Taiwanese words/phrases and fonts added. 1.20
Note: For Asia and Taiwan models only.
1.19
Thin, Normal in Spanish (US version), French (European version).
The words in the Spanish user tools (US version) and French user tools (EU
version), which had been corrected in English from first production, have
been corrected as follows : The Spanish user tools is standard for the US
version, and the French user tools is standard for the EU version as a second
language.
• Thin→Normal
• Normal→Middle Thick/90-105g/m2
These words are located in the following screens :
User tool - Maintenance - Plain paper type

Clean / Adjust in Spanish, French

First release for Asia version

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 9/10
Reissued: 25-Feb-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001b
FAX application
Symptom Corrected Version
Supports the MLB function. 2.00
First release 1.17

FCU
Symptom Corrected Version
Supports the MLB function. 04.00.01

Main power off/on during original scanning

If the main power is turned off while the machine is scanning the
original, the memory capacity remains decreased when the power is
turned back on.
Job numbers for standby for FAX transmission by LAN FAX (P/C FAX) : 03.01.00
System Switch 19 No.4 (SP1-101-026 ; page 4-17 in S/M)
System Switch 19 No.4 (SP1-101-026 ; page 4-17) added to FAX SP mode.

Job numbers for standby for FAX transmission by LAN FAX (P/C FAX) are
limited as follows :
0 : 64 1 : Depends on memory (400 : standard, 800 : with Fax Function
Upgade Unit)

Taiwan area
Taiwan Area parameters added.

First release 02.01.00

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 10/10
Reissued: 25-Feb-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001b

New defaults for SP2- 310 to 314

This is to inform you of the Main Unit Controller firmware history.

Part No. Program name
B0515550 Version C.SUM Production
Q B0515550Q.bin V2.01.2 0F04 March Production ‘03
P B0515550N.bin V2.00.1 E2B8 February Production
‘03
N B0515550N.bin V1.39 - December Production
02’
M B0515550M.bin V1.332 6CEF November Production
02’
L - V1.33 - November Production
‘02
K - V1.29 - Not applied to the
production machines
J - V1.252 - Not applied to the
production machines
H - V1.251 - Not applied to the
production machines
G - V1.22 - August production ‘02

August production serial numbers

B051-17: J2526800001 to J2526800023
B051-27: J2526800024 to J2526800043
B052-17: J2626800001 to J2626800042
B052-27: J2626800043 to J2626800061
Note for updating main unit controller firmware of August production machines
When the main unit controller firmware is updated from the August production machines to 1.332
or later for the first time, be sure to update BICU firmware to V1.204:1 or later at the same time.
Refer to the BICU firmware history RTB for the copier firmware service card (RTB No.1).
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/4
Reissued: 25-Feb-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002a
Main Unit Controller
Symptom Corrected Version
Specificaiton change : V2.01.2
The counter specifications have been changed, as described in RTB #
RGene013.
MLB minor bug correction.
Supports the MLB function V2.00.1

SP mode newly added: SP2-801-03 (Additional Value of the charge

corona cleaning interval). Refer to RTB #RB051001b for the copier
firmware history.
Minor bug correction. V1.39
Wireless LAN card may not communicate with the printer when the WEP key V1.332
is ON.
Firmware correction for CSS function (Domestic version only) V1.33

Paper may not be fed with a certain application, by-pass feed, and N-job ON
after a jam or paper end condition occurs and a jam or paper end condition is
cleared.

SC819 is indicated after a copy job is finished with ‘Store file’ then, printing
‘Stored file’.
The following corrections have been made. V1.29
Machine may freeze during printing in the following conditions:
Combine and page numbering mode.
Original jam during printing in combine mode.

SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type) and Default value SP1-105

SP2-944-4 and –5 :(OPC Lubrication – High Coverage)

Default Autonet OFF

New IC chip on the new wireless LAN option

The IC chip on the new wireless LAN option has been changed (old chip
discontinued). This version works with both the old IC chip and new IC chip
on the wireless LAN option. Also NIB version 3.54 or later is necessary when
the new IC chip on the wireless LAN is installed.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/4
Reissued: 25-Feb-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002a

Symptom Corrected Version

‘@’ & ’_’ keys in the touch screen V1.251
As per a field request, the ‘@’ and ’_’ keys are now displayed in the first
touch screen.

Firmware correction for CSS function (Domestic version only)

SP7901 cannot be read through CSS system.

Default and factory settings for SP2-310-001 to SP2-314-032 (paper transfer

currents) and SP2-903-01 (Paper transfer Adjustment) have been changed.
Refer to the BICU firmware history in the RTB for the service card (BICU:
1.192:01).

SP2-321-7 and –9: (Paper transfer bias of edge)

The default settings have been changed from 1.0 to 0.8 to improve image
quality in low temperature and low humidity conditions.

SP2-905-01: (Paper transfer roller type)

Refer to the BICU firmware history in the RTB for the service card (BICU:
1.192:01).
First release V1.22

New defaults (Old default)

105* Fusing Temperature

8 Heating: Thick/1 Color Sets the heating roller temperature for thick paper in
single-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 165 (170) / 1°C/step]
9 Heating: Thick/Full Sets the heating roller temperature for thick paper in full-
Color color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 170 (175) / 1°C/step]
10 Heating: OHP/1 Color Sets the heating roller temperature for OHP sheets in
single-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 165 (170) / 1°C/step]
11 Heating: OHP/Full Sets the heating roller temperature for the OHP sheets
Color in full-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 175 (180) / 1°C/step]
12 Heating: Duplex/1 Sets the heating roller temperature for duplex printing
Color (both sides) in single-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 150 (155) / 1°C/step]
105* 13 Heating: Duplex/Full Sets the heating roller temperature for duplex printing
Color (both sides) in full-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 155 (165) / 1°C/step]
14 Pressure: Idling Sets the temperature at which the pressure roller starts
idling.
[30 ~ 100 / 10 / 1°C/step]
15 Pressure: Ready Sets the temperature at which the pressure roller
becomes ready for printing.
[60 ~ 150 / 65 (70) / 1°C/step]
16 Pressure: Standby Sets the pressure roller temperature for the ready
(standby) condition. After the main switch has been
turned on, the machine enters this condition when the
pressure roller temperature reaches the temperature
specified in this SP mode. When the machine is
recovering from energy saver or auto off mode, the
machine becomes ready when both heat and pressure
roller temperatures reach the specified temperature.
Heating roller: SP1-105-3
[60 ~ 150 / 115 (120) / 1°C/step]
27 Heating: OFFSET + Sets the heating roller temperature correction for when
room temperature is 15°C or lower.
[0 ~ 20 / 5 / 1°C/step]
28 Pressure: OFFSET + Sets the pressure roller temperature correction for when
room temperature is 15°C or lower.
[0 ~ 20 / 0 / 1°C/step]
29 Heat: OFFSET – Sets the heating roller temperature correction for when
room temperature is 30°C or higher.
[0 ~ 20 / 5 / 1°C/step]
30 Pressure: OFFSET – Sets the pressure roller temperature correction for when
room temperature is 30°C or higher.
[0 ~ 20 / 0 / 1°C/step]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/3

Model: Model U-C1 Date: 25-Feb-03 No.: RB051005

Subject: Firmware History - Printer Prepared by: S. Tomoe

Contents for all models:

Model: Model U-C1 Date: 25-Feb-03 No.: RB051005

Printer:
Symptom Corrected Version
Duplex face settings (front/rear) not applied correctly when specified with PCL commands. 2.00
(GFPR #RC02120014)
Binding position not applied correctly when specified with PCL commands (GFPR#:
RC03020001)
CAD print files:
- Modified so that the "null" character is ignored when it is included in HP/GL2 data to increase
speed (GFPR# RE02050016).
- The status flag for the bold selection command is refreshed when it is selected for HP/GL2
data (GFPR# RE02050016).
The following image problem may occur in Black Overprint mode.
1. The image is blank around Bk figures
2. Gradation images will not print
Supports the Card Save function.
Note: To enable this function, set Printer SP1-1 Bit SW1, bit 4 to “1”.
Selecting a HDD font or DIMM font may reduce available memory
Supports SAP Barcode & OCR printing.
The PCL command "<ESC>&l11G" (select MailBoxBin8 as output tray) does not work
correctly. (GFPR#: RE02100002)
The RAM work area is reduced whenever fonts that have been downloaded to the HDD are 1.33.3
used.
Response to PJL INFO CONFIG command does not include a serial number.
Figures appear black when the memory capacity is low. 1.33
When selecting font stored in the HDD and running the Copy/Assign command (ESC>*c6F),
the machine will freeze.
When selecting the Bitmapped Font, the character “θ” does not print.
When printing UDFP large-size (over printable size), the image will be shifted.
The machine freezes when printing Macro data.
The value for Form Lines (PCL Menu) changes after rebooting the machine.
The software version for the printer applications does not appear on the SMC list or in SP
mode.
PJL Echo does not respond correctly. (GFPR# RE02070088) 1.29
When inputting the elapsed time (time setting), the machine does not enter On Line mode.
First release 1.09

Model: Model U-C1 Date: 25-Feb-03 No.: RB051005

NFA:
Symptom Corrected Version
Supports the File Format Converter (MLB) function 1.66
Following delivery, the next Rx document cannot be delivered to the server, even if the 1.27
machine is connected to the server.
The does not enter the auto off mode after the waiting Rx document for delivery has been
delted.
First release 1.26

Delivery:
Symptom Corrected Version
Supports the File Format Converter (MLB) function 2.00
Minor delivery module bug. 1.15
Operation flow for multiple scanning in platen mode improved. 1.13
If the operation SW is pressed while the machine is scanning the third set of 2000 originals 1.05
(SADF mode), the machine goes into auto off mode.
First release 1.01
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/2

Model: Model U-C1 Date: 25-Feb-03 No.: RB051006

Subject: Firmware History - Scanner/PS3 Prepared by: Y.Urushihara

This is to inform you of the Scanner/PS3 firmware history

Contents for all models:
PS Scanner
Program No. Ver Program No Ver C.SUM Effective Date
B5225917B 1.00 B0725551B 1.02 273C August Prod. ‘02
B5225917B 1.00 B0725551C 1.05 94BD Not apply to the
B5225917E 1.04 B0725551D 1.13 39A4 production machine
B5225917E 1.04 B0725551E 1.15 4CD6 October Prod. ‘02
B5225917F 1.06 B0725551E 1.15 51D4 January Prod. ‘03
B5225917F 1.06 B0725551F 2.00 F4A6 February Prod. ‘03

Scanner:
Symptom Corrected Version
Supports the File Format Converter (MLB) function 2.00
Minor bug with delivery module. 1.15
Operation flow for multiple scanning in platen mode improved. 1.13
Scanning stops while scanning with the TWAIN driver for printer output.
If the operation SW is pressed while the machine is scanning the third set of 2000 originals 1.05
(SADF mode), the machine goes into auto off mode.
First release 1.02

PS3:
Symptom Corrected Version
With MKY images, the total quantity regulation and gamma processing is not performed 1.06
correctly.
Color processing bug with RCM color profile.
Incorrect polling with halftone and profile settings
Total quantity regulation not applied to text.
Image is stalled without gamma processing.
Default halftone setting changed from type1 to type5.
Image problem with indexed color space.
Modified for Adobe certification
Modified to support ctlz. 1.04
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/2

Model: Model U-C1 Date: 25-Feb-03 No.: RB051006

Symptom Corrected Version
Modified job information character string.
The panel displays remaining jobs reset when a memory over flow occurs.
Problem with Dither cash.
Improved PS 600dpi word/picture dither combination quality.
Euro currency symbol does not print out.
Size mismatch when printing a custom size with a main tray.
Communication with Printer Utility for MAC OSX not possible
Stall with certain Acrobat files.
Modified so that the “^D^Z” tag at the end of files is not processed.
Modified so that a job reset occurs when illegal parameters are received for Locked Print
jobs.
Image problem when not specifying Rcsethalftonetype.
First release 1.00
RB051007 Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/1
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 19-Mar-03 No.: RB051007

Subject: Blank area at the one side of the development unit Prepared by: S.Tomoe
From: Technical Services Sec. Service Planning Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other ( )

SYMPTOM
A blank area may appear on one side of the image (development unit front or rear).

Mainframe gears

CAUSE
The development unit front gears engage their mainframe counterparts slightly differently
than the rear gears.

SOLUTION
Rotate the mainframe gears manually, removing the development unit(s) on which the
symptom occurs, then reinstall the unit(s).
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/8
Reissued: 2-Apr-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008a
RTB Correction
The items in bold italics have been corrected or added.
Subject: Troubleshooting for image problems Prepared by: S. Tomoe
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other ( )

Please use this RTB as a troubleshooting guide for image problems.

Correcting image problems
for
Model U-C1

Contents

1. UNEVEN IMAGE DENSITY IN THE SUBSCAN DIRECTION (INCL. BLACK/WHITE LINES) 1

1.1..............................IMAGE SAMPLES 1
1.2....................... TROUBLESHOOTING 2

2. UNEVEN IMAGE DENSITY AT THE SIDE OF THE IMAGE 4

3........ BLACK AND WHITE DOTS 5

4............... DIRTY BACKGROUND 6

1. UNEVEN IMAGE DENSITY IN THE SUBSCAN DIRECTION (INCLUDING BLACK/WHITE LINES)

1.1 IMAGE SAMPLES

Sample 1 (Uneven image density caused by dirty charge unit) Sample 2 (Uneven image density caused by scratch on the OPC belt)

Paper feed direction Paper feed direction

Sample 3 (Uneven image density caused by insufficient cleaning of the OPC belt) Sample 4 (White line caused by toner on the development roller

Paper feed direction

Sample 5 (Uneven image density caused by toner filming on the development roller) Sample 6 (Black line caused by scratch on the fusing belt/pressure roller)

Paper feed direction

1
1.2 TROUBLESHOOTING
Please use the following flowchart to take action in response to the six image problems on page 1.

Print the test pattern (SP5-955, No.8) for each color

Clean the following scanner unit parts:

- DF exposure glass
Do any of the N
problems occur? - Mirrors
- White plate under the left scale

Replace the fusing belt assembly or Go to the

Does the image problem N
pressure roller. next Replace the charge unit
occur on all colors? page
Sample 6
Y Sample 1
Y Y

Is there any change in the

Is there a scratch on the Y Does the black line image (position, density,
fusing belt or pressure appear with all colors? etc)?
roller?
N
N N
Check the line position on the image and
Clean the oil supply unit Clean the dust shield glass in the laser and on the OPC belt /image transfer belt.
charge units (wire and grid).

Y Does the line position on N

N Y the image match the
Does the image problem Does the image problem position on the OPC or
still occur? still occur? ITB?

Sample 2
Y N

END Replace the oil supply unit. END Replace the PCU. Clean the inside of the laser unit

2
Make 5 copies of the C4 test chart From previous page

Does a cyan line appear in N Does the white line appear N

side a yellow image? on the test pattern?

Y Sample 3 Y Sample 4 Sample 5

Replace the OPC cleaning unit Turn the development roller showing the Turn the development roller showing the
white line in the reverse direction (2 white line in the reverse direction (2
times). times).

N Does the image problem Does the image problem N

END END
still occur? still occur?

Y Y

Replace the development unit causing Clean the development roller with a dry cloth.
the white line.

Does the image problem N

END
still occur?

Replace the development unit causing

the white line.

3
2. UNEVEN IMAGE DENSITY AT THE SIDE OF THE IMAGE

Print out the test pattern (SP5-955, No.8) for each

color.

Remove the toner cartridge showing the problem. Shake the

cartridge well (10 times), hold the cartridge so that the toner
supply opening faces up, then tap the cartridge 7-8 times.
Does the image problem N
occur on all colors?

Y
Does the image problem N END
Replace the charge unit Clean the dust shield glass in the laser and still occur?
charge units (wire and grid).

Y
Y
Perform Forced Toner Supply
Is there any change in the Y Does the image problem N END
image (position, density, still occur?
etc)?

Does the image problem N END

N
still occur?

Check and correct the PCU ground Y

terminal and PCU bias terminal.
Check the condition of the development
roller showing the problem.

N Y N Replace the
Clean the development roller bias Is there an even layer of
Does the image problem development
terminal toner on the surface?
still occur? unit

N Does the image problem Y

END Replace the PCU END Replace the development unit
still occur?

4
3. BLACK AND WHITE DOTS

Print out test pattern (SP5-955, No.8) for each color.

Do black/white N
Clean the scanner unit exposure glass
dots appear?

Does the image problem N Check the surface of the development roller
occur on all colors? showing the problem.

Y
Are there any particles N Replace the
Approx. 190mm pitch (Fusing belt) stuck to the roller, or is development unit
Y Do the dots appear at a
Approx. 125mm pitch (pressure roller) the roller damaged?
fixed interval (pitch)?

Y
N
Replace the fusing belt assembly or pressure Clean the development roller with a dry cloth
roller. Check the surface of the OPC and image
transfer belts.

N Are there any particles Does the image problem N

Replace the PCU stuck to the roller, or is END
still occur?
the roller damaged?

Y Y
N
Does the image problem Clean the belt with a dry cloth. Replace the development unit showing
still occur?
the B/W dots.

END Replace the PCU

5
4. DIRTY BACKGROUND

Print out test pattern (SP5-955, No.8) for each color.

Does dirty N Clean the scanner unit exposure glass.

background
appear?

Does the image problem N Turn the development roller showing the
occur on all colors? backgrounding in the reverse direction (2
times).

Perform forced OPC lubrication (SP2-940). N

Does the image problem END
still occur?

N
Replace the OPC belt cleaning unit Does the image problem Clean the development roller with a dry cloth
still occur?

Replace the PCU Does the image problem N

END
still occur?

Replace the development unit showing

the backgrounding.

6
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/4
Reissued: 19-Mar-03
Model: General RTB Date: 4-Feb-03 No.: RGene013b
RTB Reissue
The items in bold italics have been corrected or updated.
Subject: Service remarks at installation Prepared by: T. Itoh
From: Technical Service Sec. Service Planning Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other (Specification change)

Overview:
Electronic counters will now be set to 0 when released from the factory, instead of being
set to a negative value.

Details:

1. Specification Change
Specification
Current • The initial value of the electrical counter is negative when products
are shipped from the factory.

Note: After making test samples at installation, the negative counter

value can be set to “0” with SP mode.
New • The initial value of the electrical counter is “0” when products are
shipped from the factory.

Note: After making test samples at installation, the (positive) counter

value cannot be set back to “0” with SP mode.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/4
Reissued: 19-Mar-03
Model: General RTB Date: 4-Feb-03 No.: RGene013b

2. Firmware Modification
Due to the counter modification, SP5-849 has also been changed as follows for products
that have this SP mode (listed below).

SP mode name: Specification:

Current Counter Clear • When the electrical counter is changed from a
Day negative value to 0, the machine recognizes this
as the counter clear day and stores this date in the
NVRAM.
New Installation Date • When the electrical counter reaches a value of
20, the machine recognizes this as the installation
date and stores this date in the NVRAM.

NOTE: The following products have SP5-849. The new firmware for these products has
not yet been released. However the release notes for each will clearly mention the
new firmware version.

New products: Bellini-C2, Adonis C3

Current products: Martini C1, Model-U C1

3. Schedule for the Counter Modification

(1) New products

Product Name Product Target cut-in Cut-in production month
Code production month
Bellini C2 B070 2003.03 April ’03 production
Adonis C3 B079/82 2003.03 First mass production lot
Model J-P2 G080 2003.03 March ’03 production
Model J-P2 CF G367 2003.03 March ’03 production
Model AR- P1 G081/92 2003.03 March ’03 production
Model K-C1a B120 2003.03 March ’03 production
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/4
Reissued: 19-Mar-03
Model: General RTB Date: 4-Feb-03 No.: RGene013b
(2) Current products
Product Name Product Target cut-in Cut-in production month
Code production month
Digital B&W Copiers
Bellini C1 A294 --- ---
Martini C1 B064/65 2003.03 April ’03 production (see Note)
Model M-C2b B098 2003.03 March ’03 production
Adonis C2 B003/04/06/07 --- ---
Russian C2 B022/27/31 2003.03 February ’03 production
Model K-C1 B039/40/43 2003.03 March ’03 production
Stella C1 B044/45/46/49 2003.03 March ’03 production
Digital WF Copiers
Dolphin B010 2003.03 March ’03 production
Analog Copiers
All products - --- ---
J2SS-C3 B047/48 (See Note) March ’03 production
Whale A174 March ’03 production
Color Copiers
Model I2 B018 --- ---
Model L2 B017 --- ---
Model C2 B023 2003.02 February ’03 production
Model U-C1 B051/52 2003.03 April ’03 production
Color Printers
Model J-P1 G060 --- ---
Model J-P1 CF G570 --- ---
Model U-P1 G071 2003.03 March ’03 production
Pomelo P3 G063 2003.03 March ’03 production

NOTE: For Martini-C1 mainframes assembled in Japan, the counter change will be
applied from the first unit of April ’03 production. For mainframes assembled
at REI, the change will be applied midway through April production. These
cut-in serial numbers will be announced as soon as they have been
confirmed.

NOTE: The change will also be applied to analog models J2SS-C3 and Whale, as
production will continue for a while. However, as these models use only
mechanical counters, the initial value when shipped from the factory will be
1 or 2 (not 0), following the 1 or 2 factory test copies.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/4
Reissued: 19-Mar-03
Model: General RTB Date: 4-Feb-03 No.: RGene013b

4. Important Notes for Machine Installation – All Products

Please be sure to perform the following at machine installation:

1. If the product is from before the counter modification, i.e. the counter is at a negative
value, be sure to set the counter value to 0 first, then make the installation test
samples.
Digital products Set the electrical counter to 0 with SP mode.
Analog products Set the mechanical counter to 0 with a reset key (tool).

2. If the product is modified, i.e. the counter is already at 0 (or above 0 following pre-
installation at a service depot), simply make the installation test samples.

3. After completing the installation, make sure to record the counter value. This is very
important, as this value will be used for billing with Meter Click contracts. Also, inform
the customer of the value along with the reason why the counter does not start from
“0”.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/4
Reissued: 26-Mar-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 25-Feb-03 No.: RB051005a
RTB Reissue
The items in bold italics have been added.
Subject: Firmware History - Printer Prepared by: S. Tomoe
From: Technical Services Sec. Service Planning Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other (Firmware History)

Printer firmware history (Printer, NCS, NFA, and Delivery).

Printer Service Card
Version Program No. C. SUM Effective Date
1.00 B4635570 CE7B August Production ‘02

1.01 B4635570A 079D Not apply to the production

Contents for all models:

Printer NCS (NIB) NFA Delivery
Ver.
Program No. Ver. Program No. Ver Program No. Ver Program No Ver
1.00 B4635550B 1.09 B0535552B 3.53 B0535553B 1.26 B0535554B 1.01
1.01 B4635550B 1.09 B0535552C 3.54 B0535553C 1.27 B0535554C 1.05
1.02 B4635550D 1.29 B0535552D 3.55 B0535553C 1.27 B0535554D 1.13
1.03 B4635550E 1.33 B0535552D 3.55 B0535553C 1.27 B0535554E 1.15
1.04 B4635550F 1.33.3 B0535552D 3.55 B0535553C 1.27 B0535554E 1.15
2.00 B4635550G 2.00 B0535552E 3.70 B0535553D 1.66 B0535554F 2.00
2.01 B4635550H 2.01 B0535552E 3.70 B0535553D 1.66 B0535554F 2.00
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/4
Reissued: 26-Mar-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 25-Feb-03 No.: RB051005a
Note:
Whenever updating any of the firmware types in Service Card v.104 or earlier to any of
those in v2.00 or later, all types must all be updated at the same time to the versions below.
In other words, individual updates cannot be performed in these cases.

No. Software Type Version Service card version

１ Controller 2.01.2 Controller ver. 2.01.2
２ Fax 2.00 BICU-Fax ver. 1.08
３ Printer 2.01 Printer ver. 2.01
４ NIB 3.07 Printer ver. 2.00
５ NFA 1.66 Printer ver. 2.00
６ Scanner 2.00 S2.00_PS1.06
７ Delivery 2.00 Printer ver. 2.00
8 BICU 1.242 BICU-Fax ver. 1.08
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/4
Reissued: 26-Mar-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 25-Feb-03 No.: RB051005a
Printer:
Symptom Corrected Version
Supports KS/KSSM Emulation (for Korea). 2.01
Duplex face settings (front/rear) not applied correctly when specified with PCL commands. 2.00
(GFPR #RC02120014)
Binding position not applied correctly when specified with PCL commands (GFPR#:
RC03020001)
CAD print files:
- Modified so that the "null" character is ignored when it is included in HP/GL2 data to increase
speed (GFPR# RE02050016).
- The status flag for the bold selection command is refreshed when it is selected for HP/GL2
data (GFPR# RE02050016).
The following image problem may occur in Black Over Print mode.
1. The image is blank around Bk figures
2. Gradation images will not print
Supports the Card Save function.
Note: To enable this function, set Printer SP1-1 Bit SW1, bit 4 to “1”.
Selecting HDD font or DIMM font may reduce available memory
Supports SAP Barcode & OCR printing.
PCL command "<ESC>&l11G" (select MailBoxBin8 as output tray) does not work correctly.
(GFPR#: RE02100002)
The RAM work area is reduced whenever fonts that have been downloaded to the HDD are 1.33.3
used.
Response to PJL INFO CONFIG command does not include serial number.
Figures appear black when the memory capacity is low. 1.33
When selecting font stored in the HDD and running the Copy/Assign command (ESC>*c6F),
the machine will freeze.
When selecting the Bitmapped Font, the character “θ” does not print.
When printing UDFP large-size (over printable size), the image will be shifted.
The machine freezes when printing Macro data.
The value for Form Lines (PCL Menu) changes after rebooting the machine.
The software version for the printer applications does not appear on the SMC list or in SP
mode.
PJL Echo does not respond correctly. (GFPR# RE02070088) 1.29
When inputting the elapsed time (time setting), the machine does not enter On Line mode.
First release 1.09

NCS (NIB):
Symptom Corrected Version
When TCP/IP is disabled as the Effective Protocol in UP mode, the program version and NCS 3.70
number will not be displayed in SP mode or on the SMC list
The following functions are added for SMTP E-mail transmission.
SMTP Authentication
POP before SMTP
Supports the new IC chip on the new wireless LAN option (old chip discontinued) 3.55
TCP ports can be opened/closed.
NOTE: After disabling HTTP, it is not possible to access the target device through web
browser. To change the setting, please use telnet to open HTTP. When the telnet port is
disabled, it is necessary to clear the network settings (Memory Clear for NCS) to open the port.
Changed default setting of Autonet to OFF
Changed default setting of DHCP to ON.
Changed default setting of “diprint” to Enabled. 3.54
First release 3.53
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/4
Reissued: 26-Mar-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 25-Feb-03 No.: RB051005a
NFA:
Symptom Corrected Version
Supports File Format Converter (MLB) function 1.66
Following delivery, the next Rx document cannot be delivered to the server, even if the 1.27
machine is connected to the server.
The does not enter the auto off mode after the waiting Rx document for delivery has been
delted.
First release 1.26

Subject: SC672, SC827, SC836, SC990, or SC819 Prepared by: H.K.

From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other ( )

SYMPTOM
- SC672, SC827, SC836, SC990, or SC819 is displayed.
- Printer or Scanner mode does not respond.
- No display on the operation panel.

CAUSE
Poor contact between the controller board DIMMs and connectors, caused by dust and
other particles that can be attracted to the contact areas.
SOLUTION
Check the contact points described below for each symptom, then remove the DIMMs and
clean the DIMM terminals with alcohol.

Symptom: Contact Points to Check/Clean:

SC672 (Controller-to-operation panel CN4: Memory DIMM
communication error at startup) CN6 (Slot 1): Printer / Scanner controller
ROM DIMM
SC827 (Self-diagnostic Error: RAM) CN4: Memory DIMM
Printer mode cannot be used. The machine CN6 (Slot 1): Printer / Scanner controller
does not respond, even when the Printer ROM DIMM
key is pressed.
SC836 (Self-diagnostic Error: Resident Font CN6 (Slot 1): Printer / Scanner controller
ROM) ROM DIMM
No display on the operation panel LCD. CN6 (Slot 1): Printer / Scanner controller
ROM DIMM
CN8 (Slot 3): NIB ROM DIMM
Scanner mode cannot be used. The CN8 (Slot 3): NIB ROM DIMM
machine does not respond, even when the
Scanner key is pressed.
SC990 (Software performance error) CN6 (Slot 1): Printer / Scanner controller
ROM DIMM
CN8 (Slot 3): NIB ROM DIMM
SC819 (Kernel abnormal end error) CN8 (Slot 3): NIB ROM DIMM
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/1
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 1-Apr-03 No.: RB051010

Subject: Jams From Bypass Feed Prepared by: H.K.

SYMPTOM
A4 and 11 x 8 1/2 sheets multi-feed when fed from the bypass tray and then jam in the
fusing unit, after which the pressure roller strippers can damage the pressure roller or
fusing belt when the paper is removed.

CAUSE
When the operator forgets to specify the paper size (with the “#” key) and an LEF feed
direction with A4 (11 x 8 1 /2), the machine regards the size as A3 (11x17 SEF), since it
can only directly detect the width, causing it to sometimes feed two sheets at once.
Note: As the machine is unable to detect the length of paper fed from the bypass tray, the
default feed direction for the tray is SEF.

Action in the field

1. Please advise customers to be sure and set the paper size and feed direction before
feeding from the bypass tray.
2. After gaining the customer’s consent, please change the setting of SP1-940 from 0
(SEF) to 1 (LEF).
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/2
Reissued: 9-Apr-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 7-Apr-03 No.: RB051011a
RTB Correction
The items in bold italics have been corrected or added.
Subject: Mainframe and Printer/Scanner Kit Software Prepared by: S. Tomoe
Combinations
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other ( )

IMPORTANT NOTE:
As previously announced, the UC-1 firmware has been modified to support the MLB (file
format converter) and SMTP authentication protocol from February ’03 production. To do
this, a large-scale modification of the core program areas was necessary, eliminating the
compatibility of software types from before/after the modification.

! Therefore, to ensure proper compatibility:

Whenever updating from any of the pre-SMTP/MLB versions or older to any of the
SMTP/MLB modified versions or newer, they must all be updated together AS A SET.

NOTE: This is true even when the MLB option is not installed.

No. Software Pre- STMP/MLB Software Service card

Type: SMTP/MLB Modified Location: version:
versions: versions:
1 Controller 1.39.1 2.01.2 Mainframe Controller ver.
2.01.2
2 Fax 1.17 2.00 Mainframe BICU-Fax ver. 1.08
3 Printer 1.33.3 2.01 Printer/Scanner Printer ver. 2.00
Kit
4 NIB 3.55 3.07 Printer/Scanner Printer ver. 2.00
Kit
5 NFA 1.27 1.66 Printer/Scanner Printer ver. 2.00
Kit
6 Scanner 1.15 2.00 Printer/Scanner S2.00_PS1.06
Kit
7 Delivery 1.15 2.00 Printer/Scanner Printer ver. 2.00
Kit
8 BICU 1.213 1.242 Mainframe BICU-Fax ver. 1.08
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/2
Reissued: 9-Apr-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 7-Apr-03 No.: RB051011a

! Such updates would apply to following cases:

1. Updating any firmware type on machines/kits produced up until Jan '03.
2. Installing Printer/Scanner kits produced up until January ‘03 on machines produced
from February ’03, or vice-versa.

! Symptoms that can occur if the wrong combination of firmware is used:

If only a portion of the pre-SMTP/MLB versions are updated, the following symptoms can
occur. Note that these are the combinations that have been confirmed from tests, but there
may be others, which is why it is necessary to update as a set.
Problem occuring with the following Details:
combinations:
Old scanner (until ver 1.15) + New controller Multi-TIFF or PDF files sent with Scan to Email
(Ver 2.00.1 or later) cannot be opened at the PC side, or can be
opened but the image is corrupted.
Note: There is no problem when sending with
JPEG compression.
• Old controller (1.39.1) + New scanner (ver
2.00) Unable to send email.
• Old NIB (3.55) + New scanner (ver 2.00)
• Old scanner (ver 1.15) + New NIB (ver 3.07)
+ enable the SMTP attestation
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/2
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 9-Apr-03 No.: RB051012

Subject: Language Software History Prepared by: S.Tomoe

Language software history for the U-C1.

Language Group 1:
US English, UK English, French, Spanish, German, Italian, Dutch, Norwegian, Danish,
Swedish, Portuguese, Czech

Version Program No. C. SUM Effective Date

2.68 B0515533A 5104 January production 2003
2.65 B0515533 30CB 1st mass production

Affected
Version Symptom Corrected
Language
2.68 The translations for “Sort” and “Stack” were reversed. Portuguese
2.65 1st mass production

Language Group 2:
Japanese, US English, UK English, French, Spanish, German, Italian, Finnish, Polish,
Hungarian, Russian

Version Program No. C. SUM Effective Date

2.65 B0515534 90BF 1st mass production

Affected
Version Symptom Corrected
Language
2.65 1st mass production
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/2
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 9-Apr-03 No.: RB051012
Using the Language Kit.
1. Insert the IC card containing the firmware into the controller IC card slot.
2. Turn ON the main power. Then, chose either the First or Second display language for
the update.
Note: It is also possible to write to both the First and Second languages.
3. Start the update.
4. Select the appropriate display language in User Tools.

As shown in the table below, there are some cases where certain languages cannot be
displayed, depending on the type of operation panel software:

Possible Display Languages for Operation Panel Software

Key:
O: Can be displayed.
∆: Can be displayed, but printer application window is not displayed correctly.
X: Cannot be displayed.

Op. Panel Software: B0515535 B0515536 B0515537 B0515531

Subject: SMTP attestation information Prepared by: S. Tomoe

In accordance with the firmware modification for SMTP authentication and the MLB (file
format converter) applied from February 2003, the following are the requirements and SP
modes added for use of SMTP authentication. For details on using the MLB, please refer
to the MLB Manual already released.

1. Related software
The following are the firmware versions necessary to enable SMTP authentication.
NOTE: Make sure to also update to the versions listed in RTB #RB051011 together as a
set to avoid interchangeability-related problems.

Software Version Service Card Version

Controller 2.01.2 Controller ver. 2.01.2
NFA (Net File) 1.66.00 Printer ver. 2.00
Scanner 2.00 S2.00_PS1.06

2. New SP modes
The following SP modes have been added (5852-3 to 5853-13). Please also see the
procedure below on enabling SMTP authentication on machines produced up until
January 2003.

SP Number/Name Function/[Setting]
5852 SMTP/POP
001 SMTP Server Name Input the IP address or host name of the SMTP server.
Use up to 127 alphanumeric characters.

002 SMTP Port Number Input the port number used when sending e-mail to the
SMTP server.
[1~65535 / 25 / 1]
003 Authorization Validates the SMTP function. SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer
Protocol) is the protocol for communication between
Internet main MTAs (Message Transfer Agents).
[0~1 / 0 / 1]
0: OFF: Disables SMTP
1: ON: Enables SMTP
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/3
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 22-Apr-03 No.: RB051013
SP Number/Name Function/[Setting]
5852 004 User Name Sets the SMTP user name.
005 Password Sets the SMTP password.
006 SMTP Auth. Sets encryption method for the transfer password in
Encryption SMTP validation.
[0~2 / 0 / 1]
0: Auto: Allows three methods for encryption in SMTP
validation: LOGIN, PLAIN, or CRAM-MD5.
1: OFF: Allows two methods for SMTP validation:
LOGIN, PLAIN.
2: ON: Allows only one method for SMTP validation:
CRAM-MD5.
007 POP before SMTP A flag that determines whether the POP server is
connected before connecting to the SMTP server.
[0~1 / 0 / 1]
POP
0: OFF
1: ON
Post Office Protocol (POP) servers are computers that
receive mail using SMTP. The mail includes a setting to
ensure that it is directed to the POP server. POP servers
are used when the user is not permanently connected to
the Internet.
008 POP Server Name Sets the POP server name.
Enter up to 127 alphanumeric characters.
009 POP Port Number Sets the POP port number.
[1～65535 / 110 / 1]
010 POP User Name Sets the POP user name.
Enter up to 63 alphanumeric characters.
011 POP Password Sets the POP password.
Enter up to 63 alphanumeric characters.
012 POP Auth. Encryption Sets the encryption method for the password when
SP5852-007 (POP Before SMTP) is in use.
[0~2 / 0 / 1]
0: Auto: Allows two methods for encryption: APOP and
normal encryption to match the settings of the POP
server.
1: OFF: Allows only normal encryption.
2: ON: Allows only APOP encryption.
013 Time out Setting for Sets the wait time after POP validation until the SMTP
POP mail is sent.
[0~10000/ 300 /1 ms]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/3
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 22-Apr-03 No.: RB051013

3. Enabling SMTP authentication on pre cut-in machines

Machines from February ’03 production contain firmware with the above defaults. However,
for cases where customers require SMTP authentication on machines produced up until
January 2003, please enable the function with the following procedure.

1. Print out the NIB summary report (SP5-990-007).

2. Update the firmware to the versions specified above and in RTB #RB051011.
NOTE: As mentioned above, it is necessary to update the other firmware listed in
RTB #RB051011 together as a set to avoid interchangeability-related problems.
3. Check to see that the SMTP server name displayed in the following screen is the
same as the name on the NIB summary report:
User Tools ! System Settings ! File transfer Tab.
If they are different, change the server name in this screen to the server name on
the NIB summary report.
4. Check or change the SP values in accordance with the following table.
SP Number Check / Change
5852-001 Check: The server name should be the same as the name on the NIB summary
report. If they are different, change the server name in this SP to the name on the
NIB summary report.
5852-002 Check: The port number should be the same as the number on the NIB summary
report. If they are different, change the port number in this SP to the number on the
NIB summary report.
5852-003 Change: to 0
5852-004 Check: Should be blank.
5852-005 Check: Should be blank.
5852-006 Check: Should be 0.
5852-007 Check: Should be 0.
5852-008 Check: Should be blank.
5852-009 Change: to 110
5852-010 Check: Should be blank.
5852-011 Check: Should be blank.
5852-012 Check: Should be 0.
5852-013 Change: to 300

5. Print out the NIB summary report again and confirm the above SP settings.
Note: For security purposes, the user name and password do not appear on the list.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/5
Reissued: 7-May-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002b
RTB Reissue
The items in bold italics have been added or changed.
Subject: Firmware History - Main Unit Controller Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other (Firmware History)

Main Unit Controller firmware history

Part No. Program name
B0515550 Version C.SUM Production
R B0515550R.bin V2.01.4 6A3B April Production ‘03
Q B0515550Q.bin V2.01.2 0F04 March Production ‘03
P B0515550N.bin V2.00.1 E2B8 February Production ‘03
N B0515550N.bin V1.39 - December Production
02’
M B0515550M.bin V1.332 6CEF November Production
02’
L - V1.33 - November Production
‘02
K - V1.29 - Not applied to the
production machines
J - V1.252 - Not applied to the
production machines
H - V1.251 - Not applied to the
production machines
G - V1.22 - August production ‘02

August production serial numbers

B051-17: J2526800001 to J2526800023
B051-27: J2526800024 to J2526800043
B052-17: J2626800001 to J2626800042
B052-27: J2626800043 to J2626800061
Note for updating main unit controller firmware of August production machines
When the main unit controller firmware is updated from the August production machines to 1.332
or later for the first time, be sure to update BICU firmware to V1.204:1 or later at the same time.
Refer to the BICU firmware history RTB for the copier firmware service card (RTB No.1).
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/5
Reissued: 7-May-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002b
Main Unit Controller
Symptom Corrected Version
GSA version model names #12-15 (NA only) have been added to SP5- V2.01.4
907-1 (Plug & Play).
The following defaults have been returned to their values as mentioned
in v1.252, as they were reversed due to a programming error in v2.00.1:
Default DHCP: ON
Default Autonet: OFF
The machine may stall when the memory full condition is reached while
storing an image into memory if the MLB is not installed.

Specificaiton change : V2.01.2

The counter specifications have been changed, as described in RTB #
RGene013.
MLB minor bug correction.
Supports MLB function V2.00.1

SP mode newly added: SP2-801-03 (Additional Value of the charge corona

cleaning interval). Refer to RTB #RB051001b for the copier firmware history.
Default DHCP: OFF
Default Autonet: ON
See the symptom of V2.01.4.
Minor bug correction. V1.39
Wireless LAN card may not communicate with the printer when the WEP key V1.332
is ON.
Firmware correction for CSS function (Domestic version only) V1.33

Paper may not be fed with a certain application, by-pass feed, and N-job ON
after a jam or paper end condition occurs and a jam or paper end condition is
cleared.

SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type) and Default value SP1-105

SP2-944-4 and –5 :(OPC Lubrication – High Coverage)

The default settings for SP2-944-4 and –5 have been reviewed and changed
to reduce the cycle of OPC lubrication mode.
SP2-944-4 : Sheets-1 : [10 to 80/ 30 (old : 20) / 1sheet/step]
SP2-944-5 : Sheets-2 : [10 to 80/ 60 (old : 40) / 1sheet/step]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/5
Reissued: 7-May-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002b
Symptom Corrected Version
Default DHCP ON V1.252

Default Autonet OFF

New IC chip on the new wireless LAN option

The IC chip on the new wireless LAN option has been changed (old chip
discontinued). This version works with both the old IC chip and new IC chip
on the wireless LAN option. Also NIB version 3.54 or later is necessary when
the new IC chip on the wireless LAN is installed.
‘@’ & ’_’ keys in the touch screen V1.251
As per a field request, the ‘@’ and ’_’ keys are now displayed in the first
touch screen.

Firmware correction for CSS function (Domestic version only)

SP7901 cannot be read through CSS system.

Default and factory settings for SP2-310-001 to SP2-314-032 (paper transfer

currents) and SP2-903-01 (Paper transfer Adjustment) have been changed.
Refer to the BICU firmware history in the RTB for the service card (BICU:
1.192:01).

SP2-321-7 and –9: (Paper transfer bias of edge)

The default settings have been changed from 1.0 to 0.8 to improve image
quality in low temperature and low humidity conditions.

SP2-905-01: (Paper transfer roller type)

Refer to the BICU firmware history in the RTB for the service card (BICU:
1.192:01).
First release V1.22
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/5
Reissued: 7-May-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002b
New defaults (Old default)
105* Fusing Temperature
1 Heating: Idling Sets the temperature at which the heating roller starts
idling.
[100 ~ 180 / 145 / 1°C/step]
2 Heating: Ready Sets the temperature at which the heating roller enters
the print ready condition.
[100 ~ 180 / 155 (165) / 1°C/step]
3 Heating: Standby Sets the heating roller temperature for the ready
(standby) condition. After the main switch has been
turned on, the machine enters this condition when the
heating roller temperature reaches the temperature
specified in this SP mode. When the machine is
recovering from energy saver or auto off mode, the
machine becomes ready when both heat and pressure
roller temperatures reach the specified temperature.
Pressure roller: SP1-105-16
[100 ~ 180 / 160 (175) / 1°C/step ]
4 Heating: Plain/1 Color Sets the heating roller temperature for thin paper in
single-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 155 (160 )/ 1°C/step]
5 Heating: Plain/Full Sets the heating roller temperature for thin paper in full-
Color color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 160 (170) / 1°C/step]
6 Heating: Middle Sets the heating roller temperature for normal plain
Thick/1 Color paper in single-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 165 (170) / 1°C/step]
7 Heating: Middle Sets the heating roller temperature for normal plain
Thick/Full Color paper in full-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 170 (180) / 1°C/step]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/5
Reissued: 7-May-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002b

105* Fusing Temperature

This is to inform you of the Copier firmware history (BICU, Operation Panel, FAX, FCU).

US Models EU Models Asia/Taiwan Models Effective Date

Ver.
Program No. C. SUM Program No. C. SUM Program No. C. SUM

1.09 B0515557T 610C B0515558V D0BE B0515559W 8C00 April production

‘03
1.08 B0515557S 7D3D B0515558S ED70 B0515559T A3B4 March production
‘03
1.07 B0515557R A38A B0515558R 13C8 B0515559S CCE8 February
production ‘03
1.06 B0515557P BE7A B0515558P 7A02 B0515559Q 323A January
production ‘03
1.05 B0515557N - B0515558 N - B0515559P - December
production ‘02
1.04 B0515557L 7C35 B0515558 L 37D2 B0515559L 4912 September
Production 02’
1.03 B0515557K - B0515558K - B0515559K - Not applied to the
production mac hines

1.02 B0515557J - B0515558 J - B0515559J - Not applied to the

production machines
1.0192 UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - Not applied to the
192.bin 192.bin 192.bin production machines

1.0181 UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - August Production

181.bin 181.bin 181.bin ‘02
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/10
Reissued: 17-Jun-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001c
The program contains the following firmware:
US version
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU(Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware version Firmware versio Firmware version Firmwa re version
No. No. n No. No.
1.09 B0515554R 1.253:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.08 B0515554Q 1.242:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.07 B0515554P 1.233:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00

181.bin

European version
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU(Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware version Firmware versio Firmware version Firmware version
No. No. n No. No.
1.09 B0515554R 1.253:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.08 B0515554Q 1.242:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.07 B0515554P 1.233:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00

181.bin
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/10
Reissued: 17-Jun-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001c
Asian version
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU(Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware version Firmware versio Firmware version Firmware version
No. No. n No. No.
1.09 B0515554R 1.253:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.08 B0515554Q 1.242:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.07 B0515554P 1.233:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00

181.bin
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/10
Reissued: 17-Jun-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001c
BICU(Engine)
Symptom Corrected Version
To ensure proper printing quality, the default values for the 1.253:01
following SP modes have been reviewed and some SP modes
newly added.

-SP3-920-001 (Lubrication Cleaning Time) ( ): old default

[0 ~ 100 / 50 (100) / 1% /step]
-SP2-941-001(OPC Lubricant Time – Interrupt )
[0 ~ 30 / 14 (20) / 1s /step]

-SP3-922-001 (Lubricant Clutch OFF: 1C ): Newly added

-SP3-922-002(Lubricant Clutch OFF: 2C/3C/4C): Newly added
[0 ~ 11 / 6 / 1s /step]
Allows the image transfer belt cleaning clutch off timing to be
adjusted. The setting determines the number of seconds after
image transfer belt cleaning roller charging that the clutch is
turned off. With previous versions, the clutch is always running
while the development roller motor rotates.

-SP2-938-001 (OPC Reverse Interval): Newly added

[0 ~ 100 / 10 / 10 counts /step]
The main motor rotates the OPC belt backwards for 500ms at the
end of every job, in order to remove foreign particles between the
OPC belt and OPC cleaning blade. However, this does not need to
be performed so often. In addition, reducing the frequency of
OPC belt reverse rotation improves the cleaning blade
performance.
This SP adjusts the counter for the OPC belt reverse rotation, and
is incremented as follows:
LT/A4 LEF or smaller: 1, larger than LT/A4 LEF: 2.
When this SP reaches its set maximum , reverse rotation is
performed for 500ms at job end.

NOTE : Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.01.5 or later. For fetails, please refer to RTB
#RB051014 (b lack faint images) and .
In color mode (2C or more) with LT LEF and duplex, SC280 is mis- 1.242:01
detected if 5 or more originals are scanned during machine warm-up.

Machine may freeze up when returning to stand-by mode from panel-

off or low power mode under the following:
LEF job à SEF job à Enters panel-off/low-power within 3 minutes à
Next job initiated, enters stand-by mode.

SC670 is sometimes mis -detected when the SMC is printed out.

The detection conditions for SC412 (2nd transfer disconnection) have 1.233:01
been changed from 60ms to 240ms to prevent misdetections that can
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/10
Reissued: 17-Jun-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001c
Symptom Corrected Version
sometimes occur in low-temperature conditions.
This is because this SC was being reported from the field in Japan in
environments below 5°C (installation requirements: 10°C minimum),
i.e. unnecessary SC occurrences.
Note: When the temperature is below 5°C, the high voltage supply
board does not supply the target transfer roller current due to the high
resistances of the image transfer belt and paper transfer roller,
triggering the SC more easily.

SP2-801-03 (Additional Value of the charge corona cleaning interval)

has been newly added. The cleaning interval for the ad ditional charge
corona unit has been adjusted as shown.
[0 ~ 5000 / 100 / 100 counts/step]

With this new SP, it is possible to adjust the interval for charge corona
cleaning in the middle of a job:
Old:
The charge corona c leaning is carried out after 600 (SP2-801-1)
development counts, at job end or after 700 (no adjustment)
development counts (stops in the middle of the job).
After
The charge corona cleaning is carried out after 600 (SP2-801-1)
development counts, at job end or after 700 (= the sum of the
settings in SP2-801-1 and -3) development counts (stops in the
middle of the job).

Text mode in mono color mode

Text Mode in mono color mode also uses the separation filter, which
may sometimes cause separation errors. The separation filter has
been reviewed.

Machine may freeze when a paper jam occurs or when the main
switch is turned on (found in laboratory tests).

SC120 was displayed instead of SC122 when the scanner home

position was initialized.
The paper feed/transport timing for the duplex interleaf function (one 1.213:01
sheet in duplex unit, one fed from tray) has been improved to ensure
better paper transport.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 6/10
Reissued: 17-Jun-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001c
Symptom Corrected Version
SC546 & SC556 1.212:01
Detection conditions for SC546/556 have been changed so that they
are triggered by a 50°C/sec jump or drop in thermistor temperature
data (old: 20°C/sec). This is because these SCs were being reported
from the field in Japan in environments below 5°C (installation
requirements: 10 °C minimum), i.e. unnecessary SC occurrences.
Note: When the actual fusing temperature is below 5°C, the
temperature curve for thermistor data is unstable and nonlinear,
triggering the SCs more easily.
Toner end and/or toner near end may be detected even when the toner 1.204:1
cartridge still contains enough to continue printing.
1.202.01
Process control mode timing
To reduce the cycle of process control mode (every 200 printings), Mono (Bk)
prints are no longer counted for process control.

Charge corona cle aning

Charge corona cleaning mode-entering timing has been changed from 640 to
700. After 700 development counts (stops in the middle of the job), charge
corona cleaning is carried out.

SC560 (Zero cross error)

SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type):

SP2-944-4 and –5 :(OPC Lubrication – High Coverage)

The default settings for SP2-944-4 and –5 have been reviewed and changed
to reduce the cycle of OPC lubrication mode.
SP2-944-4 : Sheets-1 : [10 to 80/ 30 / 1sheet/step]
SP2-944-5 : Sheets-2 : [10 to 80/ 60 / 1sheet/step]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 7/10
Reissued: 17-Jun-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001c
Symptom Corrected Version

1.192:01
SP2-905-01: (Paper transfer roller type)
To improve the transferability, the shape of the paper transfer roller has been
changed from the 1 st production. Due to this modification, paper transfer
currents (SP2-310-001 to SP2-314-032) and paper transfer adjustment (SP2-
903-01) have been reviewed. The settings for August production machines
have been input on the production line. This SP changes the default and
factory settings for SP2-310-001 to SP2-314-032 and SP2-903-01 for both
types. It is necessary to set the type to 0 and press # key when firmware
version 1.181:01 or older (August production machines) is updated to
1.192:01 or newer for the first time. This is because the machine cannot
judge which data (old or new) should be used for paper transfer currents.
Check the SP settings after updating the firmware (SP2-310-001 to SP2-314-
032, and SP2-903-01).
Note: All settings will be initialized to their new defaults (see tables below),
therefore any previously input field customized settings must be re-input
manually.

0: New paper transfer roller type (Drum type), 1: Old paper transfer roller
type (straight type)

SP2-321-7 and –9: (Paper transfer bias of edge)

The default settings have been changed from 1.0 to 0.8 to improve image
quality in low temperature and low humidity conditions.

SP7-931-001 to –017 (Engine status display)

Reducing fan motor rotation period

Doctor roller reverse mode timing

After 20 prints, at job end or after 50 prints (stops in the middle of the job),
the machine carries out the doctor roller reverse rotation to maintain good
printing quality . A4/LT SEF or shorter printing is counted as 1 and the printing 1.181:01
longer than A4/LT SEF is counted as 2. With the prototype firmware, A4/LT
LEF or shorter printing is counted as 1 and longer than A4/LT LEF is counted
as 2. This is to reduce the frequency of the doctor roller reverse mode.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 8/10
Reissued: 17-Jun-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001c
August production serial numbers
B051-17: J2526800001 to J2526800023
B051-27: J2526800024 to J2526800043
B052-17: J2626800001 to J2626800042
B052-27: J2626800043 to J2626800061
Note for Updating the BICU firmware of the August production machines
When the BICU firmware is updated from the August production machines to 1.204:1 or later for
the first time, be sure to update main unit controller firmware to V1.332 or later at the same time.
(Refer to the main unit controller firmware history RTB (RTB No.2).Then, change the following SP
modes after updating the firmware.
SP2-905-01: (Paper transfer roller type): Select 0, then press #.
SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type): Select 0, then press #.
SP2-944-4 and –5: (OPC Lubrication – High Coverage): -4: Change setting from 20 to 30. –5:
Change the setting from 40 to 60.

Operation Panel LCD

Symptom Corrected Version
Taiwanese words/phrases and fonts added. 1.20
Note: For Asia and Taiwan models only.
1.19
Thin, Normal in Spanish (US version), French (European version).
The words in the Spanish user tools (US version) and French user tools (EU
version), which had been corrected in English from first production, have
been corrected as follows : The Spanish user tools is standard for the US
version, and the French user tools is standard for the EU version as a second
language.
• Thin? Normal
• Normal? Middle Thick/90-105g/m2
These words are located in the following screens :
User tool - Maintenance - Plain paper type

Clean / Adjust in Spanish, French

First release for Asia version

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 9/10
Reissued: 17-Jun-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001c
FAX application
Symptom Corrected Version
Supports MLB function. 2.00
First release 1.17

FCU
Symptom Corrected Version
Supports MLB function. 04.00.01

Main power off/on during original scanning

If the main power is turned off while the machine is scanning the original, the
memory capacity remains decreased when the power is turned back on.
Job numbers for standby for FAX transmission by LAN FAX (P/ C FAX) : 03.01.00
System Switch 19 No.4 (SP1-101-026 ; page 4-17 in S/M)
System Switch 19 No.4 (SP1-101-026 ; page 4-17) added to FAX SP mode.

Job numbers for standby for FAX transmission by LAN FAX (P/C FAX) are
limited as follows :
0 : 64 1 : Depends on memory (400 : standard, 800 : with Fax Function
Upgade Unit)

Taiwan area
Taiwan Area parameters added.

First release 02.01.00

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 10/10
Reissued: 17-Jun-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001c

New defaults for SP2- 310 to 314

SP code Class1and 2
S P
2-310 2-311 2-312 2-313 2-314
Class 3
LL1 LL2 NN1 NN2 HH
-1 25 27 28 29 30
-2 25 28 30 30 30
-3 25 29 32 31 30
-4 25 28 31 30 28
-5 25 27 30 28 26
-6 26 28 29 30 31
-7 26 29 31 31 31
-8 26 30 33 32 31
-9 26 29 32 31 29
-10 26 28 31 29 27
-11 14 15 15 16 16
-12 15 15 15 15 15
-13 16 15 14 15 15
-14 18 16 14 14 14
-15 20 17 14 14 14
-16 28 28 27 29 30
-17 30 29 28 31 33
-18 28 29 30 33 36
-19 28 29 30 32 34
-20 28 29 30 31 32
-21 29 29 28 30 31
-22 31 30 29 32 34
-23 29 30 31 34 37
-24 29 30 31 33 35
-25 29 30 31 32 33
-26 12 13 14 14 14
-27 16 16 16 15 15
-28 20 19 17 17 16
-29 24 23 23 23 22
-30 28 29 30 29 28
-31 16 17 17 18 18
-32 20 21 21 22 22
New defaults for SP2- 903
[0 to 70.0 /1.0 / 0.1µA/step]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/5
Reissued: 17-Jun-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002c
RTB Reissue
The items in bold italics have been added or changed.
Subject: Firmware History - Main Unit Controller Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other (Firmware History)

This is to inform you of the Main Unit Controller firmware history.

Part No. Program name
B0515550 Version C.SUM Production
S B0515550S.bin V2.01.5 5CE2 April Production ‘03
R B0515550R.bin V2.01.4 6A3B April Production ‘03
Q B0515550Q.bin V2.01.2 0F04 March Production ‘03
P B0515550N.bin V2.00.1 E2B8 February Production ‘03
N B0515550N.bin V1.39 - December Production
02’
M B0515550M.bin V1.332 6CEF November Production
02’
L - V1.33 - November Production
‘02
K - V1.29 - Not applied to the
production machines
J - V1.252 - Not applied to the
production machines
H - V1.251 - Not applied to the
production machines
G - V1.22 - August production ‘02

August production serial numbers

B051-17: J2526800001 to J2526800023
B051-27: J2526800024 to J2526800043
B052-17: J2626800001 to J2626800042
B052-27: J2626800043 to J2626800061
Note for updating main unit controller firmware of August production machines
When the main unit controller firmware is updated from the August production machines to 1.332
or later for the first time, be sure to update BICU firmware to V1.204:1 or later at the same time.
Refer to the BICU firmware history RTB for the copier firmware service card (RTB No.1).
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/5
Reissued: 17-Jun-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002c
Main Unit Controller
Symptom Corrected Version
Modified in accordance with the BICU v1.253 :01 modificaiton. V2.01.5
For details, please see RTB #RB051001c.

NOTE : In addition to this main unit controller version, be sure to

update the BICU firmware to V1.253 :01 or later. For fetails, please see
RTB #RB051014 (black faint images).
GSA version model names #12-15 (NA only) have been added to SP5-907-1 V2.01.4
(Plug & Play).
The following defaults have been returned to their values as mentioned in
v1.252, as they were reversed due to a programming error in v2.00.1:
Default DHCP: ON
Default Autonet: OFF
Machine may stall when the memory full condition is reached while storing an
image into memory if the MLB is not installed.

Specificaiton change : V2.01.2

The counter specifications have been changed, as described in RTB #
RGene013.
MLB minor bug correction.
Supports MLB function V2.00.1

SP mode newly added: SP2-801-03 (Additional Value of the charge corona

Paper may not be fed with a certain application, by-pass feed, and N-job ON
after a jam or paper end condition occurs and a jam or paper end condition is
cleared.

SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type) and Default value SP1-105

SP2-944-4 and –5 :(OPC Lubrication – High Coverage)

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/5
Reissued: 17-Jun-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002c
Symptom Corrected Version
The default settings for SP2-944-4 and –5 have been reviewed and changed
to reduce the cycle of OPC lubrication mode.
SP2-944-4 : Sheets-1 : [10 to 80/ 30 (old : 20) / 1sheet/step]
SP2-944-5 : Sheets-2 : [10 to 80/ 60 (old : 40) / 1sheet/step]
Default DHCP ON V1.252

Default Autonet OFF

New IC chip on the new wireless LAN option

The IC chip on the new wireless LAN option has been changed (old chip
discontinued). This version works with both the old IC chip and new IC chip
on the wireless LAN option. Also NIB version 3.54 or later is necessary when
the new IC chip on the wireless LAN is installed.
‘@’ & ’_’ keys in the touch screen V1.251
As per a field request, the ‘@’ and ’_’ keys are now displayed in the first
touch screen.

Firmware correction for CSS function (Domestic version only)

SP7901 cannot be read through CSS system.

Default and factory settings for SP2-310-001 to SP2-314-032 (paper transfer

currents) and SP2-903-01 (Paper transfer Adjustment) have been changed.
Refer to the BICU firmware history in the RTB for the service card (BICU:
1.192:01).

SP2-321-7 and –9: (Paper transfer bias of edge)

The default settings have been changed from 1.0 to 0.8 to improve image
quality in low temperature and low humidity conditions.

SP2-905-01: (Paper transfer roller type)

Refer to the BICU firmware history in the RTB for the service card (BICU:
1.192:01).
First release V1.22
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/5
Reissued: 17-Jun-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002c
New defaults (Old default)
105* Fusing Temperature
1 Heating: Idling Sets the temperature at which the heating roller starts
idling.
[100 ~ 180 / 145 / 1°C/step]
2 Heating: Ready Sets the temperature at which the heating roller enters
the print ready condition.
[100 ~ 180 / 155 (165) / 1°C/step]
3 Heating: Standby Sets the heating roller temperature for the ready
(standby) condition. After the main switch has been
turned on, the machine enters this condition when the
heating roller temperature reaches the temperature
specified in this SP mode. When the machine is
recovering from energy saver or auto off mode, the
machine becomes ready when both heat and pressure
roller temperatures reach the specified temperature.
Pressure roller: SP1-105-16
[100 ~ 180 / 160 (175) / 1°C/step ]
4 Heating: Plain/1 Color Sets the heating roller temperature for thin paper in
single-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 155 (160 )/ 1°C/step]
5 Heating: Plain/Full Sets the heating roller temperature for thin paper in full-
Color color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 160 (170) / 1°C/step]
6 Heating: Middle Sets the heating roller temperature for normal plain
Thick/1 Color paper in single-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 165 (170) / 1°C/step]
7 Heating: Middle Sets the heating roller temperature for normal plain
Thick/Full Color paper in full-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 170 (180) / 1°C/step]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/5
Reissued: 17-Jun-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002c

105* Fusing Temperature

1. SYMPTOM
Image density becomes lighter across the image, beginning from the leading edge and
both sides. This is visible in solid image and halftone areas, and occurs more easily with:
1) B/W image areas
2) Originals with low image coverage ratios and
3) Jobs with a low quantity of sets (e.g. 1 or 2P/J)

Sample:
Feed direction
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/3
Reissued: 30-Jun-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 16-Jun-03 No.: RB051014a

2. CAUSE
The lubricant applied to the OPC belt gets inside the black development unit via the
development roller, causing the friction level on the roller surface to decrease. This makes
it more difficult for the toner to be transferred onto the roller surface, causing the image to
gradually get lighter.

Note: The symptom temporarily subsides when the toner cartridge is replaced and new
toner is supplied to the hopper (the concentration of lubricant in the unit is minimized).
However, it will recur when the above process repeats.

3. SOLUTION
1. When the symptom is reported:
Please perform the following update and replacements, which will minimize the
chances of symptom occurrence. The modified firmware reduces the amount of
lubrication used on the OPC, which in effect minimizes the amount of lubrication that
can get inside the development unit and toner cartridge.

1) Update to the following modified firmware

Note: These versions were applied from April ’03 production (S/N list below).

• Controller ver2.01.5 or later.

• BICU ver1.253:01 or later, Service Card ver1.09 or later.

After updating the firmware, input the following default values manually.

SP No. Description Value

2-938-001 (New SP) OPC Reverse Interval 10
2-941-001 OPC Lubricant Time – Interrupt 14
3-920-001 Lubrication Cleaning Time 50
3-922-001 (New SP) Lubricant Clutch OFF: 1C 6
3-922-002 (New SP) Lubricant Clutch OFF: 2C/3C/4C 6

2) Replace the black development unit.

3) Replace the black toner cartridge.

Note: It is necessary to replace the toner cartridge, because the lubricant also gets
into the cartridge.

2. At EM visits made for another reason or at PM visits:

Update to the software listed above.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/3
Reissued: 30-Jun-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 16-Jun-03 No.: RB051014a

4. Cut-in Serial Numbers

Code Serial Numbers
B051-17 J2534601441~1474, 1476~1543, 1545~1563
B051-22 J2536300469, J2536300535, J2536400593~07700853, 0857~0898
B051-24 L1233840001~0125
B051-26 5P28430001~0090
B051-27 J2536300935, 0961~0962, J2536400082, 0209, 0261, 0289, 0297~0334,
0339, 0341~0347, 0350~0354, 0356~0384, 0386~0387, 0392~0393,
0398, 0412, 0448, 0457~0458, 0462, 0465, 0472, 0483~0592,
B051-29 J2536401331, 1340, 1342~1348, 1350, 1355~1358, 1374, 1377,
1379~1390, 1392~1398, 1403~1414, 1416~1419, 1421~1432, 1436,
1438~1440
B052-17 J2636400923~
B052-22 J2636400484~604
B052-24 L1243830066~0068, 0070, L1243840001~0173
B052-26 5P38430001~0100
B052-27 J2636300407, 0409, J2636400044, 0091~0094, 0115, 0139, 0192, 0203,
0205~0207, 0224, 0225, 0262, 0266, 0270, 0272, 0282, 0296~0297,
0308~0313
B052-29 J2636400806~08180821~0828, 0830~0849, 0851, 0853~0904, 0907,
0910~0913, 0915, 0917, 0919, 0922~0923
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/17
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 4-Jul-03 No.: RB051015

Subject: Skew Image Adjustment Procedure Prepared by: H.K.

Please use this RTB as a troubleshooting guide for skewed, trapezoid and parallelogram
images.
Correcting Skewed, Parallelogram,
and Trapezoid Images

Model U-C1

Contents

1. VISUAL DIFFERENCES BETWEEN SKEWED, TRAPEZOID AND

PARALLELOGRAM IMAGES .......................................................... 1
1.1 SKEWED IMAGES ........................................................................................ 1
1.2 TRAPEZOID IMAGES ................................................................................... 1
1.3 PARALLELOGRAM IMAGES ........................................................................ 2

2. CHECKING THE IMAGE WITH THE TRIMMING PATTERN.......... 3

3. CORRECTING THE IMAGES ......................................................... 4

3.1 FLOWCHART................................................................................................ 4
3.2 ACTION ......................................................................................................... 5
1. VISUAL DIFFERENCES BETWEEN SKEWED,
TRAPEZOID AND PARALLELOGRAM IMAGES
1.1 SKEWED IMAGES
• The image’s leading and trailing edges are parallel to one another.
• The image’s left and right edges are also parallel.
• However, all four sides are slanted with respect to the paper’s edge.

Feed direction

Parallel
Parallel
Skewed image may
also appear in the
opposite orientation.

Paper Image Area

1.2 TRAPEZOID IMAGES

• Only the image’s trailing edge is slanted with respect to the paper.
The remaining 3 sides are parallel to the paper’s edges.

Feed direction

Parallel

Trapezoid image may

also appear in the
opposite orientation.
Paper Image Area

1
1.3 PARALLELOGRAM IMAGES
• Like skewed images, the leading/trailing edges and left/right edges are parallel to each
other, but here, the leading and trailing edges are both slanted with respect to the
paper’s edge.

Feed direction

Parallel Parallel

Parallelogram may
also appear in the
opposite orientation.
Paper Image Area

2
2. CHECKING THE IMAGE WITH THE TRIMMING
PATTERN
Print out 5, A3 Trimming Patterns from
SP5-955 (value: 11)

Skewed Parallelogram

See Adjusting Skewed Images, See adjusting Parallelogram

page 5 below. Image Adjustment,
pages 11, 12 below.

Trapezoid

Combination skewed
and trapezoid image

See Adjusting Trapezoid Images,

page 6 below.

Perform Adjusting Trapezoid Images

first, then Adjusting Skewed Images.

3
3. CORRECTING THE IMAGES
3.1 FLOWCHART
Please use the following flowchart to correct skewed, parallelogram, and trapezoid images
described on page 3.

Image is: Skewed, Trapezoid, Parallelogram, or

com bination Skewed/Trapezoid.

Print out SP5-955-11 trimm ing pattern

Print out sample using

Do the above occur? N
exposure glass.

Are the lines running along

Action 1 the m ain-scan and sub-scan Do the above still Print out sample
Y N
(Skewed) directions at 90 degrees to occur? using ADF.
one another?

Action 2 Does a
Do the above still
(Trapezoid, N parallelogram image OK N
Y occur?
Skewed+Trapezoid) occur?

Y Y

Action 3 Action 4 Action 5

(Parallelogram) (Parallelogram) (Original Skew)

4
3.2 ACTION

Action 1 (skewed image of trimming pattern)

Perform the Solution described in RTB No. RB051003.

5
Action 2 (trapezoid image or skewed + trapezoid image of trimming pattern)
Attach the following two spacers to the fusing rail and fusing unit as shown below.
Applied from: May 2003 production.

Part number Description Attachment Location Remarks

B0514370 Rail spacer - 18.5X19.5X3.3 Fusing rail
B0514371 Lower pressure spacer Fusing unit

6
Attaching the Spacer to the Fusing Rail

1. Remove the fusing unit.

2. Clean the attachment area for the rail spacer with alcohol.
3. Attach the rail spacer (B0514370) to the rear of the non-sliding fusing rail [A] so that the
tapered side [B] is facing the front.

B
Rear side
plate
Sliding rail cutout

Notes:
• The actual color of the B0514370 service part rail spacer is black.
• After attaching the spacer, move the fusing unit along the rail to make sure the spacer
does not interfere with the rail.

Sliding Rail

7
Attaching the Spacer to the Fusing Unit

1. Remove the fusing unit. Then, remove the oil supply unit.
2. Remove the gear bracket [A] (2 screws).
3. Remove the upper cover [B] (2 screws, 1 shoulder screw).
4. Remove the drive gear [C].
5. Remove the pressure side plate securing screw (rear side only) [D].

A C

8
Important: In the next step, be sure to lift up the shaft slowly and gently. If it is lifted up
too quickly or with too much force, the fusing lamp will be damaged.

6. Lift up the shaft [A] very gently, just enough so that the lower pressure spacer can be
inserted. While holding the shaft up, insert the lower pressure spacer (B0514371)
between the pressure side plate [B] and lower cover.

Note: Insert the spacer so that the positioning projections can pass through the hole
and cut-outs in the spacer (see illustrations below).

Lifting up Positioning
slightly and projections
gently.
Lower pressure spacer
B0514371

Bird’s eye view of Fig.1 above:

Projections should
pass through holes
and cut-outs.

9
Important: Check the following after attachment
Make sure that:
! Positioning projection [A] is visible
! The edge of the lower pressure spacer (B0514371) is aligned with the lower cover edge
[B], i.e. not positioned inside or projecting out from the cover edge.

10
Action 3 (parallelogram image of trimming pattern)
Adjust the position of the laser optics-housing unit as described in the Service Manual, pg.
3-12 to 3-15.

Adjusting for Image Skew

[A]
1. Positioning pin [A] (! x 1)
2. Loosen ! (x 4) [B].
3. Adjust the position of the laser optics
housing unit (☛ Adjustment).
4. Fasten ! (x 4) [B]. [☛ NOTE]
NOTE: After changing the position of
the laser optics housing unit,
do not reinstall the positioning
pin. Keep the pin in a safe
place.

[B]
B051R107.WMF

NOTE: When the image skews as shown

on the right, move the unit 1 mm in
the direction of the black arrow as
shown in the diagram above and
to the right.
1mm

Paper feed
(A3 SEF)
B051R901.WMF

11
Action 4 (parallelogram image in platen mode)
Parallelogram slants to the right # Raise the left side of the scanner unit.
Parallelogram slants to the left # Lower the left side of the scanner unit.

1. Remove the rear cover, scanner left cover, and upper left cover.
2. Mark the position of the left scanner reinforcement plate by drawing a line along the
lower edge (see the photograph below).
3. While holding the scanner unit in place, loosen the 6 screws of the left scanner
reinforcement plate.
Note: The scanner must be held in place, because it will tend to sink due to its own
weight.
4. Raise or lower the scanner with respect to the reference line, then tighten the screws.

Left scanner reinforcement

plate

Mark the initial

position

12
Action 5 (original skew)

Perform the following checks:

1. Make sure the ADF side fences are in the proper position for the size of the original.
2. Check to see if the surfaces of the pick-up roller, separation roller, feed belt, transport
rollers and exit rollers are dirty, and clean if necessary.
3. Check to see if the skewing still occurs, and if it does, continue onto the next step.
4. Cut two sheets of paper to a size of A4 x 30mm (297mm x 30mm), then open the ADF
left cover [A] and insert the two sheets into the paper path as shown (left and right
sides).
5. Close the ADF unit (keeping the ADF left cover open).
6. Pull on both strips of paper at the same time (from the left side of the DF) and check
for a difference in resistance.

! If there is no difference in resistance between the front and rear, adjust the ADF skew
as shown below in 6-1(see ARDF Skew Adjustment in the Service Manual, pg. 3-58).
! If the resistance with the rear sheet is larger than the front, adjust the skew as shown
below in 6-2.

DF (top) DF (bottom)

13
6-1 Adjusting the original skew with equal front/rear pulling loads

1. Peel off the black tape on the right hinge of the ADF.
2. Loosen the screw that secures the left hinge.
3. Change the position of the screw that secures the right hinge to the long hole.
Note: Do not tighten the screw at this moment.
4. Adjust the right hinge position to correct the skewed image:
Note: Shifting the hinge to the rear will slant the image to the right (and vice-versa).
5. Tighten both screws and check the copy image.
6. If it is not fixed, repeat steps 2 to 5.

14
6-2 Adjusting the original skew when the rear pulling load is larger
Raise the left side of the ADF by adding washers as shown below.

E
C

B,
C
B

1. Remove the ADF unit from the copier.

2. Remove the shoulder screw [A].
3. Add one or two washers (P/N 07010050Z [B], t=0.7mm) between the hinge bracket
(mainframe) and ADF left hinge [E] to raise the height of the left side of the ADF.
4. Add the same quantity of the washers [C] to the neighboring screw hole [D] on the
hinge bracket.
5. Reattach the ADF so that the ADF hinge [E] is positioned horizontally on top of the
washers added to the left hinge bracket.

15
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/1
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 24-Jul-03 No.: RB051016

Subject: Key Counter Installation Prepared by: Y.Urushihara

Please apply the following correction to your Service Manuals.

1.16 KEY COUNTER INSTALLATION

Correct (bold):

5. Connect the cable [E] to the EXIOB board and route it as shown.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/5
Reissued: 28-Aug-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002d
RTB Reissue
The items in bold italics have been added or changed.
Subject: Firmware History - Main Unit Controller Prepared by: S. Tomoe
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other (Firmware History)

This is to inform you of the Main Unit Controller firmware history.

Part No. Program name
B0515550 Version C.SUM Production
T B0515550T.bin V2.02 C3AE Jun production ‘03
S B0515550S.bin V2.01.5 5CE2 April Production ‘03
R B0515550R.bin V2.01.4 6A3B April Production ‘03
Q B0515550Q.bin V2.01.2 0F04 March Production ‘03
P B0515550N.bin V2.00.1 E2B8 February Production ‘03
N B0515550N.bin V1.39 - December Production
02’
M B0515550M.bin V1.332 6CEF November Production
02’
L - V1.33 - November Production
‘02
K - V1.29 - Not applied to the
production machines
J - V1.252 - Not applied to the
production machines
H - V1.251 - Not applied to the
production machines
G - V1.22 - August production ‘02

August production serial numbers

B051-17: J2526800001 to J2526800023
B051-27: J2526800024 to J2526800043
B052-17: J2626800001 to J2626800042
B052-27: J2626800043 to J2626800061
Note for updating main unit controller firmware of August production machines
When the main unit controller firmware is updated from the August production machines to 1.332
or later for the first time, be sure to update BICU firmware to V1.204:1 or later at the same time.
Refer to the BICU firmware history RTB for the copier firmware service card (RTB No.1).
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/5
Reissued: 28-Aug-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002d
Main Unit Controller
Symptom Corrected Version
SC819 when printing out the Scanner History List. V2.02
(for China, Taiwan, Russia only ).
Some Korean characters appear garbled on the SMC report.
Modified in accordance with the BICU v1.253 :01 modificaiton. V2.01.5
For details, please see RTB #RB051001c.

NOTE : In addition to this main unit controller version, be sure to update the
BICU firmware to V1.253 :01 or later. For fetails, please see RTB
#RB051014 (black faint images).
GSA version model names #12-15 (NA only) have been added to SP5-907-1 V2.01.4
(Plug & Play).
The following defaults have been returned to their values as mentioned in
v1.252, as they were reversed due to a programming error in v2.00.1:
Default DHCP: ON
Default Autonet: OFF
Machine may stall when the memory full condition is reached while storing an
image into memory if the MLB is not installed.

Specificaiton change : V2.01.2

The counter specifications have been changed, as described in RTB #
RGene013.
MLB minor bug correction.
Supports MLB function V2.00.1

SP mode newly added: SP2-801-03 (Additional Value of the charge corona

Paper may not be fed with a certain application, by-pass feed, and N-job ON
after a jam or paper end condition occurs and a jam or paper end condition is
cleared.

SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type) and Default value SP1-105

0 : new pressure roller type (2.1mm), 1 : old pressure roller type (1.5mm)
Refer to the BICU firmware history in the RTB for the service card (BICU:
1.202.01).
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/5
Reissued: 28-Aug-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002d
Symptom Corrected Version
Default value SP1-105
Some default values have been changed. Refer to the New Default table.

SP2-944-4 and –5 :(OPC Lubrication – High Coverage)

Default Autonet OFF

New IC chip on the new wireless LAN option

The IC chip on the new wireless LAN option has been changed (old chip
discontinued). This version works with both the old IC chip and new IC chip
on the wireless LAN option. Also NIB version 3.54 or later is necessary when
the new IC chip on the wireless LAN is installed.
‘@’ & ’_’ keys in the touch screen V1.251
As per a field request, the ‘@’ and ’_’ keys are now displayed in the first
touch screen.

Firmware correction for CSS function (Domestic version only)

SP7901 cannot be read through CSS system.

Default and factory settings for SP2-310-001 to SP2-314-032 (paper transfer

currents) and SP2-903-01 (Paper transfer Adjustment) have been changed.
Refer to the BICU firmware history in the RTB for the service card (BICU:
1.192:01).

SP2-321-7 and –9: (Paper transfer bias of edge)

The default settings have been changed from 1.0 to 0.8 to improve image
quality in low temperature and low humidity conditions.

SP2-905-01: (Paper transfer roller type)

Refer to the BICU firmware history in the RTB for the service card (BICU:
1.192:01).
First release V1.22
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/5
Reissued: 28-Aug-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002d
New defaults (Old default)
105* Fusing Temperature
1 Heating: Idling Sets the temperature at which the heating roller starts
idling.
[100 ~ 180 / 145 / 1°C/step]
2 Heating: Ready Sets the temperature at which the heating roller enters
the print ready condition.
[100 ~ 180 / 155 (165) / 1°C/step]
3 Heating: Standby Sets the heating roller temperature for the ready
(standby) condition. After the main switch has been
turned on, the machine enters this condition when the
heating roller temperature reaches the temperature
specified in this SP mode. When the machine is
recovering from energy saver or auto off mode, the
machine becomes ready when both heat and pressure
roller temperatures reach the specified temperature.
Pressure roller: SP1-105-16
[100 ~ 180 / 160 (175) / 1°C/step ]
4 Heating: Plain/1 Color Sets the heating roller temperature for thin paper in
single-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 155 (160 )/ 1°C/step]
5 Heating: Plain/Full Sets the heating roller temperature for thin paper in full-
Color color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 160 (170) / 1°C/step]
6 Heating: Middle Sets the heating roller temperature for normal plain
Thick/1 Color paper in single-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 165 (170) / 1°C/step]
7 Heating: Middle Sets the heating roller temperature for normal plain
Thick/Full Color paper in full-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 170 (180) / 1°C/step]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/5
Reissued: 28-Aug-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002d

105* Fusing Temperature

This is to inform you of the Printer firmware history (Printer, NCS, NFA, and Delivery).
Printer Service Card
Version Program No. C. SUM Effective Date
1.00 B4635570 CE7B August Production ‘02

1.01 B4635570A 079D Not apply to the production

machine
1.02 B4635570B 0784
1.03 B4635570C 393F October Production ‘02
1.04 B4635570D 22B9 January Production ‘03
2.00 B4635570E 59C1 February Production ‘03
2.01 B4635570F E9D4 March Production ‘03
2.01.4 B4635570G 90F9 April production ‘03
2.02 B4635570H 7022 July production ‘03
2.02.2 B4635570J 117C August Production ‘03

Contents for all models:

Printer NCS (NIB) NFA Delivery
Ver.
Program No. Ver. Program No. Ver Program No. Ver Program No Ver
1.00 B4635550B 1.09 B0535552B 3.53 B0535553B 1.26 B0535554B 1.01
1.01 B4635550B 1.09 B0535552C 3.54 B0535553C 1.27 B0535554C 1.05
1.02 B4635550D 1.29 B0535552D 3.55 B0535553C 1.27 B0535554D 1.13
1.03 B4635550E 1.33 B0535552D 3.55 B0535553C 1.27 B0535554E 1.15
1.04 B4635550F 1.33.3 B0535552D 3.55 B0535553C 1.27 B0535554E 1.15
2.00 B4635550G 2.00 B0535552E 3.70 B0535553D 1.66 B0535554F 2.00
2.01 B4635550H 2.01 B0535552E 3.70 B0535553D 1.66 B0535554F 2.00
2.01.4 B4635550H 2.01 B0535552F 3.72 B0535553D 1.66 B0535554G 2.02
2.02 B463555H 2.01 B0535552G 3.73 B0535553E 1.67 B0535554H 2.03
2.02.2 B4635550H 2.01.2 B0535552G 3.73 B0535553E 1.67 B0535554H 2.03
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/4
Reissued: 22-Aug-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 25-Feb-03 No.: RB051005b
Note:
Whenever updating any of the firmware types in Service Card v.104 or earlier to any of those in
v2.00 or later, all types must all be updated at the same time to the versions below. In other words,
individual updates cannot be performed in these cases.

No. Software Type Version Service card version

１ Controller 2.01.2 Controller ver. 2.01.2
２ Fax 2.00 BICU-Fax ver. 1.08
３ Printer 2.01 Printer ver. 2.01
４ NIB 3.07 Printer ver. 2.00
５ NFA 1.66 Printer ver. 2.00
６ Scanner 2.00 S2.00_PS1.06
７ Delivery 2.00 Printer ver. 2.00
8 BICU 1.242 BICU-Fax ver. 1.08
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/4
Reissued: 22-Aug-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 25-Feb-03 No.: RB051005b
Printer:
Symptom Corrected Version
Merged PCL job cannot print (TechMail #TS030100). 2.02
Supports KS/KSSM Emulation (for Korea). 2.01
Duplex face settings (front/rear) not applied correctly when specified with PCL commands. 2.00
(GFPR #RC02120014)
Binding position not applied correctly when specified with PCL commands (GFPR#:
RC03020001)
CAD print files:
- Modified so that the "null" character is ignored when it is included in HP/GL2 data to increase
speed (GFPR# RE02050016).
- The status flag for the bold selection command is refreshed when it is selected for HP/GL2
data (GFPR# RE02050016).
The following image problem may occur in Black Over Print mode.
1. The image is blank around Bk figures
2. Gradation images will not print
Supports the Card Save function.
Note: To enable this function, set Printer SP1-1 Bit SW1, bit 4 to “1”.
Selecting HDD font or DIMM font may reduce available memory
Supports SAP Barcode & OCR printing.
PCL command "<ESC>&l11G" (select MailBoxBin8 as output tray) does not work correctly.
(GFPR#: RE02100002)
The RAM work area is reduced whenever fonts that have been downloaded to the HDD are 1.33.3
used.
Response to PJL INFO CONFIG command does not include serial number.
Figures appear black when the memory capacity is low. 1.33
When selecting font stored in the HDD and running the Copy/Assign command (ESC>*c6F),
the machine will freeze.
When selecting the Bitmapped Font, the character “θ” does not print.
When printing UDFP large-size (over printable size), the image will be shifted.
The machine freezes when printing Macro data.
The value for Form Lines (PCL Menu) changes after rebooting the machine.
The software version for the printer applications does not appear on the SMC list or in SP
mode.
PJL Echo does not respond correctly. (GFPR# RE02070088) 1.29
When inputting the elapsed time (time setting), the machine does not enter On Line mode.
First release 1.09

NCS (NIB):
Symptom Corrected Version
SC819 occurs after continuously receiving damaged packets from NetBEUI. 3.73
Default for DHCP changed to: ON. 3.72
Default for Autonet changed to: OFF.
Communication between the LAN card and printer in 802.11adhoc mode is sometimes
terminated when the condition of the EM waves remains constant.

When TCP/IP is disabled as the Effective Protocol in UP mode, the program version and NCS 3.70
number will not be displayed in SP mode or on the SMC list
The following functions are added for SMTP E-mail transmission.
SMTP Authentication
POP before SMTP
Supports the new IC chip on the new wireless LAN option (old chip discontinued) 3.55
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/4
Reissued: 22-Aug-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 25-Feb-03 No.: RB051005b
Symptom Corrected Version
TCP ports can be opened/closed.
NOTE: After disabling HTTP, it is not possible to access the target device through web
browser. To change the setting, please use telnet to open HTTP. When the telnet port is
disabled, it is necessary to clear the network settings (Memory Clear for NCS) to open the port.
Changed default setting of Autonet to OFF
Changed default setting of DHCP to ON.
Changed default setting of “diprint” to Enabled. 3.54
First release 3.53

NFA:
Symptom Corrected Version
The machine sometimes does not enter Auto Off mode when the operation switch is 1.67
turned OFF following DeskTopBinder capturing, fax reception or remote delivery.
Supports File Format Converter (MLB) function 1.66
Following delivery, the next Rx document cannot be delivered to the server, even if the 1.27
machine is connected to the server.
The does not enter the auto off mode after the waiting Rx document for delivery has been
delted.
First release 1.26

Delivery:
Symptom Corrected Version
A file full condition may occur following repeated connections to the POP server with 2.03
APOP auto connection.
An attached file is sometimes delivered as a text file. 2.02
Supports the File Format Converter (MLB) function 2.00
Minor delivery module bug. 1.15
Operation flow for multiple scanning in platen mode improved. 1.13
If the operation SW is pressed while the machine is scanning the third set of 2000 originals 1.05
(SADF mode), the machine goes into auto off mode.
First release 1.01
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/13
Reissued: 29-Aug-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001d
RTB Reissue
The items in bold italics have been added or changed.
Subject: Firmware History - Copier Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other (Firmware History)

This is to inform you of the Copier firmware history (BICU, Operation Panel, FAX, FCU).

US Models EU Models Asia/Taiwan Models Effective Date

Ver.
Program No. C. SUM Program No. C. SUM Program No. C. SUM

1.10 B0515557V 9BE7 B0515558W 0DC8 B0515559X C685 June production

‘03
1.09 B0515557T 610C B0515558V D0BE B0515559W 8C00 April production
‘03
1.08 B0515557S 7D3D B0515558S ED70 B0515559T A3B4 March production
‘03
1.07 B0515557R A38A B0515558R 13C8 B0515559S CCE8 February
production ‘03
1.06 B0515557P BE7A B0515558P 7A02 B0515559Q 323A January
production ‘03
1.05 B0515557N - B0515558N - B0515559P - December
production ‘02
1.04 B0515557L 7C35 B0515558L 37D2 B0515559L 4912 September
Production 02’
1.03 B0515557K - B0515558K - B0515559K - Not applied to the
production machines
1.02 B0515557J - B0515558J - B0515559J - Not applied to the
production machines
1.0192 UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - Not applied to the
192.bin 192.bin 192.bin production machines
1.0181 UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - August Production
181.bin 181.bin 181.bin ‘02
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/13
Reissued: 29-Aug-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001d
The program contains the following firmware:
US version
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU(Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware version Firmware versio Firmware version Firmware version
No. No. n No. No.
1.10 B0515554S 1.262:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.09 B0515554R 1.253:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.08 B0515554Q 1.242:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.07 B0515554P 1.233:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00

181.bin

European version

Versi Firmware / Versions

on
BICU(Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware version Firmware versio Firmware version Firmware version
No. No. n No. No.
1.10 B0515554S 1.262:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.09 B0515554R 1.253:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.08 B0515554Q 1.242:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.07 B0515554P 1.233:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00

181.bin
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/13
Reissued: 29-Aug-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001d
Asian version
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU(Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware version Firmware versio Firmware version Firmware version
No. No. n No. No.
1.10 B0515554S 1.262:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.09 B0515554R 1.253:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.08 B0515554Q 1.242:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.07 B0515554P 1.233:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00

181.bin
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/13
Reissued: 29-Aug-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001d
BICU(Engine)
Symptom Corrected Version
The “toner cartridge setting error” is sometimes displayed even 1.262:01
when the cartridge has been set correctly, due to a misdetection
of the information on the cartridge memory chip.

8”x13” SEF is mis-detected as A4 SEF in the by-pass tray.

(EU/Asia versions only).

Default settings for the following have been changed (new

defaults underlined).
SP1-003-5,-6,-7 (Paper Buckle for By-pass Tray):

SP1-003-5 By-pass: Plain

[-4 ~ 6 / 3 / 1mm /step] (old default: 0)

SP1-003-6 By-pass: Thick

[-4 ~ 6 / 0 / 1mm /step] (old default: -2)

SP1-003-7 By-pass: OHP

[-4 ~ 6 / 0 / 1mm /step] (old default: -2)

Eliminated unnecessary occurrences of SC410 (2nd transfer electric

leakage):
SC410 tends to frequently occur when using paper with a high moisture
content under high-temperature, high-humidity conditions when the
resistance of the paper transfer roller is low. The roller current was
previously lowered for mono-color mode (45% that of full color), which
lowered the resistance and caused frequent occurrences. This version
uses the color mode current for mono-color until job end to eliminate
unnecessary occurrences under the conditions described above.

Default for SP2-803-01 (Charge Cleaning Off time) changed to

minimize idling time during wire cleaning.
.[0 ~ 200 / 10 / 10 seconds/step] (old default: 60)

Note: This adjustment was added from v1.233:01, and the

description has been added to the v1.233.01 description below
(previously missing).

SP modes newly added (listed below).

These SPs have been added to ensure proper (higher) transfer belt
cleaning by applying the following bias voltages at job end (OPC
lubrication time):
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/13
Reissued: 29-Aug-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001d
Symptom Corrected Version
SP2-400-008: Cleaning Bias LL1: OPC lubrication time
SP2-401-008: Cleaning Bias LL2: OPC lubrication time
SP2-402-008: Cleaning Bias NN1: OPC lubrication time
SP2-403-008: Cleaning Bias NN2: OPC lubrication time
SP2-404-008: Cleaning Bias HH: OPC lubrication time
[0 to 2000/ 1400 / 10 Volt/step]

Minimum value changed for SP2-941-01, -02 (OPC lubrication time).

Minimum increased from 0 to 6:
SP2-941-01: Job End: [6 ~ 30 / 20 / 1 s/step]
SP2-941-02: OPC Lubrication Interval: [6 ~ 60 / 10 / 1 s/step]

NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main
unit controller firmware to v2.02. or later.

To ensure proper printing quality, the default values for the following 1.253:01
SP modes have been reviewed and some SP modes newly added.

-SP3-920-001 (Lubrication Cleaning Time) ( ): old default

[0 ~ 100 / 50 (100) / 1% /step]
-SP2-941-001(OPC Lubricant Time – Interrupt )
[0 ~ 30 / 14 (20) / 1s /step]

-SP3-922-001 (Lubricant Clutch OFF: 1C ): Newly added

-SP3-922-002(Lubricant Clutch OFF: 2C/3C/4C): Newly added
[0 ~ 11 / 6 / 1s /step]
Allows the image transfer belt cleaning clutch off timing to be adjusted.
The setting determines the number of seconds after image transfer
belt cleaning roller charging that the clutch is turned off. With previous
versions, the clutch is always running while the development roller
motor rotates.

-SP2-938-001 (OPC Reverse Interval): Newly added

[0 ~ 100 / 10 / 10 counts /step]
The Main motor rotates the OPC belt backwards for 500ms at the end
of every job, in order to remove foreign particles between the OPC belt
and OPC cleaning blade. However, this does not need to be performed
so often. In addition, reducing the frequency of OPC belt reverse
rotation improves the cleaning blade performance.
This SP adjusts the counter for the OPC belt reverse rotation, and is
incremented as follows:
LT/A4 LEF or smaller: 1, larger than LT/A4 LEF: 2.
When this SP reaches its set maximum, reverse rotation is performed
for 500ms at job end.

NOTE : Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.01.5 or later. For fetails, please refer to RTB
#RB051014 (black faint images) .
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 6/13
Reissued: 29-Aug-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001d
Symptom Corrected Version
In color mode (2C or more) with LT LEF and duplex, SC280 is mis- 1.242:01
detected if 5 or more originals are scanned during machine warm-up.

Machine may freeze up when returning to stand-by mode from panel-

off or low power mode under the following:
LEF job ! SEF job ! Enters panel-off/low-power within 3 minutes !
Next job initiated, enters stand-by mode.

SC670 is sometimes mis-detected when the SMC is printed out.

The detection conditions for SC412 (2nd transfer disconnection) have 1.233:01
been changed from 60ms to 240ms to prevent misdetections that can
sometimes occur in low-temperature conditions.
This is because this SC was being reported from the field in Japan in
environments below 5°C (installation requirements: 10°C minimum),
i.e. unnecessary SC occurrences.
Note: When the temperature is below 5°C, the high voltage supply
board does not supply the target transfer roller current due to the high
resistances of the image transfer belt and paper transfer roller,
triggering the SC more easily.

SP2-801-03 (Additional Value of the charge corona cleaning interval)

has been newly added. The cleaning interval for the additional charge
corona unit has been adjusted as shown.
[0 ~ 5000 / 100 / 100 counts/step]

With this new SP, it is possible to adjust the interval for charge corona
cleaning in the middle of a job:
Old:
The charge corona cleaning is carried out after 600 (SP2-801-1)
development counts, at job end or after 700 (no adjustment)
development counts (stops in the middle of the job).
After
The charge corona cleaning is carried out after 600 (SP2-801-1)
development counts, at job end or after 700 (= the sum of the
settings in SP2-801-1 and -3) development counts (stops in the
middle of the job).

Text mode in mono color mode

Text Mode in mono color mode also uses the separation filter, which
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 7/13
Reissued: 29-Aug-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001d
Symptom Corrected Version
may sometimes cause separation errors. The separation filter has
been reviewed.

Machine may freeze when a paper jam occurs or when the main
switch is turned on (found in laboratory tests).

SC120 was displayed instead of SC122 when the scanner home

position was initialized.

SP2-803-01 (Charge Cleaning Off time) newly added:

[0 ~ 200 / 60 / 10 seconds/step]

Although a 60-second interval already exists for performing an

idle discharge after corona wire cleaning, this new SP mode
allows the interval to be adjusted. The idle discharge is to
maintain an even charge wire surface, ensuring proper charging.
The paper feed/transport timing for the duplex interleaf function (one 1.213:01
sheet in duplex unit, one fed from tray) has been improved to ensure
better paper transport.
SC546 & SC556 1.212:01
Detection conditions for SC546/556 have been changed so that they
are triggered by a 50°C/sec jump or drop in thermistor temperature
data (old: 20°C/sec). This is because these SCs were being reported
from the field in Japan in environments below 5°C (installation
requirements: 10°C minimum), i.e. unnecessary SC occurrences.
Note: When the actual fusing temperature is below 5°C, the
temperature curve for thermistor data is unstable and nonlinear,
triggering the SCs more easily.
Toner end and/or toner near end may be detected even when the toner 1.204:1
cartridge still contains enough to continue printing.
1.202.01
Process control mode timing
To reduce the cycle of process control mode (every 200 printings), Mono (Bk)
prints are no longer counted for process control.

Charge corona cleaning

Charge corona cleaning mode-entering timing has been changed from 640 to
700. After 700 development counts (stops in the middle of the job), charge
corona cleaning is carried out.

SC560 (Zero cross error)

If the following abnormal Hertz for the power source is detected when the
main switch is turned on, SC560 is displayed (upper limits eliminated, as they
are unnecessary).
Old control for SC560:
50Hz: 45>Detected Hz or 54<Detected Hz, 60Hz: 55>Detected Hz or
64<Detected Hz
New control for SC560:
50Hz: 45>Detected Hz, 60Hz: 55>Detected Hz
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 8/13
Reissued: 29-Aug-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001d
Symptom Corrected Version
SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type):
To prevent fusing jams (wrapping around the pressure roller) the layer
thickness of the pressure roller has been changed from 1.5 mm to 2.1mm
from the first production machines. When updating from v1.192:01 or
older to v1.202.01 or newer for the first time, even if the new pressure
roller is installed, it is necessary to select ‘ new ‘ in SP1-905-01 to
initialize fusing temperature control. The settings for the August
production machines have been input on the production line. When firmware
1.192:01 or older is updated to 1.202.01 or later for the first time, the
machine cannot judge which data (old or new) should be used for fusing
controll.
Note : When selecting 0 in SP1-905-1 and then pressing # on the LCD, the
new control data is applied to fusing control.
0 : new pressure roller type (2.1mm), 1 : old pressure roller type (1.5mm)

SP2-944-4 and –5 :(OPC Lubrication – High Coverage)

0: New paper transfer roller type (Drum type), 1: Old paper transfer roller
type (straight type)

SP2-321-7 and –9: (Paper transfer bias of edge)

The default settings have been changed from 1.0 to 0.8 to improve image
quality in low temperature and low humidity conditions.

SP7-931-001 to –017 (Engine status display)

Engine log can be checked by SP mode for field symptom evaluation, as if
the machine stalls, the SMC cannot be printed out. Checking the indication in
this SP can be helpful in problem/cause identification.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 9/13
Reissued: 29-Aug-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001d
Symptom Corrected Version
Reducing fan motor rotation period
The development fan is stopped and the fusing unit fan is rotated at half
speed for 15 seconds after the last sheet of paper exits the printer. With the
previous firmware, the fusing unit fan and development fan were both run for
3 minutes after paper exit.

Doctor roller reverse mode timing

After 20 prints, at job end or after 50 prints (stops in the middle of the job),
the machine carries out the doctor roller reverse rotation to maintain good
printing quality. A4/LT SEF or shorter printing is counted as 1 and the printing 1.181:01
longer than A4/LT SEF is counted as 2. With the prototype firmware, A4/LT
LEF or shorter printing is counted as 1 and longer than A4/LT LEF is counted
as 2. This is to reduce the frequency of the doctor roller reverse mode.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 10/13
Reissued: 29-Aug-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001d
August production serial numbers
B051-17: J2526800001 to J2526800023
B051-27: J2526800024 to J2526800043
B052-17: J2626800001 to J2626800042
B052-27: J2626800043 to J2626800061
Note for Updating the BICU firmware of the August production machines
When the BICU firmware is updated from the August production machines to 1.204:1 or later for
the first time, be sure to update main unit controller firmware to V1.332 or later at the same time.
(Refer to the main unit controller firmware history RTB (RTB No.2).Then, change the following SP
modes after updating the firmware.
SP2-905-01: (Paper transfer roller type): Select 0, then press #.
SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type): Select 0, then press #.
SP2-944-4 and –5: (OPC Lubrication – High Coverage): -4: Change setting from 20 to 30. –5:
Change the setting from 40 to 60.

Operation Panel LCD

Clean / Adjust in Spanish, French

First release for Asia version

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 11/13
Reissued: 29-Aug-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001d
FAX application
Symptom Corrected Version
Supports MLB function. 2.00
First release 1.17

FCU
Symptom Corrected Version
Supports MLB function. 04.00.01

Main power off/on during original scanning

If the main power is turned off while the machine is scanning the original, the
memory capacity remains decreased when the power is turned back on.
Job numbers for standby for FAX transmission by LAN FAX (P/C FAX) : 03.01.00
System Switch 19 No.4 (SP1-101-026 ; page 4-17 in S/M)
System Switch 19 No.4 (SP1-101-026 ; page 4-17) added to FAX SP mode.

Job numbers for standby for FAX transmission by LAN FAX (P/C FAX) are
limited as follows :
0 : 64 1 : Depends on memory (400 : standard, 800 : with Fax Function
Upgade Unit)

Taiwan area
Taiwan Area parameters added.

First release 02.01.00

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 12/13
Reissued: 29-Aug-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001d

New defaults for SP2- 310 to 314

SP code Class1and 2
ＳＰ 2-310 2-311 2-312 2-313 2-314
Class 3 LL1 LL2 NN1 NN2 HH
-1 25 27 28 29 30
-2 25 28 30 30 30
-3 25 29 32 31 30
-4 25 28 31 30 28
-5 25 27 30 28 26
-6 26 28 29 30 31
-7 26 29 31 31 31
-8 26 30 33 32 31
-9 26 29 32 31 29
-10 26 28 31 29 27
-11 14 15 15 16 16
-12 15 15 15 15 15
-13 16 15 14 15 15
-14 18 16 14 14 14
-15 20 17 14 14 14
-16 28 28 27 29 30
-17 30 29 28 31 33
-18 28 29 30 33 36
-19 28 29 30 32 34
-20 28 29 30 31 32
-21 29 29 28 30 31
-22 31 30 29 32 34
-23 29 30 31 34 37
-24 29 30 31 33 35
-25 29 30 31 32 33
-26 12 13 14 14 14
-27 16 16 16 15 15
-28 20 19 17 17 16
-29 24 23 23 23 22
-30 28 29 30 29 28
-31 16 17 17 18 18
-32 20 21 21 22 22
New defaults for SP2- 903
[0 to 70.0 /1.0/ 0.1µA/step]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 13/13
Reissued: 29-Aug-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001d
New SP (): Old default
950 Start Registration Adjustment
1 Start Registration Color registration adjustment: Adjusts the start timing of
Adjustment 1–K (32 imaging for each color.
CPM) [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
2 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–M (32
CPM)
3 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–C (32
CPM)
4 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–Y (32
CPM)
5 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 2 (0) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–K (32
CPM)
6 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1 ) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–M (32
CPM)
7 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–C (32
CPM)
8 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–Y (32
CPM)
9 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–K (24
CPM)
10 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–M (24
CPM)
11 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–C (24
CPM)
12 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–Y (24
CPM)
13 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–K (24
CPM)
14 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1 ) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–M (24
CPM)
15 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–C (24
CPM)
16 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–Y (24
CPM)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/16
Reissued: 12-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001e
RTB Reissue
The items in bold italics have been added or changed.
Subject: Firmware History - Copier Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other (Firmware History)

This is to inform you of the Copier firmware history (BICU, Operation Panel, FAX, FCU).

US Models EU Models Asia/Taiwan Models Effective Date

Ver.
Program No. C. SUM Program No. C. SUM Program No. C. SUM

1.11 B0515557W 2C66 B0515558X 9B9F B0515559Y 56CC August

production ‘03
1.10 B0515557V 9BE7 B0515558W 0DC8 B0515559X C685 June production
‘03
1.09 B0515557T 610C B0515558V D0BE B0515559W 8C00 April production
‘03
1.08 B0515557S 7D3D B0515558S ED70 B0515559T A3B4 March production
‘03
1.07 B0515557R A38A B0515558R 13C8 B0515559S CCE8 February
production ‘03
1.06 B0515557P BE7A B0515558P 7A02 B0515559Q 323A January
production ‘03
1.05 B0515557N - B0515558N - B0515559P - December
production ‘02
1.04 B0515557L 7C35 B0515558L 37D2 B0515559L 4912 September
Production 02’
1.03 B0515557K - B0515558K - B0515559K - Not applied to the
production machines
1.02 B0515557J - B0515558J - B0515559J - Not applied to the
production machines
1.0192 UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - Not applied to the
192.bin 192.bin 192.bin production machines
1.0181 UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - August Production
181.bin 181.bin 181.bin ‘02
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/16
Reissued: 12-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001e
The program contains the following firmware:
US version
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Versio Firmware Versio Firmware Versio
No. No. n No. n No. n
1.11 B0515554T 1.275:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.10 B0515554S 1.262:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.09 B0515554R 1.253:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.08 B0515554Q 1.242:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.07 B0515554P 1.233:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00

181.bin

European version

Versi Firmware / Versions

on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Versio Firmware Versio Firmware Versio
No. No. n No. n No. n
1.11 B0515554T 1.275:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.10 B0515554S 1.262:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.09 B0515554R 1.253:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.08 B0515554Q 1.242:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.07 B0515554P 1.233:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00

181.bin
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/16
Reissued: 12-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001e
Asian version
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Versio Firmware Versio Firmware Versio
No. No. n No. n No. n
1.11 B0515554T 1.275:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.10 B0515554S 1.262:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.09 B0515554R 1.253:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.08 B0515554Q 1.242:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.07 B0515554P 1.233:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00

181.bin
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/16
Reissued: 12-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001e
BICU (Engine)
Symptom Corrected Version
SP3-911-001, 002 (Doctor roller rotation interval M&K) 1.275:01
In addition to SP3-910 (doctor roller interval for job end), after
every job end, the doctor rollers for M and K are rotated
backwards to prevent toner clumping. It is not necessary to
perform the reverse rotation of the doctor rollers for every M & K
job. This rotation may cause doctor roller filming. Dirty
background images may also occur. To prevent this, the reverse
rotation is now performed after 20 development jobs. These SP
Modes can adjust the reverse rotation interval. The doctor roller
reverse rotation for SP3-911 is performed at job end. Then, SP3-
910 is performed at the next job end.
-SP3-911-001 (Doctor roller rotation interval M ) ( ): Old default
[1 ~ 50 / 20 (1) / 1 /step]
-SP3-911-002 (Doctor roller rotation interval K )
[1 ~ 50 / 20 (1) / 1 /step]

An ITB cleaning blade has been added to the ITB cleaning

system. The condition of the image process has been changed.
These SP modes are used for the new ITB cleaning system.

-SP2-920-002 (ITB cleaning Clutch OFF Mode)

0: ITB cleaning belt (Default): SP2-920-001 can be adjusted.
1: No ITB cleaning belt: SP2-920-001 cannot be adjusted.
-SP2-920-001(ITB Cleaning Clutch OFF Time)
[-500 ~ 500 / 0 / 10 /step]
This SP adjusts the ITB cleaning clutch off timing to prevent toner
from dropping. This ensures that the PCU process will be
smooth. The combination of the ITB cleaning blade with an
incorrect setting (No ITB cleaning blade : 1 of SP2-920-001) may
cause toner to drop on the leading edge of the printed image.

-SP2-950 (Start registration Adjustment)

To correct the color registration adjustment for the ITB cleaning
belt , the SP settings have been revised. For details, see the table
below.

-SP2-953-001 (Image Position Adjustment)

The default settings of SP2-950 (Start Registration Adjustment)
can be changed with this SP.
0: ITB cleaning blade (Default):
1: No ITB cleaning blade:

-SP2-922-001 (Development Clutch ON after Job End)

This SP sets the development clutch ON/OFF control depending
on the installation of the ITB cleaning blade. It is not necessary to
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/16
Reissued: 12-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001e
Symptom Corrected Version
turn on the development clutch at job end when the ITB cleaning
blade is installed. A small amount of toner is transferred to the
surface of the OPC belt to ensure proper cleaning of the OPC belt
when the ITB cleaning blade is NOT installed.
0: No for ITB cleaning blade (Default):
1: Yes for non ITB cleaning blade:

-SP2-923-001 (Lubricant cancellation after Toner End)

This SP sets whether lubrication is performed or not during
toner end recovery. The installation of the ITB cleaning blade no
longer requires lubrication at toner end recovery.
0: OFF for non ITB cleaning blade:
1: ON cancels ITB cleaning blade: (Default)

Toner accumulates on the edge of the ITB cleaning blade. Turning

the ITB clutch Off/On forces accumulated toner on the blade edge
to drop on the ITB while the image is not transferred on the ITB
for cleaning. If it is not performed, toner may drop on the printing
image. These SPs adjust the time and number of times for blade
cleaning.
-2-924-001(ITB Cleaning Clutch Off/On – Time)
[100 ~ 500/ 300 / 10ms /step]
-2-924-002 (ITB Cleaning Clutch Off/On – Number)
[0 ~ 5/ 2 / 1 /step]

The lubrication cleaning time has been revised. The SP mode has
been subdivided into time for 1C and time for 2C/3C/4C.
-SP3-920-001 (Lubrication Cleaning Time: - 1C)
[0 ~ 100 / 50 / 1% /step]
-SP3-920-002 (Lubrication Cleaning Time: - 2C/3C/4C)
[0 ~ 100 / 100/ 1% /step]

Eliminated unnecessary occurrences of SC420 (Fusing bias

discharge error). SC420 will not be shown when a leak occurs as
a result of a small hole on the fusing belt surface. Field
experience has confirmed that belt lifetime is actually longer
when the SC is not shown in these conditions. If a leak should
occur, the machine turns SP2-501 OFF (fusing bias SW), and the
fusing bias is not applied until the fusing counter is cleared and
the SP is set back to ON or PM counter (SP7-803-7) is cleared.
-SP2-501-001 (Fusing Bias SW)
[0 ~ 1 / 1/ 1: ON 0: OFF]

When printing the magenta mono color, cyan color may mix
slightly on the magenta image.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 6/16
Reissued: 12-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001e
Symptom Corrected Version

Aseparation error may occur in the “Generation” mode selected

at the operation panel. To correct this, the image processing has
been reviewed.

NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main
unit controller firmware to v2.02.9 or later.
The “toner cartridge setting error” is sometimes displayed even when 1.262:01
the cartridge has been set correctly. This is due to misdetection of the
information on the cartridge memory chip.

8”x13” SEF is mis-detected as A4 SEF in the by-pass tray.

(EU/Asia versions only).

Default settings for the following have been changed (new defaults
underlined).
SP1-003-5,-6,-7 (Paper Buckle for By-pass Tray):

SP1-003-5 By-pass: Plain

[-4 ~ 6 / 3 / 1mm /step] (previous default: 0)

SP1-003-6 By-pass: Thick

[-4 ~ 6 / 0 / 1mm /step] (previous default: -2)

SP1-003-7 By-pass: OHP

[-4 ~ 6 / 0 / 1mm /step] (previous default: -2)

Eliminated unnecessary occurrences of SC410 (2nd transfer electric leakage):

SC410 tends to occur frequently when using paper with high moisture
content under high-temperature, high-humidity when the resistance on the
paper transfer roller is low. The roller current was previously lowered for
mono-color mode (45% that of full color), which lowered the resistance and
caused frequent occurrences. This version uses the color mode current for
mono-color until job end to eliminate unnecessary occurrences under the
conditions described above.

Default for SP2-803-01 (Charge Cleaning Off time) changed to

minimize idling time during wire cleaning.
.[0 ~ 200 / 10 / 10 seconds/step] (previous default: 60)

Note: This adjustment was added from v1.233:01, and the description
has been added to the v1.233.01 description below (previously
missing).
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 7/16
Reissued: 12-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001e
Symptom Corrected Version
SP modes newly added (listed below).
These SPs have been added to ensure proper (higher) transfer belt cleaning
by applying the following bias voltages at job end (OPC lubrication time):

SP2-400-008: Cleaning Bias LL1: OPC lubrication time

SP2-401-008: Cleaning Bias LL2: OPC lubrication time
SP2-402-008: Cleaning Bias NN1: OPC lubrication time
SP2-403-008: Cleaning Bias NN2: OPC lubrication time
SP2-404-008: Cleaning Bias HH: OPC lubrication time
[0 to 2000/ 1400 / 10 Volt/step]

Minimum value changed for SP2-941-01, -02 (OPC lubrication time).

Minimum increased from 0 to 6:
SP2-941-01: Job End: [6 ~ 30 / 14 / 1 s/step]
SP2-941-02: OPC Lubrication Interval: [6 ~ 60 / 10 / 1 s/step]

NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.02. or later.

To ensure proper printing quality, the default values for the following 1.253:01
SP modes have been revised while some SP modes have been
added.

-SP3-920-001 (Lubrication Cleaning Time) ( ): previous default

[0 ~ 100 / 50 (100) / 1% /step]
-SP2-941-001(OPC Lubricant Time – Interrupt )
[0 ~ 30 / 14 (20) / 1s /step]

-SP3-922-001 (Lubricant Clutch OFF: 1C ): Newly added

-SP2-938-001 (OPC Reverse Interval): Newly added

NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.01.5 or later. For details, please refer to RTB
#RB051014 (black faint images).
In color mode (2C or more) with LT LEF and duplex, SC280 is mis- 1.242:01
detected if 5 or more originals are scanned during machine warm-up.

Machine may freeze up when returning to stand-by mode from panel-

off or low power mode under the following:
LEF job ! SEF job ! Enters panel-off/low-power within 3 minutes !
Next job initiated, enters stand-by mode.

SC670 is sometimes mis-detected when the SMC is printed out.

SP2-801-03 (Additional value of the charge corona cleaning interval)

has been newly added. The cleaning interval for the additional charge
corona unit has been adjusted as shown.
[0 ~ 5000 / 100 / 100 counts/step]

With this new SP, it is possible to adjust the interval for charge corona
cleaning in the middle of a job:
Old:
The charge corona cleaning is carried out after 600 (SP2-801-1)
development counts, at job end or after 700 (no adjustment)
development counts (stops in the middle of the job).
After
The charge corona cleaning is carried out after 600 (SP2-801-1)
development counts, at job end or after 700 (= the sum of the
settings in SP2-801-1 and -3) development counts (stops in the
middle of the job).

SC571
Software changed so that oil end detection is not counted for supplying
oil from the oil tank to the oil reservoir in the oil supply unit while the
fusing unit is not working (i.e. SCs and jams). This is to avoid oil
overflow conditions that can be caused by winter humidity
(humidification).
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 9/16
Reissued: 12-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001e
Symptom Corrected Version

Text mode in mono color mode

Text Mode in mono color mode also uses the separation filter, which
may sometimes cause separation errors. The separation filter has
been reviewed.

Machine may freeze when a paper jam occurs or when the main
switch is turned on (found in laboratory tests).

SC120 was shown instead of SC122 when the scanner home position
was initialized.

SP2-803-01 (Charge Cleaning Off time) newly added:

[0 ~ 200 / 60 / 10 seconds/step]

Although a 60-second interval already exists for performing an idle

discharge after corona wire cleaning, this new SP mode allows the
interval to be adjusted. The idle discharge is to maintain an even
charge wire surface, ensuring proper charging.
The paper feed/transport timing for the duplex interleaf function (one 1.213:01
sheet in duplex unit, one fed from tray) has been improved to ensure
better paper transport.
SC546 & SC556 1.212:01
Detection conditions for SC546/556 have been changed so that they
are triggered by a 50°C/sec jump or drop in thermistor temperature
data (old: 20°C/sec). This is because these SCs were being reported
from the field in Japan in environments below 5°C (installation
requirements: 10°C minimum), i.e. unnecessary SC occurrences.
Note: When the actual fusing temperature is below 5°C, the
temperature curve for thermistor data is unstable and nonlinear,
triggering the SCs more easily.
Toner end and/or toner near end may be detected even when the 1.204:1
toner cartridge still contains enough to continue printing.
1.202.01
Process control mode timing
To reduce the cycle of process control mode (every 200 printings), Mono (Bk)
prints are no longer counted for process control.

Charge corona cleaning

Charge corona cleaning mode-entering timing has been changed from 640 to
700. After 700 development counts (stops in the middle of the job), charge
corona cleaning is carried out.

SC560 (Zero cross error)

If the following abnormal Hertz for the power source is detected when the
main switch is turned on, SC560 is displayed (upper limits eliminated, as they
are unnecessary).
Old control for SC560:
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 10/16
Reissued: 12-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001e
Symptom Corrected Version
50Hz: 45>Detected Hz or 54<Detected Hz, 60Hz: 55>Detected Hz or
64<Detected Hz
New control for SC560:
50Hz: 45>Detected Hz, 60Hz: 55>Detected Hz

SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type):

SP2-944-4 and –5 :(OPC Lubrication – High Coverage)

0: New paper transfer roller type (Drum type), 1: Old paper transfer roller
type (straight type)

SP2-321-7 and –9: (Paper transfer bias of edge)

The default settings have been changed from 1.0 to 0.8 to improve image
quality in low temperature and low humidity conditions.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 11/16
Reissued: 12-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001e
Symptom Corrected Version
SP7-931-001 to –017 (Engine status display)
Engine log can be checked by SP mode for field symptom evaluation, as if
the machine stalls, the SMC cannot be printed out. Checking the indication in
this SP can be helpful in problem/cause identification.

Reducing fan motor rotation period

Doctor roller reverse mode timing

After 20 prints, at job end or after 50 prints (stops in the middle of the job),
the machine carries out the doctor roller reverse rotation to maintain good
printing quality. A4/LT SEF or shorter printing is counted as 1 and printing 1.181:01
longer than A4/LT SEF is counted as 2. With the prototype firmware, A4/LT
LEF or shorter printing is counted as 1 and longer than A4/LT LEF is counted
as 2. This is to reduce the frequency of the doctor roller reverse mode.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 12/16
Reissued: 12-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001e
August production serial numbers
B051-17: J2526800001 to J2526800023
B051-27: J2526800024 to J2526800043
B052-17: J2626800001 to J2626800042
B052-27: J2626800043 to J2626800061
Note for Updating the BICU firmware of the August production machines
When the BICU firmware is updated from the August production machines to 1.204:1 or later for
the first time, be sure to update the main unit controller firmware to V1.332 or later at the same
time. (Refer to the main unit controller firmware history RTB (RTB No.2). Then, change the
following SP modes after updating the firmware.
SP2-905-01: (Paper transfer roller type): Select 0, then press #.
SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type): Select 0, then press #.
SP2-944-4 and –5: (OPC Lubrication – High Coverage): -4: Change setting from 20 to 30. –5:
Change the setting from 40 to 60.

Operation Panel LCD

Symptom Corrected Version
Taiwanese words/phrases and fonts added. 1.20
Note: For Asia and Taiwan models only.
1.19
Thin, Normal in Spanish (US version), French (European version).
The words in the Spanish user tools (US version) and French user tools (EU
version), which had been corrected in English from first production, have
been corrected as follows: The Spanish user tools is standard for the US
version, and the French user tools is standard for the EU version as a second
language.
• Thin→Normal
• Normal→Middle Thick/90-105g/m2
These words are located in the following screens:
User tool - Maintenance - Plain paper type

Clean / Adjust in Spanish, French

First release for Asia version

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 13/16
Reissued: 12-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001e
FAX application
Symptom Corrected Version
Supports MLB function. 2.00
First release 1.17

FCU
Symptom Corrected Version
Supports MLB function. 04.00.01

Main power off/on during original scanning

If the main power is turned off while the machine is scanning the original, the
memory capacity remains decreased when the power is turned back on.
Job numbers for standby for FAX transmission by LAN FAX (P/C FAX): 03.01.00
System Switch 19 No.4 (SP1-101-026; page 4-17 in S/M)
System Switch 19 No.4 (SP1-101-026; page 4-17) added to FAX SP mode.

Job numbers for standby for FAX transmission by LAN FAX (P/C FAX) are
limited as follows:
0: 64 1: Depends on memory (400: standard, 800: with Fax Function
Upgrade Unit)

Taiwan area
Taiwan Area parameters added.

First release 02.01.00

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 14/16
Reissued: 12-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001e

New defaults for SP2- 310 to 314

SP code Class1and 2
ＳＰ
2-310 2-311 2-312 2-313 2-314
Class 3
LL1 LL2 NN1 NN2 HH
-1 25 27 28 29 30

-2 25 28 30 30 30

-3 25 29 32 31 30

-4 25 28 31 30 28

-5 25 27 30 28 26

-6 26 28 29 30 31

-7 26 29 31 31 31

-8 26 30 33 32 31

-9 26 29 32 31 29

-10 26 28 31 29 27

-11 14 15 15 16 16

-12 15 15 15 15 15

-13 16 15 14 15 15

-14 18 16 14 14 14

-15 20 17 14 14 14

-16 28 28 27 29 30

-17 30 29 28 31 33

-18 28 29 30 33 36

-19 28 29 30 32 34

-20 28 29 30 31 32

-21 29 29 28 30 31

-22 31 30 29 32 34

-23 29 30 31 34 37

-24 29 30 31 33 35

-25 29 30 31 32 33

-26 12 13 14 14 14

-27 16 16 16 15 15

-28 20 19 17 17 16
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 15/16
Reissued: 12-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001e

-29 24 23 23 23 22

-30 28 29 30 29 28

-31 16 17 17 18 18

-32 20 21 21 22 22
New defaults for SP2- 903
[0 to 70.0 /1.0/ 0.1µA/step]

New SP (): Old default

950 Start Registration Adjustment
1 Start Registration Color registration adjustment: Adjusts the start timing of
Adjustment 1–K (32 imaging for each color.
CPM) [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
2 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–M (32
CPM)
3 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–C (32
CPM)
4 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–Y (32
CPM)
5 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 2 (0) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–K (32
CPM)
6 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1 ) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–M (32
CPM)
7 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–C (32
CPM)
8 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–Y (32
CPM)
9 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–K (24
CPM)
10 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–M (24
CPM)
11 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–C (24
CPM)
12 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–Y (24
CPM)
13 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–K (24
CPM)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 16/16
Reissued: 12-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001e
14 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1 ) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–M (24
CPM)
15 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–C (24
CPM)
16 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–Y (24
CPM)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/6
Reissued: 12-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002e
RTB Reissue
The items in bold italics have been added or changed.
Subject: Firmware History - Main Unit Controller Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other (Firmware History)

This is to inform you of the Main Unit Controller firmware history.

Part No. Program name
B0515550 Version C.SUM Production
U B0515550U.bin V2.02.9 2D2F Not applied to the
production machines.
For updating the
machines in the field,
produced before
August, 2003
production
T B0515550T.bin V2.02 C3AE Jun production ‘03
S B0515550S.bin V2.01.5 5CE2 April Production ‘03
R B0515550R.bin V2.01.4 6A3B April Production ‘03
Q B0515550Q.bin V2.01.2 0F04 March Production ‘03
P B0515550N.bin V2.00.1 E2B8 February Production ‘03
N B0515550N.bin V1.39 - December Production
02’
M B0515550M.bin V1.332 6CEF November Production
02’
L - V1.33 - November Production
‘02
K - V1.29 - Not applied to the
production machines
J - V1.252 - Not applied to the
production machines
H - V1.251 - Not applied to the
production machines
G - V1.22 - August production ‘02

2002 August production serial numbers

B051-17: J2526800001 to J2526800023
B051-27: J2526800024 to J2526800043
B052-17: J2626800001 to J2626800042
B052-27: J2626800043 to J2626800061
Note for updating main unit controller firmware of August production machines
When the main unit controller firmware is updated from the August production machines to 1.332
or later for the first time, be sure to update BICU firmware to V1.204:1 or later at the same time.
Refer to the BICU firmware history RTB for the copier firmware service card (RTB No.1).
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/6
Reissued: 12-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002e
Main Unit Controller
Symptom Corrected Version
This version has been released for machines produced before August V2.02.9
2003. The firmware download display is indicated as 2.02AugSP,
B0515550W. This firmware is version after version 2.02. The August and
September production firmware was found to have the following
symptoms:

For firmware V2.02 or before, a document stored in the document

server could not be output after the controller firmware is updated to
August or September production version. A document stored in the
document server after updating the firmware can be output. To solve
this problem, this version is released. This firmware is the same level
as the August production without the problem before 2003 August
production. However, the documents stored in the document server
when the controller firmware version is August or September could not
be output after the controller firmware is modified to this V2.02.9.
Therefore, do not use this firmware for the August production or
September production machines. The August production and
September production machines do not cause this problem if the
controller firmware is updated to V2.02.9. For details, please refer to the
table below.

We will release the controller firmware of October production machines

at the end of September. This will solve the above problem for all
production month machines.
Modified in accordance with the BICU v1.275 :01 modification. For
details, please see RTB #RB051001e.

NOTE : In addition to this main unit controller version, be sure to

update the BICU firmware to V1.275 :01 or later.
To improve the image quality of the text part received in the fax
text/photo mode, data in the IPU processing has been revised.
SC819 when printing out the Scanner History List. V2.02
(for China, Taiwan, and Russia only ).
Some Korean characters appear garbled on the SMC report.
Modified in accordance with the BICU v1.253 :01 modification. V2.01.5
For details, please see RTB #RB051001c.

NOTE : In addition to this main unit controller version, be sure to update the
BICU firmware to V1.253 :01 or later. For details, please see RTB
#RB051014 (black faint images).
GSA version model names #12-15 (NA only) have been added to SP5-907-1 V2.01.4
(Plug & Play).
The following defaults have been returned to their values as mentioned in
v1.252, as they were reversed due to a programming error in v2.00.1:
Default DHCP: ON
Default Autonet: OFF
Machine may stall when memory full condition is reached while storing an
image into memory if the MLB is not installed.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/6
Reissued: 12-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002e
Symptom Corrected Version
Specification change V2.01.2
The counter specifications have been changed, as described in RTB #
RGene013.
MLB minor bug correction.
Supports MLB function V2.00.1

SP mode newly added: SP2-801-03 (Additional Value of the charge corona

Paper may not be fed for certain applications, by-pass feed, and N-job ON
after a jam or paper end condition occurs and a jam or paper end condition is
cleared.

SC819 is indicated after a copy job is finished with ‘Store file’ then, printing
‘Stored file’.
The following corrections have been made: V1.29
Machine may freeze during printing in the following conditions:
Combine and page numbering mode.
Original jam during printing in combine mode.

SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type) and Default value SP1-105

0: new pressure roller type (2.1mm), 1: old pressure roller type (1.5mm)
Refer to the BICU firmware history in the RTB for the service card (BICU:
1.202.01).
Default value SP1-105
Some default values have been changed. Refer to the New Default table.

SP2-944-4 and –5 :(OPC Lubrication – High Coverage)

Default Autonet OFF

New IC chip on the new wireless LAN option

The IC chip on the new wireless LAN option has been changed (old chip
discontinued). This version works with both the old IC chip and new IC chip
on the wireless LAN option. Additionally, the NIB version 3.54 or later is
required when the new IC chip on the wireless LAN is installed.
‘@’ & ’_’ keys in the touch screen V1.251
As per a field request, the ‘@’ and ’_’ keys are now displayed in the first
touch screen.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/6
Reissued: 12-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002e
Symptom Corrected Version
Firmware correction for CSS function (Domestic version only)
SP7901 cannot be read through CSS system.

Default and factory settings for SP2-310-001 to SP2-314-032 (paper transfer

currents) and SP2-903-01 (Paper transfer Adjustment) have been changed.
Refer to the BICU firmware history in the RTB for the service card (BICU:
1.192:01).

SP2-321-7 and –9: (Paper transfer bias of edge)

The default settings have been changed from 1.0 to 0.8 to improve image
quality in low temperature and low humidity conditions.

SP2-905-01: (Paper transfer roller type)

Refer to the BICU firmware history in the RTB for the service card (BICU:
1.192:01).
First release V1.22

Machine VS controller firmware table

Machines Machine October
updated to updated to production
V2.02.9 or V2.03.1 or controller
before V2.03.2 (2003 firmware
August and
September)
Documents stored in the Can be output Cannot be Can be output
document server using the Output
controller firmware of
V2.02.9 or before
Documents stored in the Cannot be Can be output Can be output
document server using the output
controller firmware of
V2.03.1 or V2.03.2(2003
August and September)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/6
Reissued: 12-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002e
New defaults (Old default)
105* Fusing Temperature
1 Heating: Idling Sets the temperature at which the heating roller starts
idling.
[100 ~ 180 / 145 / 1°C/step]
2 Heating: Ready Sets the temperature at which the heating roller enters
the print ready condition.
[100 ~ 180 / 155 (165) / 1°C/step]
3 Heating: Standby Sets the heating roller temperature for the ready
(standby) condition. After the main switch has been
turned on, the machine enters this condition when the
heating roller temperature reaches the temperature
specified in this SP mode. When the machine is
recovering from energy saver or auto off mode, the
machine becomes ready when both heat and pressure
roller temperatures reach the specified temperature.
Pressure roller: SP1-105-16
[100 ~ 180 / 160 (175) / 1°C/step ]
4 Heating: Plain/1 Color Sets the heating roller temperature for thin paper in
single-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 155 (160 )/ 1°C/step]
5 Heating: Plain/Full Sets the heating roller temperature for thin paper in full-
Color color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 160 (170) / 1°C/step]
6 Heating: Middle Sets the heating roller temperature for normal plain
Thick/1 Color paper in single-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 165 (170) / 1°C/step]
7 Heating: Middle Sets the heating roller temperature for normal plain
Thick/Full Color paper in full-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 170 (180) / 1°C/step]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 6/6
Reissued: 12-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002e

105* Fusing Temperature

This is to inform you of the Scanner/PS3 firmware history

Contents for all models:
PS Scanner
Program No. Ver Program No Ver C.SUM Effective Date
B5225917B 1.00 B0725551B 1.02 273C August Prod. ‘02
B5225917B 1.00 B0725551C 1.05 94BD Does not apply to the
B5225917E 1.04 B0725551D 1.13 39A4 production machine
B5225917E 1.04 B0725551E 1.15 4CD6 October Prod. ‘02
B5225917F 1.06 B0725551E 1.15 51D4 January Prod. ‘03
B5225917F 1.06 B0725551F 2.00 F4A6 February Prod. ‘03
B5225917F 1.06 B0725551G 2.02 3A23 April Pro. ‘03
B5225917G 1.06 B0725551G 2.03 B31D July Prod. ‘03
B5225917H 1.08 B0725551G 2.03 9E96 August Prod. ‘03

Scanner:
Symptom Corrected Version
File full condition may occur following repeated connections to the POP server with 2.03
APOP auto connection.

Some Korean and Russian characters appear garbled on the SMC report.
An attached file is sometimes delivered as a text file. 2.02
Supports the File Format Converter (MLB) function 2.00
Minor bug with delivery module. 1.15
Operation flow for multiple scanning in platen mode improved. 1.13
Scanning stops while scanning with the TWAIN driver for printer output.
If the operation SW is pressed while the machine is scanning the third set of 2000 originals 1.05
(SADF mode), the machine goes into auto off mode.
First release 1.02
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/2
Reissued: 12-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 25-Feb-03 No.: RB051006a

PS3:
Symptom Corrected Version
The PS logo color printed on the PS configuration sheet appeared slightly blue. It 1.08
should be red.

The black over print mode sometimes does not work correctly.
With MKY images, the total quantity regulation and gamma processing is not performed 1.06
correctly.
Color processing bug with RCM color profile.
Incorrect polling with halftone and profile settings
Total quantity regulation not applied to text.
Image stalls without gamma processing.
Default halftone setting changed from type1 to type5.
Image problem with indexed color space.
Modified for Adobe certification
Modified to support ctlz. 1.04

Modified job information character string.

The panel displays remaining jobs reset when memory over flow occurs.
Problem with Dither cash.
Improved PS 600dpi word/picture dither combination quality.
Euro currency symbol does not print out.
Size mismatch when printing a custom size with a main tray.
Communication with Printer Utility for MAC OSX not possible
Stall with certain Acrobat files.
Modified so that the “^D^Z” tag at the end of files is not processed.
Modified so that a job reset occurs when illegal parameters are received for Locked Print
jobs.
Image problem when not specifying Rcsethalftonetype.
First release 1.00
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/16
Reissued: 26-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001f
RTB Reissue
The items in bold italics have been added or changed.
Subject: Firmware History - Copier Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other (Firmware History)

This is to inform you of the Copier firmware history (BICU, Operation Panel, FAX, FCU).

US Models EU Models Asia/Taiwan Models Effective Date

Ver.
Program No. C. SUM Program No. C. SUM Program No. C. SUM

1.12 B0515557Y 2224 B0515558Z F457 B0515560 85EB October

production ‘03
1.11 B0515557W 2C66 B0515558X 9B9F B0515559Y 56CC August production
‘03
1.10 B0515557V 9BE7 B0515558W 0DC8 B0515559X C685 June production
‘03
1.09 B0515557T 610C B0515558V D0BE B0515559W 8C00 April production
‘03
1.08 B0515557S 7D3D B0515558S ED70 B0515559T A3B4 March production
‘03
1.07 B0515557R A38A B0515558R 13C8 B0515559S CCE8 February
production ‘03
1.06 B0515557P BE7A B0515558P 7A02 B0515559Q 323A January
production ‘03
1.05 B0515557N - B0515558N - B0515559P - December
production ‘02
1.04 B0515557L 7C35 B0515558L 37D2 B0515559L 4912 September
Production 02’
1.03 B0515557K - B0515558K - B0515559K - Not applied to the
production machines
1.02 B0515557J - B0515558J - B0515559J - Not applied to the
production machines
1.0192 UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - Not applied to the
192.bin 192.bin 192.bin production machines
1.0181 UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - August Production
181.bin 181.bin 181.bin ‘02
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/16
Reissued: 26-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001f
The program contains the following firmware:
US version
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Versio Firmware Versio Firmware Versio
No. No. n No. n No. n
1.12 B0515554V 1.28:01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.11 B0515554T 1.275:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.10 B0515554S 1.262:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.09 B0515554R 1.253:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.08 B0515554Q 1.242:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.07 B0515554P 1.233:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00

181.bin
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/16
Reissued: 26-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001f
European version

Versi Firmware / Versions

on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Versio Firmware Versio Firmware Versio
No. No. n No. n No. n
1.12 B0515554V 1.28:01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.11 B0515554T 1.275:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.10 B0515554S 1.262:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.09 B0515554R 1.253:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.08 B0515554Q 1.242:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.07 B0515554P 1.233:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00

181.bin
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/16
Reissued: 26-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001f
Asian version
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Versio Firmware Versio Firmware Versio
No. No. n No. n No. n
1.12 B0515554V 1.28:01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.11 B0515554T 1.275:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.10 B0515554S 1.262:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.09 B0515554R 1.253:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.08 B0515554Q 1.242:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.07 B0515554P 1.233:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00

181.bin
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/16
Reissued: 26-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001f
BICU (Engine)
Symptom Corrected Version
The following SP modes will be displayed from this firmware 1.28:01
version, but will not be operational until the next version.
Therefore please do not change these settings until the next
instruction.

-SP2-927-001 (Disable Time (ITB Cleaning)

[0 ~ 14 / 3 / 1 s/step] DFU
-SP2-925-001 (ITB Cleaning Execution Variable)
[0 ~ 100 / 20 / 1 sheet/step] DFU
-SP2-926-001 (Cover Ratio Reference (MC)
[0 ~ 10 / 1.7 / 0.1 %/step] DFU
-SP2-925-002 (Cover Ratio Reference (FC)
[0 ~ 10 / 1.7 / 0.1 %/step] DFU
SC571 (fusing oil overflow) misdetection from oil end detection
control malfunction.
NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main
unit controller firmware to v2.04.1 or later.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 6/16
Reissued: 26-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001f
Symptom Corrected Version
SP3-911-001, 002 (Doctor roller rotation interval M&K)
In addition to SP3-910 (doctor roller interval for job end), after every
job end, the doctor rollers for M and K are rotated backwards to
prevent toner clump. It is not necessary to perform the reverse rotation
of the doctor rollers for every M & K job. This rotation may cause
doctor roller filming. Dirty background images may also occur. To
prevent this, the reverse rotation is now performed after 20
development jobs. These SP Modes can adjust the reverse rotation
interval. The doctor roller reverse rotation for SP3-911 is performed at
job end. Then, SP3-910 is performed at the next job end.
-SP3-911-001 (Doctor roller rotation interval M ) ( ): Old default
[1 ~ 50 / 20 (1) / 1 /step]
-SP3-911-002 (Doctor roller rotation interval K )
[1 ~ 50 / 20 (1) / 1 /step]

An ITB cleaning blade has been added to the ITB cleaning system.
The condition of the image process has been changed. These SP
modes are used for the new ITB cleaning system.

-SP2-920-002 (ITB cleaning Clutch OFF Mode)

0: ITB cleaning belt (Default): SP2-920-001 can be adjusted.
1: No ITB cleaning belt: SP2-920-001 cannot be adjusted.
-SP2-920-001(ITB Cleaning Clutch OFF Time)
[-500 ~ 500 / 0 / 10 /step]
This SP adjusts the ITB cleaning clutch off timing to prevent toner from
dropping. This ensures the PCU process will be smooth. The
combination of the ITB cleaning blade with an incorrect setting (No ITB
cleaning blade : 1 of SP2-920-001) may cause toner to drop on the
leading edge of the printed image.

-SP2-950 (Start registration Adjustment)

To correct the color registration adjustment for the ITB cleaning belt ,
the SP settings have been revised. For details, see the table below.

-SP2-953-001 (Image Position Adjustment)

The default settings of SP2-950 (Start Registration Adjustment) can be
changed with this SP.
0: ITB cleaning blade (Default):
1: No ITB cleaning blade:

-SP2-922-001 (Development Clutch ON after Job End)

This SP sets the development clutch ON/OFF control depending on
the installation of the ITB cleaning blade. It is not necessary to turn on
the development clutch at job end when the ITB cleaning blade is
installed. A small amount toner is adhered to the surface of the OPC
belt to ensure proper cleaning of the OPC belt when the ITB cleaning
blade is NOT installed.
0: No for ITB cleaning blade (Default):
1: Yes for non ITB cleaning blade:
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 7/16
Reissued: 26-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001f
Symptom Corrected Version
The “toner cartridge setting error” is sometimes displayed even when 1.275:01
the cartridge has been set correctly. This is due to misdetection of the
information on the cartridge memory chip.

8”x13” SEF is mis-detected as A4 SEF in the by-pass tray.

(EU/Asia versions only).

Default settings for the following have been changed (new defaults
underlined).
SP1-003-5,-6,-7 (Paper Buckle for By-pass Tray):

SP1-003-5 By-pass: Plain

[-4 ~ 6 / 3 / 1mm /step] (previous default: 0)

SP1-003-6 By-pass: Thick

[-4 ~ 6 / 0 / 1mm /step] (previous default: -2)

SP1-003-7 By-pass: OHP

[-4 ~ 6 / 0 / 1mm /step] (previous default: -2)

Eliminated unnecessary occurrences of SC410 (2nd transfer electric leakage):

Default for SP2-803-01 (Charge Cleaning Off time) changed to

minimize idling time during wire cleaning.
.[0 ~ 200 / 10 / 10 seconds/step] (previous default: 60)

Note: This adjustment was added from v1.233:01, and the description
has been added to the v1.233.01 description below (previously
missing).

SP modes newly added (listed below).

These SPs have been added to ensure proper (higher) transfer belt cleaning
by applying the following bias voltages at job end (OPC lubrication time):

SP2-400-008: Cleaning Bias LL1: OPC lubrication time

SP2-401-008: Cleaning Bias LL2: OPC lubrication time
SP2-402-008: Cleaning Bias NN1: OPC lubrication time
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 8/16
Reissued: 26-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001f
Symptom Corrected Version
SP2-403-008: Cleaning Bias NN2: OPC lubrication time
SP2-404-008: Cleaning Bias HH: OPC lubrication time
[0 to 2000/ 1400 / 10 Volt/step]

Minimum value changed for SP2-941-01, -02 (OPC lubrication time).

Minimum increased from 0 to 6:
SP2-941-01: Job End: [6 ~ 30 / 14 / 1 s/step]
SP2-941-02: OPC Lubrication Interval: [6 ~ 60 / 10 / 1 s/step]

NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.02. or later.

To ensure proper printing quality, the default values for the following 1.262:01
SP modes have been revised while some SP modes have been
added.

-SP3-920-001 (Lubrication Cleaning Time) ( ): previous default

[0 ~ 100 / 50 (100) / 1% /step]
-SP2-941-001(OPC Lubricant Time – Interrupt )
[0 ~ 30 / 14 (20) / 1s /step]

-SP3-922-001 (Lubricant Clutch OFF: 1C ): Newly added

-SP2-938-001 (OPC Reverse Interval): Newly added

NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.01.5 or later. For details, please refer to RTB
#RB051014 (black faint images).
In color mode (2C or more) with LT LEF and duplex, SC280 is mis- 1.253:01
detected if 5 or more originals are scanned during machine warm-up.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 9/16
Reissued: 26-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001f
Symptom Corrected Version

Machine may freeze up when returning to stand-by mode from panel-

off or low power mode under the following:
LEF job Æ SEF job Æ Enters panel-off/low-power within 3 minutes Æ
Next job initiated, enters stand-by mode.

SC670 is sometimes mis-detected when the SMC is printed out.

The detection conditions for SC412 (2nd transfer disconnection) have 1.242:01
been changed from 60ms to 240ms to prevent misdetections that can
sometimes occur in low-temperature conditions.
This is because this SC was being reported from the field in Japan in
environments below 5°C (installation requirements: 10°C minimum),
i.e. unnecessary SC occurrences.
Note: When the temperature is below 5°C, the high voltage supply
board does not supply the target transfer roller current due to the high
resistances of the image transfer belt and paper transfer roller,
triggering the SC more easily.

SP2-801-03 (Additional value of the charge corona cleaning interval)

has been newly added. The cleaning interval for the additional charge
corona unit has been adjusted as shown.
[0 ~ 5000 / 100 / 100 counts/step]

With this new SP, it is possible to adjust the interval for charge corona
cleaning in the middle of a job:
Old:
The charge corona cleaning is carried out after 600 (SP2-801-1)
development counts, at job end or after 700 (no adjustment)
development counts (stops in the middle of the job).
After
The charge corona cleaning is carried out after 600 (SP2-801-1)
development counts, at job end or after 700 (= the sum of the
settings in SP2-801-1 and -3) development counts (stops in the
middle of the job).

Text mode in mono color mode

Text Mode in mono color mode also uses the separation filter, which
may sometimes cause separation errors. The separation filter has
been reviewed.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 10/16
Reissued: 26-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001f
Symptom Corrected Version

Machine may freeze when a paper jam occurs or when the main
switch is turned on (found in laboratory tests).

SC120 was shown instead of SC122 when the scanner home position
was initialized.

SP2-803-01 (Charge Cleaning Off time) newly added:

[0 ~ 200 / 60 / 10 seconds/step]

Although a 60-second interval already exists for performing an idle

discharge after corona wire cleaning, this new SP mode allows the
interval to be adjusted. The idle discharge is to maintain an even
charge wire surface, ensuring proper charging.
The paper feed/transport timing for the duplex interleaf function (one 1.233:01
sheet in duplex unit, one fed from tray) has been improved to ensure
better paper transport.
SC546 & SC556 1.213:01
Detection conditions for SC546/556 have been changed so that they
are triggered by a 50°C/sec jump or drop in thermistor temperature
data (old: 20°C/sec). This is because these SCs were being reported
from the field in Japan in environments below 5°C (installation
requirements: 10°C minimum), i.e. unnecessary SC occurrences.
Note: When the actual fusing temperature is below 5°C, the
temperature curve for thermistor data is unstable and nonlinear,
triggering the SCs more easily.
Toner end and/or toner near end may be detected even when the 1.212:01
toner cartridge still contains enough to continue printing.
1.204:1
Process control mode timing
To reduce the cycle of process control mode (every 200 printings), Mono (Bk)
prints are no longer counted for process control.

Charge corona cleaning

Charge corona cleaning mode-entering timing has been changed from 640 to
700. After 700 development counts (stops in the middle of the job), charge
corona cleaning is carried out.

SC560 (Zero cross error)

SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type):

To prevent fusing jams (wrapping around the pressure roller) the layer
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 11/16
Reissued: 26-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001f
Symptom Corrected Version
thickness of the pressure roller has been changed from 1.5 mm to 2.1mm
from the first production machines. When updating from v1.192:01 or
older to v1.202.01 or newer for the first time, even if the new pressure
roller is installed, it is necessary to select ‘ new ‘ in SP1-905-01 to
initialize fusing temperature control. The settings for the August
production machines have been input on the production line. When firmware
1.192:01 or older is updated to 1.202.01 or later for the first time, the
machine cannot judge which data (old or new) should be used for fusing
control.
Note: When selecting 0 in SP1-905-1 and then pressing # on the LCD, the
new control data is applied to fusing control.
0: new pressure roller type (2.1mm), 1: old pressure roller type (1.5mm)

SP2-944-4 and –5 :(OPC Lubrication – High Coverage)

1.202.01
SP2-905-01: (Paper transfer roller type)
To improve the transferability, the shape of the paper transfer roller has been
changed from the 1st production. Due to this modification, paper transfer
currents (SP2-310-001 to SP2-314-032) and paper transfer adjustment (SP2-
903-01) have been reviewed. The settings for August production machines
have been input on the production line. This SP changes the default and
factory settings for SP2-310-001 to SP2-314-032 and SP2-903-01 for both
types. It is necessary to set the type to 0 and press # key when firmware
version 1.181:01 or older (August production machines) is updated to
1.192:01 or newer for the first time. This is because the machine cannot
judge which data (old or new) should be used for paper transfer currents.
Check the SP settings after updating the firmware (SP2-310-001 to SP2-314-
032, and SP2-903-01).
Note: All settings will be initialized to their new defaults (see tables below),
therefore any previously input field customized settings must be re-input
manually.

0: New paper transfer roller type (Drum type), 1: Old paper transfer roller
type (straight type)

SP2-321-7 and –9: (Paper transfer bias of edge)

The default settings have been changed from 1.0 to 0.8 to improve image
quality in low temperature and low humidity conditions.

SP7-931-001 to –017 (Engine status display)

Reducing fan motor rotation period

The development fan stops and the fusing unit fan is rotated at half speed for
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 12/16
Reissued: 26-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001f
Symptom Corrected Version
15 seconds after the last sheet of paper exits the printer. With the previous
firmware, the fusing unit fan and development fan both ran for 3 minutes after
paper exit.
1.192:01
Doctor roller reverse mode timing
After 20 prints, at job end or after 50 prints (stops in the middle of the job),
the machine carries out the doctor roller reverse rotation to maintain good
printing quality. A4/LT SEF or shorter printing is counted as 1 and printing
longer than A4/LT SEF is counted as 2. With the prototype firmware, A4/LT
LEF or shorter printing is counted as 1 and longer than A4/LT LEF is counted
as 2. This is to reduce the frequency of the doctor roller reverse mode.

1.181:01
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 13/16
Reissued: 26-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001f
August production serial numbers
B051-17: J2526800001 to J2526800023
B051-27: J2526800024 to J2526800043
B052-17: J2626800001 to J2626800042
B052-27: J2626800043 to J2626800061
Note for Updating the BICU firmware of the August production machines
When the BICU firmware is updated from the August production machines to 1.204:1 or later for
the first time, be sure to update the main unit controller firmware to V1.332 or later at the same
time. (Refer to the main unit controller firmware history RTB (RTB No.2). Then, change the
following SP modes after updating the firmware.
SP2-905-01: (Paper transfer roller type): Select 0, then press #.
SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type): Select 0, then press #.
SP2-944-4 and –5: (OPC Lubrication – High Coverage): -4: Change setting from 20 to 30. –5:
Change the setting from 40 to 60.

Operation Panel LCD

Symptom Corrected Version
Incorrect indication of the Korean and Russian words/phrases in 1.25
the scanner user tools has been corrected.

Taiwanese words correction

Korean words correction

Taiwanese words/phrases and fonts added. 1.20
Note: For Asia and Taiwan models only.
1.19
Thin, Normal in Spanish (US version), French (European version).
The words in the Spanish user tools (US version) and French user tools (EU
version), which had been corrected in English from first production, have
been corrected as follows: The Spanish user tools is standard for the US
version, and the French user tools is standard for the EU version as a second
language.
• Thin→Normal
• Normal→Middle Thick/90-105g/m2
These words are located in the following screens:
User tool - Maintenance - Plain paper type

Clean / Adjust in Spanish, French

First release for Asia version

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 14/16
Reissued: 26-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001f
FAX application
Symptom Corrected Version
Supports MLB function. 2.00
First release 1.17

FCU
Symptom Corrected Version
Supports MLB function. 04.00.01

Main power off/on during original scanning

If the main power is turned off while the machine is scanning the original, the
memory capacity remains decreased when the power is turned back on.
Job numbers for standby for FAX transmission by LAN FAX (P/C FAX): 03.01.00
System Switch 19 No.4 (SP1-101-026; page 4-17 in S/M)
System Switch 19 No.4 (SP1-101-026; page 4-17) added to FAX SP mode.

Job numbers for standby for FAX transmission by LAN FAX (P/C FAX) are
limited as follows:
0: 64 1: Depends on memory (400: standard, 800: with Fax Function
Upgrade Unit)

Taiwan area
Taiwan Area parameters added.

First release 02.01.00

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 15/16
Reissued: 26-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001f

New defaults for SP2- 310 to 314

SP code Class1and 2
ＳＰ 2-310 2-311 2-312 2-313 2-314
Class 3 LL1 LL2 NN1 NN2 HH
-1 25 27 28 29 30
-2 25 28 30 30 30
-3 25 29 32 31 30
-4 25 28 31 30 28
-5 25 27 30 28 26
-6 26 28 29 30 31
-7 26 29 31 31 31
-8 26 30 33 32 31
-9 26 29 32 31 29
-10 26 28 31 29 27
-11 14 15 15 16 16
-12 15 15 15 15 15
-13 16 15 14 15 15
-14 18 16 14 14 14
-15 20 17 14 14 14
-16 28 28 27 29 30
-17 30 29 28 31 33
-18 28 29 30 33 36
-19 28 29 30 32 34
-20 28 29 30 31 32
-21 29 29 28 30 31
-22 31 30 29 32 34
-23 29 30 31 34 37
-24 29 30 31 33 35
-25 29 30 31 32 33
-26 12 13 14 14 14
-27 16 16 16 15 15
-28 20 19 17 17 16
-29 24 23 23 23 22
-30 28 29 30 29 28
-31 16 17 17 18 18
-32 20 21 21 22 22
New defaults for SP2- 903
[0 to 70.0 /1.0/ 0.1µA/step]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 16/16
Reissued: 26-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001f
New SP (): Old default
950 Start Registration Adjustment
1 Start Registration Color registration adjustment: Adjusts the start timing of
Adjustment 1–K (32 imaging for each color.
CPM) [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
2 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–M (32
CPM)
3 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–C (32
CPM)
4 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–Y (32
CPM)
5 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 2 (0) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–K (32
CPM)
6 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1 ) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–M (32
CPM)
7 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–C (32
CPM)
8 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–Y (32
CPM)
9 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–K (24
CPM)
10 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–M (24
CPM)
11 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–C (24
CPM)
12 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–Y (24
CPM)
13 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–K (24
CPM)
14 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1 ) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–M (24
CPM)
15 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–C (24
CPM)
16 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–Y (24
CPM)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/7
Reissued: 26-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002f
RTB Reissue
The items in bold italics have been added or changed.
Subject: Firmware History - Main Unit Controller Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other (Firmware History)

This is to inform you of the Main Unit Controller firmware history.

Part No. Program name
B0515550 Version C.SUM Production
X B0515550X.bin V2.04.1 EB37 October Production ‘03
W B0515550W.bin V2.03.2 3C9B September production
‘03
V B0515550V.bin V2.03.1 81DA August production ‘03
U B0515550U.bin V2.02.9 2D2F Not applied to the
production machines.
For updating the
machines in the field,
produced before August,
2003 production
T B0515550T.bin V2.02 C3AE Jun production ‘03
S B0515550S.bin V2.01.5 5CE2 April Production ‘03
R B0515550R.bin V2.01.4 6A3B April Production ‘03
Q B0515550Q.bin V2.01.2 0F04 March Production ‘03
P B0515550N.bin V2.00.1 E2B8 February Production ‘03
N B0515550N.bin V1.39 - December Production
02’
M B0515550M.bin V1.332 6CEF November Production
02’
L - V1.33 - November Production
‘02
K - V1.29 - Not applied to the
production machines
J - V1.252 - Not applied to the
production machines
H - V1.251 - Not applied to the
production machines
G - V1.22 - August production ‘02

2002 August production serial numbers

B051-17: J2526800001 to J2526800023
B051-27: J2526800024 to J2526800043
B052-17: J2626800001 to J2626800042
B052-27: J2626800043 to J2626800061
Note for updating main unit controller firmware of August production machines
When the main unit controller firmware is updated from the August production machines to 1.332
or later for the first time, be sure to update BICU firmware to V1.204:1 or later at the same time.
Refer to the BICU firmware history RTB for the copier firmware service card (RTB No.1).
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/7
Reissued: 26-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002f
Main Unit Controller
Symptom Corrected Version
Documents stored on the document server cannot be printed out. V2.04.1
Æ This version contains the correction for machines from all
production months (the symptom is the same as described in v2.02.09
below, which only contains the correction for machines produced until
July ‘03).

NOTE: In addition to this main unit controller version, be sure to update

the BICU firmware to V1.28 :01 or later.
The mechanical counter (covered with a seal) does not increment V2.03.2
enough when using Printer color mode with the mechanical counter set
for development counts. See “NG” in the table below.

Note: This does not occur under any other conditions, such as when
using the Copier function, setting the counter for page counts, or
making B/W prints or copies.

Electronic Electronic Mechanical Mechanical

Counter (YMC) Counter (K) Counter 2 Counter 1
(YMC) (K)
Full-color +3 +1 +3（OK） +1（OK）
Copier
Full-color +3 +1 +1（NG） 0（NG）
Printer

Paper jam/SC687 sometimes occur while printing documents scanned V2.03.1

with mixed-size scanning.
This version has been released for machines produced before August 2003. V2.02.9
The firmware download display is indicated as 2.02AugSP, B0515550W. This
firmware is version after version 2.02. The August and September production
Firmware was found to have the following symptoms:

For firmware is V2.02 or before the document stored by the document sever
could not output after the controller firmware is updated to August or
September production version. The document stored by the document server
after updating the firmware can output. To solve this problem, this version is
released. This firmware is the same level of the August production without
the problem before 2003 August production. However, the document stored
by the document server when the controller firmware version is August or
September could not output after the controller firmware is modified to this
V2.02.9. Therefore, do not use this firmware for the August production or
September production machines. The August production and September
production machines do not cause this problem if the controller firmware is
updated to V2.02.9. For details, please refer to the table below.

We will release the controller firmware of October production machines at the

end of September. This will solve the above problem for all production month
machines.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/7
Reissued: 26-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002f
Symptom Corrected Version
Modified in accordance with the BICU v1.275 :01 modification. For details,
please see RTB #RB051001e.

NOTE : In addition to this main unit controller version, be sure to update the
BICU firmware to V1.275 :01 or later.
To improve the image quality of the text part received in the FAX text/photo
mode, data in the IPU processing has been revised.
SC819 when printing out the Scanner History List. V2.02
(for China, Taiwan, and Russia only ).
Some Korean characters appear garbled on the SMC report.
Modified in accordance with the BICU v1.253 :01 modification. V2.01.5
For details, please see RTB #RB051001c.

Specification change V2.01.2

The counter specifications have been changed, as described in RTB #
RGene013.
MLB minor bug correction.
Supports MLB function V2.00.1

SP mode newly added: SP2-801-03 (Additional Value of the charge corona

Paper may not be fed for certain applications, by-pass feed, and N-job ON
after a jam or paper end condition occurs and a jam or paper end condition is
cleared.

SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type) and Default value SP1-105

0: new pressure roller type (2.1mm), 1: old pressure roller type (1.5mm)
Refer to the BICU firmware history in the RTB for the service card (BICU:
1.202.01).
Default value SP1-105
Some default values have been changed. Refer to the New Default table.

SP2-944-4 and –5 :(OPC Lubrication – High Coverage)

Default Autonet OFF

New IC chip on the new wireless LAN option

Firmware correction for CSS function (Domestic version only)

SP7901 cannot be read through CSS system.

Default and factory settings for SP2-310-001 to SP2-314-032 (paper transfer

currents) and SP2-903-01 (Paper transfer Adjustment) have been changed.
Refer to the BICU firmware history in the RTB for the service card (BICU:
1.192:01).

SP2-321-7 and –9: (Paper transfer bias of edge)

The default settings have been changed from 1.0 to 0.8 to improve image
quality in low temperature and low humidity conditions.

SP2-905-01: (Paper transfer roller type)

Refer to the BICU firmware history in the RTB for the service card (BICU:
1.192:01).
First release V1.22

Machine VS controller firmware table

Machines Machine October
updated to updated to production
V2.02.9 or V2.03.1 or controller
before V2.03.2 (2003 firmware
August and (V2.04.1)
September)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/7
Reissued: 26-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002f
Document stored by the Can output Cannot output Can output
document server in the
controller firmware of
V2.02.9 or before
Document stored by the Cannot output Can output Can output
document server in the
controller firmware of
V2.03.1 or V2.03.2(2003
August and September)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 6/7
Reissued: 26-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002f
New defaults (Old default)
105* Fusing Temperature
1 Heating: Idling Sets the temperature at which the heating roller starts
idling.
[100 ~ 180 / 145 / 1°C/step]
2 Heating: Ready Sets the temperature at which the heating roller enters
the print ready condition.
[100 ~ 180 / 155 (165) / 1°C/step]
3 Heating: Standby Sets the heating roller temperature for the ready
(standby) condition. After the main switch has been
turned on, the machine enters this condition when the
heating roller temperature reaches the temperature
specified in this SP mode. When the machine is
recovering from energy saver or auto off mode, the
machine becomes ready when both heat and pressure
roller temperatures reach the specified temperature.
Pressure roller: SP1-105-16
[100 ~ 180 / 160 (175) / 1°C/step ]
4 Heating: Plain/1 Color Sets the heating roller temperature for thin paper in
single-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 155 (160 )/ 1°C/step]
5 Heating: Plain/Full Sets the heating roller temperature for thin paper in full-
Color color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 160 (170) / 1°C/step]
6 Heating: Middle Sets the heating roller temperature for normal plain
Thick/1 Color paper in single-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 165 (170) / 1°C/step]
7 Heating: Middle Sets the heating roller temperature for normal plain
Thick/Full Color paper in full-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 170 (180) / 1°C/step]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 7/7
Reissued: 26-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002f

105* Fusing Temperature

SOLUTION
Production line
1. To ensure the above multi-feeds do not occur, the default setting for SP1-940 (Bypass
paper feed priority) has been changed from 0 (SEF) to 1 (LEF). This has been applied
from March 2003 production. The LEF setting ensures that when A4 LEF (11 x 8 1/2)
is set in the bypass tray, the machine detects this as the size, even though it has the
same width as a sheet of A3 (11x17).
2. An instruction decal will be added to the bypass feed table advising customers to be
sure and set the paper size and feed direction before feeding from the bypass tray.
The following decals will be added to the B490-17 bypass tray unit as
accessories from November 2003 production. The English decal is used on the
Standard bypass table unit (NA version only: B052-17, -51, -57).
B4902581: Bypass feed decal - English
B4902582: Bypass feed decal - German
B4902583: Bypass feed decal - Italian
B4902584: Bypass feed decal - French
B4902585: Bypass feed decal - Spanish
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/2
Reissued: 7-Oct-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 1-Apr-03 No.: RB051010a

When using the

bypass tray,
press the [#] key
on the control
panel to select
paper size and
type.

Action in the field

Supplementary note for the Printer function:

Whenever using the bypass tray with the Printer function, keep in mind that the
paper size setting in the driver supersedes the setting in the machine. Therefore to
avoid similar paper jams, please advise customers that with the Printer function, it
is necessary to make sure the size of each sheet loaded in the bypass tray matches
the bypass tray size settings in the driver for each page/sheet.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/3
Reissued: 19-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 9-Apr-03 No.: RB051012a
RTB Correction
The items in bold italics have been corrected or added.
Subject: Language Software History Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other ( )

This is to inform you of the Language software history for the U-C1.
Language Group 1:
US English, UK English, French, Spanish, German, Italian, Dutch, Norwegian, Danish,
Swedish, Portuguese, Czech

Version Program No. C. SUM Effective Date

3.02 B0515533B F239 September production 2003
2.68 B0515533A 5104 January production 2003
2.65 B0515533 30CB 1st mass production

Affected
Version Symptom Corrected
Language
3.02 Wording corrections in Dutch: Dutch
"Printen zal starten an opwarmen" ----> "Printen zal starten na
opwarmen" "Zwart" ---> "Blanco"
Some German wording corrections. German

Some Portuguese wording corrections Portuguese

Incorrect terms corrected in the system settings menu of the All

user tools.

2.68 The translations for “Sort” and “Stack” were reversed. Portuguese
2.65 1st mass production
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/3
Reissued: 19-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 9-Apr-03 No.: RB051012a

Language Group 2
Japanese, US English, UK English, French, Spanish, German, Italian, Finnish, Polish,
Hungarian, Russian

Version Program No. C. SUM Effective Date

3.02 B0515534A 9858 September production 2003
2.65 B0515534 90BF 1st mass production

Affected
Version Symptom Corrected
Language
3.02 Incorrect terms corrected in the system settings menu of the All
user tools.
2.65 1st mass production
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/3
Reissued: 19-Sep-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 9-Apr-03 No.: RB051012a
Using the Language Kit.
1. Insert the IC card containing the firmware into the controller IC card slot.
2. Turn ON the main power. Then, chose either the First or Second display language for
the update.
Note: It is also possible to write to both the First and Second languages.
3. Start the update.
4. Select the appropriate display language in User Tools.

As shown in the table below, there are some cases where certain languages cannot be
displayed, depending on the type of operation panel software:

Possible Display Languages for Operation Panel Software

Key:
O: Can be displayed.
∆: Can be displayed, but printer application window is not displayed correctly.
X: Cannot be displayed.

Op. Panel Software: B0515535 B0515536 B0515537 B0515531

（Japan) （NA.）（EU）（Taiwan,
Asia）
Display Language: Not released
Japanese O O O X
English-NA O O O O
English-UK O O O O
French ∆ O O O
German ∆ O O O
Italian ∆ O O O
Spanish ∆ O O O
Dutch ∆ O O O
Norwegian ∆ O O O
Danish ∆ O O O
Swedish ∆ O O O
Polish ∆ O O O
Portuguese ∆ O O O
Hungarian ∆ O O O
Czech ∆ O O O
Finnish ∆ O O O
Taiwan --- --- --- ---
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/6
Reissued: 7-Oct-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 19-Sep-03 No.: RB051017a
RTB Correction
The items in bold italics have been corrected or added.
Subject: New PCU / Development Unit Installation Procedure Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other ( )

This information is not for the Black Faint Image, but to ensure high cleaning
performance from the ITB cleaning unit and increase the durability of the OPC belt
cleaning unit, the PCU has been modified as follows: (B0519100 to B0529100)
For Black Faint Image please read Technical Bulletin RB051014a.
• A cleaning blade has been added to the ITB cleaning section.
• The material of the OPC-belt cleaning blade has been changed.
• Due to the additional cleaning blade in the ITB cleaning unit, an excessive load will be placed
on the cam of the ITB cleaning contact mechanism at the rear of the machine. This can cause
the cam to dislodge from the shaft. To correct this, a metal retaining ring has been used to
secure the cam instead of a plastic snap ring from the following cut-in serial numbers.
To ensure good printing, the development unit has also been modified.
(K: B0513204 or B0523204 to B0523214, M: B0513205 or B0523205 to B0523215)

B051-17, 19, 22, 27, 29: J25368XXXXX

B051-24: L123388XXXXX
B051-26: 5P2883XXXX
B051-51, 57: J2530800001
B052-17, 19, 22, 27, 29: J26368XXXXX
B052-24: L124388XXXX
B052-26: 5P3883XXXX
B052-51, 57: J2630800001
Before you install either the new PCU or new development unit or both in machines with serial
numbers prior to above cut-in numbers, you must do these:
• Add the cam stopper to the ITB cleaning cam (The cam stopper is included in the New PCU box
for new PCU settings only)
• Update the firmware to controller v2.02.9 or later and BiCU v1.275:01 or later.
• Change SP mode settings (PCU settings or development unit settings)
• Perform color registration adjustment (SP2-950: for New PCU installation only)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/6
Reissued: 7-Oct-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 19-Sep-03 No.: RB051017a

Procedure
Adding the Cam Stopper to the ITB Cleaning Cam
1. Turn off the main switch.
2. Open the front cover.
3. Remove the old PCU.
4. Install the cam stopper [A] on the cam [B] so that the stopper does not stick out from the cam.
Note: The straight edges of the cam stopper and cam are aligned with each other. The cam
stopper will snap into position.
5. Install the new PCU.

[B]

[A]

NG: The stopper is sticking out from the

cam.

Updating the Firmware

• Update the firmware to controller v2.02.9 or later and BiCU v1.275:01 or later (Service Card
ver1.11 or later.)
Note: These versions were applied from August ’03 production.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/6
Reissued: 7-Oct-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 19-Sep-03 No.: RB051017a

Changing SP Mode Settings After Installing the New PCU or New

Development unit or both.
Open the front cover and turn on the main switch. Then access the SP mode.

Note: It is necessary to input the settings to determine the SP settings even if the correct
settings are indicated in the SP mode after the firmware is updated.
1. Input the following SP modes as indicated in the following table:
SP No. Description Setting for Setting for Setting for Setting for
New PCU K New Dev. New PCU + only new
(B0529100) unit K New dev. firmware
+ New (B0523214) unit (Old PCU &
Firmware + New (B0523214) Old Dev.
(Old K Dev. firmware + New Unit)
Unit) (Old PCU) Firmware
2-920-001 ITB Cleaning CL OFF Time 0 0 0 0
2-921-001 ITB Cleaning CL OFF Mode 0：
：New 1：
：Old 0：
：New 1：
：Old
PCU PCU PCU PCU
2-922-001 Dev CL ON after Job End 0：
：OFF 0：
：ON 0：
：OFF 1：
：ON
2-923-001 Lubricant after Toner End 1：
：ON 1：
：ON 1：
：ON 1：
：ON
2-924-001 ITB Cleaning Clutch Off/On 300 300 300 300
- Time
2-924-002 ITB Cleaning Clutch Off/On 2 0 2 0
- Number
2-941-001 OPC Lubrication time – 14 14 14 14
Interrupt
2-944-001 OPC Lubrication: High 1：
：Enable 1：
：Enable 1：
：Enable 1：
：Enable
Coverage - Setting
2-953-001 Image Position Adjustment 0：
：New 1：
：Old 0：
：New 1：
：Old
PCU PCU PCU PCU
3-911-001 Doc. Roller Rotation 1 (#) 1(#) 1(#) 1 (#)
Interval:M Dev. See note See Note See note See note
3-911-002 Doc. Roller Rotation 1 20 20 1
Interval:K Dev.
3-920-001 Lubrication Cleaning Time 50 50 50 50
– 1C
3-920-002 Lubrication Cleaning Time 100 100 100 100
– 2C/3C/4C
3-922-001 Lubricant Clutch OFF: 1C 6 6 6 6
3-922-002 Lubricant Clutch OFF: 6 6 6 6
2C/3C/4C
SP2-400-008 Cleaning Bias LL1: OPC 1400 1400 1400 1400
lubrication time
SP2-401-008 Cleaning Bias LL2: OPC 1400 1400 1400 1400
lubrication time
SP2-402-008 Cleaning Bias NN1: OPC 1400 1400 1400 1400
lubrication time
SP2-403-008 Cleaning Bias NN2: OPC 1400 1400 1400 1400
lubrication time
SP2-404-008 Cleaning Bias HH: OPC 1400 1400 1400 1400
lubrication time
SP2-938-001 OPC Reverse Interval 10 10 10 10
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/6
Reissued: 7-Oct-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 19-Sep-03 No.: RB051017a
Note: (#) When the M development unit is replaced with a new one (B0523215), change the setting
from 1 to 20.
(##) We recommend you use the new PCU and development unit when either the PCU or the
development unit is replaced for the production machines of August or later. If an old unit of
has to be used for the machines of August production or later as a spare part, it is necessary
to change the SP settings as shown in the table above, depending on the combination of old
and new parts/firmware used in the machine.

2. Do the following:
Item Description
SP7-804-02 PM counter reset PCU
SP3-001-001 Forced process control
ACC

Sub-scan Color Registration Adjustment (SP2-950)

Do the following only when installing the new PCU in machines produced up to and including
July 2003. The adjustment is performed at the factory as of August 2003.

1. Print out the test pattern of SP5-955-5 (1 dot Grid Pattern 0-1: 2 pages of A3/DLT or 4 pages of
A4/LT) in full color mode.
2. Increase the setting of the following SP by 1: SP2-950-5 (B052: 32 cpm) or SP2-950-13 (B051:
24 cpm).
3. Print out the same test pattern as in step 1.
4. Subtract 1 from the initial setting of SP2-950-5 (B052: 32 cpm) or SP2-950-13 (B051: 24 cpm).
5. Print out the same test pattern as in step 1.
6. A3/DLT printing:
Compare the grid pattern in the center of the first sheet and second sheet of each setting
(initial, +1, -1). Then select the printout with the most closely aligned grid pattern. Then set
SP2-950-5 (B052: 32 cpm) or SP2-950-13 (B051: 24 cpm) to the value that produced that print.

A4/LT printing:
Compare the grid pattern near the trailing edge of the first sheet and third sheet of each
setting (initial, +1, -1). Then select the printout with the most closely aligned grid pattern.
Then set SP2-950-5 (B052: 32 cpm) or SP2-950-13 (B051: 24 cpm) to the value that produced
that print.

1 dot Grid Pattern

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/6
Reissued: 7-Oct-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 19-Sep-03 No.: RB051017a
Distinguishing the old unit from a new one
To distinguish the old unit from new one, the following seals have been placed on the new PCUs and new
development units.

New PCU
The new PCU unit has a circular seal on the front side of the PCU.

Circular seal

New Development unit

Estimated side effects with incorrect combination with firmware/SP settings and
old/new PCU
Firmware version July version or August version Permanent version (October or later)
before
SP SP settings: New SP settings: SP Settings: New
Type of PCU settings: Old
Old
"Old PCU
(no modification
--- --- • OPC lines
--- • OPC lines
(many) (many)
applied)
• Insufficient • Insufficient
cleaning (to cleaning (to a
July production or
a high high degree)
before" degree)
• Color shift
• Color shift

"New PCU
(modification
• Toner drop --- • Toner drop
---
(horizontal line) (horizontal
applied) line)
• Color shift
August production • Color shift
or later"

Estimated side effects with incorrect combination with firmware/SP settings and
old/new Development unit
Firmware version July version or August version Permanent version (October or later)
before
SP SP settings: SP setting: for Old SP Setting: for New
Type of settings: New
Development unit Old
"Old type of
Development unit
--- --- • White --- • White stripes
stripes (Bk, M)
(Bk, M)
(July production or
before)"

"New type of --- --- --- ---

Development unit

(August production
or later)"
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/2
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 25-Sep-03 No.: RB051018

Subject: Gears on the Development Shaft Prepared by: H.K.

SYMPTOM
Almost all white copies & prints, or light image for one or more of YMCK colors.

CAUSE
The gear on the development drive shaft shifts due to production line errors. Specifically:
- Diameter of the gear shafts 0.04mm smaller than specification minimum.
- Gear rotational torque (0.5kgf) much lower than specification minimum (10kgf)
The gear on the development shaft shifts when the development drive is supplied.
The manufacturer reported that they normally perform surface grinding if dirt or other
materials or scratches are detected on the shaft. This can cause the diameter to be
reduced to below spec minimum.

Gears

Development
Drive Shaft
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/2
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 25-Sep-03 No.: RB051018

7 mm 384.5±0.2 mm

Specification: Development Drive Shaft

G0704607
SOLUTION
In the field
Replace the development shaft with the spare part (G0704607: Development Shaft - FC).

Note: We estimate the occurrence ratio is very low according to the investigation results in
the factory and by the manufacturer.

In the production line

Temporary solution: From July 17 production
1. Shaft diameters checked to make sure only those within specification are used.
2. Gear rotational torque measured to make sure only those within specification are used.
Permanent:
1) When materials or scratches are detected on the surface, the shaft is not used (no
grinding/polishing).
2) The factory continues to check the parts produced with the temporary countermeasure
above.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/2
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 25-Sep-03 No.: RB051019

Subject: Dirty spots on the prints Prepared by: H.K.

SYMPTOM
Dirty spots appear during early stages of printing after installation (around 200 prints or so).

CAUSE
The Mylar next to the cleaning roller in the image transfer belt cleaning unit was placed in
the opposite position. Refer to the following illustration. (Incorrect position: red, correct
position: blue)

These machines were picked up for the QA sample check after they were produced in the
production line. After the QA check, the cleaning unit was cleaned in the line. It is likely
that the mylars were moved to the opposite position during cleaning the ITB cleaning unit.
If the cleaning roller is rotated by turning the gear incorrectly during the cleaning stage, the
mylar is then in the opposite position.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/2
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 25-Sep-03 No.: RB051019

SOLUTION
In the production line
The instruction of the correct gear rotation has been added and an inspection process has
been added to the cleaning procedure from February 12 production machines.

In the field
Replace the image transfer belt cleaning unit (G0706300: Belt Cleaning Assembly).
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/18
Reissued: 5-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001g
RTB Reissue
The items in bold italics have been added or changed.
Subject: Firmware History - Copier Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other (Firmware History)

This is to inform you of the Copier firmware history (BICU, Operation Panel, FAX, FCU).

US Models EU Models Asia/Taiwan Models Effective Date

Ver.
Program No. C. SUM Program No. C. SUM Program No. C. SUM

1.13 B0515565 89B1 B0515563 DB8D B0515560A 6E5F November

production ‘03
1.12 B0515557Y 2224 B0515558Z F457 B0515560 85EB October
production ‘03
1.11 B0515557W 2C66 B0515558X 9B9F B0515559Y 56CC August production
‘03
1.10 B0515557V 9BE7 B0515558W 0DC8 B0515559X C685 June production
‘03
1.09 B0515557T 610C B0515558V D0BE B0515559W 8C00 April production
‘03
1.08 B0515557S 7D3D B0515558S ED70 B0515559T A3B4 March production
‘03
1.07 B0515557R A38A B0515558R 13C8 B0515559S CCE8 February
production ‘03
1.06 B0515557P BE7A B0515558P 7A02 B0515559Q 323A January
production ‘03
1.05 B0515557N - B0515558N - B0515559P - December
production ‘02
1.04 B0515557L 7C35 B0515558L 37D2 B0515559L 4912 September
Production 02’
1.03 B0515557K - B0515558K - B0515559K - Not applied to the
production machines
1.02 B0515557J - B0515558J - B0515559J - Not applied to the
production machines
1.0192 UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - Not applied to the
192.bin 192.bin 192.bin production machines
1.0181 UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - August Production
181.bin 181.bin 181.bin ‘02
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/18
Reissued: 5-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001g
The program contains the following firmware:
US version
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Versio Firmware Versio Firmware Versio
No. No. n No. n No. n
1.13 B0515554W 1.291:01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551F 2.05 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.12 B0515554V 1.28:01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.11 B0515554T 1.275:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.10 B0515554S 1.262:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.09 B0515554R 1.253:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.08 B0515554Q 1.242:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.07 B0515554P 1.233:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00

181.bin

European version

Versi Firmware / Versions

on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Versio Firmware Versio Firmware Versio
No. No. n No. n No. n
1.13 B0515554W 1.291:01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551F 2.05 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.12 B0515554V 1.28:01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.11 B0515554T 1.275:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.10 B0515554S 1.262:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.09 B0515554R 1.253:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.08 B0515554Q 1.242:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.07 B0515554P 1.233:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/18
Reissued: 5-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001g
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00

181.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00

181.bin
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/18
Reissued: 5-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001g
BICU (Engine)
Symptom Corrected Version
Final solution for black faint images: 1.291:01

! The default setting for SP3-970-004 (Image Area Rate: Bk) has
been changed to 4.7 as follows:
# [0 ~ 10.0 / 4.7 / 0.1 %/step]

- This was based on tests that show a theoretical 4.7%

pixel coverage ratio normally corresponds to a 5%
actual image coverage ratio.
- Please see RTB # RB051017b for the necessary action
in the field.

! New SP added to control frequency of ITB clutch on/off:

# SP2-970-05 (ITB Cleaning Clutch Off/On Number in Oil
removal mode)
[0 ~ 5 / 2 / 1/step]
- This SP sets the number of times ITB clutch on/off is
performed at the end of oil removal mode (SP2-970-01),
a mode that removes oil from the ITB to ensure uniform
image density. Turning the ITB clutch on/off helps to
remove excess toner that can cling to and then drop
from the edge of the newly added ITB cleaning blade
during oil removal.

NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main
unit controller firmware to v2.05.01 or later.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/18
Reissued: 5-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001g

Symptom Corrected Version

The following SP modes will be displayed from this firmware version, 1.28:01
but will not be operational until the next version. Therefore please do
not change these settings until the next instruction.

-SP2-927-001 (Disable Time (ITB Cleaning)

[0 ~ 14 / 3 / 1 s/step] DFU
-SP2-925-001 (ITB Cleaning Execution Variable)
[0 ~ 100 / 20 / 1 sheet/step] DFU
-SP2-926-001 (Cover Ratio Reference (MC)
[0 ~ 10 / 1.7 / 0.1 %/step] DFU
-SP2-925-002 (Cover Ratio Reference (FC)
[0 ~ 10 / 1.7 / 0.1 %/step] DFU
SC571 (fusing oil overflow) misdetection from oil end detection control
malfunction.
NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.04.1 or later.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 6/18
Reissued: 5-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001g
Symptom Corrected Version
SP3-911-001, 002 (Doctor roller rotation interval M&K) 1.275
In addition to SP3-910 (doctor roller interval for job end), after every
job end, the doctor rollers for M and K are rotated backwards to
prevent toner clump. It is not necessary to perform the reverse rotation
of the doctor rollers for every M & K job. This rotation may cause
doctor roller filming. Dirty background images may also occur. To
prevent this, the reverse rotation is now performed after 20
development jobs. These SP Modes can adjust the reverse rotation
interval. The doctor roller reverse rotation for SP3-911 is performed at
job end. Then, SP3-910 is performed at the next job end.
-SP3-911-001 (Doctor roller rotation interval M ) ( ): Old default
[1 ~ 50 / 20 (1) / 1 /step]
-SP3-911-002 (Doctor roller rotation interval K )
[1 ~ 50 / 20 (1) / 1 /step]

An ITB cleaning blade has been added to the ITB cleaning system.
The condition of the image process has been changed. These SP
modes are used for the new ITB cleaning system.

-SP2-920-002 (ITB cleaning Clutch OFF Mode)

0: ITB cleaning belt (Default): SP2-920-001 can be adjusted.
1: No ITB cleaning belt: SP2-920-001 cannot be adjusted.
-SP2-920-001(ITB Cleaning Clutch OFF Time)
[-500 ~ 500 / 0 / 10 /step]
This SP adjusts the ITB cleaning clutch off timing to prevent toner from
dropping. This ensures the PCU process will be smooth. The
combination of the ITB cleaning blade with an incorrect setting (No ITB
cleaning blade : 1 of SP2-920-001) may cause toner to drop on the
leading edge of the printed image.

-SP2-950 (Start registration Adjustment)

To correct the color registration adjustment for the ITB cleaning belt ,
the SP settings have been revised. For details, see the table below.

-SP2-953-001 (Image Position Adjustment)

The default settings of SP2-950 (Start Registration Adjustment) can be
changed with this SP.
0: ITB cleaning blade (Default):
1: No ITB cleaning blade:
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 7/18
Reissued: 5-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001g
Symptom Corrected Version
-SP2-922-001 (Development Clutch ON after Job End)
This SP sets the development clutch ON/OFF control depending on
the installation of the ITB cleaning blade. It is not necessary to turn on
the development clutch at job end when the ITB cleaning blade is
installed. A small amount toner is adhered to the surface of the OPC
belt to ensure proper cleaning of the OPC belt when the ITB cleaning
blade is NOT installed.
0: No for ITB cleaning blade (Default):
1: Yes for non ITB cleaning blade:

-SP2-923-001 (Lubricant cancellation after Toner End)

This SP sets whether lubrication is performed or not during toner end
recovery. The Installation of ITB cleaning blade no longer requires
lubrication at toner end recovery.
0: OFF for non ITB cleaning blade:
1: ON cancels ITB cleaning blade: (Default)

Toner accumulates on the edge of the ITB cleaning blade. Turning the
ITB clutch Off/On forces accumulated toner on the blade edge to drop
on the ITB while the image is not transferred on the ITB for cleaning. If
it is not performed, toner may drop on the printing image. These SP’s
adjust the time and number of times for blade cleaning.
-2-924-001(ITB Cleaning Clutch Off/On – Time)
[100 ~ 500/ 300 / 10ms /step]
-2-924-002 (ITB Cleaning Clutch Off/On – Number)
[0 ~ 5/ 2 / 1 /step]

The lubrication cleaning time has been revised. SP mode has been
subdivided into time for 1C and time for 2C/3C/4C.
-SP3-920-001 (Lubrication Cleaning Time: - 1C)
[0 ~ 100 / 50 / 1% /step]
-SP3-920-002 (Lubrication Cleaning Time: - 2C/3C/4C)
[0 ~ 100 / 100/ 1% /step]

Eliminated unnecessary occurrences of SC420 (Fusing bias discharge

error). SC420 will not be shown when a leak occurs as a result of a
small hole on the fusing belt surface. Field experience has confirmed
that belt lifetime is actually longer when the SC is not shown in these
conditions. If a leak should occur, the machine turns SP2-501 OFF
(fusing bias SW), and the fusing bias is not applied until the fusing
counter is cleared and the SP is set back to ON or PM counter (SP7-
803-7) is cleared.
-SP2-501-001 (Fusing Bias SW)
[0 ~ 1 / 1/ 1: ON 0: OFF]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 8/18
Reissued: 5-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001g
Symptom Corrected Version
When printing the magenta mono color, Cyan color may mix slightly on
the magenta image.

The separation error may occur in the “Generation” mode selected in

the operation panel. To correct this, the image processing has been
reviewed.

NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.02.9 or later.

The “toner cartridge setting error” is sometimes displayed even when 1.262:01
the cartridge has been set correctly. This is due to misdetection of the
information on the cartridge memory chip.

8”x13” SEF is mis-detected as A4 SEF in the by-pass tray.

(EU/Asia versions only).

Default settings for the following have been changed (new defaults
underlined).
SP1-003-5,-6,-7 (Paper Buckle for By-pass Tray):

SP1-003-5 By-pass: Plain

[-4 ~ 6 / 3 / 1mm /step] (previous default: 0)

SP1-003-6 By-pass: Thick

[-4 ~ 6 / 0 / 1mm /step] (previous default: -2)

SP1-003-7 By-pass: OHP

[-4 ~ 6 / 0 / 1mm /step] (previous default: -2)

Eliminated unnecessary occurrences of SC410 (2nd transfer electric leakage):

Default for SP2-803-01 (Charge Cleaning Off time) changed to

minimize idling time during wire cleaning.
.[0 ~ 200 / 10 / 10 seconds/step] (previous default: 60)

Note: This adjustment was added from v1.233:01, and the description
has been added to the v1.233.01 description below (previously
missing).

SP modes newly added (listed below).

These SPs have been added to ensure proper (higher) transfer belt cleaning
by applying the following bias voltages at job end (OPC lubrication time):

SP2-400-008: Cleaning Bias LL1: OPC lubrication time

Minimum value changed for SP2-941-01, -02 (OPC lubrication time).

Minimum increased from 0 to 6:
SP2-941-01: Job End: [6 ~ 30 / 14 / 1 s/step]
SP2-941-02: OPC Lubrication Interval: [6 ~ 60 / 10 / 1 s/step]

NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.02. or later.

To ensure proper printing quality, the default values for the following 1.253:01
SP modes have been revised while some SP modes have been
added.

-SP3-920-001 (Lubrication Cleaning Time) ( ): previous default

[0 ~ 100 / 50 (100) / 1% /step]
-SP2-941-001(OPC Lubricant Time – Interrupt )
[0 ~ 30 / 14 (20) / 1s /step]

-SP3-922-001 (Lubricant Clutch OFF: 1C ): Newly added

-SP3-922-002(Lubricant Clutch OFF: 2C/3C/4C): Newly added
[0 ~ 11 / 6 / 1s /step]
Allows the image transfer belt-cleaning clutch off timing to be adjusted.
The setting determines the number of seconds after image transfer
belt cleaning roller charging that the clutch is turned off. With previous
versions, the clutch is always running while the development roller
motor rotates.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 10/18
Reissued: 5-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001g
Symptom Corrected Version
-SP2-938-001 (OPC Reverse Interval): Newly added
[0 ~ 100 / 10 / 10 counts /step]
The Main motor rotates the OPC belt backwards for 500ms at the end
of every job, in order to remove foreign particles between the OPC belt
and OPC cleaning blade. However, this does not need to be performed
so often. In addition, reducing the frequency of OPC belt reverse
rotation improves the cleaning blade performance.
This SP adjusts the counter for the OPC belt reverse rotation, and is
incremented as follows:
LT/A4 LEF or smaller: 1, larger than LT/A4 LEF: 2.
When this SP reaches its set maximum, reverse rotation is performed
for 500ms at job end.

Machine may freeze up when returning to stand-by mode from panel-

off or low power mode under the following:
LEF job $ SEF job $ Enters panel-off/low-power within 3 minutes $
Next job initiated, enters stand-by mode.

SC670 is sometimes mis-detected when the SMC is printed out.

SP2-801-03 (Additional value of the charge corona cleaning interval)

has been newly added. The cleaning interval for the additional charge
corona unit has been adjusted as shown.
[0 ~ 5000 / 100 / 100 counts/step]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 11/18
Reissued: 5-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001g
Symptom Corrected Version
With this new SP, it is possible to adjust the interval for charge corona
cleaning in the middle of a job:
Old:
The charge corona cleaning is carried out after 600 (SP2-801-1)
development counts, at job end or after 700 (no adjustment)
development counts (stops in the middle of the job).
After
The charge corona cleaning is carried out after 600 (SP2-801-1)
development counts, at job end or after 700 (= the sum of the
settings in SP2-801-1 and -3) development counts (stops in the
middle of the job).

Text mode in mono color mode

Text Mode in mono color mode also uses the separation filter, which
may sometimes cause separation errors. The separation filter has
been reviewed.

Machine may freeze when a paper jam occurs or when the main
switch is turned on (found in laboratory tests).

SC120 was shown instead of SC122 when the scanner home position
was initialized.

SP2-803-01 (Charge Cleaning Off time) newly added:

[0 ~ 200 / 60 / 10 seconds/step]

Although a 60-second interval already exists for performing an idle

discharge after corona wire cleaning, this new SP mode allows the
interval to be adjusted. The idle discharge is to maintain an even
charge wire surface, ensuring proper charging.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 12/18
Reissued: 5-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001g
Symptom Corrected Version
The paper feed/transport timing for the duplex interleaf function (one 1.213:01
sheet in duplex unit, one fed from tray) has been improved to ensure
better paper transport.
SC546 & SC556 1.212:01
Detection conditions for SC546/556 have been changed so that they
are triggered by a 50°C/sec jump or drop in thermistor temperature
data (old: 20°C/sec). This is because these SCs were being reported
from the field in Japan in environments below 5°C (installation
requirements: 10°C minimum), i.e. unnecessary SC occurrences.
Note: When the actual fusing temperature is below 5°C, the
temperature curve for thermistor data is unstable and nonlinear,
triggering the SCs more easily.
Toner end and/or toner near end may be detected even when the 1.204:1
toner cartridge still contains enough to continue printing.

1.202.01
Process control mode timing
To reduce the cycle of process control mode (every 200 printings), Mono (Bk)
prints are no longer counted for process control.

Charge corona cleaning

Charge corona cleaning mode-entering timing has been changed from 640 to
700. After 700 development counts (stops in the middle of the job), charge
corona cleaning is carried out.

SC560 (Zero cross error)

SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type):

To prevent fusing jams (wrapping around the pressure roller) the layer
thickness of the pressure roller has been changed from 1.5 mm to 2.1mm
from the first production machines. When updating from v1.192:01 or
older to v1.202.01 or newer for the first time, even if the new pressure
roller is installed, it is necessary to select ‘ new ‘ in SP1-905-01 to
initialize fusing temperature control. The settings for the August
production machines have been input on the production line. When firmware
1.192:01 or older is updated to 1.202.01 or later for the first time, the
machine cannot judge which data (old or new) should be used for fusing
control.
Note: When selecting 0 in SP1-905-1 and then pressing # on the LCD, the
new control data is applied to fusing control.
0: new pressure roller type (2.1mm), 1: old pressure roller type (1.5mm)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 13/18
Reissued: 5-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001g
Symptom Corrected Version
SP2-944-4 and –5 :(OPC Lubrication – High Coverage)
The default settings for SP2-944-4 and –5 have been reviewed and changed
to reduce the cycle of OPC lubrication mode.
SP2-944-4: Sheets-1: [10 to 80/ 30 / 1sheet/step]
SP2-944-5: Sheets-2: [10 to 80/ 60 / 1sheet/step]

0: New paper transfer roller type (Drum type), 1: Old paper transfer roller
type (straight type)

SP2-321-7 and –9: (Paper transfer bias of edge)

The default settings have been changed from 1.0 to 0.8 to improve image
quality in low temperature and low humidity conditions.

SP7-931-001 to –017 (Engine status display)

Reducing fan motor rotation period

The development fan stops and the fusing unit fan is rotated at half speed for
15 seconds after the last sheet of paper exits the printer. With the previous
firmware, the fusing unit fan and development fan both ran for 3 minutes after
paper exit.
1.181:01
Doctor roller reverse mode timing
After 20 prints, at job end or after 50 prints (stops in the middle of the job),
the machine carries out the doctor roller reverse rotation to maintain good
printing quality. A4/LT SEF or shorter printing is counted as 1 and printing
longer than A4/LT SEF is counted as 2. With the prototype firmware, A4/LT
LEF or shorter printing is counted as 1 and longer than A4/LT LEF is counted
as 2. This is to reduce the frequency of the doctor roller reverse mode.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 14/18
Reissued: 5-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001g
August 2002 production serial numbers
B051-17: J2526800001 to J2526800023
B051-27: J2526800024 to J2526800043
B052-17: J2626800001 to J2626800042
B052-27: J2626800043 to J2626800061
Note for Updating the BICU firmware of the August production machines
When the BICU firmware is updated from the August production machines to 1.204:1 or later for
the first time, be sure to update the main unit controller firmware to V1.332 or later at the same
time. (Refer to the main unit controller firmware history RTB (RTB No.2). Then, change the
following SP modes after updating the firmware.
SP2-905-01: (Paper transfer roller type): Select 0, then press #.
SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type): Select 0, then press #.
SP2-944-4 and –5: (OPC Lubrication – High Coverage): -4: Change setting from 20 to 30. –5:
Change the setting from 40 to 60.

Operation Panel LCD

Symptom Corrected Version
Incorrect indication of the Korean and Russian words/phrases in the 1.25
scanner user tools has been corrected.

Taiwanese words correction

Korean words correction

Clean / Adjust in Spanish, French

First release for Asia version

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 15/18
Reissued: 5-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001g
Fax application
Symptom Corrected Version
Minor bug correction for the Japanese version. 2.05
Supports MLB function. 2.00
First release 1.17

FCU
Symptom Corrected Version
The Tx level of the DTMF tone in Taiwan is slightly too high. 05.00.00
Supports MLB function. 04.00.01

Main power off/on during original scanning

If the main power is turned off while the machine is scanning the original, the
memory capacity remains decreased when the power is turned back on.
Job numbers for standby for FAX transmission by LAN FAX (P/C FAX): 03.01.00
System Switch 19 No.4 (SP1-101-026; page 4-17 in S/M)
System Switch 19 No.4 (SP1-101-026; page 4-17) added to FAX SP mode.

Job numbers for standby for FAX transmission by LAN FAX (P/C FAX) are
limited as follows:
0: 64 1: Depends on memory (400: standard, 800: with Fax Function
Upgrade Unit)

Taiwan area
Taiwan Area parameters added.

First release 02.01.00

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 16/18
Reissued: 5-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001g

New defaults for SP2- 310 to 314

SP code Class1and 2
ＳＰ
2-310 2-311 2-312 2-313 2-314
Class 3
LL1 LL2 NN1 NN2 HH
-1 25 27 28 29 30

-2 25 28 30 30 30

-3 25 29 32 31 30

-4 25 28 31 30 28

-5 25 27 30 28 26

-6 26 28 29 30 31

-7 26 29 31 31 31

-8 26 30 33 32 31

-9 26 29 32 31 29

-10 26 28 31 29 27

-11 14 15 15 16 16

-12 15 15 15 15 15

-13 16 15 14 15 15

-14 18 16 14 14 14

-15 20 17 14 14 14

-16 28 28 27 29 30

-17 30 29 28 31 33

-18 28 29 30 33 36

-19 28 29 30 32 34

-20 28 29 30 31 32

-21 29 29 28 30 31

-22 31 30 29 32 34

-23 29 30 31 34 37

-24 29 30 31 33 35

-25 29 30 31 32 33

-26 12 13 14 14 14

-27 16 16 16 15 15

-28 20 19 17 17 16
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 17/18
Reissued: 5-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001g

-29 24 23 23 23 22

-30 28 29 30 29 28

-31 16 17 17 18 18

-32 20 21 21 22 22
New defaults for SP2- 903
[0 to 70.0 /1.0/ 0.1µA/step]

New SP (): Old default

950 Start Registration Adjustment
1 Start Registration Color registration adjustment: Adjusts the start timing of
Adjustment 1–K (32 imaging for each color.
CPM) [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
2 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–M (32
CPM)
3 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–C (32
CPM)
4 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–Y (32
CPM)
5 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 2 (0) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–K (32
CPM)
6 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1 ) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–M (32
CPM)
7 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–C (32
CPM)
8 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–Y (32
CPM)
9 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–K (24
CPM)
10 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–M (24
CPM)
11 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–C (24
CPM)
12 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–Y (24
CPM)
13 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–K (24
CPM)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 18/18
Reissued: 5-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001g
14 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1 ) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–M (24
CPM)
15 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–C (24
CPM)
16 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–Y (24
CPM)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/7
Reissued: 5-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002g
RTB Reissue
The items in bold italics have been added or changed.
Subject: Firmware History - Main Unit Controller Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other (Firmware History)

This is to inform you of the Main Unit Controller firmware history.

Part No. Program name
B0515550 Version C.SUM Production
Y B0515550Y.bin V2.05.1 22E0 November Production
‘03
X B0515550X.bin V2.04.1 EB37 October Production ‘03
W B0515550W.bin V2.03.2 3C9B September production
‘03
V B0515550V.bin V2.03.1 81DA August production ‘03
U B0515550U.bin V2.02.9 2D2F Not applied to the
production machines.
For updating the
machines in the field,
produced before August,
2003 production
T B0515550T.bin V2.02 C3AE Jun production ‘03
S B0515550S.bin V2.01.5 5CE2 April Production ‘03
R B0515550R.bin V2.01.4 6A3B April Production ‘03
Q B0515550Q.bin V2.01.2 0F04 March Production ‘03
P B0515550N.bin V2.00.1 E2B8 February Production ‘03
N B0515550N.bin V1.39 - December Production
02’
M B0515550M.bin V1.332 6CEF November Production
02’
L - V1.33 - November Production
‘02
K - V1.29 - Not applied to the
production machines
J - V1.252 - Not applied to the
production machines
H - V1.251 - Not applied to the
production machines
G - V1.22 - August production ‘02

2002 August production serial numbers

B051-17: J2526800001 to J2526800023
B051-27: J2526800024 to J2526800043
B052-17: J2626800001 to J2626800042
B052-27: J2626800043 to J2626800061
Note for updating main unit controller firmware of August production machines
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/7
Reissued: 5-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002g
When the main unit controller firmware is updated from the August production machines to 1.332
or later for the first time, be sure to update BICU firmware to V1.204:1 or later at the same time.
Refer to the BICU firmware history RTB for the copier firmware service card (RTB No.1).
Main Unit Controller
Symptom Corrected Version
Modified in accordance with the BICU v1.291:01 modification. For V2.05.1
details, please see RTB #RB051001g.

NOTE : In addition to this main unit controller version, be sure to

update the BICU firmware to V1.291:01 or later.

Documents stored on the document server cannot be printed out. V2.04.1

! This version contains the correction for machines from all production
months (symptom is the same as described in v2.02.09 below, which only
contains the correction for machines produced until July ‘03).

NOTE: In addition to this main unit controller version, be sure to update the
BICU firmware to V1.28 :01 or later.
The mechanical counter (covered with a seal) does not increment enough V2.03.2
when using Printer color mode with the mechanical counter set for
development counts. See “NG” in the table below.

Note: This does not occur under any other conditions, such as when using
the Copier function, setting the counter for page counts, or making B/W prints
or copies.

Electronic Electronic Mechanical Mechanical

Counter (YMC) Counter (K) Counter 2 Counter 1
(YMC) (K)
Full-color +3 +1 +3（OK） +1（OK）
Copier
Full-color +3 +1 +1（NG） 0（NG）
Printer

Paper jam/SC687 sometimes occur while printing documents scanned with V2.03.1
mixed-size scanning.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/7
Reissued: 5-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002g
Symptom Corrected Version
This version has been released for machines produced before August 2003. V2.02.9
The firmware download display is indicated as 2.02AugSP, B0515550W. This
firmware is version after version 2.02. The August and September production
Firmware was found to have the following symptoms:

We will release the controller firmware of October production machines at the

end of September. This will solve the above problem for all production month
machines.
Modified in accordance with the BICU v1.275 :01 modification. For details,
please see RTB #RB051001e.

Specification change V2.01.2

The counter specifications have been changed, as described in RTB #
RGene013.
MLB minor bug correction.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/7
Reissued: 5-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002g
Symptom Corrected Version
Supports MLB function V2.00.1

SP mode newly added: SP2-801-03 (Additional Value of the charge corona

Paper may not be fed for certain applications, by-pass feed, and N-job ON
after a jam or paper end condition occurs and a jam or paper end condition is
cleared.

SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type) and Default value SP1-105

0: new pressure roller type (2.1mm), 1: old pressure roller type (1.5mm)
Refer to the BICU firmware history in the RTB for the service card (BICU:
1.202.01).
Default value SP1-105
Some default values have been changed. Refer to the New Default table.

SP2-944-4 and –5 :(OPC Lubrication – High Coverage)

Default Autonet OFF

New IC chip on the new wireless LAN option

Firmware correction for CSS function (Domestic version only)

SP7901 cannot be read through CSS system.

Default and factory settings for SP2-310-001 to SP2-314-032 (paper transfer

currents) and SP2-903-01 (Paper transfer Adjustment) have been changed.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/7
Reissued: 5-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002g
Symptom Corrected Version
Refer to the BICU firmware history in the RTB for the service card (BICU:
1.192:01).

SP2-321-7 and –9: (Paper transfer bias of edge)

The default settings have been changed from 1.0 to 0.8 to improve image
quality in low temperature and low humidity conditions.

SP2-905-01: (Paper transfer roller type)

Refer to the BICU firmware history in the RTB for the service card (BICU:
1.192:01).
First release V1.22

Machine VS controller firmware table

Machines Machine October
updated to updated to production
V2.02.9 or V2.03.1 or controller
before V2.03.2 (2003 firmware
August and (V2.04.1)
September)
Document stored by the Can output Cannot output Can output
document server in the
controller firmware of
V2.02.9 or before
Document stored by the Cannot output Can output Can output
document server in the
controller firmware of
V2.03.1 or V2.03.2(2003
August and September)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 6/7
Reissued: 5-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002g
New defaults (Old default)
105* Fusing Temperature
1 Heating: Idling Sets the temperature at which the heating roller starts
idling.
[100 ~ 180 / 145 / 1°C/step]
2 Heating: Ready Sets the temperature at which the heating roller enters
the print ready condition.
[100 ~ 180 / 155 (165) / 1°C/step]
3 Heating: Standby Sets the heating roller temperature for the ready
(standby) condition. After the main switch has been
turned on, the machine enters this condition when the
heating roller temperature reaches the temperature
specified in this SP mode. When the machine is
recovering from energy saver or auto off mode, the
machine becomes ready when both heat and pressure
roller temperatures reach the specified temperature.
Pressure roller: SP1-105-16
[100 ~ 180 / 160 (175) / 1°C/step ]
4 Heating: Plain/1 Color Sets the heating roller temperature for thin paper in
single-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 155 (160 )/ 1°C/step]
5 Heating: Plain/Full Sets the heating roller temperature for thin paper in full-
Color color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 160 (170) / 1°C/step]
6 Heating: Middle Sets the heating roller temperature for normal plain
Thick/1 Color paper in single-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 165 (170) / 1°C/step]
7 Heating: Middle Sets the heating roller temperature for normal plain
Thick/Full Color paper in full-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 170 (180) / 1°C/step]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 7/7
Reissued: 5-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002g

105* Fusing Temperature

Please use this RTB as a troubleshooting guide for image problems.

HOW AND WHEN TO USE THIS RTB:

! The following is a troubleshooting supplement to the original RTB issued on
March 12, 2003, based on recent field data analyses and field investigations
performed in several markets.
! Although RTB #RB051014a was previously issued as a troubleshooting guide for
black faint images, please utilize this RTB before RB051014a, as the symptom
reported may be one of the symptoms listed below.
! Please use this RTB when troubleshooting image problems at the customer site,
not for preventative maintenance.

IMPORTANT:
! It is essential to first identify the cause, using the flowchart listed in the main
troubleshooting section of this RTB. The following symptoms yield very similar
images, but they all have separate causes.
! To do this, be sure to print out the test pattern (SP5-955, No 8) for each of the four
toner colors, which will clarify if the cause is a problem with the PCU, one of the
development units or the fusing unit.
# Occurs with 1-3 colors: Development unit failure
# Occurs with all four colors: PCU or fusing unit failure
$ *except toner dropping
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/15
Reissued:31-Oct-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008b

1. LIGHT COPIES, WHITE LINES, FAINT IMAGES, UNEVEN IMAGE

DENSITY

SYMPTOM
Light copies, white lines, faint images, uneven image density (KMCY) from Cyan
toner dropping.
Cyan toner drops from the development unit onto the toner shield glass of the LD
unit, which may cause the outputs to show uneven image density, faint images, or
white lines (depending on the amount of fallen toner).
Note: This can be confirmed by removing the PCU and checking inside the machine
for fallen Cyan toner.

CAUSE
Insufficient toner charging due to the diameter of some doctor rollers.

SOLUTION
The diameter of the Cyan doctor roller has been increased from 10mm to 12mm
from August 2003 production.
P/N change:
Cyan development unit: B0523207 % B0523217.

Action in the field:

Clean any fallen toner off the toner shield glass and see if the symptom occurs.
If there is no improvement, install the new Cyan development unit.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/15
Reissued:31-Oct-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008b

SYMPTOM:
Uneven image density (KMCY) from lines or scratches on the OPC belt (sample 2).
The uneven ID shows up as lines in image areas, which correspond to the positions
of lines on the OPC or ITB. This symptom does not involve much toner dropping
from the Development unit to the LD unit toner glass shield, and can be attributed to
a PCU failure.

CAUSE
Additives from the paper can be transferred onto the OPC surface via the transfer
belt, which can cause the OPC surface to become slightly rough or uneven and
develop a cloudy film. In addition, the rough surface of the image transfer roller can
cause roughness on the rear side of the ITB, which can in turn be transferred to the
OPC surface.

SOLUTION
The following were applied from Aug 2003 production:
- A cleaning blade has been added to the ITB cleaning section to remove any
additives on the ITB surface.
- The surface coating for the image transfer roller has been changed to stainless
steel to ensure the ITB is not scratched.
Note: A cloudy film on the OPC surface alone does not trigger this symptom,
therefore in such a case there is no action required.

P/N change:
PCU B0519100 % B0529100.

Action in the field:

- Refer to this RTB for the troubleshooting.
- Refer to RTB #RB0510017a for the action necessary when installing the new and
old PCUs in the field.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/15
Reissued:31-Oct-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008b

SYMPTOM:
- White lines or uneven image density due to toner clumps in the development unit
(sample 4).
- Uneven image density from development roller filming (sample 5) due to an
insufficient amount of OPC lubricant. The low amount of lubricant causes the
toner to melt easier and stick to the development roller surface.
Note: This does not occur on all colors, so be sure to print out the test pattern (SP5-
955, No.8) for each color to confirm which has the problem.

SOLUTION
Please refer to this RTB for troubleshooting (samples 4 and 5).
Note: These two symptoms are estimated to have a low occurrence rate in the field.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/15
Reissued:31-Oct-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008b

SYMPTOM
Blank area, faint image or uneven image density on one side of the copy (front or
rear side of the development unit).
In contrast to the black faint images described in RTB #RB051014a, this symptom
appears only on the development unit front or rear side, as shown below. See RTB
#RB051007 for more detail.

Note: As with the above, this does not occur for all colors, so be sure to print out
the test pattern (SP5-955, No.8) for each color to check which has the problem. (This
is not mentioned in the flowchart in this RTB).

CAUSE
The development unit front gears engage their mainframe counterparts slightly
differently than the rear gears.

SOLUTION
Rotate the mainframe gears manually, removing the development unit(s) on which
the symptom occurs, then reinstall the unit(s).
Note: It is not necessary to replace the development unit.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 6/15
Reissued:31-Oct-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008b

2. CYAN LINES IN YELLOW BACKGROUND AREAS, CYAN

SPOTS/LINES IN BACKGROUND AND MAIN IMAGE AREAS

SYMPTOM:
Cyan lines in yellow background areas (Sample 3).
Note: Both development and cleaning are performed in the order: KMCY. If the
previous cleaning was insufficient, a dirty image will appear on the next
development. The symptom can therefore be easily identified by checking the
yellow section of the C4 test chart.

CAUSE
Toner may pass between the OPC unit cleaning blade and OPC belt.

Note: To distinguish between this symptom and cyan spots/lines in background and
main image areas (described below), take multiple copies/prints of the same image.
# Cyan lines in yellow background areas: Occurs consistently
# Cyan spots/lines in background and main image areas: Occurs, disappears,
then sometimes reoccurs.

SOLUTION
The material of the cleaning blade has been changed (from August 2003 production)

Action in the field:

Refer to this RTB, i.e. replace the OPC cleaning unit.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 7/15
Reissued:31-Oct-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008b

SYMPTOM
Cyan spots/lines in background and main image areas.
Note: This does not depend on the color of the background area, but is more visible
in background areas than in main image areas.

CAUSE & SOLUTION

Same as dirty spots/lines in background and main image areas (described on the
next page).

Note: See the previous page for how to distinguish this symptom from cyan lines in
yellow background areas.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 8/15
Reissued:31-Oct-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008b

3. DIRTY SPOTS/LINES IN BACKGROUND AND MAIN IMAGE AREAS

SYMPTOM
Dirty spots [A] or lines [B] in background and main image areas.
Note: This does not occur for all toner colors, and is more visible in background
areas than in main image areas.

CAUSE
Insufficient toner charging inside the development unit causes some of the toner to
be more easily attracted to the OPC surface.

SOLUTION
The same bias that is applied to the doctor roller and toner supply roller is now
applied to the entrance seal bracket as well, in order to ensure a uniform charge
across all three components (from Aug 2003).

Action in the field:

Refer to this RTB, i.e. turn the development roller in the reverse direction and clean
the roller surface with a dry cloth.
Correcting the image problem
for
Model U-C1

Contents

1. UNEVEN IMAGE DENSITY IN THE SUBSCAN DIRECTION (INCL. BLACK/WHITE LINES) 1

1.1 ............................. IMAGE SAMPLES 1
1.2 ...................... TROUBLESHOOTING 2

2. UNEVEN IMAGE DENSITY AT THE SIDE OF THE IMAGE 4

3........ BLACK AND WHITE DOTS 5

4............... DIRTY BACKGROUND 6
1. UNEVEN IMAGE DENSITY IN THE SUBSCAN DIRECTION (INCLUDING BLACK/WHITE LINES)

1.1 IMAGE SAMPLES

Sample 1 (Uneven image density caused by dirty charge unit) Sample 2 (Uneven image density caused by scratches on the OPC belt)

Paper feed direction Paper feed direction

Sample 3 (Uneven image density caused by insufficient cleaning of the OPC belt) Sample 4 (White line caused by toner on the development roller

Paper feed direction

Sample 5 (Uneven image density caused by toner filming on the development roller) Sample 6 (Black line caused by scratches on the fusing belt/pressure roller)

Paper feed direction

1
1.2 TROUBLESHOOTING
Please use the following flowchart to take action in response to the six image problems on page 1.

Print the test pattern (SP5-955, No.8) for each color

Clean the following scanner unit parts:

- DF exposure glass
Do any of the N
problems occur? - Mirrors
- White plate under the left scale

Replace the fusing belt assembly or Go to the

Does the image problem N
pressure roller. next Replace the charge unit
occur for all colors? page
Sample 6
Y Sample 1
Y Y

Is there any change in the

Y Does the line position on N

N Y the image match the
Does the image problem Does the image problem position on the OPC or
still occur? still occur? ITB?

Sample 2
Y N

END Replace the oil supply unit. END Replace the PCU. Clean the inside of the laser unit

2
Make 5 copies of the C4 test chart From the previous page

Does a cyan line appear in N Does the white line appear N

side a yellow image? on the test pattern?

Y Sample 3 Y Sample 4 Sample 5

Replace the OPC cleaning unit Turn the development roller showing the Turn the development roller showing the
white line in the reverse direction (2 times). white line in the reverse direction (2 times).

N Does the image problem Does the image problem N

END END
still occur? still occur?

Y Y

Replace the development unit causing Clean the development roller with a dry cloth.
the white line.

Does the image problem N

END
still occur?

Replace the development unit causing

the white line.

3
2. UNEVEN IMAGE DENSITY AT THE SIDE OF THE IMAGE

Print out the test pattern (SP5-955, No.8) for each

color.

Remove the toner cartridge showing the problem. Shake the

cartridge well (10 times), hold the cartridge so that the toner
supply opening faces up, then tap the cartridge 7-8 times.
Does the image problem N
occur for all colors?

Y
Does the image problem N END
Replace the charge unit Clean the dust shield glass in the laser and still occur?
charge units (wire and grid).

Y
Y
Perform Forced Toner Supply
Is there any change in the Y Does the image problem N END
image (position, density, still occur?
etc)?

Does the image problem N END

N
still occur?

Check and correct the PCU ground Y

terminal and PCU bias terminal.
Check the condition of the development
roller showing the problem.

N Y N Replace the
Clean the development roller bias Is there an even layer of
Does the image problem development
terminal toner on the surface?
still occur? unit

N Does the image problem Y

END Replace the PCU END Replace the development unit
still occur?

4
3. BLACK AND WHITE DOTS

Print out test pattern (SP5-955, No.8) for each color.

Do black/white N
Clean the scanner unit exposure glass
dots appear?

Does the image problem N Check the surface of the development roller
occur for all colors? showing the problem.

Y
N
Replace the fusing belt assembly or pressure Clean the development roller with a dry cloth
roller. Check the surface of the OPC and image
transfer belts.

N Are there any particles Does the image problem N

Replace the PCU stuck to the roller, or is END
still occur?
the roller damaged?

Y Y
N
Does the image problem Clean the belt with a dry cloth. Replace the development unit showing
still occur? the B/W dots.

END Replace the PCU

5
4. DIRTY BACKGROUND

Print out test pattern (SP5-955, No.8) for each color.

Does dirty N Clean the scanner unit exposure glass.

background
appear?

Does the image problem N Turn the development roller showing the
occur for all colors? background in the reverse direction (2
times).

Perform forced OPC lubrication (SP2-940). N

Does the image problem END
still occur?

N
Replace the OPC belt cleaning unit Does the image problem Clean the development roller with a dry cloth
still occur?

Replace the PCU Does the image problem N

END
still occur?

Replace the development unit showing

the background.

6
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/6
Reissued: 7-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 16-Jun-03 No.: RB051014b
RTB Correction
The items in bold italics have been corrected or added.
Subject: Black Faint Image Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other ( )

Sample:
Feed direction
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/6
Reissued: 7-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 16-Jun-03 No.: RB051014b

3. SOLUTION
1. When the symptom is reported:
Please do the following update and replacements, which will minimize the chances of
symptom occurrence. The modified firmware reduces the amount of lubrication used
on the OPC, which in effect minimizes the amount of lubrication that can get inside the
development unit and toner cartridge.

Recommended action for firmware update and development unit replacement

During updating the firmware by opening the front cover, you can replace the
black development unit.
1) Update to the following modified firmware (temporary solution).
Note: These versions were applied from April ’03 production (S/N list below).

• Controller ver2.01.5 or later.

• BICU ver1.253:01 or later, Service Card ver1.09 or later.

After updating the firmware, input the following default values manually.

SP No. Description Value

Permanent solution:
A. Update to the following modified firmware versions.

Note:
- These versions were applied from November ’03 production (S/N list below).
- In cases where the temporary solution above has not been done, do this
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/6
Reissued: 7-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 16-Jun-03 No.: RB051014b
temporary solution and then the following.

• Controller ver2.05.1 or later.

• BICU ver1.291:01 or later, Service Card ver1.13 or later.

After updating the firmware, input the following default value manually:

SP No. Description Value

SP3-970-004 Image Area Rate: Bk 4.7

B. Along with the firmware update and black development unit replacement
below, it is necessary to input the SP settings mentioned in RTB
#RB051017b (New PCU/ Development unit Installation Procedure). For your
reference, this SP mode table is listed at the end of this RTB.

2) Replace the black development unit.

3) Replace the black toner cartridge.

Note: It is necessary to replace the toner cartridge, because the lubricant also gets
into the cartridge.

2. At EM visits made for another reason or at PM visits:

Update to the software listed above.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/6
Reissued: 7-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 16-Jun-03 No.: RB051014b

4. Cut-in Serial Numbers

Temporary solution
Code Serial Numbers
B051-17 J2534601441~1474, 1476~1543, 1545~1563
B051-22 J2536300469, J2536300535, J2536400593~07700853, 0857~0898
B051-24 L1233840001~0125
B051-26 5P28430001~0090
B051-27 J2536300935, 0961~0962, J2536400082, 0209, 0261, 0289, 0297~0334,
0339, 0341~0347, 0350~0354, 0356~0384, 0386~0387, 0392~0393,
0398, 0412, 0448, 0457~0458, 0462, 0465, 0472, 0483~0592,
B051-29 J2536401331, 1340, 1342~1348, 1350, 1355~1358, 1374, 1377,
1379~1390, 1392~1398, 1403~1414, 1416~1419, 1421~1432, 1436,
1438~1440
B052-17 J2636400923~
B052-22 J2636400484~604
B052-24 L1243830066~0068, 0070, L1243840001~0173
B052-26 5P38430001~0100
B052-27 J2636300407, 0409, J2636400044, 0091~0094, 0115, 0139, 0192, 0203,
0205~0207, 0224, 0225, 0262, 0266, 0270, 0272, 0282, 0296~0297,
0308~0313
B052-29 J2636400806~08180821~0828, 0830~0849, 0851, 0853~0904, 0907,
0910~0913, 0915, 0917, 0919, 0922~0923

Permanent solution
Code Serial Numbers
B051-17 J25371XXXX
B051-22 J25371XXXX
B051-24 L123391XXXX
B051-26 5P2913XXXX
B051-27 J25371XXXXX
B051-28 J25371XXXXX
B051-29 J25371XXXXX
B051-57 J25311XXXXX
B052-17 J26371XXXXX
B052-22 J26371XXXXX
B052-24 L124391XXXX
B052-26 5P3913XXXX
B052-27 J26371XXXXX
B052-28 J26371XXXXX
B052-29 J26371XXXXX
B052-57 J26311XXXXX
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/6
Reissued: 7-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 16-Jun-03 No.: RB051014b
Changing SP Mode settings after updating to the November 2003
production machine firmware

For details, please refer to RTB #RB051017b (New PCU / Development unit
Installation Procedure).

Most important points:

Development units
It is NOT NECESSARY to change the SP settings when replacing the Y and/or C development
units. In other words, it is only necessary to change these SP mode settings when replacing the
M and / or K development units.

Magenta development unit replacement

When installing the old unit (B0523205): SP3-911-001: 1
When installing the new unit (B0523215): SP3-911-001: 20

K (black) development unit replacement

When installing the old unit (B0523204): SP3-911-002: 1
When installing the new unit (B0523214): SP3-911-002: 20

Specific combinations for K (Black) development unit / PCU replacement:

Note: Settings A-D are explained below.

PCU New PCU Old PCU

K Development unit
New Development unit Setting C Setting B
Old Development unit Setting A Setting D

SP mode table for specific combinations for K (Black) development unit / PCU replacement:

SP No. Title Setting A Setting B Setting C Setting D

New PCU New Dev. New PCU + New
(B0529100) unit K New dev. firmware
+ New (B0523214) unit only (Old
Firmware + New (B0523214) PCU & Old
(Old K Dev. firmware + New Dev. Unit)
Unit) (Old PCU) Firmware
2-920-001 ITB Cleaning CL OFF Time 0 0 0 0
2-921-001 ITB Cleaning CL OFF Mode 0：
：New 1：
：Old 0：
：New 1：
：Old
PCU PCU PCU PCU
2-922-001 Dev CL ON after Job End 0：
：OFF 1：
：ON 0：
：OFF 1：
：ON
2-923-001 Lubricant after Toner End 1：
：ON 1：
：ON 1：
：ON 1：
：ON
2-924-001 ITB Cleaning Clutch Off/On 300 300 300 300
- Time
2-924-002 ITB Cleaning Clutch Off/On 2 0 2 0
- Number
2-953-001 Image Position Adjustment 0：
：New 1：
：Old 0：
：New 1：
：Old
PCU PCU PCU PCU
3-911-001 Doc. Roller Rotation 1 1 1 1
Interval:M Dev. (see Note1 (see Note1 (see Note1 (see Note1
below) below) below) below)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 6/6
Reissued: 7-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 16-Jun-03 No.: RB051014b
SP No. Title Setting A Setting B Setting C Setting D
New PCU New Dev. New PCU + New
(B0529100) unit K New dev. firmware
+ New (B0523214) unit only (Old
Firmware + New (B0523214) PCU & Old
(Old K Dev. firmware + New Dev. Unit)
Unit) (Old PCU) Firmware
3-911-002 Doc. Roller Rotation 1 20 20 1
Interval:K Dev.
3-920-002 Lubrication Cleaning Time 100 100 100 100
– 2C/3C/4C
SP2-400-008 Cleaning Bias LL1: OPC 1400 1400 1400 1400
lubrication time
SP2-401-008 Cleaning Bias LL2: OPC 1400 1400 1400 1400
lubrication time
SP2-402-008 Cleaning Bias NN1: OPC 1400 1400 1400 1400
lubrication time
SP2-403-008 Cleaning Bias NN2: OPC 1400 1400 1400 1400
lubrication time
SP2-404-008 Cleaning Bias HH: OPC 1400 1400 1400 1400
lubrication time
When the Controller / BICU firmware have been updated to controller ver2.05.1
and BICU ver1.291:01 or later, the following SP settings must be input.
SP2-927-001 Disable Time (ITB 3 3 3 3
Cleaning)
SP2-925-001 ITB Cleaning Execution 20 20 20 20
Variable
SP2-926-001 Cover Ratio Reference 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7
(MC)
SP2-926-002 Cover Ratio Reference (FC) 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7
SP2-970-05 ITB Cleaning Clutch Off/On 2 0 2 0
Number in Oil removal
mode

Note:

1. Change this setting from 1 to 20 when also installing the new M development unit (B0523215) at
the same time.
2. It is recommended to use the new PCU and development unit when either is replaced on
machines produced in August 2003 or later. This is because if either of the older units is installed
in these machines, it is necessary to perform the SP setting changes explained in this section.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/7
Reissued: 7-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 19-Sep-03 No.: RB051017b
RTB Correction
The items in bold italics have been corrected or added.
Subject: New PCU / Development Unit Installation Procedure Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other ( )

This information is not for the Black Faint Image, but to ensure high cleaning
performance from the ITB cleaning unit and increase the durability of the OPC belt
cleaning unit, the PCU has been modified as follows: (B0519100 to B0529100)
For Black Faint Image please read Technical Bulletin RB051014b.
• A cleaning blade has been added to the ITB cleaning section.
• The material of the OPC-belt cleaning blade has been changed.
• Due to the additional cleaning blade in the ITB cleaning unit, an excessive load will be placed
on the cam of the ITB cleaning contact mechanism at the rear of the machine. This can cause
the cam to dislodge from the shaft. To correct this, a metal retaining ring has been used to
secure the cam instead of a plastic snap ring from the following cut-in serial numbers.
To ensure good printing, the development unit has also been modified.
(K: B0513204 or B0523204 to B0523214, M: B0513205 or B0523205 to B0523215)

B051-17, 19, 22, 27, 29: J25368XXXXX

B051-24: L123388XXXXX
B051-26: 5P2883XXXX
B051-51, 57: J2530800001
B052-17, 19, 22, 27, 29: J26368XXXXX
B052-24: L124388XXXX
B052-26: 5P3883XXXX
B052-51, 57: J2630800001
Before you install either the new PCU or new development unit or both in machines with serial
numbers prior to above cut-in numbers, you must do these:
• Add the cam stopper to the ITB cleaning cam (The cam stopper is included in the New PCU box
for new PCU settings only)
• Update the firmware to controller v2.02.9 or later and BiCU v1.275:01 or later. (Latest controller:
v2.05.1 / BiCU v1.291:01 as of 31 October 2003)
• Change SP mode settings (PCU settings or development unit settings)
• Do the color registration adjustment (SP2-950: for New PCU installation only)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/7
Reissued: 7-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 19-Sep-03 No.: RB051017b

Procedure
Adding the Cam Stopper to the ITB Cleaning Cam
Note: If you have to install this new PCU in a mass-production unit from August 2003 production, you
do not have to install this cam stopper.
1. Turn off the main switch.
2. Open the front cover.
3. Remove the old PCU.
4. Install the cam stopper [A] on the cam [B] so that the stopper does not stick out from the cam.
Note: The straight edges of the cam stopper and cam are aligned with each other. The cam
stopper will snap into position.
5. Install the new PCU.

[B]

[A]

NG: The stopper is sticking out from the

cam.

Updating the Firmware

• Update the firmware to controller v2.02.9 or later and BiCU v1.275:01 or later (Service Card
ver1.11 or later.) (Latest controller: v2.05.1 / BiCU v1.291: 01 as of 31 October 2003)
Note: These versions were applied from August ’03 production.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/7
Reissued: 7-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 19-Sep-03 No.: RB051017b

Changing SP Mode Settings After Installing the New PCU or New

Development unit or both.
Open the front cover and turn on the main switch. Then access the SP mode.

Note: It is necessary to input the settings to determine the SP settings even if the correct
settings are indicated in the SP mode after the firmware is updated.
1. Input the following SP modes as indicated in the following table:
Most important points:
Development units
It is NOT NECESSARY to change the SP settings when replacing the Y and/or C development
units. In other words, it is only necessary to change these SP mode settings when replacing the
M and / or K development units.

Magenta development unit replacement

When installing the old unit (B0523205): SP3-911-001: 1
When installing the new unit (B0523215): SP3-911-001: 20

K (black) development unit replacement

When installing the old unit (B0523204): SP3-911-002: 1
When installing the new unit (B0523214): SP3-911-002: 20

Specific combinations for K (Black) development unit / PCU replacement:

Note: Settings A-D are explained below.

PCU New PCU Old PCU

K Development unit
New Development unit Setting C Setting B
Old Development unit Setting A Setting D

SP mode table for specific combinations for K (Black) development unit / PCU replacement:
SP No. Description Setting A Setting B Setting C Setting D
Setting for Setting for Setting for Setting for
New PCU K New Dev. New PCU + only new
(B0529100) unit K New dev. firmware
+ New (B0523214) unit (Old PCU &
Firmware + New (B0523214) + Old Dev.
(Old K Dev. firmware New Unit)
Unit) (Old PCU) Firmware
2-920-001 ITB Cleaning CL OFF Time 0 0 0 0
2-921-001 ITB Cleaning CL OFF 0: New PCU 1: Old PCU 0: New PCU 1: Old PCU
Mode
2-922-001 Dev CL ON after Job End 0：
：OFF 1：
：ON 0：
：OFF 1：
：ON
2-923-001 Lubricant after Toner End 1：
：ON 1：
：ON 1：
：ON 1：
：ON
2-924-001 ITB Cleaning Clutch 300 300 300 300
Off/On - Time
2-924-002 ITB Cleaning Clutch 2 0 2 0
Off/On - Number
2-941-001 OPC Lubrication time – 14 14 14 14
Interrupt
2-944-001 OPC Lubrication: High ：Enable
1： 1：
：Enable 1：
：Enable 1：
：Enable
Coverage - Setting
2-953-001 Image Position 0: New PCU 1: Old PCU 0: New PCU 1: Old PCU
Adjustment
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/7
Reissued: 7-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 19-Sep-03 No.: RB051017b
SP No. Description Setting A Setting B Setting C Setting D
Setting for Setting for Setting for Setting for
New PCU K New Dev. New PCU + only new
(B0529100) unit K New dev. firmware
+ New (B0523214) unit (Old PCU &
Firmware + New (B0523214) + Old Dev.
(Old K Dev. firmware New Unit)
Unit) (Old PCU) Firmware
3-911-001 Doc. Roller Rotation 1 (see Note 1 (see Note 1 (see Note 1 (see Note
Interval:M Dev. 1 below) 1 below) 1 below) 1 below)
3-911-002 Doc. Roller Rotation 1 20 20 1
Interval:K Dev.
3-920-001 Lubrication Cleaning Time 50 50 50 50
– 1C
3-920-002 Lubrication Cleaning Time 100 100 100 100
– 2C/3C/4C
3-922-001 Lubricant Clutch OFF: 1C 6 6 6 6
3-922-002 Lubricant Clutch OFF: 6 6 6 6
2C/3C/4C
SP2-400- Cleaning Bias LL1: OPC 1400 1400 1400 1400
008 lubrication time
SP2-401- Cleaning Bias LL2: OPC 1400 1400 1400 1400
008 lubrication time
SP2-402- Cleaning Bias NN1: OPC 1400 1400 1400 1400
008 lubrication time
SP2-403- Cleaning Bias NN2: OPC 1400 1400 1400 1400
008 lubrication time
SP2-404- Cleaning Bias HH: OPC 1400 1400 1400 1400
008 lubrication time
SP2-938- OPC Reverse Interval 10 10 10 10
001
When the Controller / BICU firmware have been updated to controller ver2.05.1
and BICU ver1.291:01 or later, the following SP settings must be input.
SP2-927-001 Disable Time (ITB 3 3 3 3
Cleaning)
SP2-925-001 ITB Cleaning Execution 20 20 20 20
Variable
SP2-926-001 Cover Ratio Reference 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7
(MC)
SP2-926-002 Cover Ratio Reference (FC) 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7
SP2-970-05 ITB Cleaning Clutch Off/On 2 0 2 0
Number in Oil removal
mode

Note:
1. Change this setting from 1 to 20 when also installing the new M development unit (B0523215) at
the same time.
2. It is recommended to use the new PCU and development unit when either is replaced on
machines produced in August 2003 or later. This is because if either of the older units is installed
in these machines, it is necessary to perform the SP setting changes explained in this section.

• If you take action for the black faint image (RTB RB051014a: temporary
solution & RB051014b: Final), the following SP mode settings would be input
already. If this is not done yet, input the following settings.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/7
Reissued: 7-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 19-Sep-03 No.: RB051017b
Temporary solution: RTB RB051014a
SP No. Description Value
2-938-001 (New SP) OPC Reverse Interval 10
2-941-001 OPC Lubricant Time – Interrupt 14
3-920-001 Lubrication Cleaning Time 50
3-922-001 (New SP) Lubricant Clutch OFF: 1C 6
3-922-002 (New SP) Lubricant Clutch OFF: 2C/3C/4C 6
Final solution: RTB RB051014b
SP No. Description Value
SP3-970-004 Image Area Rate: Bk 4.7

2. Do the following:
Item Description
SP7-804-02 PM counter reset PCU
SP3-001-001 Forced process control
ACC

Sub-scan Color Registration Adjustment (SP2-950)

Do the following only when installing the new PCU in machines produced up to and including
July 2003. The adjustment is done at the factory as of August 2003.

1 dot Grid Pattern

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 6/7
Reissued: 7-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 19-Sep-03 No.: RB051017b
Distinguishing the old unit from a new one
To distinguish the old unit from new one, the following seals have been placed on the new PCUs and new
development units.
Circular seal
New PCU
The new PCU unit has a circular seal on the front side of the PCU.

New Development unit

• The new development unit (B051-51, 57, B052-51, 57 US machines in Gotenba production) has a “+”
(star mark) after the bar code.
• The new development unit (B051/B052-17, 19, 22, 24, 26, 27, 29: machines in RAI production) has a
blue seal on the left side of the development unit.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 7/7
Reissued: 7-Nov-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 19-Sep-03 No.: RB051017b
Estimated side effects with incorrect combination of firmware/SP settings and
old/new PCU
Firmware version July version or August version Permanent version (October or later)
before
SP SP settings: New SP settings: SP Settings: New
Type of PCU settings: Old
Old
"Old PCU --- --- • OPC lines
--- • OPC lines
(no modification (many) (many)
applied)
• Insufficient • Insufficient
cleaning cleaning (very
July production or
(very insufficient)
before" insufficient)
• Color shift
• Color shift

"New PCU • Toner drop --- • Toner drop

---
(modification (horizontal line) (horizontal
applied) line)
• Color shift
August production • Color shift
or later"

Estimated side effects with incorrect combination of firmware/SP settings and

old/new Development unit
Firmware version July version or August version Permanent version (October or later)
before
SP SP settings: SP setting: for Old SP Setting: for New
Type of settings: New
Development unit Old
"Old type of --- --- • White --- • White stripes
Development unit stripes (Bk, M)
(Bk, M)
(July production or
before)"

"New type of --- --- --- ---

Development unit

(August production
or later)"
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/2
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 18-Nov-03 No.: RB051020

Subject: Cap for the O/B Waste Toner Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other ( )

SYMPTOM
Waste toner may sometimes leak from the service parts PCU due to vibration during parts
transport.

CAUSE
Cleaning was not performed on the service parts PCU following final tests on the
production line (only PCUs fitted in the mainframe were cleaned at this stage).

SOLUTION
! This cleaning procedure was added to the production process for the service parts
PCU from May 2003 production.
! A cap has been added to the service parts PCU [A] to seal the opening between the
PCU and waste toner bottle during shipping from August 2003 production.
Note: This cap is not necessary on mainframe PCUs since the O/B waste toner bottle
already covers this opening. (see important note below).

Important note for installing the PCU:

Please remove the cap [A] before installing the unit.

[A]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/2
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 18-Nov-03 No.: RB051020

(cap removed)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/1
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Dec-03 No.: RB051021

Subject: Machine drawer connector damaged Prepared by: S.Tomoe

Note for Paper Bank Installation:

To ensure that the guide pin on the upper rear stay of the paper bank does not damage
the mainframe during bank installation, two 100x340cm cardboard guides have been
attached to both sides of the front of the bank as shown below, which will act to guide the
mainframe into place.

Therefore when installing the paper bank, please guide the mainframe carefully into place
using these vertical guides.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/18
Reissued: 17-Dec-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001h
RTB Reissue
The items in bold italics have been added or changed.
Subject: Firmware History - Copier Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other (Firmware History)

This is to inform you of the Copier firmware history (BICU, Operation Panel, FAX, FCU).

US Models EU Models Asia/Taiwan Models Effective Date

Ver.
Program No. C. SUM Program No. C. SUM Program No. C. SUM

1.14 B0515565A CBCE B0515563A 1BC0 B0515560B AF1C December

production ‘03
1.13 B0515565 89B1 B0515563 DB8D B0515560A 6E5F November
production ‘03
1.12 B0515557Y 2224 B0515558Z F457 B0515560 85EB October
production ‘03
1.11 B0515557W 2C66 B0515558X 9B9F B0515559Y 56CC August production
‘03
1.10 B0515557V 9BE7 B0515558W 0DC8 B0515559X C685 June production
‘03
1.09 B0515557T 610C B0515558V D0BE B0515559W 8C00 April production
‘03
1.08 B0515557S 7D3D B0515558S ED70 B0515559T A3B4 March production
‘03
1.07 B0515557R A38A B0515558R 13C8 B0515559S CCE8 February
production ‘03
1.06 B0515557P BE7A B0515558P 7A02 B0515559Q 323A January
production ‘03
1.05 B0515557N - B0515558N - B0515559P - December
production ‘02
1.04 B0515557L 7C35 B0515558L 37D2 B0515559L 4912 September
Production 02’
1.03 B0515557K - B0515558K - B0515559K - Not applied to the
production machines
1.02 B0515557J - B0515558J - B0515559J - Not applied to the
production machines
1.0192 UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - Not applied to the
192.bin 192.bin 192.bin production machines
1.0181 UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - August Production
181.bin 181.bin 181.bin ‘02
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/18
Reissued: 17-Dec-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001h
The program contains the following firmware:
US version
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Versio Firmware Versio Firmware Versio
No. No. n No. n No. n
1.14 B0515554X 1.30:01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.13 B0515554W 1.291:01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551F 2.05 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.12 B0515554V 1.28:01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.11 B0515554T 1.275:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.10 B0515554S 1.262:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.09 B0515554R 1.253:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.08 B0515554Q 1.242:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.07 B0515554P 1.233:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00

181.bin

European version

Versi Firmware / Versions

on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Versio Firmware Versio Firmware Versio
No. No. n No. n No. n
1.14 B0515554X 1.30:01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.13 B0515554W 1.291:01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551F 2.05 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.12 B0515554V 1.28:01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.11 B0515554T 1.275:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.10 B0515554S 1.262:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.09 B0515554R 1.253:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.08 B0515554Q 1.242:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.07 B0515554P 1.233:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/18
Reissued: 17-Dec-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001h
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00

181.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00

181.bin
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/18
Reissued: 17-Dec-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001h
BICU (Engine)
Symptom Corrected Version
Extra toner may sometimes stick to the transfer roller and then to 1.30:01
the rear side of the next copy sheet (main motor Off timing has
been optimized).

The copier main motor may sometimes continue running if jobs

using sorting are printed out to the 500-sheet Finisher (B458).
Final solution for black faint images: 1.291:01

! Default setting for SP3-970-004 (Image Area Rate: Bk) has been
changed to 4.7 as follows:
# [0 ~ 10.0 / 4.7 / 0.1 %/step]

- This was based on tests that show a theoretical 4.7% pixel

coverage ratio normally corresponds to a 5% actual image
coverage ratio.
- Please see RTB # RB051017b for the necessary action in
the field.

! New SP added to control frequency of ITB clutch on/off:

# SP2-970-05 (ITB Cleaning Clutch Off/On Number in Oil
removal mode)
[0 ~ 5 / 2 / 1/step]
- This SP sets the number of times ITB clutch on/off is
performed at the end of oil removal mode (SP2-970-01), a
mode that removes oil from the ITB to ensure uniform
image density. Turning the ITB clutch on/off helps to
remove excess toner that can cling to and then drop from
the edge of the newly added ITB cleaning blade during oil
removal.

NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.05.01 or later.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/18
Reissued: 17-Dec-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001h

Symptom Corrected Version

-SP2-927-001 (Disable Time (ITB Cleaning)

[0 ~ 14 / 3 / 1 s/step] DFU
-SP2-925-001 (ITB Cleaning Execution Variable)
[0 ~ 100 / 20 / 1 sheet/step] DFU
-SP2-926-001 (Cover Ratio Reference (MC)
[0 ~ 10 / 1.7 / 0.1 %/step] DFU
-SP2-925-002 (Cover Ratio Reference (FC)
[0 ~ 10 / 1.7 / 0.1 %/step] DFU
SC571 (fusing oil overflow) misdetection from oil end detection control
malfunction.
NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.04.1 or later.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 6/18
Reissued: 17-Dec-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001h
Symptom Corrected Version
SP3-911-001, 002 (Doctor roller rotation interval M&K) 1.275
In addition to SP3-910 (doctor roller interval for job end), after every
job end, the doctor rollers for M and K are rotated backwards to
prevent toner clump. It is not necessary to perform the reverse rotation
of the doctor rollers for every M & K job. This rotation may cause
doctor roller filming. Dirty background images may also occur. To
prevent this, the reverse rotation is now performed after 20
development jobs. These SP Modes can adjust the reverse rotation
interval. The doctor roller reverse rotation for SP3-911 is performed at
job end. Then, SP3-910 is performed at the next job end.
-SP3-911-001 (Doctor roller rotation interval M ) ( ): Old default
[1 ~ 50 / 20 (1) / 1 /step]
-SP3-911-002 (Doctor roller rotation interval K )
[1 ~ 50 / 20 (1) / 1 /step]

An ITB cleaning blade has been added to the ITB cleaning system.
The condition of the image process has been changed. These SP
modes are used for the new ITB cleaning system.

-SP2-920-002 (ITB cleaning Clutch OFF Mode)

0: ITB cleaning belt (Default): SP2-920-001 can be adjusted.
1: No ITB cleaning belt: SP2-920-001 cannot be adjusted.
-SP2-920-001(ITB Cleaning Clutch OFF Time)
[-500 ~ 500 / 0 / 10 /step]
This SP adjusts the ITB cleaning clutch off timing to prevent toner from
dropping. This ensures the PCU process will be smooth. The
combination of the ITB cleaning blade with an incorrect setting (No ITB
cleaning blade : 1 of SP2-920-001) may cause toner to drop on the
leading edge of the printed image.

-SP2-950 (Start registration Adjustment)

To correct the color registration adjustment for the ITB cleaning belt ,
the SP settings have been revised. For details, see the table below.

-SP2-953-001 (Image Position Adjustment)

The default settings of SP2-950 (Start Registration Adjustment) can be
changed with this SP.
0: ITB cleaning blade (Default):
1: No ITB cleaning blade:
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 7/18
Reissued: 17-Dec-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001h
Symptom Corrected Version
-SP2-922-001 (Development Clutch ON after Job End)
This SP sets the development clutch ON/OFF control depending on
the installation of the ITB cleaning blade. It is not necessary to turn on
the development clutch at job end when the ITB cleaning blade is
installed. A small amount toner is adhered to the surface of the OPC
belt to ensure proper cleaning of the OPC belt when the ITB cleaning
blade is NOT installed.
0: No for ITB cleaning blade (Default):
1: Yes for non ITB cleaning blade:

-SP2-923-001 (Lubricant cancellation after Toner End)

Eliminated unnecessary occurrences of SC420 (Fusing bias discharge

error). SC420 will not be shown when a leak occurs as a result of a
small hole on the fusing belt surface. Field experience has confirmed
that belt lifetime is actually longer when the SC is not shown in these
conditions. If a leak should occur, the machine turns SP2-501 OFF
(fusing bias SW), and the fusing bias is not applied until the fusing
counter is cleared and the SP is set back to ON or PM counter (SP7-
803-7) is cleared.
-SP2-501-001 (Fusing Bias SW)
[0 ~ 1 / 1/ 1: ON 0: OFF]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 8/18
Reissued: 17-Dec-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001h
Symptom Corrected Version
When printing the magenta mono color, Cyan color may mix slightly on
the magenta image.

The separation error may occur in the “Generation” mode selected in

the operation panel. To correct this, the image processing has been
reviewed.

NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.02.9 or later.

The “toner cartridge setting error” is sometimes displayed even when 1.262:01
the cartridge has been set correctly. This is due to misdetection of the
information on the cartridge memory chip.

8”x13” SEF is mis-detected as A4 SEF in the by-pass tray.

(EU/Asia versions only).

Default settings for the following have been changed (new defaults
underlined).
SP1-003-5,-6,-7 (Paper Buckle for By-pass Tray):

SP1-003-5 By-pass: Plain

[-4 ~ 6 / 3 / 1mm /step] (previous default: 0)

SP1-003-6 By-pass: Thick

[-4 ~ 6 / 0 / 1mm /step] (previous default: -2)

SP1-003-7 By-pass: OHP

[-4 ~ 6 / 0 / 1mm /step] (previous default: -2)

Eliminated unnecessary occurrences of SC410 (2nd transfer electric leakage):

Default for SP2-803-01 (Charge Cleaning Off time) changed to

minimize idling time during wire cleaning.
.[0 ~ 200 / 10 / 10 seconds/step] (previous default: 60)

Note: This adjustment was added from v1.233:01, and the description
has been added to the v1.233.01 description below (previously
missing).

SP modes newly added (listed below).

These SPs have been added to ensure proper (higher) transfer belt cleaning
by applying the following bias voltages at job end (OPC lubrication time):

SP2-400-008: Cleaning Bias LL1: OPC lubrication time

Minimum value changed for SP2-941-01, -02 (OPC lubrication time).

Minimum increased from 0 to 6:
SP2-941-01: Job End: [6 ~ 30 / 14 / 1 s/step]
SP2-941-02: OPC Lubrication Interval: [6 ~ 60 / 10 / 1 s/step]

NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.02. or later.

To ensure proper printing quality, the default values for the following 1.253:01
SP modes have been revised while some SP modes have been
added.

-SP3-920-001 (Lubrication Cleaning Time) ( ): previous default

[0 ~ 100 / 50 (100) / 1% /step]
-SP2-941-001(OPC Lubricant Time – Interrupt )
[0 ~ 30 / 14 (20) / 1s /step]

-SP3-922-001 (Lubricant Clutch OFF: 1C ): Newly added

-SP3-922-002(Lubricant Clutch OFF: 2C/3C/4C): Newly added
[0 ~ 11 / 6 / 1s /step]
Allows the image transfer belt-cleaning clutch off timing to be adjusted.
The setting determines the number of seconds after image transfer
belt cleaning roller charging that the clutch is turned off. With previous
versions, the clutch is always running while the development roller
motor rotates.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 10/18
Reissued: 17-Dec-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001h
Symptom Corrected Version
-SP2-938-001 (OPC Reverse Interval): Newly added
[0 ~ 100 / 10 / 10 counts /step]
The Main motor rotates the OPC belt backwards for 500ms at the end
of every job, in order to remove foreign particles between the OPC belt
and OPC cleaning blade. However, this does not need to be performed
so often. In addition, reducing the frequency of OPC belt reverse
rotation improves the cleaning blade performance.
This SP adjusts the counter for the OPC belt reverse rotation, and is
incremented as follows:
LT/A4 LEF or smaller: 1, larger than LT/A4 LEF: 2.
When this SP reaches its set maximum, reverse rotation is performed
for 500ms at job end.

Machine may freeze up when returning to stand-by mode from panel-

off or low power mode under the following:
LEF job $ SEF job $ Enters panel-off/low-power within 3 minutes $
Next job initiated, enters stand-by mode.

SC670 is sometimes mis-detected when the SMC is printed out.

SP2-801-03 (Additional value of the charge corona cleaning interval)

has been newly added. The cleaning interval for the additional charge
corona unit has been adjusted as shown.
[0 ~ 5000 / 100 / 100 counts/step]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 11/18
Reissued: 17-Dec-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001h
Symptom Corrected Version
With this new SP, it is possible to adjust the interval for charge corona
cleaning in the middle of a job:
Old:
The charge corona cleaning is carried out after 600 (SP2-801-1)
development counts, at job end or after 700 (no adjustment)
development counts (stops in the middle of the job).
After
The charge corona cleaning is carried out after 600 (SP2-801-1)
development counts, at job end or after 700 (= the sum of the
settings in SP2-801-1 and -3) development counts (stops in the
middle of the job).

Text mode in mono color mode

Text Mode in mono color mode also uses the separation filter, which
may sometimes cause separation errors. The separation filter has
been reviewed.

Machine may freeze when a paper jam occurs or when the main
switch is turned on (found in laboratory tests).

SC120 was shown instead of SC122 when the scanner home position
was initialized.

SP2-803-01 (Charge Cleaning Off time) newly added:

[0 ~ 200 / 60 / 10 seconds/step]

Although a 60-second interval already exists for performing an idle

discharge after corona wire cleaning, this new SP mode allows the
interval to be adjusted. The idle discharge is to maintain an even
charge wire surface, ensuring proper charging.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 12/18
Reissued: 17-Dec-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001h
Symptom Corrected Version
The paper feed/transport timing for the duplex interleaf function (one 1.213:01
sheet in duplex unit, one fed from tray) has been improved to ensure
better paper transport.
SC546 & SC556 1.212:01
Detection conditions for SC546/556 have been changed so that they
are triggered by a 50°C/sec jump or drop in thermistor temperature
data (old: 20°C/sec). This is because these SCs were being reported
from the field in Japan in environments below 5°C (installation
requirements: 10°C minimum), i.e. unnecessary SC occurrences.
Note: When the actual fusing temperature is below 5°C, the
temperature curve for thermistor data is unstable and nonlinear,
triggering the SCs more easily.
Toner end and/or toner near end may be detected even when the 1.204:1
toner cartridge still contains enough to continue printing.

1.202.01
Process control mode timing
To reduce the cycle of process control mode (every 200 printings), Mono (Bk)
prints are no longer counted for process control.

Charge corona cleaning

Charge corona cleaning mode-entering timing has been changed from 640 to
700. After 700 development counts (stops in the middle of the job), charge
corona cleaning is carried out.

SC560 (Zero cross error)

SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type):

To prevent fusing jams (wrapping around the pressure roller) the layer
thickness of the pressure roller has been changed from 1.5 mm to 2.1mm
from the first production machines. When updating from v1.192:01 or
older to v1.202.01 or newer for the first time, even if the new pressure
roller is installed, it is necessary to select ‘ new ‘ in SP1-905-01 to
initialize fusing temperature control. The settings for the August
production machines have been input on the production line. When firmware
1.192:01 or older is updated to 1.202.01 or later for the first time, the
machine cannot judge which data (old or new) should be used for fusing
control.
Note: When selecting 0 in SP1-905-1 and then pressing # on the LCD, the
new control data is applied to fusing control.
0: new pressure roller type (2.1mm), 1: old pressure roller type (1.5mm)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 13/18
Reissued: 17-Dec-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001h
Symptom Corrected Version
SP2-944-4 and –5 :(OPC Lubrication – High Coverage)
The default settings for SP2-944-4 and –5 have been reviewed and changed
to reduce the cycle of OPC lubrication mode.
SP2-944-4: Sheets-1: [10 to 80/ 30 / 1sheet/step]
SP2-944-5: Sheets-2: [10 to 80/ 60 / 1sheet/step]

0: New paper transfer roller type (Drum type), 1: Old paper transfer roller
type (straight type)

SP2-321-7 and –9: (Paper transfer bias of edge)

The default settings have been changed from 1.0 to 0.8 to improve image
quality in low temperature and low humidity conditions.

SP7-931-001 to –017 (Engine status display)

Reducing fan motor rotation period

The development fan stops and the fusing unit fan is rotated at half speed for
15 seconds after the last sheet of paper exits the printer. With the previous
firmware, the fusing unit fan and development fan both ran for 3 minutes after
paper exit.
1.181:01
Doctor roller reverse mode timing
After 20 prints, at job end or after 50 prints (stops in the middle of the job),
the machine carries out the doctor roller reverse rotation to maintain good
printing quality. A4/LT SEF or shorter printing is counted as 1 and printing
longer than A4/LT SEF is counted as 2. With the prototype firmware, A4/LT
LEF or shorter printing is counted as 1 and longer than A4/LT LEF is counted
as 2. This is to reduce the frequency of the doctor roller reverse mode.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 14/18
Reissued: 17-Dec-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001h
August 2002 production serial numbers
B051-17: J2526800001 to J2526800023
B051-27: J2526800024 to J2526800043
B052-17: J2626800001 to J2626800042
B052-27: J2626800043 to J2626800061
Note for Updating the BICU firmware of the August production machines
When the BICU firmware is updated from the August production machines to 1.204:1 or later for
the first time, be sure to update the main unit controller firmware to V1.332 or later at the same
time. (Refer to the main unit controller firmware history RTB (RTB No.2). Then, change the
following SP modes after updating the firmware.
SP2-905-01: (Paper transfer roller type): Select 0, then press #.
SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type): Select 0, then press #.
SP2-944-4 and –5: (OPC Lubrication – High Coverage): -4: Change setting from 20 to 30. –5:
Change the setting from 40 to 60.

Operation Panel LCD

Symptom Corrected Version
Incorrect indication of the Korean and Russian words/phrases in the 1.25
scanner user tools has been corrected.

Taiwanese words correction

Korean words correction

Clean / Adjust in Spanish, French

First release for Asia version

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 15/18
Reissued: 17-Dec-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001h
FAX application
Symptom Corrected Version
Key input from the operation panel is sometimes disabled when 2.05.2
changing over from Copier to fax mode under the following conditions.
• Function Priority is set to Copier in User Tools.
• Nothing is input for TTI No. 1 & 2.
• Korea is registered as the country code in SP 1-101-016.
Minor bug correction for Japanese version. 2.05
Supports MLB function. 2.00
First release 1.17

FCU
Symptom Corrected Version
Tx level of DTMF tone in Taiwan is slightly high. 05.00.00
Supports MLB function. 04.00.01

Main power off/on during original scanning

If the main power is turned off while the machine is scanning the original, the
memory capacity remains decreased when the power is turned back on.
Job numbers for standby for FAX transmission by LAN FAX (P/C FAX): 03.01.00
System Switch 19 No.4 (SP1-101-026; page 4-17 in S/M)
System Switch 19 No.4 (SP1-101-026; page 4-17) added to FAX SP mode.

Job numbers for standby for FAX transmission by LAN FAX (P/C FAX) are
limited as follows:
0: 64 1: Depends on memory (400: standard, 800: with Fax Function
Upgrade Unit)

Taiwan area
Taiwan Area parameters added.

First release 02.01.00

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 16/18
Reissued: 17-Dec-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001h

New defaults for SP2- 310 to 314

SP code Class1and 2
ＳＰ
2-310 2-311 2-312 2-313 2-314
Class 3
LL1 LL2 NN1 NN2 HH
-1 25 27 28 29 30

-2 25 28 30 30 30

-3 25 29 32 31 30

-4 25 28 31 30 28

-5 25 27 30 28 26

-6 26 28 29 30 31

-7 26 29 31 31 31

-8 26 30 33 32 31

-9 26 29 32 31 29

-10 26 28 31 29 27

-11 14 15 15 16 16

-12 15 15 15 15 15

-13 16 15 14 15 15

-14 18 16 14 14 14

-15 20 17 14 14 14

-16 28 28 27 29 30

-17 30 29 28 31 33

-18 28 29 30 33 36

-19 28 29 30 32 34

-20 28 29 30 31 32

-21 29 29 28 30 31

-22 31 30 29 32 34

-23 29 30 31 34 37

-24 29 30 31 33 35

-25 29 30 31 32 33

-26 12 13 14 14 14

-27 16 16 16 15 15

-28 20 19 17 17 16
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 17/18
Reissued: 17-Dec-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001h

-29 24 23 23 23 22

-30 28 29 30 29 28

-31 16 17 17 18 18

-32 20 21 21 22 22
New defaults for SP2- 903
[0 to 70.0 /1.0/ 0.1µA/step]

New SP (): Old default

950 Start Registration Adjustment
1 Start Registration Color registration adjustment: Adjusts the start timing of
Adjustment 1–K (32 imaging for each color.
CPM) [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
2 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–M (32
CPM)
3 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–C (32
CPM)
4 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–Y (32
CPM)
5 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 2 (0) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–K (32
CPM)
6 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1 ) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–M (32
CPM)
7 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–C (32
CPM)
8 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–Y (32
CPM)
9 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–K (24
CPM)
10 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–M (24
CPM)
11 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–C (24
CPM)
12 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–Y (24
CPM)
13 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–K (24
CPM)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 18/18
Reissued: 17-Dec-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001h
14 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1 ) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–M (24
CPM)
15 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–C (24
CPM)
16 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–Y (24
CPM)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/7
Reissued: 17-Dec-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002h
RTB Reissue
The items in bold italics have been added or changed.
Subject: Firmware History - Main Unit Controller Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other (Firmware History)

This is to inform you of the Main Unit Controller firmware history.

Part No. Program name
B0515550 Version C.SUM Production
Z B0515550Z.bin V2.05.2 9FC4 December Production
‘03
Y B0515550Y.bin V2.05.1 22E0 November Production
‘03
X B0515550X.bin V2.04.1 EB37 October Production ‘03
W B0515550W.bin V2.03.2 3C9B September production
‘03
V B0515550V.bin V2.03.1 81DA August production ‘03
U B0515550U.bin V2.02.9 2D2F Not applied to the
production machines.
For updating the
machines in the field,
produced before August,
2003 production
T B0515550T.bin V2.02 C3AE Jun production ‘03
S B0515550S.bin V2.01.5 5CE2 April Production ‘03
R B0515550R.bin V2.01.4 6A3B April Production ‘03
Q B0515550Q.bin V2.01.2 0F04 March Production ‘03
P B0515550N.bin V2.00.1 E2B8 February Production ‘03
N B0515550N.bin V1.39 - December Production
02’
M B0515550M.bin V1.332 6CEF November Production
02’
L - V1.33 - November Production
‘02
K - V1.29 - Not applied to the
production machines
J - V1.252 - Not applied to the
production machines
H - V1.251 - Not applied to the
production machines
G - V1.22 - August production ‘02

2002 August production serial numbers

B051-17: J2526800001 to J2526800023
B051-27: J2526800024 to J2526800043
B052-17: J2626800001 to J2626800042
B052-27: J2626800043 to J2626800061
Note for updating main unit controller firmware of August production machines
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/7
Reissued: 17-Dec-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002h
When the main unit controller firmware is updated from the August production machines to 1.332
or later for the first time, be sure to update BICU firmware to V1.204:1 or later at the same time.
Refer to the BICU firmware history RTB for the copier firmware service card (RTB No.1).
Main Unit Controller
Symptom Corrected Version
The copier sometimes stalls on machines with the optional MLB V2.05.2
installed while the optional fax unit is storing documents.
Modified in accordance with the BICU v1.291:01 modification. For details, V2.05.1
please see RTB #RB051001g.

NOTE : In addition to this main unit controller version, be sure to update the
BICU firmware to V1.291:01 or later.

Documents stored on the document server cannot be printed out. V2.04.1

Note: This does not occur under any other conditions, such as when using
the Copier function, setting the counter for page counts, or making B/W prints
or copies.

Electronic Electronic Mechanical Mechanical

Counter (YMC) Counter (K) Counter 2 Counter 1
(YMC) (K)
Full-color +3 +1 +3（OK） +1（OK）
Copier
Full-color +3 +1 +1（NG） 0（NG）
Printer

Paper jam/SC687 sometimes occur while printing documents scanned with V2.03.1
mixed-size scanning.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/7
Reissued: 17-Dec-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002h
Symptom Corrected Version
This version has been released for machines produced before August 2003. V2.02.9
The firmware download display is indicated as 2.02AugSP, B0515550W. This
firmware is version after version 2.02. The August and September production
Firmware was found to have the following symptoms:

We will release the controller firmware of October production machines at the

end of September. This will solve the above problem for all production month
machines.
Modified in accordance with the BICU v1.275 :01 modification. For details,
please see RTB #RB051001e.

Specification change V2.01.2

The counter specifications have been changed, as described in RTB #
RGene013.
MLB minor bug correction.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/7
Reissued: 17-Dec-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002h
Symptom Corrected Version
Supports MLB function V2.00.1

SP mode newly added: SP2-801-03 (Additional Value of the charge corona

Paper may not be fed for certain applications, by-pass feed, and N-job ON
after a jam or paper end condition occurs and a jam or paper end condition is
cleared.

SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type) and Default value SP1-105

0: new pressure roller type (2.1mm), 1: old pressure roller type (1.5mm)
Refer to the BICU firmware history in the RTB for the service card (BICU:
1.202.01).
Default value SP1-105
Some default values have been changed. Refer to the New Default table.

SP2-944-4 and –5 :(OPC Lubrication – High Coverage)

Default Autonet OFF

New IC chip on the new wireless LAN option

Firmware correction for CSS function (Domestic version only)

SP7901 cannot be read through CSS system.

Default and factory settings for SP2-310-001 to SP2-314-032 (paper transfer

currents) and SP2-903-01 (Paper transfer Adjustment) have been changed.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/7
Reissued: 17-Dec-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002h
Symptom Corrected Version
Refer to the BICU firmware history in the RTB for the service card (BICU:
1.192:01).

SP2-321-7 and –9: (Paper transfer bias of edge)

The default settings have been changed from 1.0 to 0.8 to improve image
quality in low temperature and low humidity conditions.

SP2-905-01: (Paper transfer roller type)

Refer to the BICU firmware history in the RTB for the service card (BICU:
1.192:01).
First release V1.22

Machine VS controller firmware table

Machines Machine October
updated to updated to production
V2.02.9 or V2.03.1 or controller
before V2.03.2 (2003 firmware
August and (V2.04.1)
September)
Document stored by the Can output Cannot output Can output
document server in the
controller firmware of
V2.02.9 or before
Document stored by the Cannot output Can output Can output
document server in the
controller firmware of
V2.03.1 or V2.03.2(2003
August and September)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 6/7
Reissued: 17-Dec-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002h
New defaults (Old default)
105* Fusing Temperature
1 Heating: Idling Sets the temperature at which the heating roller starts
idling.
[100 ~ 180 / 145 / 1°C/step]
2 Heating: Ready Sets the temperature at which the heating roller enters
the print ready condition.
[100 ~ 180 / 155 (165) / 1°C/step]
3 Heating: Standby Sets the heating roller temperature for the ready
(standby) condition. After the main switch has been
turned on, the machine enters this condition when the
heating roller temperature reaches the temperature
specified in this SP mode. When the machine is
recovering from energy saver or auto off mode, the
machine becomes ready when both heat and pressure
roller temperatures reach the specified temperature.
Pressure roller: SP1-105-16
[100 ~ 180 / 160 (175) / 1°C/step ]
4 Heating: Plain/1 Color Sets the heating roller temperature for thin paper in
single-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 155 (160 )/ 1°C/step]
5 Heating: Plain/Full Sets the heating roller temperature for thin paper in full-
Color color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 160 (170) / 1°C/step]
6 Heating: Middle Sets the heating roller temperature for normal plain
Thick/1 Color paper in single-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 165 (170) / 1°C/step]
7 Heating: Middle Sets the heating roller temperature for normal plain
Thick/Full Color paper in full-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 170 (180) / 1°C/step]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 7/7
Reissued: 17-Dec-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002h

105* Fusing Temperature

This is to inform you of the Printer firmware history (Printer, NCS, NFA, and Delivery).
Printer Service Card
Version Program No. C. SUM Effective Date
1.00 B4635570 CE7B August Production ‘02

1.01 B4635570A 079D Not apply to the production

Contents for all models:

Printer NCS (NIB) NFA Delivery
Ver.
Program No. Ver. Program No. Ver Program No. Ver Program No Ver
1.00 B4635550B 1.09 B0535552B 3.53 B0535553B 1.26 B0535554B 1.01
1.01 B4635550B 1.09 B0535552C 3.54 B0535553C 1.27 B0535554C 1.05
1.02 B4635550D 1.29 B0535552D 3.55 B0535553C 1.27 B0535554D 1.13
1.03 B4635550E 1.33 B0535552D 3.55 B0535553C 1.27 B0535554E 1.15
1.04 B4635550F 1.33.3 B0535552D 3.55 B0535553C 1.27 B0535554E 1.15
2.00 B4635550G 2.00 B0535552E 3.70 B0535553D 1.66 B0535554F 2.00
2.01 B4635550H 2.01 B0535552E 3.70 B0535553D 1.66 B0535554F 2.00
2.01.4 B4635550H 2.01 B0535552F 3.72 B0535553D 1.66 B0535554G 2.02
2.02 B463555H 2.01 B0535552G 3.73 B0535553E 1.67 B0535554H 2.03
2.02.2 B4635550H 2.01.2 B0535552G 3.73 B0535553E 1.67 B0535554H 2.03
2.05.2 B4635550H 2.01.2 B0535552H 3.74 B0535553E 1.67 B0535554H 2.03
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/4
Reissued: 17-Dec-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 25-Feb-03 No.: RB051005c
Note:
Whenever updating any of the firmware types in Service Card v.104 or earlier to any of those in
v2.00 or later, all types must all be updated at the same time to the versions below. In other words,
individual updates cannot be performed in these cases.

No. Software Type Version Service card version

１ Controller 2.01.2 Controller ver. 2.01.2
２ Fax 2.00 BICU-Fax ver. 1.08
３ Printer 2.01 Printer ver. 2.01
４ NIB 3.07 Printer ver. 2.00
５ NFA 1.66 Printer ver. 2.00
６ Scanner 2.00 S2.00_PS1.06
７ Delivery 2.00 Printer ver. 2.00
8 BICU 1.242 BICU-Fax ver. 1.08
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/4
Reissued: 17-Dec-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 25-Feb-03 No.: RB051005c
Printer:
Symptom Corrected Version
Merged PCL job cannot print (TechMail #TS030100). 2.01.2
Supports KS/KSSM Emulation (for Korea). 2.01
Duplex face settings (front/rear) not applied correctly when specified with PCL commands. 2.00
(GFPR #RC02120014)
Binding position not applied correctly when specified with PCL commands (GFPR#:
RC03020001)
CAD print files:
- Modified so that the "null" character is ignored when it is included in HP/GL2 data to increase
speed (GFPR# RE02050016).
- The status flag for the bold selection command is refreshed when it is selected for HP/GL2
data (GFPR# RE02050016).
The following image problem may occur in Black Over Print mode.
1. The image is blank around Bk figures
2. Gradation images will not print
Supports the Card Save function.
Note: To enable this function, set Printer SP1-1 Bit SW1, bit 4 to “1”.
Selecting HDD font or DIMM font may reduce available memory
Supports SAP Barcode & OCR printing.
PCL command "<ESC>&l11G" (select MailBoxBin8 as output tray) does not work correctly.
(GFPR#: RE02100002)
The RAM work area is reduced whenever fonts that have been downloaded to the HDD are 1.33.3
used.
Response to PJL INFO CONFIG command does not include serial number.
Figures appear black when the memory capacity is low. 1.33
When selecting font stored in the HDD and running the Copy/Assign command (ESC>*c6F),
the machine will freeze.
When selecting the Bitmapped Font, the character “θ” does not print.
When printing UDFP large-size (over printable size), the image will be shifted.
The machine freezes when printing Macro data.
The value for Form Lines (PCL Menu) changes after rebooting the machine.
The software version for the printer applications does not appear on the SMC list or in SP
mode.
PJL Echo does not respond correctly. (GFPR# RE02070088) 1.29
When inputting the elapsed time (time setting), the machine does not enter On Line mode.
First release 1.09

NCS (NIB):
Symptom Corrected Version
The printer is unable to access the target local Netware server (TechMail #RE020229). 3.74

The printer is unable to log on to the Netware server even when the Netware Server SAP
setting is unchecked.
SC819 occurs after continuously receiving damaged packets from NetBEUI. 3.73
Default for DHCP changed to: ON. 3.72
Default for Autonet changed to: OFF.
Communication between the LAN card and printer in 802.11adhoc mode is sometimes
terminated when the condition of the EM waves remains constant.

When TCP/IP is disabled as the Effective Protocol in UP mode, the program version and NCS 3.70
number will not be displayed in SP mode or on the SMC list
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/4
Reissued: 17-Dec-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 25-Feb-03 No.: RB051005c
Symptom Corrected Version
The following functions are added for SMTP E-mail transmission.
SMTP Authentication
POP before SMTP
Supports the new IC chip on the new wireless LAN option (old chip discontinued) 3.55
TCP ports can be opened/closed.
NOTE: After disabling HTTP, it is not possible to access the target device through web
browser. To change the setting, please use telnet to open HTTP. When the telnet port is
disabled, it is necessary to clear the network settings (Memory Clear for NCS) to open the port.
Changed default setting of Autonet to OFF
Changed default setting of DHCP to ON.
Changed default setting of “diprint” to Enabled. 3.54
First release 3.53

NFA:
Symptom Corrected Version
The machine sometimes does not enter Auto Off mode when the operation switch is turned 1.67
OFF following Plumeria capturing, fax reception or remote delivery.
Supports File Format Converter (MLB) function 1.66
Following delivery, the next Rx document cannot be delivered to the server, even if the 1.27
machine is connected to the server.
The does not enter the auto off mode after the waiting Rx document for delivery has been
delted.
First release 1.26

Delivery:
Symptom Corrected Version
File full condition may occur following repeated connections to the POP server with APOP auto 2.03
connection.
Attached file is sometimes delivered as a text file. 2.02
Supports the File Format Converter (MLB) function 2.00
Minor delivery module bug. 1.15
Operation flow for multiple scanning in platen mode improved. 1.13
If the operation SW is pressed while the machine is scanning the third set of 2000 originals 1.05
(SADF mode), the machine goes into auto off mode.
First release 1.01
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/18
Reissued:31-Oct-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008b
RTB Correction
The items in bold italics have been corrected or added.
Subject: Troubleshooting for image problem Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other ( )

Please use this RTB as a troubleshooting guide for image problems.

HOW AND WHEN TO USE THIS RTB:

! The following is a troubleshooting supplement to the original RTB issued on March 12,
2003, based on recent field data analyses and field investigations performed in several
markets.
! Although RTB #RB051014a was previously issued as a troubleshooting guide for black
faint images, please utilize this RTB before RB051014a, as the symptom reported may
be one of the symptoms listed below.
! Please use this RTB when troubleshooting image problems at the customer site, not for
preventative maintenance.

IMPORTANT:
! It is essential to first identify the cause, using the flowchart listed in the main
troubleshooting section of this RTB. The following symptoms yield very similar images,
but they all have separate causes.
! To do this, be sure to print out the test pattern (SP5-955, No 8) for each of the four toner
colors, which will clarify if the cause is a problem with the PCU, one of the
development units or the fusing unit.
# Occurs with 1-3 colors: Development unit failure
# Occurs with all four colors: PCU or fusing unit failure
$ *except toner dropping
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/18
Reissued:31-Oct-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008b

1. LIGHT COPIES, WHITE LINES, FAINT IMAGES, UNEVEN IMAGE

DENSITY

SYMPTOM
Light copies, white lines, faint images, uneven image density (KMCY) from Cyan toner
dropping.
Cyan toner drops from the development unit onto the toner shield glass of the LD unit,
which may cause the outputs to show uneven image density, faint images, or white lines
(depending on the amount of fallen toner).
Note: This can be confirmed by removing the PCU and checking inside the machine for
fallen Cyan toner.

CAUSE
Insufficient toner charging due to the diameter of some doctor rollers.

SOLUTION
The diameter of the Cyan doctor roller has been increased from 10mm to 12mm from
August 2003 production.
P/N change:
Cyan development unit: B0523207 % B0523217.

Action in the field:

Clean any fallen toner off the toner shield glass and see if the symptom occurs.
If there is no improvement, install the new Cyan development unit.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/18
Reissued:31-Oct-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008b

SYMPTOM:
Uneven image density (KMCY) from lines or scratches on the OPC belt (sample 2).
The uneven ID shows up as lines in image areas, which correspond to the positions of
lines on the OPC or ITB. This symptom does not involve much toner dropping from the
Development unit to the LD unit toner glass shield, and can be attributed to a PCU failure.

CAUSE
Additives from the paper can be transferred onto the OPC surface via the transfer belt,
which can cause the OPC surface to become slightly rough or uneven and develop a
cloudy film. In addition, the rough surface of the image transfer roller can cause roughness
on the rear side of the ITB, which can in turn be transferred to the OPC surface.

SOLUTION
The following were applied from Aug 2003 production:
- A cleaning blade has been added to the ITB cleaning section to remove any additives
on the ITB surface.
- The surface coating for the image transfer roller has been changed to stainless steel to
ensure the ITB is not scratched.
Note: A cloudy film on the OPC surface alone does not trigger this symptom, therefore in
such a case there is no action required.

P/N change:
PCU B0519100 % B0529100.

Action in the field:

- Refer to this RTB for the troubleshooting.
- Refer to RTB #RB0510017a for the action necessary when installing the new and old
PCUs in the field.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/18
Reissued:31-Oct-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008b

SYMPTOM:
- White lines or uneven image density due to toner clumps in the development unit
(sample 4).
- Uneven image density from development roller filming (sample 5) due to an insufficient
amount of OPC lubricant. The low amount of lubricant causes the toner to melt easier
and stick to the development roller surface.
Note: This does not occur on all colors, so be sure to print out the test pattern (SP5-955,
No.8) for each color to confirm which has the problem.

SYMPTOM
Blank area, faint image or uneven image density on one side of the copy (front or rear side
of the development unit).
In contrast to the black faint images described in RTB #RB051014a, this symptom appears
only on the development unit front or rear side, as shown below. See RTB #RB051007 for
more detail.

Note: As with the above, this does not occur for all colors, so be sure to print out the test
pattern (SP5-955, No.8) for each color to check which has the problem. (This is not
mentioned in the flowchart in this RTB).

CAUSE
The development unit front gears engage their mainframe counterparts slightly differently
than the rear gears.

SOLUTION
Rotate the mainframe gears manually, removing the development unit(s) on which the
symptom occurs, then reinstall the unit(s).
Note: It is not necessary to replace the development unit.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 6/18
Reissued:31-Oct-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008b

2. CYAN LINES IN YELLOW BACKGROUND AREAS, CYAN

SPOTS/LINES IN BACKGROUND AND MAIN IMAGE AREAS

SYMPTOM
Cyan lines in yellow background areas (Sample 3).
Note: Both development and cleaning are performed in the order: KMCY. If the previous
cleaning was insufficient, a dirty image will appear on the next development. The symptom
can therefore be easily identified by checking the yellow section of the C4 test chart.

CAUSE
Toner may pass between the OPC unit cleaning blade and OPC belt.

Note: To distinguish between this symptom and cyan spots/lines in background and main
image areas (described below), take multiple copies/prints of the same image.
# Cyan lines in yellow background areas: Occurs consistently
# Cyan spots/lines in background and main image areas: Occurs, disappears, then
sometimes reoccurs.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 7/18
Reissued:31-Oct-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008b

SOLUTION
The material of the cleaning blade has been changed (from August 2003 production)

Action in the field:

Refer to this RTB, i.e. replace the OPC cleaning unit.
Note: Cyan toner may be attracted to the surface of the Y development roller after
passing between the OPC unit, the cleaning blade or OPC belt. (See the following
picture.)
After you have taken action for the PCU unit, print out several sheets of the Y
checker flag pattern with (SP5-955, No. 16). If the symptom disappears, the Y
development unit can be used. It is not necessary to replace the Y development unit
at this time.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 8/18
Reissued:31-Oct-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008b

SYMPTOM
Cyan spots/lines in background and main image areas.
Note: This does not depend on the color of the background area, but is more visible in
background areas than in main image areas.

CAUSE & SOLUTION

Same as dirty spots/lines in background and main image areas (described on the next
page).

Note: See the previous page for how to distinguish this symptom from cyan lines in yellow
background areas.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 9/18
Reissued:31-Oct-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008b

3. DIRTY SPOTS/LINES IN BACKGROUND AND MAIN IMAGE AREAS

SYMPTOM
Dirty spots [A] or lines [B] in background and main image areas.
Note: This does not occur for all toner colors, and is more visible in background areas than
in main image areas.

CAUSE
Insufficient toner charging inside the development unit causes some of the toner to be
more easily attracted to the OPC surface.

SOLUTION
The same bias that is applied to the doctor roller and toner supply roller is now applied to
the entrance seal bracket as well, in order to ensure a uniform charge across all three
components (from Aug 2003).

Action in the field:

Refer to this RTB, i.e. turn the development roller in the reverse direction and clean the
roller surface with a dry cloth.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 10/18
Reissued:31-Oct-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008b

4. Others

SYMPTOM
Text is blurred, smearing occurs, or several white lines appear on the printout.

Many white lines

appear.

CAUSE
A jammed sheet of paper may sometimes get caught in the area between the OPC
belt and the ITB in the PCU unit.

Paper caught in the PCU

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 11/18
Reissued:31-Oct-03
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008b

SOLUTION
Action in the field:
Remove the OPC belt-cleaning unit (see page 3-23 in the service manual). Then,
remove the paper caught in the PCU.
Correcting the image problem
for
Model U-C1

Contents

1. UNEVEN IMAGE DENSITY IN THE SUBSCAN DIRECTION (INCL. BLACK/WHITE LINES) 1

1.1 ............................. IMAGE SAMPLES 1
1.2 ...................... TROUBLESHOOTING 2

2. UNEVEN IMAGE DENSITY AT THE SIDE OF THE IMAGE 4

3........ BLACK AND WHITE DOTS 5

4............... DIRTY BACKGROUND 6
1. UNEVEN IMAGE DENSITY IN THE SUBSCAN DIRECTION (INCLUDING BLACK/WHITE LINES)

1.1 IMAGE SAMPLES

Sample 1 (Uneven image density caused by dirty charge unit) Sample 2 (Uneven image density caused by scratches on the OPC belt)

Paper feed direction Paper feed direction

Sample 3 (Uneven image density caused by insufficient cleaning of the OPC belt) Sample 4 (White line caused by toner on the development roller

Paper feed direction

Sample 5 (Uneven image density caused by toner filming on the development roller) Sample 6 (Black line caused by scratches on the fusing belt/pressure roller)

Paper feed direction

1
1.2 TROUBLESHOOTING
Please use the following flowchart to take action in response to the six image problems on page 1.

Print the test pattern (SP5-955, No.8) for each color

Clean the following scanner unit parts:

- DF exposure glass
Do any of the N
problems occur? - Mirrors
- White plate under the left scale

Replace the fusing belt assembly or Go to the

Does the image problem N
pressure roller. next Replace the charge unit
occur for all colors? page
Sample 6
Y Sample 1
Y Y

Is there any change in the

Y Does the line position on N

N Y the image match the
Does the image problem Does the image problem position on the OPC or
still occur? still occur? ITB?

Sample 2
Y N

END Replace the oil supply unit. END Replace the PCU. Clean the inside of the laser unit

2
Make 5 copies of the C4 test chart From the previous page

Does a cyan line appear in N Does the white line appear N

side a yellow image? on the test pattern?

Y Sample 3 Y Sample 4 Sample 5

N Does the image problem Does the image problem N

END END
still occur? still occur?

Y Y

Replace the development unit causing Clean the development roller with a dry cloth.
the white line.

Does the image problem N

END
still occur?

Replace the development unit causing

the white line.

3
2. UNEVEN IMAGE DENSITY AT THE SIDE OF THE IMAGE

Print out the test pattern (SP5-955, No.8) for each

color.

Remove the toner cartridge showing the problem. Shake the

cartridge well (10 times), hold the cartridge so that the toner
supply opening faces up, then tap the cartridge 7-8 times.
Does the image problem N
occur for all colors?

Y
Does the image problem N END
Replace the charge unit Clean the dust shield glass in the laser and still occur?
charge units (wire and grid).

Y
Y
Perform Forced Toner Supply
Is there any change in the Y Does the image problem N END
image (position, density, still occur?
etc)?

Does the image problem N END

N
still occur?

Check and correct the PCU ground Y

terminal and PCU bias terminal.
Check the condition of the development
roller showing the problem.

N Y N Replace the
Clean the development roller bias Is there an even layer of
Does the image problem development
terminal toner on the surface?
still occur? unit

N Does the image problem Y

END Replace the PCU END Replace the development unit
still occur?

4
3. BLACK AND WHITE DOTS

Print out test pattern (SP5-955, No.8) for each color.

Do black/white N
Clean the scanner unit exposure glass
dots appear?

Does the image problem N Check the surface of the development roller
occur for all colors? showing the problem.

Y
N
Replace the fusing belt assembly or pressure Clean the development roller with a dry cloth
roller. Check the surface of the OPC and image
transfer belts.

N Are there any particles Does the image problem N

Replace the PCU stuck to the roller, or is END
still occur?
the roller damaged?

Y Y
N
Does the image problem Clean the belt with a dry cloth. Replace the development unit showing
still occur? the B/W dots.

END Replace the PCU

5
4. DIRTY BACKGROUND

Print out test pattern (SP5-955, No.8) for each color.

Does dirty N Clean the scanner unit exposure glass.

background
appear?

Does the image problem N Turn the development roller showing the
occur for all colors? background in the reverse direction (2
times).

Perform forced OPC lubrication (SP2-940). N

Does the image problem END
still occur?

N
Replace the OPC belt cleaning unit Does the image problem Clean the development roller with a dry cloth
still occur?

Replace the PCU Does the image problem N

END
still occur?

Replace the development unit showing

the background.

6
RB051007 Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/2
Reissued: 6-Jan-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 19-Mar-03 No.: RB051007a
RTB Correction
The items in bold italics have been corrected or added.
Subject: Blank area on one side of the development unit Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other ( )

SYMPTOM
A blank area may appear on one side of the image (development unit front or rear).

Mainframe gears

CAUSE
1. The development unit front gears engage their mainframe counterparts slightly
differently than the rear gears.

2. The above condition may occur due to the shock when the old toner cartridge is
not pulled out correctly during toner replacement.
RB051007 Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/2
Reissued: 6-Jan-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 19-Mar-03 No.: RB051007a

SOLUTION
Rotate the mainframe gears manually, removing the development unit(s) on which the
symptom occurs. Then reinstall the unit (s).

In the production line from February 2004

To absorb the shock during toner replacement (cause 2), the production machines
include 4 gap absorber seals (P/N: B0511273) stuck on the development unit cover
(shown in red in the illustration below).
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/2
Reissued: 1-Sep-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 6-Jan-04 No.: RB051022a
RTB Correction
The items in bold italics have been corrected or added.
Subject: SC481 & ITB Torn Prepared by: S.Tomoe
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other ( )

SYMPTOM
SC481 (Transfer belt mark detection error) is indicated.

CAUSE
The ITB in the PCU tears due to the surface of the transfer roller becoming loose.
Additionally, the roller’s edges may sometimes not be smooth. The ITB position shifts and
the belt marks cannot be detected correctly.

Belt mark sensor

Transfer roller
Torn transfer belt

SOLUTION
1. The following were applied from Aug 2003 production:
- The surface coating for the image transfer roller has been changed to stainless steel.
This ensures the ITB will not get scratched.
- The surface treatment of the roller edges has been made smoother.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/2
Reissued: 1-Sep-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 6-Jan-04 No.: RB051022a

Cut-in serial numbers

B051-17, 19, 22, 27, 29: J25368XXXXX
B051-24: L123388XXXXX

B051-26: 5P2883XXXX
B051-51, 57: J2530800001
B052-17, 19, 22, 27, 29: J26368XXXXX
B052-24: L124388XXXX
B052-26: 5P3883XXXX
B052-51, 57: J2630800001

P/N change:
PCU B0519100 ! B0529100.

2. A buff finishing treatment has been applied to the roller edge to ensure better
edge condition from May 2004 production.
Cut-in serial numbers
B051-17: J2546500966
B051-19: J2546600069
B051-22: J2546500142
B051-24: L1234850001
B051-26: 5P28540001
B051-27: J2546500197
B051-29: J2546500001
B051-51, 57: No plan
B052-17: J2646700008
B052-19: J2646700006
B052-22: J2646500109
B052-24: L1244850001
B052-26: 5P38540001
B052-27: J2646500377
B052-29: J2646400114
B052-51, 57: No plan

Action in the field:

Refer to RTB #RB0510017b for the necessary action when installing the new and old
PCUs in the field.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/21
Reissued: 13-Feb-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001i
RTB Reissue
The items in bold italics have been added or changed.
Subject: Firmware History - Copier Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other (Firmware History)

This is to inform you of the Copier firmware history (BICU, Operation Panel, FAX, FCU).

US Models EU Models Asia/Taiwan Models Effective Date

Ver.
Program No. C. SUM Program No. C. SUM Program No. C. SUM

1.16 B0515565C E5CF B0515563C 35A3 B0515560D C5B6 February

production ‘04
1.15 B0515565B AE98 B0515563B 00DA B0515560C 93C1 January
Production ‘04
1.14 B0515565A CBCE B0515563A 1BC0 B0515560B AF1C December
production ‘03
1.13 B0515565 89B1 B0515563 DB8D B0515560A 6E5F November
production ‘03
1.12 B0515557Y 2224 B0515558Z F457 B0515560 85EB October
production ‘03
1.11 B0515557W 2C66 B0515558X 9B9F B0515559Y 56CC August production
‘03
1.10 B0515557V 9BE7 B0515558W 0DC8 B0515559X C685 June production
‘03
1.09 B0515557T 610C B0515558V D0BE B0515559W 8C00 April production
‘03
1.08 B0515557S 7D3D B0515558S ED70 B0515559T A3B4 March production
‘03
1.07 B0515557R A38A B0515558R 13C8 B0515559S CCE8 February
production ‘03
1.06 B0515557P BE7A B0515558P 7A02 B0515559Q 323A January
production ‘03
1.05 B0515557N - B0515558N - B0515559P - December
production ‘02
1.04 B0515557L 7C35 B0515558L 37D2 B0515559L 4912 September
Production 02’
1.03 B0515557K - B0515558K - B0515559K - Not applied to the
production machines
1.02 B0515557J - B0515558J - B0515559J - Not applied to the
production machines
1.0192 UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - Not applied to the
192.bin 192.bin 192.bin production machines
1.0181 UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - August Production
181.bin 181.bin 181.bin ‘02
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/21
Reissued: 13-Feb-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001i
Korean Models Effective Date
Ver.
Program No. C. SUM

1.01 B0515567 867E February production ‘04

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/21
Reissued: 13-Feb-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001i
The program contains the following firmware:
US version
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Versio Firmware Versio Firmware Versio
No. No. n No. n No. n
1.16 B0515554Z 1.32 :01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.15 B0515554Y 1.31 :01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.14 B0515554X 1.30:01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.13 B0515554W 1.291:01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551F 2.05 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.12 B0515554V 1.28:01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.11 B0515554T 1.275:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.10 B0515554S 1.262:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.09 B0515554R 1.253:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.08 B0515554Q 1.242:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.07 B0515554P 1.233:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00

181.bin

European version

Versi Firmware / Versions

on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Versio Firmware Versio Firmware Versio
No. No. n No. n No. n
1.16 B0515554Z 1.32 :01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.15 B0515554Y 1.31 :01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.14 B0515554X 1.30:01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.13 B0515554W 1.291:01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551F 2.05 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.12 B0515554V 1.28:01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.11 B0515554T 1.275:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.10 B0515554S 1.262:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.09 B0515554R 1.253:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.08 B0515554Q 1.242:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/21
Reissued: 13-Feb-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001i
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Versio Firmware Versio Firmware Versio
No. No. n No. n No. n
1.07 B0515554P 1.233:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00

181.bin

Asian version
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Versio Firmware Versio Firmware Versio
No. No. n No. n No. n
1.16 B0515554Z 1.32 :01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.15 B0515554Y 1.31 :01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.14 B0515554X 1.30:01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.13 B0515554W 1.291:01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551F 2.05 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.12 B0515554V 1.28:01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.11 B0515554T 1.275:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.10 B0515554S 1.262:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.09 B0515554R 1.253:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.08 B0515554Q 1.242:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.07 B0515554P 1.233:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00

181.bin
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/21
Reissued: 13-Feb-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001i

BICU (Engine)
Symptom Corrected Version
(Changes applied to SP modes for Japan version only). 1.32:01
1.31:01
! SP2-954-001 (New PCU Settings) newly added:
This mode facilitates servicing in the field with individual settings
for new and old PCUs.

SP2-954-001 (New PCU Settings)

0: New, 1: Old

NOTE: Enabling/Disabling this SP mode will change the settings

of all of the SP modes listed in the table below. For details, please
refer to RTB RB051017c.

! A misdetection of SC481 (Transfer belt mark detection error)

or SC280 (Image transfer belt mark detection error) may occur
when the main motor rotation direction is changed from
backwards to forwards.

NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main
unit controller firmware to v2.06 or later.
Extra toner may sometimes stick to the transfer roller and then to the 1.30:01
rear side of the next copy sheet (main motor Off timing has been
optimized).

The Copier main motor may sometimes continue running if Sort jobs
are printed out to the 500-sheet Finisher (B458).
V1.31:01
SP No. English SP2-954-01
0:New
0:New 1:Old
1: Old
Setting for New Setting for Old
2-400-008 Cleaning Bias LL1: OPC 1400 1400
lubrication time
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 6/21
Reissued: 13-Feb-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001i
SP No. English SP2-954-01
0:New
0:New 1:Old
1: Old
Setting for New Setting for Old
2-401-008 Cleaning Bias LL2: OPC 1400 1400
lubrication time
2-402-008 Cleaning Bias NN1: OPC 1400 1400
lubrication time
2-403-008 Cleaning Bias NN2: OPC 1400 1400
lubrication time
2-404-008 Cleaning Bias HH: OPC 1400 1400
lubrication time
2-920-01 ITB Cleaning CL OFF Time 0 0

2-921-01 ITB Cleaning CL OFF Mode 0：New PCU 1：Old PCU

2-922-01 Dev CL ON after Job End 0：OFF 1：ON

2-923-01 Lubricant after Toner End 1：ON 1：ON

2-924-01 ITB Cleaning Clutch Off/On 300 300

- Time
2-924-02 ITB Cleaning Clutch Off/On 2 0
- Number
2-925-01 ITB Cleaning Execution 20 20
Variable
2-926-01 Cover Ratio Reference (MC) 1.7 1.7

2-926-02 Cover Ratio Reference (FC) 1.7 1.7

2-927-01 Disable Time (ITB Cleaning) 3 3

2-970-05 ITB Cleaning Clutch Off/On 2 0

Number in Oil removal
mode
3-920-02 Lubrication Cleaning Time 100 100
– 2C/3C/4C
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 7/21
Reissued: 13-Feb-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001i

Symptom Corrected Version

Final solution for black faint images: 1.291:01

! Default setting for SP3-970-004 (Image Area Rate: Bk) has been
changed to 4.7 as follows:
# [0 ~ 10.0 / 4.7 / 0.1 %/step]

- This was based on tests that show a theoretical 4.7% pixel

coverage ratio normally corresponds to a 5% actual image
coverage ratio.
- Please see RTB # RB051017b for the necessary action in
the field.

! New SP added to control frequency of ITB clutch on/off:

# SP2-970-05 (ITB Cleaning Clutch Off/On Number in Oil
removal mode)
[0 ~ 5 / 2 / 1/step]
- This SP sets the number of times ITB clutch on/off is
performed at the end of oil removal mode (SP2-970-01), a
mode that removes oil from the ITB to ensure uniform
image density. Turning the ITB clutch on/off helps to
remove excess toner that can cling to and then drop from
the edge of the newly added ITB cleaning blade during oil
removal.

NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.05.01 or later.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 8/21
Reissued: 13-Feb-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001i

Symptom Corrected Version

-SP2-927-001 (Disable Time (ITB Cleaning)

[0 ~ 14 / 3 / 1 s/step] DFU
-SP2-925-001 (ITB Cleaning Execution Variable)
[0 ~ 100 / 20 / 1 sheet/step] DFU
-SP2-926-001 (Cover Ratio Reference (MC)
[0 ~ 10 / 1.7 / 0.1 %/step] DFU
-SP2-926-002 (Cover Ratio Reference (FC)
[0 ~ 10 / 1.7 / 0.1 %/step] DFU
SC571 (fusing oil overflow) misdetection from oil end detection control
malfunction.
NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.04.1 or later.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 9/21
Reissued: 13-Feb-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001i
Symptom Corrected Version
SP3-911-001, 002 (Doctor roller rotation interval M&K) 1.275
In addition to SP3-910 (doctor roller interval for job end), after every
job end, the doctor rollers for M and K are rotated backwards to
prevent toner clump. It is not necessary to perform the reverse rotation
of the doctor rollers for every M & K job. This rotation may cause
doctor roller filming. Dirty background images may also occur. To
prevent this, the reverse rotation is now performed after 20
development jobs. These SP Modes can adjust the reverse rotation
interval. The doctor roller reverse rotation for SP3-911 is performed at
job end. Then, SP3-910 is performed at the next job end.
-SP3-911-001 (Doctor roller rotation interval M ) ( ): Old default
[1 ~ 50 / 20 (1) / 1 /step]
-SP3-911-002 (Doctor roller rotation interval K )
[1 ~ 50 / 20 (1) / 1 /step]

An ITB cleaning blade has been added to the ITB cleaning system.
The condition of the image process has been changed. These SP
modes are used for the new ITB cleaning system.

-SP2-920-002 (ITB cleaning Clutch OFF Mode)

0: ITB cleaning belt (Default): SP2-920-001 can be adjusted.
1: No ITB cleaning belt: SP2-920-001 cannot be adjusted.
-SP2-920-001(ITB Cleaning Clutch OFF Time)
[-500 ~ 500 / 0 / 10 /step]
This SP adjusts the ITB cleaning clutch off timing to prevent toner from
dropping. This ensures the PCU process will be smooth. The
combination of the ITB cleaning blade with an incorrect setting (No ITB
cleaning blade : 1 of SP2-920-001) may cause toner to drop on the
leading edge of the printed image.

-SP2-950 (Start registration Adjustment)

To correct the color registration adjustment for the ITB cleaning belt ,
the SP settings have been revised. For details, see the table below.

-SP2-953-001 (Image Position Adjustment)

The default settings of SP2-950 (Start Registration Adjustment) can be
changed with this SP.
0: ITB cleaning blade (Default):
1: No ITB cleaning blade:
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 10/21
Reissued: 13-Feb-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001i
Symptom Corrected Version
-SP2-922-001 (Development Clutch ON after Job End)
This SP sets the development clutch ON/OFF control depending on
the installation of the ITB cleaning blade. It is not necessary to turn on
the development clutch at job end when the ITB cleaning blade is
installed. A small amount toner is adhered to the surface of the OPC
belt to ensure proper cleaning of the OPC belt when the ITB cleaning
blade is NOT installed.
0: No for ITB cleaning blade (Default):
1: Yes for non ITB cleaning blade:

-SP2-923-001 (Lubricant cancellation after Toner End)

Eliminated unnecessary occurrences of SC420 (Fusing bias discharge

error). SC420 will not be shown when a leak occurs as a result of a
small hole on the fusing belt surface. Field experience has confirmed
that belt lifetime is actually longer when the SC is not shown in these
conditions. If a leak should occur, the machine turns SP2-501 OFF
(fusing bias SW), and the fusing bias is not applied until the fusing
counter is cleared and the SP is set back to ON or PM counter (SP7-
803-7) is cleared.
-SP2-501-001 (Fusing Bias SW)
[0 ~ 1 / 1/ 1: ON 0: OFF]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 11/21
Reissued: 13-Feb-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001i
Symptom Corrected Version
When printing the magenta mono color, Cyan color may mix slightly on
the magenta image.

The separation error may occur in the “Generation” mode selected in

the operation panel. To correct this, the image processing has been
reviewed.

NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.02.9 or later.

The “toner cartridge setting error” is sometimes displayed even when 1.262:01
the cartridge has been set correctly. This is due to misdetection of the
information on the cartridge memory chip.

8”x13” SEF is mis-detected as A4 SEF in the by-pass tray.

(EU/Asia versions only).

Default settings for the following have been changed (new defaults
underlined).
SP1-003-5,-6,-7 (Paper Buckle for By-pass Tray):

SP1-003-5 By-pass: Plain

[-4 ~ 6 / 3 / 1mm /step] (previous default: 0)

SP1-003-6 By-pass: Thick

[-4 ~ 6 / 0 / 1mm /step] (previous default: -2)

SP1-003-7 By-pass: OHP

[-4 ~ 6 / 0 / 1mm /step] (previous default: -2)

Eliminated unnecessary occurrences of SC410 (2nd transfer electric leakage):

Default for SP2-803-01 (Charge Cleaning Off time) changed to

minimize idling time during wire cleaning.
.[0 ~ 200 / 10 / 10 seconds/step] (previous default: 60)

Note: This adjustment was added from v1.233:01, and the description
has been added to the v1.233.01 description below (previously
missing).

SP modes newly added (listed below).

These SPs have been added to ensure proper (higher) transfer belt cleaning
by applying the following bias voltages at job end (OPC lubrication time):

SP2-400-008: Cleaning Bias LL1: OPC lubrication time

Minimum value changed for SP2-941-01, -02 (OPC lubrication time).

Minimum increased from 0 to 6:
SP2-941-01: Job End: [6 ~ 30 / 14 / 1 s/step]
SP2-941-02: OPC Lubrication Interval: [6 ~ 60 / 10 / 1 s/step]

NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.02. or later.

To ensure proper printing quality, the default values for the following 1.253:01
SP modes have been revised while some SP modes have been
added.

-SP3-920-001 (Lubrication Cleaning Time) ( ): previous default

[0 ~ 100 / 50 (100) / 1% /step]
-SP2-941-001(OPC Lubricant Time – Interrupt )
[0 ~ 30 / 14 (20) / 1s /step]

-SP3-922-001 (Lubricant Clutch OFF: 1C ): Newly added

-SP3-922-002(Lubricant Clutch OFF: 2C/3C/4C): Newly added
[0 ~ 11 / 6 / 1s /step]
Allows the image transfer belt-cleaning clutch off timing to be adjusted.
The setting determines the number of seconds after image transfer
belt cleaning roller charging that the clutch is turned off. With previous
versions, the clutch is always running while the development roller
motor rotates.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 13/21
Reissued: 13-Feb-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001i
Symptom Corrected Version
-SP2-938-001 (OPC Reverse Interval): Newly added
[0 ~ 100 / 10 / 10 counts /step]
The Main motor rotates the OPC belt backwards for 500ms at the end
of every job, in order to remove foreign particles between the OPC belt
and OPC cleaning blade. However, this does not need to be performed
so often. In addition, reducing the frequency of OPC belt reverse
rotation improves the cleaning blade performance.
This SP adjusts the counter for the OPC belt reverse rotation, and is
incremented as follows:
LT/A4 LEF or smaller: 1, larger than LT/A4 LEF: 2.
When this SP reaches its set maximum, reverse rotation is performed
for 500ms at job end.

Machine may freeze up when returning to stand-by mode from panel-

off or low power mode under the following:
LEF job $ SEF job $ Enters panel-off/low-power within 3 minutes $
Next job initiated, enters stand-by mode.

SC670 is sometimes mis-detected when the SMC is printed out.

SP2-801-03 (Additional value of the charge corona cleaning interval)

has been newly added. The cleaning interval for the additional charge
corona unit has been adjusted as shown.
[0 ~ 5000 / 100 / 100 counts/step]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 14/21
Reissued: 13-Feb-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001i
Symptom Corrected Version
With this new SP, it is possible to adjust the interval for charge corona
cleaning in the middle of a job:
Old:
The charge corona cleaning is carried out after 600 (SP2-801-1)
development counts, at job end or after 700 (no adjustment)
development counts (stops in the middle of the job).
After
The charge corona cleaning is carried out after 600 (SP2-801-1)
development counts, at job end or after 700 (= the sum of the
settings in SP2-801-1 and -3) development counts (stops in the
middle of the job).

Text mode in mono color mode

Text Mode in mono color mode also uses the separation filter, which
may sometimes cause separation errors. The separation filter has
been reviewed.

Machine may freeze when a paper jam occurs or when the main
switch is turned on (found in laboratory tests).

SC120 was shown instead of SC122 when the scanner home position
was initialized.

SP2-803-01 (Charge Cleaning Off time) newly added:

[0 ~ 200 / 60 / 10 seconds/step]

Although a 60-second interval already exists for performing an idle

discharge after corona wire cleaning, this new SP mode allows the
interval to be adjusted. The idle discharge is to maintain an even
charge wire surface, ensuring proper charging.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 15/21
Reissued: 13-Feb-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001i
Symptom Corrected Version
The paper feed/transport timing for the duplex interleaf function (one 1.213:01
sheet in duplex unit, one fed from tray) has been improved to ensure
better paper transport.
SC546 & SC556 1.212:01
Detection conditions for SC546/556 have been changed so that they
are triggered by a 50°C/sec jump or drop in thermistor temperature
data (old: 20°C/sec). This is because these SCs were being reported
from the field in Japan in environments below 5°C (installation
requirements: 10°C minimum), i.e. unnecessary SC occurrences.
Note: When the actual fusing temperature is below 5°C, the
temperature curve for thermistor data is unstable and nonlinear,
triggering the SCs more easily.
Toner end and/or toner near end may be detected even when the 1.204:1
toner cartridge still contains enough to continue printing.

1.202.01
Process control mode timing
To reduce the cycle of process control mode (every 200 printings), Mono (Bk)
prints are no longer counted for process control.

Charge corona cleaning

Charge corona cleaning mode-entering timing has been changed from 640 to
700. After 700 development counts (stops in the middle of the job), charge
corona cleaning is carried out.

SC560 (Zero cross error)

SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type):

To prevent fusing jams (wrapping around the pressure roller) the layer
thickness of the pressure roller has been changed from 1.5 mm to 2.1mm
from the first production machines. When updating from v1.192:01 or
older to v1.202.01 or newer for the first time, even if the new pressure
roller is installed, it is necessary to select ‘ new ‘ in SP1-905-01 to
initialize fusing temperature control. The settings for the August
production machines have been input on the production line. When firmware
1.192:01 or older is updated to 1.202.01 or later for the first time, the
machine cannot judge which data (old or new) should be used for fusing
control.
Note: When selecting 0 in SP1-905-1 and then pressing # on the LCD, the
new control data is applied to fusing control.
0: new pressure roller type (2.1mm), 1: old pressure roller type (1.5mm)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 16/21
Reissued: 13-Feb-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001i
Symptom Corrected Version
SP2-944-4 and –5 :(OPC Lubrication – High Coverage)
The default settings for SP2-944-4 and –5 have been reviewed and changed
to reduce the cycle of OPC lubrication mode.
SP2-944-4: Sheets-1: [10 to 80/ 30 / 1sheet/step]
SP2-944-5: Sheets-2: [10 to 80/ 60 / 1sheet/step]

0: New paper transfer roller type (Drum type), 1: Old paper transfer roller
type (straight type)

SP2-321-7 and –9: (Paper transfer bias of edge)

The default settings have been changed from 1.0 to 0.8 to improve image
quality in low temperature and low humidity conditions.

SP7-931-001 to –017 (Engine status display)

Reducing fan motor rotation period

The development fan stops and the fusing unit fan is rotated at half speed for
15 seconds after the last sheet of paper exits the printer. With the previous
firmware, the fusing unit fan and development fan both ran for 3 minutes after
paper exit.
1.181:01
Doctor roller reverse mode timing
After 20 prints, at job end or after 50 prints (stops in the middle of the job),
the machine carries out the doctor roller reverse rotation to maintain good
printing quality. A4/LT SEF or shorter printing is counted as 1 and printing
longer than A4/LT SEF is counted as 2. With the prototype firmware, A4/LT
LEF or shorter printing is counted as 1 and longer than A4/LT LEF is counted
as 2. This is to reduce the frequency of the doctor roller reverse mode.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 17/21
Reissued: 13-Feb-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001i
August 2002 production serial numbers
B051-17: J2526800001 to J2526800023
B051-27: J2526800024 to J2526800043
B052-17: J2626800001 to J2626800042
B052-27: J2626800043 to J2626800061
Note for Updating the BICU firmware of the August production machines
When the BICU firmware is updated from the August production machines to 1.204:1 or later for
the first time, be sure to update the main unit controller firmware to V1.332 or later at the same
time. (Refer to the main unit controller firmware history RTB (RTB No.2). Then, change the
following SP modes after updating the firmware.
SP2-905-01: (Paper transfer roller type): Select 0, then press #.
SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type): Select 0, then press #.
SP2-944-4 and –5: (OPC Lubrication – High Coverage): -4: Change setting from 20 to 30. –5:
Change the setting from 40 to 60.

Operation Panel LCD

Symptom Corrected Version
Incorrect indication of the Korean word “Full color” in the user 1.26
tools has been corrected.
Incorrect indication of the Korean and Russian words/phrases in the 1.25
scanner user tools has been corrected.

Taiwanese words correction

Korean words correction

Clean / Adjust in Spanish, French

First release for Asia version

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 18/21
Reissued: 13-Feb-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001i
FAX application
Symptom Corrected Version
Key input from the operation panel is sometimes disabled when changing 2.05.2
over from Copier to FAX mode under the following conditions.
• Function Priority is set to Copier in User Tools.
• Nothing is input for TTI No. 1 & 2.
• Korea is registered as the country code in SP 1-101-016.
Minor bug correction for Japanese version. 2.05
Supports MLB function. 2.00
First release 1.17

FCU
Symptom Corrected Version
Tx level of DTMF tone in Taiwan is slightly high. 05.00.00
Supports MLB function. 04.00.01

Main power off/on during original scanning

If the main power is turned off while the machine is scanning the original, the
memory capacity remains decreased when the power is turned back on.
Job numbers for standby for FAX transmission by LAN FAX (P/C FAX): 03.01.00
System Switch 19 No.4 (SP1-101-026; page 4-17 in S/M)
System Switch 19 No.4 (SP1-101-026; page 4-17) added to FAX SP mode.

Job numbers for standby for FAX transmission by LAN FAX (P/C FAX) are
limited as follows:
0: 64 1: Depends on memory (400: standard, 800: with Fax Function
Upgrade Unit)

Taiwan area
Taiwan Area parameters added.

First release 02.01.00

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 19/21
Reissued: 13-Feb-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001i

New defaults for SP2- 310 to 314

SP code Class1and 2
ＳＰ
2-310 2-311 2-312 2-313 2-314
Class 3
LL1 LL2 NN1 NN2 HH
-1 25 27 28 29 30

-2 25 28 30 30 30

-3 25 29 32 31 30

-4 25 28 31 30 28

-5 25 27 30 28 26

-6 26 28 29 30 31

-7 26 29 31 31 31

-8 26 30 33 32 31

-9 26 29 32 31 29

-10 26 28 31 29 27

-11 14 15 15 16 16

-12 15 15 15 15 15

-13 16 15 14 15 15

-14 18 16 14 14 14

-15 20 17 14 14 14

-16 28 28 27 29 30

-17 30 29 28 31 33

-18 28 29 30 33 36

-19 28 29 30 32 34

-20 28 29 30 31 32

-21 29 29 28 30 31

-22 31 30 29 32 34

-23 29 30 31 34 37

-24 29 30 31 33 35

-25 29 30 31 32 33

-26 12 13 14 14 14

-27 16 16 16 15 15

-28 20 19 17 17 16
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 20/21
Reissued: 13-Feb-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001i

-29 24 23 23 23 22

-30 28 29 30 29 28

-31 16 17 17 18 18

-32 20 21 21 22 22
New defaults for SP2- 903
[0 to 70.0 /1.0/ 0.1µA/step]

New SP (): Old default

950 Start Registration Adjustment
1 Start Registration Color registration adjustment: Adjusts the start timing of
Adjustment 1–K (32 imaging for each color.
CPM) [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
2 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–M (32
CPM)
3 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–C (32
CPM)
4 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–Y (32
CPM)
5 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 2 (0) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–K (32
CPM)
6 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1 ) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–M (32
CPM)
7 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–C (32
CPM)
8 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–Y (32
CPM)
9 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–K (24
CPM)
10 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–M (24
CPM)
11 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–C (24
CPM)
12 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–Y (24
CPM)
13 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–K (24
CPM)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 21/21
Reissued: 13-Feb-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001i
14 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1 ) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–M (24
CPM)
15 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–C (24
CPM)
16 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–Y (24
CPM)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/7
Reissued: 13-Feb-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002i
RTB Reissue
The items in bold italics have been added or changed.
Subject: Firmware History - Main Unit Controller Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other (Firmware History)

This is to inform you of the Main Unit Controller firmware history.

Part No. Program name
B0515566 Version C.SUM Production
B0515566.bin V2.06 909E January production ‘04
B0515550
Z B0515550Z.bin V2.05.2 9FC4 December Production
‘03
Y B0515550Y.bin V2.05.1 22E0 November Production
‘03
X B0515550X.bin V2.04.1 EB37 October Production ‘03
W B0515550W.bin V2.03.2 3C9B September production
‘03
V B0515550V.bin V2.03.1 81DA August production ‘03
U B0515550U.bin V2.02.9 2D2F Not applied to the
production machines.
For updating the
machines in the field,
produced before August,
2003 production
T B0515550T.bin V2.02 C3AE Jun production ‘03
S B0515550S.bin V2.01.5 5CE2 April Production ‘03
R B0515550R.bin V2.01.4 6A3B April Production ‘03
Q B0515550Q.bin V2.01.2 0F04 March Production ‘03
P B0515550N.bin V2.00.1 E2B8 February Production ‘03
N B0515550N.bin V1.39 - December Production
02’
M B0515550M.bin V1.332 6CEF November Production
02’
L - V1.33 - November Production
‘02
K - V1.29 - Not applied to the
production machines
J - V1.252 - Not applied to the
production machines
H - V1.251 - Not applied to the
production machines
G - V1.22 - August production ‘02

2002 August production serial numbers

B051-17: J2526800001 to J2526800023
B051-27: J2526800024 to J2526800043
B052-17: J2626800001 to J2626800042
B052-27: J2626800043 to J2626800061
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/7
Reissued: 13-Feb-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002i
Note for updating main unit controller firmware of August production machines
When the main unit controller firmware is updated from the August production machines to 1.332
or later for the first time, be sure to update BICU firmware to V1.204:1 or later at the same time.
Refer to the BICU firmware history RTB for the copier firmware service card (RTB No.1).
Main Unit Controller
Symptom Corrected Version
Modified in accordance with the BICU v1.31:01 modification. For details, V2.06
please see RTB #RB051001i.

Note: In addition to this main unit controller version, be sure to update

the BICU firmware to v1.31:01 or later.
The Copier sometimes stalls on machines with the optional MLB installed V2.05.2
while the optional FAX unit is storing documents.
Modified in accordance with the BICU v1.291:01 modification. For details, V2.05.1
please see RTB #RB051001g.

NOTE: In addition to this main unit controller version, be sure to update the
BICU firmware to V1.291:01 or later.

Documents stored on the document server cannot be printed out. V2.04.1

Note: This does not occur under any other conditions, such as when using
the Copier function, setting the counter for page counts, or making B/W prints
or copies.

Electronic Electronic Mechanical Mechanical

Counter (YMC) Counter (K) Counter 2 Counter 1
(YMC) (K)
Full-color +3 +1 +3（OK） +1（OK）
Copier
Full-color +3 +1 +1（NG） 0（NG）
Printer

Paper jam/SC687 sometimes occur while printing documents scanned with V2.03.1
mixed-size scanning.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/7
Reissued: 13-Feb-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002i
Symptom Corrected Version
This version has been released for machines produced before August 2003. V2.02.9
The firmware download display is indicated as 2.02AugSP, B0515550W. This
firmware is version after version 2.02. The August and September production
Firmware was found to have the following symptoms:

We will release the controller firmware of October production machines at the

end of September. This will solve the above problem for all production month
machines.
Modified in accordance with the BICU v1.275 :01 modification. For details,
please see RTB #RB051001e.

Specification change V2.01.2

The counter specifications have been changed, as described in RTB #
RGene013.
MLB minor bug correction.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/7
Reissued: 13-Feb-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002i
Symptom Corrected Version
Supports MLB function V2.00.1

SP mode newly added: SP2-801-03 (Additional Value of the charge corona

Paper may not be fed for certain applications, by-pass feed, and N-job ON
after a jam or paper end condition occurs and a jam or paper end condition is
cleared.

SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type) and Default value SP1-105

0: new pressure roller type (2.1mm), 1: old pressure roller type (1.5mm)
Refer to the BICU firmware history in the RTB for the service card (BICU:
1.202.01).
Default value SP1-105
Some default values have been changed. Refer to the New Default table.

SP2-944-4 and –5 :(OPC Lubrication – High Coverage)

Default Autonet OFF

New IC chip on the new wireless LAN option

Firmware correction for CSS function (Domestic version only)

SP7901 cannot be read through CSS system.

Default and factory settings for SP2-310-001 to SP2-314-032 (paper transfer

currents) and SP2-903-01 (Paper transfer Adjustment) have been changed.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/7
Reissued: 13-Feb-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002i
Symptom Corrected Version
Refer to the BICU firmware history in the RTB for the service card (BICU:
1.192:01).

SP2-321-7 and –9: (Paper transfer bias of edge)

The default settings have been changed from 1.0 to 0.8 to improve image
quality in low temperature and low humidity conditions.

SP2-905-01: (Paper transfer roller type)

Refer to the BICU firmware history in the RTB for the service card (BICU:
1.192:01).
First release V1.22

Machine VS controller firmware table

Machines Machine October
updated to updated to production
V2.02.9 or V2.03.1 or controller
before V2.03.2 (2003 firmware
August and (V2.04.1)
September)
Document stored by the Can output Cannot output Can output
document server in the
controller firmware of
V2.02.9 or before
Document stored by the Cannot output Can output Can output
document server in the
controller firmware of
V2.03.1 or V2.03.2(2003
August and September)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 6/7
Reissued: 13-Feb-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002i
New defaults (Old default)
105* Fusing Temperature
1 Heating: Idling Sets the temperature at which the heating roller starts
idling.
[100 ~ 180 / 145 / 1°C/step]
2 Heating: Ready Sets the temperature at which the heating roller enters
the print ready condition.
[100 ~ 180 / 155 (165) / 1°C/step]
3 Heating: Standby Sets the heating roller temperature for the ready
(standby) condition. After the main switch has been
turned on, the machine enters this condition when the
heating roller temperature reaches the temperature
specified in this SP mode. When the machine is
recovering from energy saver or auto off mode, the
machine becomes ready when both heat and pressure
roller temperatures reach the specified temperature.
Pressure roller: SP1-105-16
[100 ~ 180 / 160 (175) / 1°C/step ]
4 Heating: Plain/1 Color Sets the heating roller temperature for thin paper in
single-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 155 (160 )/ 1°C/step]
5 Heating: Plain/Full Sets the heating roller temperature for thin paper in full-
Color color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 160 (170) / 1°C/step]
6 Heating: Middle Sets the heating roller temperature for normal plain
Thick/1 Color paper in single-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 165 (170) / 1°C/step]
7 Heating: Middle Sets the heating roller temperature for normal plain
Thick/Full Color paper in full-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 170 (180) / 1°C/step]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 7/7
Reissued: 13-Feb-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002i

105* Fusing Temperature

This information is not for the Black Faint Image, but to ensure high cleaning performance
from the ITB cleaning unit and increase the durability of the OPC belt cleaning unit, the
PCU has been modified as follows: (B0519100 to B0529100)
For Black Faint Image, please read Technical Bulletin RB051014b.
• A cleaning blade has been added to the ITB cleaning section.
• The material of the OPC-belt cleaning blade has been changed.
• Due to the additional cleaning blade in the ITB cleaning unit, an excessive load will be placed on the
cam of the ITB cleaning contact mechanism at the rear of the machine. This can cause the cam to
dislodge from the shaft. To correct this, a metal retaining ring has been used to secure the cam instead
of a plastic snap ring from the following cut-in serial numbers.
To ensure good printing, the development unit has also been modified.
(K: B0513204 or B0523204 to B0523214, M: B0513205 or B0523205 to B0523215)

B051-17, 19, 22, 27, 29: J25368XXXXX

B051-24: L123388XXXXX
B051-26: 5P2883XXXX
B051-51, 57: J2530800001
B052-17, 19, 22, 27, 29: J26368XXXXX
B052-24: L124388XXXX
B052-26: 5P3883XXXX
B052-51, 57: J2630800001
Before you install either the new PCU or new development unit or both in machines with serial numbers prior
to above cut-in numbers, you must do these:
• Add the cam stopper to the ITB cleaning cam (The cam stopper is included in the New PCU box for
new PCU settings only)
• Update the firmware to controller v2.02.9 or later and BiCU v1.275:01 or later.(latest controller:
v2.06.1 / BiCU v1.31:01 as of 13 February 2004)
• Change SP mode settings (PCU settings or development unit settings)
• Perform color registration adjustment (SP2-950: for New PCU installation only)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/8
Reissued: 13-Feb-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 19-Sep-03 No.: RB051017c

Procedure
Adding the Cam Stopper to the ITB Cleaning Cam
Note: If you have to install this new PCU in a mass-production unit from August 2003 production, you
do not have to install this cam stopper.
1. Turn off the main switch.
2. Open the front cover.
3. Remove the old PCU.
4. Install the cam stopper [A] on the cam [B] so that the stopper does not stick out from the cam.
Note: The straight edges of the cam stopper and cam are aligned with each other. The cam stopper will
snap into position.
5. Install the new PCU.

[B]

[A]

NG: The stopper is sticking out from the

cam.

Updating the Firmware

• Update the firmware to controller v2.02.9 or later and BiCU v1.275:01 or later (Service Card
ver1.11 or later.) (latest controller: v2.06.1 / BiCU v1.31:01 as of 13 February 2004)
Note: These versions were applied from August ’03 production.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/8
Reissued: 13-Feb-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 19-Sep-03 No.: RB051017c

Changing SP Mode Settings After Installing the New PCU or New

Development unit or both.
Open the front cover and turn on the main switch. Then access the SP mode.

Note: It is necessary to input the settings to determine the SP settings even if the correct
settings are indicated in the SP mode after the firmware is updated.
1. Input the following SP modes as indicated in the following table:
Most important points:
! Development units
It is NOT NECESSARY to change the SP settings when replacing the Y and/or C development
units. In other words, it is only necessary to change these SP mode settings when replacing the
M and / or K development units.

! Magenta development unit replacement

When installing the old unit (B0523205): SP3-911-001: 1
When installing the new unit (B0523215): SP3-911-001: 20

! K (black) development unit replacement

When installing the old unit (B0523204): SP3-911-002: 1
When installing the new unit (B0523214): SP3-911-002: 20

! Specific combinations for K (Black) development unit / PCU replacement:

Note: Settings A-D are explained below.

PCU New PCU Old PCU

K Development unit
New Development unit Setting C Setting B
Old Development unit Setting A Setting D

SP mode table for specific combinations for K (Black) development unit / PCU replacement:
SP No. Description Setting A Setting B Setting C Setting D
Setting for Setting for K Setting for Setting for
New PCU New Dev. New PCU + only new
(B0529100) unit K New dev. firmware
+ New (B0523214) unit (Old PCU &
Firmware + New (B0523214) Old Dev.
(Old K Dev. firmware + New Unit)
Unit) (Old PCU) Firmware
# 2-920-001 ITB Cleaning CL OFF 0 0 0 0
Time
# 2-921-001 ITB Cleaning CL OFF 0：New 1：Old 0：New 1：Old
Mode PCU PCU PCU PCU
# 2-922-001 Dev CL ON after Job End 0：OFF 1：ON 0：OFF 1：ON
# 2-923-001 Lubricant after Toner End 1：ON 1：ON 1：ON 1：ON
# 2-924-001 ITB Cleaning Clutch 300 300 300 300
Off/On - Time
# 2-924-002 ITB Cleaning Clutch 2 0 2 0
Off/On - Number
2-941-001 OPC Lubrication time – 14 14 14 14
Interrupt
2-944-001 OPC Lubrication: High 1：Enable 1：Enable 1：Enable 1：Enable
Coverage - Setting
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/8
Reissued: 13-Feb-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 19-Sep-03 No.: RB051017c
SP No. Description Setting A Setting B Setting C Setting D
Setting for Setting for K Setting for Setting for
New PCU New Dev. New PCU + only new
(B0529100) unit K New dev. firmware
+ New (B0523214) unit (Old PCU &
Firmware + New (B0523214) Old Dev.
(Old K Dev. firmware + New Unit)
Unit) (Old PCU) Firmware
2-953-001 Image Position 0：New 1：Old 0：New 1：Old
Adjustment PCU PCU PCU PCU
3-911-001 Doc. Roller Rotation 1 1 1 1
Interval:M Dev. (see Note1 (see Note1 (see Note1 (see Note1
below) below) below) below)
3-911-002 Doc. Roller Rotation 1 20 20 1
Interval:K Dev.
3-920-001 Lubrication Cleaning Time 50 50 50 50
– 1C
# 3-920-002 Lubrication Cleaning Time 100 100 100 100
– 2C/3C/4C
3-922-001 Lubricant Clutch OFF: 1C 6 6 6 6
3-922-002 Lubricant Clutch OFF: 6 6 6 6
2C/3C/4C
# SP2-400-008 Cleaning Bias LL1: OPC 1400 1400 1400 1400
lubrication time
# SP2-401-008 Cleaning Bias LL2: OPC 1400 1400 1400 1400
lubrication time
# SP2-402-008 Cleaning Bias NN1: OPC 1400 1400 1400 1400
lubrication time
# SP2-403-008 Cleaning Bias NN2: OPC 1400 1400 1400 1400
lubrication time
# SP2-404-008 Cleaning Bias HH: OPC 1400 1400 1400 1400
lubrication time
SP2-938-001 OPC Reverse Interval 10 10 10 10
When the Controller / BICU firmware have been updated to controller ver2.05.1 and
BICU ver1.291:01 or later, the following SP settings must be input.
# SP2-927-001 Disable Time (ITB 3 3 3 3
Cleaning)
# SP2-925-001 ITB Cleaning Execution 20 20 20 20
Variable
# SP2-926-001 Cover Ratio Reference 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7
(MC)
# SP2-926-002 Cover Ratio Reference 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7
(FC)
# SP2-970-05 ITB Cleaning Clutch 2 0 2 0
Off/On Number in Oil
removal mode

Items marked “#” above:

After updating to Controller v2.06.1 or later and BICU v1.31.01 or later, settings marked “#”
above can be changed together as a set by executing SP2-954-001 (New PCU Settings).
Please refer to the table below.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/8
Reissued: 13-Feb-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 19-Sep-03 No.: RB051017c

SP No. Description Setting A Setting B Setting C Setting D

Setting for Setting for Setting for Setting for
New PCU K New Dev. New PCU + only new
(B0529100) unit K New dev. firmware
+ New (B0523214) unit (Old PCU &
Firmware + New (B0523214) Old Dev.
(Old K Dev. firmware + New Unit)
Unit) (Old PCU) Firmware
2-954-001 New PCU settings 0: New 1: Old 0: New 0: Old
2-953-001 Image Position 0：New 1：Old 0：New 1：Old
Adjustment PCU PCU PCU PCU
3-911-001 Doc. Roller Rotation 1 1 1 1
Interval:M Dev. (see Note1 (see Note1 (see Note1 (see Note1
below) below) below) below)
3-911-002 Doc. Roller Rotation 1 20 20 1
Interval:K Dev.

• If you take action for the black faint image (RTB RB051014a: temporary
solution & RB051014b: Final), the following SP mode settings would be input
already. If this is not done yet, input the following settings.
Temporary solution: RTB RB051014a
SP No. Description Value
2-938-001 (New SP) OPC Reverse Interval 10
2-941-001 OPC Lubricant Time – Interrupt 14
3-920-001 Lubrication Cleaning Time 50
3-922-001 (New SP) Lubricant Clutch OFF: 1C 6
3-922-002 (New SP) Lubricant Clutch OFF: 2C/3C/4C 6
Final solution: RTB RB051014b
SP No. Description Value
SP3-970-004 Image Area Rate: Bk 4.7

2. Do the following:
Item Description
SP7-804-02 PM counter reset PCU
SP3-001-001 Forced process control
ACC
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 6/8
Reissued: 13-Feb-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 19-Sep-03 No.: RB051017c

Sub-scan Color Registration Adjustment (SP2-950)

Do the following only when installing the new PCU in machines produced up to and including
July 2003. The adjustment is done at the factory as of August 2003.

1. Print out the test pattern of SP5-955-5 (1 dot Grid Pattern 0-1: 2 pages of A3/DLT or 4 pages of
A4/LT) in full color mode.
2. Increase the setting of the following SP by 1: SP2-950-5 (B052: 32 cpm) or SP2-950-13 (B051: 24
cpm).
3. Print out the same test pattern as in step 1.
4. Subtract 1 from the initial setting of SP2-950-5 (B052: 32 cpm) or SP2-950-13 (B051: 24 cpm).
5. Print out the same test pattern as in step 1.
6. A3/DLT printing:
Compare the grid pattern in the center of the first sheet and second sheet of each setting (initial, +1,
-1). Then select the printout with the most closely aligned grid pattern. Then set SP2-950-5 (B052:
32 cpm) or SP2-950-13 (B051: 24 cpm) to the value that produced that print.

A4/LT printing:
Compare the grid pattern near the trailing edge of the first sheet and third sheet of each setting
(initial, +1, -1). Then select the printout with the most closely aligned grid pattern. Then set SP2-950-
5 (B052: 32 cpm) or SP2-950-13 (B051: 24 cpm) to the value that produced that print.

1 dot Grid Pattern

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 7/8
Reissued: 13-Feb-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 19-Sep-03 No.: RB051017c
Distinguishing the old unit from a new one
To distinguish the old unit from a new one, the following seals have been placed on the new PCUs and new
development units.
Circular seal
New PCU
The new PCU unit has a circular seal on the front side of the PCU.

New Development unit

• The new development unit (B051-51, 57, B052-51, 57 US machines in Gotenba production) has “!”
(star mark) after the bar code.
• The new development unit (B051/B052-17, 19, 22, 24, 26, 27, 29: machines in RAI production) has a
blue seal on the left side of the development unit.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 8/8
Reissued: 13-Feb-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 19-Sep-03 No.: RB051017c
Estimated side effects with incorrect combination of firmware/SP settings and
old/new PCU
Firmware version July version or August version Permanent version (October or later)
before
SP SP settings: New SP settings: SP Settings: New
Type of PCU settings: Old
Old
"Old PCU
(no modification
--- --- • OPC lines
--- • OPC lines
(many) (many)
applied)
• Insufficient • Insufficient
cleaning cleaning (very
July production or
(very insufficient)
before" insufficient)
• Color shift
• Color shift

"New PCU
(modification
• Toner drop (horizontal --- • Toner drop
---
line) (horizontal
applied)
• Color shift
line)

August production • Color shift

or later"

Estimated side effects with incorrect combination of firmware/SP settings and

old/new Development unit
Firmware version July version or August version Permanent version (October or later)
before
SP SP settings: SP setting: for Old SP Setting: for New
Type of settings: New
Development unit Old
"Old type of
Development unit
--- --- • White --- • White stripes
stripes (Bk, M)
(Bk, M)
(July production or
before)"

"New type of --- --- --- ---

Development unit

(August production
or later)"
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/1
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 18-Feb-04 No.: RB051023

Subject: Jam At Registration Sensor Section Prepared by: H.K.

SYMPTOM
Continuous paper jams at the registration section (counted in SP7504-63). Although the
paper is caught, there are no marks visible.

CAUSE
Paper dust in the machine reflects and diffuses light, which causes a registration sensor
misdetection and the jam condition.

SOLUTION
Production line
A black seal (G0702136: Grid Shading Plate) has been added to the right cover from
October 2002 production. For the cut-in serial numbers, please refer to MB #MB051029.

Machines in the field

Clean the area shown in the illustration, and remove any sheets of paper still left in the
registration area.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/1
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 9-Mar-04 No.: RB051024

Subject: Dirtybackground and/or toner dropping Prepared by: H.K.

SYMPTOM
1. Dirty spots or lines in the background area, and/or
2. Toner dropping from the development unit

CAUSE
Insufficient toner charging inside the development unit causes some of the toner to be
more easily attracted to the OPC surface or scattered out of the development unit.

SOLUTION
Permanent:
The first stage of the permanent solution was applied from August 2003 (see RTB
RB051008c, 3. Dirty Spots/Lines in Background and Main Image Areas), and the solution
for the second stage is currently under analysis (TBA).

Action in the Field:

1. Turn the development roller in the reverse direction and clean the roller surface with
a dry cloth. Also, please refer to RTB RB051008c.
2. Clean the development area, the exterior of the PCU, or any other area inside the
machine onto which toner has dropped.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/19
Reissued: 9-Mar-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008d
RTB Correction
The items in bold italics have been corrected or added.
Subject: Troubleshooting for image problem Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other ( )

Please utilize this RTB as a troubleshooting guide for image problems.

HOW AND WHEN TO USE THIS RTB:

! The following is a troubleshooting supplement to the original RTB issued on March 12,
2003. This RTB is based on recent field data analyses and field investigations
performed in several markets.
! Although RTB #RB051014a was previously issued as a troubleshooting guide for black
faint images, please utilize this RTB before RB051014a, as the symptom reported may
be one of the symptoms listed below.
! Please use this RTB when troubleshooting image problems at the customer site. Do not
use it for preventative maintenance.

IMPORTANT:
! It is essential to first identify the cause, using the flowchart listed in the main
troubleshooting section of this RTB. The following symptoms yield very similar images,
but they all have separate causes.
! To do this, be sure to print out the test pattern (SP5-955, No8) for each of the four-toner
colors, which will clarify if the cause is a problem with the PCU, one of the
development units or the fusing unit.
# Occurs with 1-3 colors: Development unit failure
# Occurs with all four colors: PCU or fusing unit failure
$ *except toner dropping
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/19
Reissued: 9-Mar-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008d

1. LIGHT COPIES, WHITE LINES, FAINT IMAGES, UNEVEN IMAGE

DENSITY

SYMPTOM
Light copies, white lines, faint images, uneven image density (KMCY) from Cyan toner
dropping.
Cyan toner drops from the development unit onto the toner shield glass of the LD unit. This
can cause the outputs to show uneven image density, faint images, or white lines
(depending on the amount of fallen toner).
Note: This can be confirmed by removing the PCU and checking inside the machine for
fallen Cyan toner.

CAUSE
Insufficient toner charging due to the diameter of some doctor rollers.

SOLUTION
The diameter of the Cyan doctor roller has been increased from 10mm to 12mm from
August 2003 production.
P/N change:
Cyan development unit: B0523207 % B0523217.

Action in the field:

Clean any fallen toner off the toner shield glass and see if the symptom occurs again.
If there is no improvement, install the new Cyan development unit.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/19
Reissued: 9-Mar-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008d

SYMPTOM:
Uneven image density (KMCY) from lines or scratches on the OPC belt (sample 2).
The uneven ID shows up as lines in image areas, which correspond to the positions of
lines on the OPC or ITB. This symptom does not involve much toner dropping from the
development unit to the LD unit toner glass shield, and can be attributed to a PCU failure.

CAUSE
Additives from the paper can be transferred onto the OPC surface via the transfer belt.
This can cause the OPC surface to become slightly rough or uneven and develop a cloudy
film. In addition, the rough surface of the image transfer roller can cause roughness on the
rear side of the ITB, which can in turn be transferred to the OPC surface.

SOLUTION
The following were applied from Aug 2003 production:
- A cleaning blade has been added to the ITB cleaning section to remove any additives
on the ITB surface.
- The surface coating for the image transfer roller has been changed to stainless steel to
ensure the ITB does not get scratched.
Note: A cloudy film on the OPC surface alone does not trigger this symptom. Therefore in
such a case there is no required action.

P/N change:
PCU B0519100 % B0529100.

Action in the field:

- Refer to this RTB for troubleshooting.
- Refer to RTB #RB0510017a for the action necessary when installing the new and old
PCUs in the field.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/19
Reissued: 9-Mar-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008d

SYMPTOM:
- White lines or uneven image density due to toner clumps in the development unit
(sample 4).
- Groups of white lines due to doctor roller filming in the development unit. There
are more white lines than sample 4 (see the sample of white line groups below).
The same point of the doctor roller contacts the development roller if high PV
printing and/or continuous printing is done. Filming is formed on the doctor
roller surface. This may cause the white line groups.
- Uneven image density from development roller filming (sample 5) due to an insufficient
amount of OPC lubricant. The low amount of lubricant causes the toner to melt easier
and stick to the development roller surface.
Note: This does not occur for all colors. Make sure to print out the test pattern (SP5-955,
No.8) for each color to confirm which has the problem.
Example of white line groups White lines
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/19
Reissued: 9-Mar-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008d

SOLUTION
Please refer to this RTB for troubleshooting (samples 4 and 5).
Note: Turning the development roller in the reverse direction (2 times) removes toner
clumps in the development unit.
We found from recent field reports and field investigations that there are two types
of white lines. One is due to toner clumps (with foreign substance: sample 4), which
can be recovered by turning the development roller in the reverse direction (2
times). The other is due to doctor roller filming (not development roller filming),
which cannot be recovered by turning the development roller in the reverse
direction. We found that equal doctor roller pressure against the development roller
decreases the possibility of doctor roller filming. The doctor roller plate spring has
been removed to optimize the pressure distribution of the roller from 2003 August
production. (Refer to MB # MB051023 for details.)

P/N change:
B0523204%B0523214 Development Unit - BK
B0523205%B0523215 Development Unit – M
B0523206%B0523216 Development Unit – Y
B0523207%B0523217 Development Unit – C
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 6/19
Reissued: 9-Mar-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008d

SYMPTOM
Blank area, faint image or uneven image density on one side of the copy (front or rear side
of the development unit).
In contrast to the black faint images described in RTB #RB051014a, this symptom appears
only on the development unit front or rear side, as shown below. See RTB #RB051007 for
more detail.

Note: As with the above, this does not occur for all colors, so be sure to print out the test
pattern (SP5-955, No.8) for each color to check which has the problem. (This is not
mentioned in the flowchart in this RTB).

CAUSE
The development unit front gears engage their mainframe counterparts slightly differently
than the rear gears.

SOLUTION
Rotate the mainframe gears manually, removing the development unit(s) for which the
symptom occurs. Then reinstall the unit(s).
Note: It is not necessary to replace the development unit.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 7/19
Reissued: 9-Mar-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008d

2. CYAN LINES IN YELLOW BACKGROUND AREAS, CYAN

SPOTS/LINES IN BACKGROUND AND MAIN IMAGE AREAS

SYMPTOM:
Cyan lines in yellow background areas (Sample 3).
Note: Both development and cleaning are done in the order KMCY. If the previous
cleaning was insufficient, a dirty image will appear on the next development. The symptom
can therefore be easily identified by checking the yellow section of the C4 test chart.

CAUSE
Toner may pass between the OPC unit cleaning blade and OPC belt.

Note: To distinguish between this symptom and cyan spots/lines in background and main
image areas (described below), take multiple copies/prints of the same image.
# Cyan lines in yellow background areas: Occurs consistently
# Cyan spots/lines in background and main image areas: Occurs, disappears, then
sometimes reoccurs.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 8/19
Reissued: 9-Mar-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008d

SOLUTION
The material of the cleaning blade has been changed (from August 2003 production)

Action in the field:

Refer to this RTB, i.e. replace the OPC cleaning unit.

Note: Cyan toner may be attracted to the surface of the Y development roller after passing
between the OPC unit, the cleaning blade, or OPC belt. (See the following picture.)
After you have taken action for the PCU unit, print out several sheets of the Y checker flag
pattern with (SP5-955, No. 16). If the symptom disappears, the Y development unit can be
used. It is not necessary to replace the Y development unit at this time.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 9/19
Reissued: 9-Mar-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008d

SYMPTOM
Cyan spots/lines in background and main image areas.
Note: This does not depend on the color of the background area, but is more visible in
background areas than in main image areas.

CAUSE & SOLUTION

Same as dirty spots/lines in background and main image areas (described on next page).

Note: See the previous page for how to distinguish this symptom from cyan lines in yellow
background areas.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 10/19
Reissued: 9-Mar-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008d

3. DIRTY SPOTS/LINES IN BACKGROUND AND MAIN IMAGE AREAS

SYMPTOM
Dirty spots [A] or lines [B] in background and main image areas.
Note: This does not occur for all toner colors, and is more visible in background areas than
in main image areas.

CAUSE
Insufficient toner charging inside the development unit causes some of the toner to be
more easily attracted to the OPC surface.

SOLUTION
The same bias that is applied to the doctor roller and toner supply roller is now applied to
the entrance seal bracket as well, in order to ensure a uniform charge across all three
components (from Aug 2003).

Action in the field:

Refer to this RTB, i.e. turn the development roller in the reverse direction and clean the
roller surface with a dry cloth.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 11/19
Reissued: 9-Mar-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008d

4. Others

SYMPTOM
Text image is blurred, smeared image occurs, or several white lines appear on the
printout.

Many white lines

appear.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 12/19
Reissued: 9-Mar-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008d

CAUSE
A jammed sheet of paper may sometimes get caught in the area between the OPC belt
and the ITB in the PCU unit.

Paper caught in the PCU

SOLUTION
Action in the field:
Remove the OPC belt-cleaning unit (see page 3-23 in the service manual). Then, remove
the paper caught in the PCU.
Correcting image problems
for
Model U-C1

Contents

1. UNEVEN IMAGE DENSITY IN THE SUBSCAN DIRECTION (INCL. BLACK/WHITE LINES) 1

1.1 ............................. IMAGE SAMPLES 1
1.2 ...................... TROUBLESHOOTING 2

2. UNEVEN IMAGE DENSITY AT THE SIDE OF THE IMAGE 4

3........ BLACK AND WHITE DOTS 5

4............... DIRTY BACKGROUND 6
1. UNEVEN IMAGE DENSITY IN THE SUBSCAN DIRECTION (INCLUDING BLACK/WHITE LINES)

1.1 IMAGE SAMPLES

Sample 1 (Uneven image density caused by dirty charge unit) Sample 2 (Uneven image density caused by scratch on the OPC belt)

Paper feed direction Paper feed direction

Sample 3 (Uneven image density caused by insufficient cleaning of the OPC belt) Sample 4 (White line caused by toner on the development roller

Paper feed direction

Sample 5 (Uneven image density caused by toner filming on the development roller) Sample 6 (Black line caused by scratch on the fusing belt/pressure roller)

Paper feed direction

1
1.2 TROUBLESHOOTING
Please use the following flowchart to take action in response to the six image problems on page 1.

Print the test pattern (SP5-955, No.8) for each color

Clean the following scanner unit parts:

- DF exposure glass
Do any of the N
problems occur? - Mirrors
- White plate under the left scale

Replace the fusing belt assembly or Go to the

Does the image problem N
pressure roller. next Replace the charge unit
occur on all colors? page
Sample 6
Y Sample 1
Y Y

Is there any change in the

Y Does the line position on N

N Y the image match the
Does the image problem Does the image problem position on the OPC or
still occur? still occur? ITB?

Sample 2
Y N

END Replace the oil supply unit. END Replace the PCU. Clean the inside of the laser unit

2
Make 5 copies of the C4 test chart From previous page

Does a cyan line appear in N Does the white line appear N

side a yellow image? on the test pattern?

Y Sample 3 Y Sample 4 Sample 5

N Does the image problem Does the image problem N

END END
still occur? still occur?

Y Y

Replace the development unit causing Clean the development roller with a dry cloth.
the white line.

Does the image problem N

END
still occur?

Replace the development unit causing

the white line.

3
2. UNEVEN IMAGE DENSITY AT THE SIDE OF THE IMAGE

Print out the test pattern (SP5-955, No.8) for each

color.

Remove the toner cartridge showing the problem. Shake the

cartridge well (10 times), hold the cartridge so that the toner
supply opening faces up, then tap the cartridge 7-8 times.
Does the image problem N
occur on all colors?

Y
Does the image problem N END
Replace the charge unit Clean the dust shield glass in the laser and still occur?
charge units (wire and grid).

Y
Y
Perform Forced Toner Supply
Is there any change in the Y Does the image problem N END
image (position, density, still occur?
etc)?

Does the image problem N END

N
still occur?

Check and correct the PCU ground Y

terminal and PCU bias terminal.
Check the condition of the development
roller showing the problem.

N Y N Replace the
Clean the development roller bias Is there an even layer of
Does the image problem development
terminal toner on the surface?
still occur? unit

N Does the image problem Y

END Replace the PCU END Replace the development unit
still occur?

4
3. BLACK AND WHITE DOTS

Print out test pattern (SP5-955, No.8) for each color.

Do black/white N
Clean the scanner unit exposure glass
dots appear?

Does the image problem N Check the surface of the development roller
occur on all colors? showing the problem.

Y
N
Replace the fusing belt assembly or pressure Clean the development roller with a dry cloth
roller. Check the surface of the OPC and image
transfer belts.

N Are there any particles Does the image problem N

Replace the PCU stuck to the roller, or is END
still occur?
the roller damaged?

Y Y
N
Does the image problem Clean the belt with a dry cloth. Replace the development unit showing
still occur? the B/W dots.

END Replace the PCU

5
4. DIRTY BACKGROUND

Print out test pattern (SP5-955, No.8) for each color.

Does dirty N Clean the scanner unit exposure glass.

background
appear?

Does the image problem N Turn the development roller showing the
occur on all colors? backgrounding in the reverse direction (2
times).

Perform forced OPC lubrication (SP2-940). N

Does the image problem END
still occur?

N
Replace the OPC belt-cleaning unit Does the image problem Clean the development roller with a dry cloth
still occur?

Replace the PCU Does the image problem N

END
still occur?

Replace the development unit showing

the backgrounding.

6
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/6
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 15-Mar-04 No.: RB051025

Subject: SC142 due to defective CCD Prepared by: S. Tomoe

1. SYMPTOM
The following symptoms may occur intermittently or continuously.
• SC142 (White Level Detection Error)
• Colored vertical lines/bands/background (see the photo).

2. CAUSE
The adhesive used to attach the glass to the CCD assembly was changed, but it
generated a gas when exposed to the heat from the PCB during machine operation. The
gas caused the soldered points of wires on the CCD to oxidize and deteriorate, resulting in
poor contact.

CCD Assembly
GLASS

Wire Wire

CCD
Terminal Terminal

Wire

Soldered point

CCD
Terminal Terminal
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/6
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 15-Mar-04 No.: RB051025

3. SOLUTION
The adhesive has been changed back to the original type.

4. Affected Units
The total range of affected units is shown below (from the first production lot through part
of October 2003 production):

Product Code Last Serial Number Product Code Last Serial Number
17 J2537002603 17 J2637001371
19 J2536901935 19 J2636900204
22 J2537000998 22 J2637000699
24 L1233900191 24 L1243900162
26 5P29030350 26 5P39030150
B051 B052
27 J2537003540 27 J2637002509
29 J2537000138 29 J2637000128
28 J2537002983 28 J2637001728
51 J2530900110 51 J2630901590
57 J2531000088 57 J2631000100

5. Action in the Field

Retrofit parts (lens block assemblies) will be provided to the field FOC for all affected units.
Therefore at the next service visit or when the issue is reported, please replace with P/N
B0519901.

Note:
! This retrofit part is the same part as normal service part P/N B0511697.
! The replacement procedure is on the following page.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/6
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 15-Mar-04 No.: RB051025
Lens Block Assembly Replacement Procedure

[B]
1. Remove the exposure glass.
2. Remove the scanner rear cover. [A]
3. Remove the scanner right cover [A]
(! x 1)
4. Remove the inner cover [B] (! x 4)

B051R004.WMF

[C]
5. Lens block assembly [C] (! x 4, " x 4).
NOTE: Do not remove the paint-locked
screws.
6. After reassembling, input the data in
accordance with the data sheet included in
the spare SBU unit (☛ SP4-540).
NOTE: Refer to the diagram on the next
page. Before inputting the number,
check the data sheet to see if it is
marked with a + or –, then input a
+ve or –ve number accordingly.

B051R005.WMF
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/6
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 15-Mar-04 No.: RB051025

• Row No. 1: Numbers 1 to 6 – Please ignore.

• Row No. 2: Numbers 7 to 10 – Please store value sets #7-10 in the following SP
modes:
7: SP 4-540-001
8: SP 4-540-002
9: SP 4-540-003
10: SP 4-540-004
• Row No. 3: Numbers 11 to 14 – Please store value sets #11-14 in the following SP
modes:
11: SP 4-540-021
12: SP 4-540-022
13: SP 4-540-023
14: SP 4-540-024

B051S999.PCX

7. After replacing the lens block assembly, please do the scanner adjustment.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/6
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 15-Mar-04 No.: RB051025
Scanner Adjustment Procedure
Note: Use a C4 test chart to do the following adjustments.

Scanner sub-scan magnification

1. Place the test chart on the exposure glass and make
a copy from one of the feed stations.
2. Check the magnification ratio. Use SP4-008 to adjust
if necessary.
Standard: ±1.0%.
A

A: Sub-scan magnification

Scanner leading edge and side-to-side registration

1. Place the test chart on the exposure glass and make A
a copy from one of the feed stations.
2. Check the leading edge and side-to-side registration,
and adjust them with the following SP modes if
necessary. Standard: 0 ± 2mm.
SP mode B
Sub-scan SP4-010
Main-scan SP4-011

A: Leading Edge Registration

B: Side-to-side Registration
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 6/6
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 15-Mar-04 No.: RB051025

REMARKS
! To distinguish the old/new lens block assemblies, modified retrofit (B0519901) and
normal service parts (B0511697) contain a white mark in the area shown in the photo
below. However, assemblies from approximately the second-month lots to February do
not contain this mark. In such cases, please mark the lens block assembly in the
area shown below with a permanent marker at the next service visit.

Production Cut-in Serial Numbers

The modification itself has been applied from the S/N shown below.
Product Code Start Serial Number Product Code Start Serial Number
17 J2537002604 17 J2637001372
19 J25371xxxxx 19 J26371xxxxx
22 J2537000999 22 J26371xxxxx
24 J25371xxxxx 24 J2537102063
26 5P290300351 26 5P390300001
B051 B052
27 J2537003541 27 J2637002508
29 J2537000139 29 J2637000129
28 J25371xxxxx 28 J26371xxxxx
51 (discontinued) 51 (discontinued)
57 J2531000089 57 J2631000101

Lot Numbers (service parts)

The modification has been applied to service parts from the following lot number, which
appears on the unit’s lot number seal.
Lot number: 30 0311 00001
Note: The number is read as follows.
30 XX ## %%%%%
30: Prefix No.
XX: Year (for example, 2004 # 04)
##: Month (November # 11)
%%%%: Number
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/2
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 17-Mar-04 No.: RB051026

Subject: Remarks for PCU replacement Prepared by: H.K.

Important Notes for When Installing the PCU and Charge Corona Unit

1. When installing the PCU, be sure to insert the unit into the machine gently.
! If the unit is installed too hastily, this can result in SC305 (charge corona unit
cleaner error) or incorrect attachment of the unit, caused by damage to the QL
stay as shown below.

Rear View of PCU

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/2
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 17-Mar-04 No.: RB051026
2. When removing or installing the PCU after having removed or installed the left inner
cover, make sure that the projections shown below are underneath the cover (not
sticking out).
! If these projections are left exposed, they can damage the OPC surface when the
PCU is installed or removed.

Projections

3. When removing the charge corona unit, be sure to keep the unit level while gently
pulling it out (i.e. do not lower or turn the unit at all).
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/2
Reissued: 22-Mar-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Dec-03 No.: RB051021a
RTB Correction
The items in bold italics have been corrected or added.
Subject: Mashine drawer connector damaged Prepared by: Y.Urushihara
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other ( )

Important Note for Paper Bank Installation

Two 100x340cm cardboard vertical guides have been added to the optional paper bank
and LCT (packaged together with the option), which should then be attached to both sides
of the front of the paper bank or LCT at installation as shown below. Please then guide the
mainframe carefully into place using these vertical guides, which will allow the connectors
on the upper rear stay of the paper bank or LCT to properly dock with the mainframe
connectors and prevent damage to these areas.

Note: To attach the guides, use the orange tape packed together with the paper bank
option.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/2
Reissued: 22-Mar-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Dec-03 No.: RB051021a

The cut-in serial numbers for the cardboard guides are as follows.

RCL (Japan) Production

Model V/Hz Destination Code Serial Number
PS510 120/60 All RICOH B456-17 J3940100001
subsidiaries, NRG,
SAVIN
PS510 220-240/50, 60 Infotec B456-26 6P51230001

RCL (Japan) Production

Model V/Hz Destination Code Serial Number
PS520 120/60 All RICOH B457-17 J4040100001
subsidiaries, NRG,
SAVIN
PS520 220-240/50, 60 Infotec B457-26 6P60140001
PS520 220,230,240/50,60 Europe, etc B457-27 J4040300001
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/23
Reissued: 26-April-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008e
RTB Correction
The items in bold italics (pp. 13-16) have been corrected or added.
Subject: Troubleshooting for image problem Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other ( )

Please utilize this RTB as a troubleshooting guide for image problems.

HOW AND WHEN TO USE THIS RTB:

The following is a troubleshooting supplement to the original RTB issued on March 12,
2003. This RTB is based on recent field data analyses and field investigations
performed in several markets.
Although RTB #RB051014a was previously issued as a troubleshooting guide for black
faint images, please utilize this RTB before RB051014a, as the symptom reported may
be one of the symptoms listed below.
Please use this RTB when troubleshooting image problems at the customer site. Do not
use it for preventative maintenance.

IMPORTANT:
It is essential to first identify the cause, using the flowchart listed in the main
troubleshooting section of this RTB. The following symptoms yield very similar images,
but they all have separate causes.
To do this, be sure to print out the test pattern (SP5-955, No8) for each of the four-toner
colors, which will clarify if the cause is a problem with the PCU, one of the
development units or the fusing unit.
Occurs with 1-3 colors: Development unit failure
Occurs with all four colors: PCU or fusing unit failure
*except toner dropping
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/23
Reissued: 26-April-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008e

1. LIGHT COPIES, WHITE LINES, FAINT IMAGES, UNEVEN IMAGE

DENSITY

SYMPTOM
Light copies, white lines, faint images, uneven image density (KMCY) from Cyan toner
dropping.
Cyan toner drops from the development unit onto the toner shield glass of the LD unit. This
can cause the outputs to show uneven image density, faint images, or white lines
(depending on the amount of fallen toner).
Note: This can be confirmed by removing the PCU and checking inside the machine for
fallen Cyan toner.

CAUSE
Insufficient toner charging due to the diameter of some doctor rollers.

SOLUTION
The diameter of the Cyan doctor roller has been increased from 10mm to 12mm from
August 2003 production.
P/N change:
Cyan development unit: B0523207 B0523217.

Action in the field:

Clean any fallen toner off the toner shield glass and see if the symptom occurs again.
If there is no improvement, install the new Cyan development unit.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/23
Reissued: 26-April-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008e

SYMPTOM:
Uneven image density (KMCY) from lines or scratches on the OPC belt (sample 2).
The uneven ID shows up as lines in image areas, which correspond to the positions of
lines on the OPC or ITB. This symptom does not involve much toner dropping from the
development unit to the LD unit toner glass shield, and can be attributed to a PCU failure.

SOLUTION
The following were applied from Aug 2003 production:
- A cleaning blade has been added to the ITB cleaning section to remove any additives
on the ITB surface.
- The surface coating for the image transfer roller has been changed to stainless steel to
ensure the ITB does not get scratched.
Note: A cloudy film on the OPC surface alone does not trigger this symptom. Therefore in
such a case there is no required action.

P/N change:
PCU B0519100 B0529100.

Action in the field:

- Refer to this RTB for troubleshooting.
- Refer to RTB #RB0510017a for the action necessary when installing the new and old
PCUs in the field.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/23
Reissued: 26-April-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008e

SYMPTOM:
- White lines or uneven image density due to toner clumps in the development unit
(sample 4).
- White lines group due to doctor roller filming in the development unit. There are more
white lines than sample 4 (see the sample of white line groups below). The same point
of the doctor roller contacts with the development roller if the high PV printings and/or
continuous printings are made. Filming is formed on the doctor roller surface. This may
cause the white lines groups.
- Uneven image density from development roller filming (sample 5) due to an insufficient
amount of OPC lubricant. The low amount of lubricant causes the toner to melt easier
and stick to the development roller surface.
Note: This does not occur on all colors. Make sure to print out the test pattern (SP5-955,
No.8) for each color to check which has the problem.
Sample of white lines groups White lines
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/23
Reissued: 26-April-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008e

SOLUTION
Please refer to this RTB for troubleshooting (samples 4 and 5).
Note: Turning the development roller in the reverse direction (2 times) removes toner
clumps in the development unit.
We found from the recent field reports and field investigations that there are two
types of white lines. One is due to toner clumps (with a foreign substance: sample
4), which can be recovered by turning the development roller in reverse (2 times).
The other is due to the doctor roller filming (not development roller filming), which
cannot be recovered by turning the development roller in reverse.
We found that an even doctor roller pressure against the development roller decreases the
possibility of the occurrence ratio of the doctor roller filming. The doctor roller plate spring
has been removed to optimize the pressure distribution of the roller from 2003 August
production. (Refer to MB # MB051023 for details.)

P/N change:
B0523204 B0523214 Development Unit - BK
B0523205 B0523215 Development Unit – M
B0523206 B0523216 Development Unit – Y
B0523207 B0523217 Development Unit – C
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 6/23
Reissued: 26-April-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008e

SYMPTOM
Blank area, faint image or uneven image density on one side of the copy (front or rear side
of the development unit).
In contrast to the black faint images described in RTB #RB051014a, this symptom appears
only on the development unit front or rear side, as shown below. See RTB #RB051007 for
more detail.

Note: As with the above, this does not occur on all colors, so be sure to print out the test
pattern (SP5-955, No.8) for each color to check which has the problem. (This is not
mentioned in the flowchart in this RTB).

CAUSE
The development unit front gears engage their mainframe counterparts slightly differently
than the rear gears.

SOLUTION
Rotate the mainframe gears manually, removing the development unit(s) on which the
symptom occurs. Then reinstall the unit(s).
Note: It is not necessary to replace the development unit.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 7/23
Reissued: 26-April-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008e

2. CYAN LINES IN YELLOW BACKGROUND AREAS, CYAN

SPOTS/LINES IN BACKGROUND AND MAIN IMAGE AREAS

SYMPTOM:
Cyan lines in yellow background areas (Sample 3).
Note: Both development and cleaning are performed in the order: KMCY. If the previous
cleaning was insufficient, a dirty image will appear on the next development. The symptom
can therefore be easily identified by checking the yellow section of the C4 test chart.

CAUSE
Toner may pass between the OPC unit cleaning blade and OPC belt.

Note: To distinguish between this symptom and cyan spots/lines in background and main
image areas (described below), take multiple copies/prints of the same image.
Cyan lines in yellow background areas: Occurs consistently
Cyan spots/lines in background and main image areas: Occurs, disappears, then
sometimes reoccurs.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 8/23
Reissued: 26-April-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008e

SOLUTION
The material of the cleaning blade has been changed (from August 2003 production)

Action in the field:

Refer to this RTB, i.e. replace the OPC cleaning unit.

Note: Cyan toner may be attracted to the surface of the Y development roller after passing
between the OPC unit, the cleaning blade or OPC belt. (See the following picture.)
After you have taken action for the PCU unit, print out several sheets of the Y checker flag
pattern with (SP5-955, No. 16). If the symptom disappears, the Y development unit can be
used. It is not necessary to replace the Y development unit at this time.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 9/23
Reissued: 26-April-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008e

SYMPTOM
Cyan spots/lines in background and main image areas.
Note: This does not depend on the color of the background area, but is more visible in
background areas than in main image areas.

CAUSE & SOLUTION

Same as dirty spots/lines in background and main image areas (described on the next
page).

Note: See the previous page for how to distinguish this symptom from cyan lines in yellow
background areas.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 10/23
Reissued: 26-April-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008e

3. DIRTY SPOTS/LINES IN BACKGROUND AND MAIN IMAGE AREAS

SYMPTOM
Dirty spots [A] or lines [B] in background and main image areas.
Note: This does not occur for all toner colors, and is more visible in background areas than
in main image areas.

CAUSE
Insufficient toner charging inside the development unit causes some of the toner to be
more easily attracted to the OPC surface.

SOLUTION
The same bias that is applied to the doctor roller and toner supply roller is now applied to
the entrance seal bracket as well; in order to ensure a uniform charge across all three
components (from Aug 2003).

Action in the field:

Refer to this RTB, i.e. turn the development roller in the reverse direction and clean the
roller surface with a dry cloth.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 11/23
Reissued: 26-April-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008e

4. Others

SYMPTOM
Text is blurred, smeared image occurs, or several white lines appear on the printout.

Many white lines

appear.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 12/23
Reissued: 26-April-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008e

CAUSE
A jammed sheet of paper may sometimes get caught in the area between the OPC belt
and the ITB in the PCU unit.

Paper caught in the PCU

SOLUTION
Action in the field:
Remove the OPC belt-cleaning unit (see 3-23 in the S/M). Then, remove the paper caught
in the PCU.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 13/23
Reissued: 26-April-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008e

SYMPTOM
Random-pitched banding
Bands can appear at random intervals.

Random-pitched banding (uneven ID

across the image).

Paper feed direction

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 14/23
Reissued: 26-April-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008e

CAUSE
Toner drops out from the development unit onto the OPC grounding brush,
preventing the OPC belt from being properly grounded.

Grounding Brush

SOLUTION
Action in the field
Clean the grounding brush by inserting a sheet of paper between the brush and the
OPC belt. Then, clean off any dropped toner in and around the PCU with a vacuum
cleaner and/or cotton cloth, being very careful not to damage the OPC surface.

Insert a sheet of paper

to clean the grounding
brush.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 15/23
Reissued: 26-April-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008e

SYMPTOM
15mm-wide band along the paper feed direction and/or SC305 (Charge Corona
Cleaner Error).

CAUSE
Toner drops from the development unit in between the charge corona cleaner slider
and cleaner driving screw (illustration on the next page).

SOLUTION
Action in the field
Clean the screw and slider with a damp cloth.

Note: Since the slider needs to be removed in order to be cleaned, first try cleaning
the screw and then if there is no improvement, remove and clean the slider.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 16/23
Reissued: 26-April-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 12-Mar-03 No.: RB051008e

Cleaner driving
screw

Cleaner slider
Correcting the image problem
for
Model U-C1

Contents

1. UNEVEN IMAGE DENSITY IN THE SUBSCAN DIRECTION (INCL. BLACK/WHITE LINES) 1

1.1 ............................. IMAGE SAMPLES 1
1.2 ...................... TROUBLESHOOTING 2

2. UNEVEN IMAGE DENSITY AT THE SIDE OF THE IMAGE 4

3........ BLACK AND WHITE DOTS 5

4............... DIRTY BACKGROUND 6
1. UNEVEN IMAGE DENSITY IN THE SUBSCAN DIRECTION (INCLUDING BLACK/WHITE LINES)

1.1 IMAGE SAMPLES

Sample 1 (Uneven image density caused by dirty charge unit) Sample 2 (Uneven image density caused by scratch on the OPC belt)

Paper feed direction Paper feed direction

Sample 3 (Uneven image density caused by insufficient cleaning of the OPC belt) Sample 4 (White line caused by toner on the development roller

Paper feed direction

Sample 5 (Uneven image density caused by toner filming on the development roller) Sample 6 (Black line caused by scratch on the fusing belt/pressure roller)

Paper feed direction

1
1.2 TROUBLESHOOTING
Please use the following flowchart to take action in response to the six image problems on page 1.

Print the test pattern (SP5-955, No.8) for each color

Clean the following scanner unit parts:

- DF exposure glass
Do any of the N
problems occur? - Mirrors
- White plate under the left scale

Replace the fusing belt assembly or Go to the

Does the image problem N
pressure roller. next Replace the charge unit
occur on all colors? page
Sample 6
Y Sample 1
Y Y

Is there any change in the

Y Does the line position on N

N Y the image match the
Does the image problem Does the image problem position on the OPC or
still occur? still occur? ITB?

Sample 2
Y N

END Replace the oil supply unit. END Replace the PCU. Clean the inside of the laser unit

2
Make 5 copies of the C4 test chart From previous page

Does a cyan line appear in N Does the white line appear N

side a yellow image? on the test pattern?

Y Sample 3 Y Sample 4 Sample 5

N Does the image problem Does the image problem N

END END
still occur? still occur?

Y Y

Replace the development unit causing Clean the development roller with a dry cloth.
the white line.

Does the image problem N

END
still occur?

Replace the development unit causing

the white line.

3
2. UNEVEN IMAGE DENSITY AT THE SIDE OF THE IMAGE

Print out the test pattern (SP5-955, No.8) for each

color.

Remove the toner cartridge showing the problem. Shake the

cartridge well (10 times), hold the cartridge so that the toner
supply opening faces up, then tap the cartridge 7-8 times.
Does the image problem N
occur on all colors?

Y
Does the image problem N END
Replace the charge unit Clean the dust shield glass in the laser and still occur?
charge units (wire and grid).

Y
Y
Perform Forced Toner Supply
Is there any change in the Y Does the image problem N END
image (position, density, still occur?
etc)?

Does the image problem N END

N
still occur?

Check and correct the PCU ground Y

terminal and PCU bias terminal.
Check the condition of the development
roller showing the problem.

N Y N Replace the
Clean the development roller bias Is there an even layer of
Does the image problem development
terminal toner on the surface?
still occur? unit

N Does the image problem Y

END Replace the PCU END Replace the development unit
still occur?

4
3. BLACK AND WHITE DOTS

Print out test pattern (SP5-955, No.8) for each color.

Do black/white N
Clean the scanner unit exposure glass
dots appear?

Does the image problem N Check the surface of the development roller
occur on all colors? showing the problem.

Y
N
Replace the fusing belt assembly or pressure Clean the development roller with a dry cloth
roller. Check the surface of the OPC and image
transfer belts.

N Are there any particles Does the image problem N

Replace the PCU stuck to the roller, or is END
still occur?
the roller damaged?

Y Y
N
Does the image problem Clean the belt with a dry cloth. Replace the development unit showing
still occur? the B/W dots.

END Replace the PCU

5
4. DIRTY BACKGROUND

Print out test pattern (SP5-955, No.8) for each color.

Does dirty N Clean the scanner unit exposure glass.

background
appear?

Does the image problem N Turn the development roller showing the
occur on all colors? backgrounding in the reverse direction (2
times).

Perform forced OPC lubrication (SP2-940). N

Does the image problem END
still occur?

N
Replace the OPC belt-cleaning unit Does the image problem Clean the development roller with a dry cloth
still occur?

Replace the PCU Does the image problem N

END
still occur?

Replace the development unit showing

the backgrounding.

6
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/1
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 7-May-04 No.: RB051027

Subject: Preventing Service Calls Prepared by: H.K.

You must empty the waste toner bottles during every service call. This is described in the
‘PM table’ and ‘Replacement and Adjustment’ chapters of the service manual. However,
recent field data analyses and field investigations show that this action is often forgotten.
Please note that this action should be performed every service call, to prevent
unnecessary service calls just to empty the waste bottles.

The period of the waste toner full condition depends on the P/J and/or coverage, so cannot
be predicted exactly. Thus, please remember to empty the waste toner bottles when you
work on the machines.

T/B waste toner bottle O/B waste toner bottle

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/3
Reissued: 26-May-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 9-Apr-03 No.: RB051012b
RTB Correction
The items in bold italics have been corrected or added.
Subject: Language Software History Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other ( )

This is to inform you of the Language software history for the U-C1.
Language Group 1:
US English, UK English, French, Spanish, German, Italian, Dutch, Norwegian, Danish,
Swedish, Portuguese, Czech

Version Program No. C. SUM Effective Date

3.04 B0515533C 6E57 May production 2004
3.02 B0515533B F239 September production 2003
2.68 B0515533A 5104 January production 2003
2.65 B0515533 30CB 1st mass production

Affected
Version Symptom Corrected
Language
3.04 “Almost empty” is mistakenly displayed when the waste toner Czech
bottle reaches the near-full condition.

3.02 Wording corrections in Dutch: Dutch

"Printen zal starten an opwarmen" ----> "Printen zal starten na
opwarmen" "Zwart" ---> "Blanco"
Some German wording correction. German

Some Portuguese wording correction Portuguese

Incorrect terms correction in system settings in the user tool. All

2.68 The translations for “Sort” and “Stack” were reversed. Portuguese
2.65 1st mass production
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/3
Reissued: 26-May-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 9-Apr-03 No.: RB051012b

Language Group 2
Japanese, US English, UK English, French, Spanish, German, Italian, Finnish, Polish,
Hungarian, Russian

Version Program No. C. SUM Effective Date

3.02 B0515534A 9858 September production 2003
2.65 B0515534 90BF 1st mass production

Affected
Version Symptom Corrected
Language
3.02 Incorrect terms correction in system settings in the user tool. All
2.65 1st mass production
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/3
Reissued: 26-May-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 9-Apr-03 No.: RB051012b
Using the Language Kit.
1. Insert the IC card containing the firmware into the controller IC card slot.
2. Turn ON the main power. Then, chose either the First or Second display language for
the update.
Note: It is also possible to write to both the First and Second languages.
3. Start the update.
4. Select the appropriate display language in User Tools.

As shown in the table below, there are some cases where certain languages cannot be
displayed, depending on the type of operation panel software:

Possible Display Languages for Operation Panel Software

Key:
√: Can be displayed.
∆: Can be displayed, but printer application window is not displayed correctly.
X: Cannot be displayed.

Op. Panel Software: B0515535 B0515536 B0515537 B0515531

（Japan) （NA）（EU）（Taiwan,
Asia）
Display Language: Not released
Japanese √ √ √ X
English-NA √ √ √ √
English-UK √ √ √ √
French ∆ √ √ √
German ∆ √ √ √
Italian ∆ √ √ √
Spanish ∆ √ √ √
Dutch ∆ √ √ √
Norwegian ∆ √ √ √
Danish ∆ √ √ √
Swedish ∆ √ √ √
Polish ∆ √ √ √
Portuguese ∆ √ √ √
Hungarian ∆ √ √ √
Czech ∆ √ √ √
Finnish ∆ √ √ √
Taiwanese --- --- --- ---
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/2
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 26-May-04 No.: RB051028

Subject: Development Roller Handle Prepared by: H.K.

Important Notes Regarding the Development Roller Handle

! The development roller handle shown below has been included inside the mainframes
and development unit spare parts from the beginning of mass production, and is also
registered with service parts as P/N G0703499 for use with KCMY development units.
This handle is used to perform manual rotation of the development roller at unit
installation (see the Service Manual excerpt below).
! Please be sure to keep this handle together with all other maintenance tools (do not
dispose of the handle), as this part will be removed from mainframes and development
unit accessories beginning at some point in the near future (TBA). This handle is being
removed from machines/accessories since only one is needed per field technician.
! The handle will however remain an active service part under its existing P/N shown
above.

[C] [A]
Development
roller handle

[B]

Service Manual excerpt:

8. Keep the development unit level and shake the development unit about 10 times from
side to side.
NOTE: 1) Do not touch the development roller or the development roller gear.
2) Use caution not to drop the cartridge or to damage it.
3) If the cartridge has not been shaken well, the machine takes a
longer time to initialize the development unit, or an error message or
SC350 is displayed. When either of them is displayed, turn the main
switch off and on.
9. Engage the special tool [A] (distributed with the machine) with the development roller
gear at the rear [B].
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/2
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 26-May-04 No.: RB051028

10. Turn the tool clockwise (approximately 5 times) until the toner covers the whole area of
the development roller [C].
NOTE: If the toner does not cover the whole area of the development roller, redo
steps 8 to 10.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/22
Reissued: 31-May-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001j
RTB Reissue
The items in bold italics have been added or changed.
Subject: Firmware History - Copier Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other (Firmware History)

This is to inform you of the Copier firmware history (BICU, Operation Panel, FAX, FCU).

US Models EU Models Asia/Taiwan Models Effective Date

Ver.
Program No. C. SUM Program No. C. SUM Program No. C. SUM

1.17 B0515565D 836F B0515563D D54B B0515560E 6439 June production

‘04
1.16 B0515565C E5CF B0515563C 35A3 B0515560D C5B6 February
production ‘04
1.15 B0515565B AE98 B0515563B 00DA B0515560C 93C1 January
Production ‘04
1.14 B0515565A CBCE B0515563A 1BC0 B0515560B AF1C December
production ‘03
1.13 B0515565 89B1 B0515563 DB8D B0515560A 6E5F November
production ‘03
1.12 B0515557Y 2224 B0515558Z F457 B0515560 85EB October
production ‘03
1.11 B0515557W 2C66 B0515558X 9B9F B0515559Y 56CC August production
‘03
1.10 B0515557V 9BE7 B0515558W 0DC8 B0515559X C685 June production
‘03
1.09 B0515557T 610C B0515558V D0BE B0515559W 8C00 April production
‘03
1.08 B0515557S 7D3D B0515558S ED70 B0515559T A3B4 March production
‘03
1.07 B0515557R A38A B0515558R 13C8 B0515559S CCE8 February
production ‘03
1.06 B0515557P BE7A B0515558P 7A02 B0515559Q 323A January
production ‘03
1.05 B0515557N - B0515558N - B0515559P - December
production ‘02
1.04 B0515557L 7C35 B0515558L 37D2 B0515559L 4912 September
Production 02’
1.03 B0515557K - B0515558K - B0515559K - Not applied to the
production machines
1.02 B0515557J - B0515558J - B0515559J - Not applied to the
production machines
1.0192 UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - Not applied to the
192.bin 192.bin 192.bin production machines
1.0181 UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - August Production
181.bin 181.bin 181.bin ‘02
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/22
Reissued: 31-May-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001j

Korean Models Effective Date

Ver.
Program No. C. SUM

1.02 B0515567A 2444 June Production ‘04

1.01 B0515567 867E February production ‘04

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/22
Reissued: 31-May-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001j
The program contains the following firmware:
US version
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Versio Firmware Versio Firmware Versio
No. No. n No. n No. n
1.17 B0515568 1.333 :01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.16 B0515554Z 1.32 :01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.15 B0515554Y 1.31 :01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.14 B0515554X 1.30:01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.13 B0515554W 1.291:01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551F 2.05 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.12 B0515554V 1.28:01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.11 B0515554T 1.275:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.10 B0515554S 1.262:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.09 B0515554R 1.253:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.08 B0515554Q 1.242:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.07 B0515554P 1.233:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00

181.bin

European version

Versi Firmware / Versions

on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Versio Firmware Versio Firmware Versio
No. No. n No. n No. n
1.17 B0515568 1.333 :01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.16 B0515554Z 1.32 :01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.15 B0515554Y 1.31 :01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.14 B0515554X 1.30:01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.13 B0515554W 1.291:01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551F 2.05 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.12 B0515554V 1.28:01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.11 B0515554T 1.275:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.10 B0515554S 1.262:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/22
Reissued: 31-May-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001j
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Versio Firmware Versio Firmware Versio
No. No. n No. n No. n
1.09 B0515554R 1.253:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.08 B0515554Q 1.242:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.07 B0515554P 1.233:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00

181.bin

Asian version
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Versio Firmware Versio Firmware Versio
No. No. n No. n No. n
1.17 B0515568 1.333 :01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.16 B0515554Z 1.32 :01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.15 B0515554Y 1.31 :01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.14 B0515554X 1.30:01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.13 B0515554W 1.291:01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551F 2.05 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.12 B0515554V 1.28:01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.11 B0515554T 1.275:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.10 B0515554S 1.262:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.09 B0515554R 1.253:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.08 B0515554Q 1.242:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.07 B0515554P 1.233:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00

181.bin
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/22
Reissued: 31-May-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001j

BICU (Engine)
Symptom Corrected Version
Software modified so that process control and charge corona 1.333:01
wire cleaning are performed just prior to switching over to low
power mode, to minimize the possibility of interrupting a print
job.
Note: Details explained in separate RTB (TBA).

The ACC sheet is not printed out correctly if the machine receives
a Fax while printing out the sheet.

The title and accompanying pictorial symbols for all fusing unit
jams are now displayed as one “B/C Jam” message, in order to
ensure panel displays are consistent with machine decals.
Specifically:
- The “B/C jam” display instructs users to open both the right
cover and right-upper cover.
- The “B jam” display now instructs users to open the right
cover only.
“Toner End” is displayed if the main power is turned On without
the toner cartridge installed, even if the cartridge is then properly
installed following this (main power Off/On necessary).
The machine emits a continuous beeping sound while shifting the
paper stack inside the LCT following the LCT paper end condition
(auto tray switching Off).

Note: In addition to this BICU version, be sure to update the main

unit controller firmware to V2.07.2 or later.

(Changes applied to SP modes for Japan version only). 1.32:01

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 6/22
Reissued: 31-May-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001j
Symptom Corrected Version
1.31:01
! SP2-954-001 (New PCU Settings) newly added:
This mode facilitates servicing in the field with individual settings for
new and old PCUs.

SP2-954-001 (New PCU Settings)

0: New, 1: Old

NOTE: Enabling/Disabling this SP mode will change the settings of all

of the SP modes listed in the table below. For details, please refer to
RTB RB051017c.

! A misdetection of SC481 (Transfer belt mark detection error) or

SC280 (Image transfer belt mark detection error) may occur when
the main motor rotational direction is changed from backwards to
forwards.

NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.06 or later.
Extra toner may sometimes stick to the transfer roller and then to the 1.30:01
rear side of the next copy sheet (main motor Off timing has been
optimized).

The Copier main motor may sometimes continue running if Sort jobs
are printed out to the 500-sheet Finisher (B458).
V1.31:01
SP No. English SP2-954-01
0:New 1:Old
Setting for New Setting for Old
2-400-008 Cleaning Bias LL1: OPC 1400 1400
lubrication time
2-401-008 Cleaning Bias LL2: OPC 1400 1400
lubrication time
2-402-008 Cleaning Bias NN1: OPC 1400 1400
lubrication time
2-403-008 Cleaning Bias NN2: OPC 1400 1400
lubrication time
2-404-008 Cleaning Bias HH: OPC 1400 1400
lubrication time
2-920-01 ITB Cleaning CL OFF Time 0 0

2-921-01 ITB Cleaning CL OFF Mode 0：New PCU 1：Old PCU

2-922-01 Dev CL ON after Job End 0：OFF 1：ON

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 7/22
Reissued: 31-May-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001j
SP No. English SP2-954-01
0:New 1:Old
Setting for New Setting for Old
2-923-01 Lubricant after Toner End 1：ON 1：ON

2-924-01 ITB Cleaning Clutch Off/On - 300 300

Time
2-924-02 ITB Cleaning Clutch Off/On - 2 0
Number
2-925-01 ITB Cleaning Execution 20 20
Variable
2-926-01 Cover Ratio Reference (MC) 1.7 1.7

2-926-02 Cover Ratio Reference (FC) 1.7 1.7

2-927-01 Disable Time (ITB Cleaning) 3 3

2-970-05 ITB Cleaning Clutch Off/On 2 0

Number in Oil removal mode
3-920-02 Lubrication Cleaning Time – 100 100
2C/3C/4C
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 8/22
Reissued: 31-May-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001j

Symptom Corrected Version

Final solution for black faint images: 1.291:01

! Default setting for SP3-970-004 (Image Area Rate: Bk) has been
changed to 4.7 as follows:
# [0 ~ 10.0 / 4.7 / 0.1 %/step]

- This was based on tests that show a theoretical 4.7% pixel

coverage ratio normally corresponds to a 5% actual image
coverage ratio.
- Please see RTB # RB051017b for the necessary action in
the field.

! New SP added to control frequency of ITB clutch on/off:

# SP2-970-05 (ITB Cleaning Clutch Off/On Number in Oil
removal mode)
[0 ~ 5 / 2 / 1/step]
- This SP sets the number of times ITB clutch on/off is
performed at the end of oil removal mode (SP2-970-01), a
mode that removes oil from the ITB to ensure uniform
image density. Turning the ITB clutch on/off helps to
remove excess toner that can cling to and then drop from
the edge of the newly added ITB cleaning blade during oil
removal.

NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.05.01 or later.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 9/22
Reissued: 31-May-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001j

Symptom Corrected Version

-SP2-927-001 (Disable Time (ITB Cleaning)

[0 ~ 14 / 3 / 1 s/step] DFU
-SP2-925-001 (ITB Cleaning Execution Variable)
[0 ~ 100 / 20 / 1 sheet/step] DFU
-SP2-926-001 (Cover Ratio Reference (MC)
[0 ~ 10 / 1.7 / 0.1 %/step] DFU
-SP2-926-002 (Cover Ratio Reference (FC)
[0 ~ 10 / 1.7 / 0.1 %/step] DFU
SC571 (fusing oil overflow) misdetection from oil end detection control
malfunction.
NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.04.1 or later.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 10/22
Reissued: 31-May-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001j
Symptom Corrected Version
SP3-911-001, 002 (Doctor roller rotation interval M&K) 1.275
In addition to SP3-910 (doctor roller interval for job end), after every
job end, the doctor rollers for M and K are rotated backwards to
prevent toner clump. It is not necessary to perform the reverse rotation
of the doctor rollers for every M & K job. This rotation may cause
doctor roller filming. Dirty background images may also occur. To
prevent this, the reverse rotation is now performed after 20
development jobs. These SP Modes can adjust the reverse rotation
interval. The doctor roller reverse rotation for SP3-911 is performed at
job end. Then, SP3-910 is performed at the next job end.
-SP3-911-001 (Doctor roller rotation interval M ) ( ): Old default
[1 ~ 50 / 20 (1) / 1 /step]
-SP3-911-002 (Doctor roller rotation interval K )
[1 ~ 50 / 20 (1) / 1 /step]

An ITB cleaning blade has been added to the ITB cleaning system.
The condition of the image process has been changed. These SP
modes are used for the new ITB cleaning system.

-SP2-920-002 (ITB cleaning Clutch OFF Mode)

0: ITB cleaning belt (Default): SP2-920-001 can be adjusted.
1: No ITB cleaning belt: SP2-920-001 cannot be adjusted.
-SP2-920-001(ITB Cleaning Clutch OFF Time)
[-500 ~ 500 / 0 / 10 /step]
This SP adjusts the ITB cleaning clutch off timing to prevent toner from
dropping. This ensures the PCU process will be smooth. The
combination of the ITB cleaning blade with an incorrect setting (No ITB
cleaning blade : 1 of SP2-920-001) may cause toner to drop on the
leading edge of the printed image.

-SP2-950 (Start registration Adjustment)

To correct the color registration adjustment for the ITB cleaning belt ,
the SP settings have been revised. For details, see the table below.

-SP2-953-001 (Image Position Adjustment)

The default settings of SP2-950 (Start Registration Adjustment) can be
changed with this SP.
0: ITB cleaning blade (Default):
1: No ITB cleaning blade:
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 11/22
Reissued: 31-May-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001j
Symptom Corrected Version
-SP2-922-001 (Development Clutch ON after Job End)
This SP sets the development clutch ON/OFF control depending on
the installation of the ITB cleaning blade. It is not necessary to turn on
the development clutch at job end when the ITB cleaning blade is
installed. A small amount toner is adhered to the surface of the OPC
belt to ensure proper cleaning of the OPC belt when the ITB cleaning
blade is NOT installed.
0: No for ITB cleaning blade (Default):
1: Yes for non ITB cleaning blade:

-SP2-923-001 (Lubricant cancellation after Toner End)

Eliminated unnecessary occurrences of SC420 (Fusing bias discharge

error). SC420 will not be shown when a leak occurs as a result of a
small hole on the fusing belt surface. Field experience has confirmed
that belt lifetime is actually longer when the SC is not shown in these
conditions. If a leak should occur, the machine turns SP2-501 OFF
(fusing bias SW), and the fusing bias is not applied until the fusing
counter is cleared and the SP is set back to ON or PM counter (SP7-
803-7) is cleared.
-SP2-501-001 (Fusing Bias SW)
[0 ~ 1 / 1/ 1: ON 0: OFF]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 12/22
Reissued: 31-May-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001j
Symptom Corrected Version
When printing the magenta mono color, Cyan color may mix slightly on
the magenta image.

The separation error may occur in the “Generation” mode selected in

the operation panel. To correct this, the image processing has been
reviewed.

NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.02.9 or later.

The “toner cartridge setting error” is sometimes displayed even when 1.262:01
the cartridge has been set correctly. This is due to misdetection of the
information on the cartridge memory chip.

8”x13” SEF is mis-detected as A4 SEF in the by-pass tray.

(EU/Asia versions only).

Default settings for the following have been changed (new defaults
underlined).
SP1-003-5,-6,-7 (Paper Buckle for By-pass Tray):

SP1-003-5 By-pass: Plain

[-4 ~ 6 / 3 / 1mm /step] (previous default: 0)

SP1-003-6 By-pass: Thick

[-4 ~ 6 / 0 / 1mm /step] (previous default: -2)

SP1-003-7 By-pass: OHP

[-4 ~ 6 / 0 / 1mm /step] (previous default: -2)

Eliminated unnecessary occurrences of SC410 (2nd transfer electric leakage):

Default for SP2-803-01 (Charge Cleaning Off time) changed to

minimize idling time during wire cleaning.
.[0 ~ 200 / 10 / 10 seconds/step] (previous default: 60)

Note: This adjustment was added from v1.233:01, and the description
has been added to the v1.233.01 description below (previously
missing).

SP modes newly added (listed below).

These SPs have been added to ensure proper (higher) transfer belt cleaning
by applying the following bias voltages at job end (OPC lubrication time):

SP2-400-008: Cleaning Bias LL1: OPC lubrication time

Minimum value changed for SP2-941-01, -02 (OPC lubrication time).

Minimum increased from 0 to 6:
SP2-941-01: Job End: [6 ~ 30 / 14 / 1 s/step]
SP2-941-02: OPC Lubrication Interval: [6 ~ 60 / 10 / 1 s/step]

NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.02. or later.

To ensure proper printing quality, the default values for the following 1.253:01
SP modes have been revised while some SP modes have been
added.

-SP3-920-001 (Lubrication Cleaning Time) ( ): previous default

[0 ~ 100 / 50 (100) / 1% /step]
-SP2-941-001(OPC Lubricant Time – Interrupt )
[0 ~ 30 / 14 (20) / 1s /step]

-SP3-922-001 (Lubricant Clutch OFF: 1C ): Newly added

-SP3-922-002(Lubricant Clutch OFF: 2C/3C/4C): Newly added
[0 ~ 11 / 6 / 1s /step]
Allows the image transfer belt-cleaning clutch off timing to be adjusted.
The setting determines the number of seconds after image transfer
belt cleaning roller charging that the clutch is turned off. With previous
versions, the clutch is always running while the development roller
motor rotates.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 14/22
Reissued: 31-May-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001j
Symptom Corrected Version
-SP2-938-001 (OPC Reverse Interval): Newly added
[0 ~ 100 / 10 / 10 counts /step]
The Main motor rotates the OPC belt backwards for 500ms at the end
of every job, in order to remove foreign particles between the OPC belt
and OPC cleaning blade. However, this does not need to be performed
so often. In addition, reducing the frequency of OPC belt reverse
rotation improves the cleaning blade performance.
This SP adjusts the counter for the OPC belt reverse rotation, and is
incremented as follows:
LT/A4 LEF or smaller: 1, larger than LT/A4 LEF: 2.
When this SP reaches its set maximum, reverse rotation is performed
for 500ms at job end.

Machine may freeze up when returning to stand-by mode from panel-

off or low power mode under the following:
LEF job $ SEF job $ Enters panel-off/low-power within 3 minutes $
Next job initiated, enters stand-by mode.

SC670 is sometimes mis-detected when the SMC is printed out.

SP2-801-03 (Additional value of the charge corona cleaning interval)

has been newly added. The cleaning interval for the additional charge
corona unit has been adjusted as shown.
[0 ~ 5000 / 100 / 100 counts/step]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 15/22
Reissued: 31-May-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001j
Symptom Corrected Version
With this new SP, it is possible to adjust the interval for charge corona
cleaning in the middle of a job:
Old:
The charge corona cleaning is carried out after 600 (SP2-801-1)
development counts, at job end or after 700 (no adjustment)
development counts (stops in the middle of the job).
After
The charge corona cleaning is carried out after 600 (SP2-801-1)
development counts, at job end or after 700 (= the sum of the
settings in SP2-801-1 and -3) development counts (stops in the
middle of the job).

Text mode in mono color mode

Text Mode in mono color mode also uses the separation filter, which
may sometimes cause separation errors. The separation filter has
been reviewed.

Machine may freeze when a paper jam occurs or when the main
switch is turned on (found in laboratory tests).

SC120 was shown instead of SC122 when the scanner home position
was initialized.

SP2-803-01 (Charge Cleaning Off time) newly added:

[0 ~ 200 / 60 / 10 seconds/step]

Although a 60-second interval already exists for performing an idle

discharge after corona wire cleaning, this new SP mode allows the
interval to be adjusted. The idle discharge is to maintain an even
charge wire surface, ensuring proper charging.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 16/22
Reissued: 31-May-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001j
Symptom Corrected Version
The paper feed/transport timing for the duplex interleaf function (one 1.213:01
sheet in duplex unit, one fed from tray) has been improved to ensure
better paper transport.
SC546 & SC556 1.212:01
Detection conditions for SC546/556 have been changed so that they
are triggered by a 50°C/sec jump or drop in thermistor temperature
data (old: 20°C/sec). This is because these SCs were being reported
from the field in Japan in environments below 5°C (installation
requirements: 10°C minimum), i.e. unnecessary SC occurrences.
Note: When the actual fusing temperature is below 5°C, the
temperature curve for thermistor data is unstable and nonlinear,
triggering the SCs more easily.
Toner end and/or toner near end may be detected even when the 1.204:1
toner cartridge still contains enough to continue printing.

1.202.01
Process control mode timing
To reduce the cycle of process control mode (every 200 printings), Mono (Bk)
prints are no longer counted for process control.

Charge corona cleaning

Charge corona cleaning mode-entering timing has been changed from 640 to
700. After 700 development counts (stops in the middle of the job), charge
corona cleaning is carried out.

SC560 (Zero cross error)

SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type):

To prevent fusing jams (wrapping around the pressure roller) the layer
thickness of the pressure roller has been changed from 1.5 mm to 2.1mm
from the first production machines. When updating from v1.192:01 or
older to v1.202.01 or newer for the first time, even if the new pressure
roller is installed, it is necessary to select ‘ new ‘ in SP1-905-01 to
initialize fusing temperature control. The settings for the August
production machines have been input on the production line. When firmware
1.192:01 or older is updated to 1.202.01 or later for the first time, the
machine cannot judge which data (old or new) should be used for fusing
control.
Note: When selecting 0 in SP1-905-1 and then pressing # on the LCD, the
new control data is applied to fusing control.
0: new pressure roller type (2.1mm), 1: old pressure roller type (1.5mm)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 17/22
Reissued: 31-May-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001j
Symptom Corrected Version
SP2-944-4 and –5 :(OPC Lubrication – High Coverage)
The default settings for SP2-944-4 and –5 have been reviewed and changed
to reduce the cycle of OPC lubrication mode.
SP2-944-4: Sheets-1: [10 to 80/ 30 / 1sheet/step]
SP2-944-5: Sheets-2: [10 to 80/ 60 / 1sheet/step]

0: New paper transfer roller type (Drum type), 1: Old paper transfer roller
type (straight type)

SP2-321-7 and –9: (Paper transfer bias of edge)

The default settings have been changed from 1.0 to 0.8 to improve image
quality in low temperature and low humidity conditions.

SP7-931-001 to –017 (Engine status display)

Reducing fan motor rotation period

The development fan stops and the fusing unit fan is rotated at half speed for
15 seconds after the last sheet of paper exits the printer. With the previous
firmware, the fusing unit fan and development fan both ran for 3 minutes after
paper exit.
1.181:01
Doctor roller reverse mode timing
After 20 prints, at job end or after 50 prints (stops in the middle of the job),
the machine carries out the doctor roller reverse rotation to maintain good
printing quality. A4/LT SEF or shorter printing is counted as 1 and printing
longer than A4/LT SEF is counted as 2. With the prototype firmware, A4/LT
LEF or shorter printing is counted as 1 and longer than A4/LT LEF is counted
as 2. This is to reduce the frequency of the doctor roller reverse mode.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 18/22
Reissued: 31-May-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001j
August 2002 production serial numbers
B051-17: J2526800001 to J2526800023
B051-27: J2526800024 to J2526800043
B052-17: J2626800001 to J2626800042
B052-27: J2626800043 to J2626800061
Note for Updating the BICU firmware of the August production machines
When the BICU firmware is updated from the August production machines to 1.204:1 or later for
the first time, be sure to update the main unit controller firmware to V1.332 or later at the same
time. (Refer to the main unit controller firmware history RTB (RTB No.2). Then, change the
following SP modes after updating the firmware.
SP2-905-01: (Paper transfer roller type): Select 0, then press #.
SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type): Select 0, then press #.
SP2-944-4 and –5: (OPC Lubrication – High Coverage): -4: Change setting from 20 to 30. –5:
Change the setting from 40 to 60.

Operation Panel LCD

Taiwanese words correction

Korean words correction

Clean / Adjust in Spanish, French

First release for Asia version

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 19/22
Reissued: 31-May-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001j
FAX application
Symptom Corrected Version
Key input from the operation panel is sometimes disabled when changing 2.05.2
over from Copier to FAX mode under the following conditions.
• Function Priority is set to Copier in User Tools.
• Nothing is input for TTI No. 1 & 2.
• Korea is registered as the country code in SP 1-101-016.
Minor bug correction for Japanese version. 2.05
Supports MLB function. 2.00
First release 1.17

FCU
Symptom Corrected Version
Tx level of DTMF tone in Taiwan is slightly high. 05.00.00
Supports MLB function. 04.00.01

Main power off/on during original scanning

If the main power is turned off while the machine is scanning the original, the
memory capacity remains decreased when the power is turned back on.
Job numbers for standby for FAX transmission by LAN FAX (P/C FAX): 03.01.00
System Switch 19 No.4 (SP1-101-026; page 4-17 in S/M)
System Switch 19 No.4 (SP1-101-026; page 4-17) added to FAX SP mode.

Job numbers for standby for FAX transmission by LAN FAX (P/C FAX) are
limited as follows:
0: 64 1: Depends on memory (400: standard, 800: with Fax Function
Upgrade Unit)

Taiwan area
Taiwan Area parameters added.

First release 02.01.00

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 20/22
Reissued: 31-May-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001j

New defaults for SP2- 310 to 314

SP code Class1and 2
ＳＰ
2-310 2-311 2-312 2-313 2-314
Class 3
LL1 LL2 NN1 NN2 HH
-1 25 27 28 29 30

-2 25 28 30 30 30

-3 25 29 32 31 30

-4 25 28 31 30 28

-5 25 27 30 28 26

-6 26 28 29 30 31

-7 26 29 31 31 31

-8 26 30 33 32 31

-9 26 29 32 31 29

-10 26 28 31 29 27

-11 14 15 15 16 16

-12 15 15 15 15 15

-13 16 15 14 15 15

-14 18 16 14 14 14

-15 20 17 14 14 14

-16 28 28 27 29 30

-17 30 29 28 31 33

-18 28 29 30 33 36

-19 28 29 30 32 34

-20 28 29 30 31 32

-21 29 29 28 30 31

-22 31 30 29 32 34

-23 29 30 31 34 37

-24 29 30 31 33 35

-25 29 30 31 32 33

-26 12 13 14 14 14

-27 16 16 16 15 15

-28 20 19 17 17 16
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 21/22
Reissued: 31-May-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001j

-29 24 23 23 23 22

-30 28 29 30 29 28

-31 16 17 17 18 18

-32 20 21 21 22 22
New defaults for SP2- 903
[0 to 70.0 /1.0/ 0.1µA/step]

New SP (): Old default

950 Start Registration Adjustment
1 Start Registration Color registration adjustment: Adjusts the start timing of
Adjustment 1–K (32 imaging for each color.
CPM) [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
2 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–M (32
CPM)
3 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–C (32
CPM)
4 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–Y (32
CPM)
5 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 2 (0) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–K (32
CPM)
6 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1 ) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–M (32
CPM)
7 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–C (32
CPM)
8 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–Y (32
CPM)
9 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–K (24
CPM)
10 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–M (24
CPM)
11 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–C (24
CPM)
12 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–Y (24
CPM)
13 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–K (24
CPM)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 22/22
Reissued: 31-May-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001j
14 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1 ) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–M (24
CPM)
15 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–C (24
CPM)
16 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–Y (24
CPM)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/8
Reissued: 31-May-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002j
RTB Reissue
The items in bold italics have been added or changed.
Subject: Firmware History - Main Unit Controller Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other (Firmware History)

This is to inform you of the Main Unit Controller firmware history.

Part No. Program name
B0515566 Version C.SUM Production
A B0515566A.bin V2.07.2 EEF3 June production ‘04
B0515566.bin V2.06 909E January production ‘04
B0515550
Z B0515550Z.bin V2.05.2 9FC4 December Production
‘03
Y B0515550Y.bin V2.05.1 22E0 November Production
‘03
X B0515550X.bin V2.04.1 EB37 October Production ‘03
W B0515550W.bin V2.03.2 3C9B September production
‘03
V B0515550V.bin V2.03.1 81DA August production ‘03
U B0515550U.bin V2.02.9 2D2F Not applied to the
production machines.
For updating the
machines in the field,
produced before August,
2003 production
T B0515550T.bin V2.02 C3AE Jun production ‘03
S B0515550S.bin V2.01.5 5CE2 April Production ‘03
R B0515550R.bin V2.01.4 6A3B April Production ‘03
Q B0515550Q.bin V2.01.2 0F04 March Production ‘03
P B0515550N.bin V2.00.1 E2B8 February Production ‘03
N B0515550N.bin V1.39 - December Production
02’
M B0515550M.bin V1.332 6CEF November Production
02’
L - V1.33 - November Production
‘02
K - V1.29 - Not applied to the
production machines
J - V1.252 - Not applied to the
production machines
H - V1.251 - Not applied to the
production machines
G - V1.22 - August production ‘02

2002 August production serial numbers

B051-17: J2526800001 to J2526800023
B051-27: J2526800024 to J2526800043
B052-17: J2626800001 to J2626800042
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/8
Reissued: 31-May-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002j
B052-27: J2626800043 to J2626800061
Note for updating main unit controller firmware of August production machines
When the main unit controller firmware is updated from the August production machines to 1.332
or later for the first time, be sure to update BICU firmware to V1.204:1 or later at the same time.
Refer to the BICU firmware history RTB for the copier firmware service card (RTB No.1).
Main Unit Controller
Symptom Corrected Version
SC991 (communication error between main controller and HDD) occurs V2.07.2
while an image scanned with the Scanner is being temporarily stored in
HDD memory following recovery from panel-off ! low power mode.

Supplementary:
When recovering from low power mode, the HDD sends the Ready
condition signal to the main controller as soon as the HDD is brought
on line. Since the HDD is not actually in its Ready condition, it is unable
to receive data from the controller, triggering the SC.

With this firmware, the HDD will send its ready condition signal only
after it has fully reached its Ready status following recovery from low
power mode.

“Almost empty” is mistakenly displayed when the waste toner bottle

reaches the near-full condition (Czech only).

Note: In addition to this main unit controller version, be sure to update

the language group 1 firmware to v3.04 or later.
SC687 misdetection when printing out a Printer Document Server
document with Date Printing.

The date and time for the last time ACC was performed is not displayed
on the operation panel (Korea models).

SC990 misdetection when attempting to print out with Electrical Sort

without the standard HDD installed.

SC804 misdetection when scanning non-standard paper sizes 217mm

to 219mm in length in ADF mode.

Print job sometimes stalls when printing out a Printer Document Server
document with Date Printing, which is mistakenly displayed as a paper
jam on the operation panel.

Note: In addition to this main unit controller version, be sure to update

the BICU firmware to v1.333:01 or later.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/8
Reissued: 31-May-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002j
Symptom Corrected Version
Modified in accordance with the BICU v1.31:01 modification. For details, V2.06
please see RTB #RB051001i.

Note: In addition to this main unit controller version, be sure to update the
BICU firmware to v1.31:01 or later.
The Copier sometimes stalls on machines with the optional MLB installed V2.05.2
while the optional FAX unit is storing documents.
Modified in accordance with the BICU v1.291:01 modification. For details, V2.05.1
please see RTB #RB051001g.

NOTE: In addition to this main unit controller version, be sure to update the
BICU firmware to V1.291:01 or later.

Documents stored on the document server cannot be printed out. V2.04.1

Note: This does not occur under any other conditions, such as when using
the Copier function, setting the counter for page counts, or making B/W prints
or copies.

Electronic Electronic Mechanical Mechanical

Counter (YMC) Counter (K) Counter 2 Counter 1
(YMC) (K)
Full-color +3 +1 +3（OK） +1（OK）
Copier
Full-color +3 +1 +1（NG） 0（NG）
Printer

Paper jam/SC687 sometimes occur while printing documents scanned with V2.03.1
mixed-size scanning.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/8
Reissued: 31-May-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002j
Symptom Corrected Version
This version has been released for machines produced before August 2003. V2.02.9
The firmware download display is indicated as 2.02AugSP, B0515550W. This
firmware is version after version 2.02. The August and September production
Firmware was found to have the following symptoms:

We will release the controller firmware of October production machines at the

end of September. This will solve the above problem for all production month
machines.
Modified in accordance with the BICU v1.275 :01 modification. For details,
please see RTB #RB051001e.

Specification change V2.01.2

The counter specifications have been changed, as described in RTB #
RGene013.
MLB minor bug correction.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/8
Reissued: 31-May-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002j
Symptom Corrected Version
Supports MLB function V2.00.1

SP mode newly added: SP2-801-03 (Additional Value of the charge corona

Paper may not be fed for certain applications, by-pass feed, and N-job ON
after a jam or paper end condition occurs and a jam or paper end condition is
cleared.

SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type) and Default value SP1-105

0: new pressure roller type (2.1mm), 1: old pressure roller type (1.5mm)
Refer to the BICU firmware history in the RTB for the service card (BICU:
1.202.01).
Default value SP1-105
Some default values have been changed. Refer to the New Default table.

SP2-944-4 and –5 :(OPC Lubrication – High Coverage)

Default Autonet OFF

New IC chip on the new wireless LAN option

Firmware correction for CSS function (Domestic version only)

SP7901 cannot be read through CSS system.

Default and factory settings for SP2-310-001 to SP2-314-032 (paper transfer

currents) and SP2-903-01 (Paper transfer Adjustment) have been changed.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 6/8
Reissued: 31-May-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002j
Symptom Corrected Version
Refer to the BICU firmware history in the RTB for the service card (BICU:
1.192:01).

SP2-321-7 and –9: (Paper transfer bias of edge)

The default settings have been changed from 1.0 to 0.8 to improve image
quality in low temperature and low humidity conditions.

SP2-905-01: (Paper transfer roller type)

Refer to the BICU firmware history in the RTB for the service card (BICU:
1.192:01).
First release V1.22

Machine VS controller firmware table

Machines Machine October
updated to updated to production
V2.02.9 or V2.03.1 or controller
before V2.03.2 (2003 firmware
August and (V2.04.1)
September)
Document stored by the Can output Cannot output Can output
document server in the
controller firmware of
V2.02.9 or before
Document stored by the Cannot output Can output Can output
document server in the
controller firmware of
V2.03.1 or V2.03.2(2003
August and September)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 7/8
Reissued: 31-May-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002j
New defaults (Old default)
105* Fusing Temperature
1 Heating: Idling Sets the temperature at which the heating roller starts
idling.
[100 ~ 180 / 145 / 1°C/step]
2 Heating: Ready Sets the temperature at which the heating roller enters
the print ready condition.
[100 ~ 180 / 155 (165) / 1°C/step]
3 Heating: Standby Sets the heating roller temperature for the ready
(standby) condition. After the main switch has been
turned on, the machine enters this condition when the
heating roller temperature reaches the temperature
specified in this SP mode. When the machine is
recovering from energy saver or auto off mode, the
machine becomes ready when both heat and pressure
roller temperatures reach the specified temperature.
Pressure roller: SP1-105-16
[100 ~ 180 / 160 (175) / 1°C/step ]
4 Heating: Plain/1 Color Sets the heating roller temperature for thin paper in
single-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 155 (160 )/ 1°C/step]
5 Heating: Plain/Full Sets the heating roller temperature for thin paper in full-
Color color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 160 (170) / 1°C/step]
6 Heating: Middle Sets the heating roller temperature for normal plain
Thick/1 Color paper in single-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 165 (170) / 1°C/step]
7 Heating: Middle Sets the heating roller temperature for normal plain
Thick/Full Color paper in full-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 170 (180) / 1°C/step]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 8/8
Reissued: 31-May-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002j

105* Fusing Temperature

Subject: Firmware Release History (G3 interface unit & ISDN Prepared by: H.K.
option)
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other ( )

This is to inform you of firmware release information for the G3 interface unit & ISDN
option (G4) Service Card.

G3 interface unit & ISDN option Card

Version Program No. C. SUM Effective Date
4.00 B5035430K 03F5 May production ‘04
4.00 B5035430J - November production ‘03
2.00 B5035430E - March production ‘03
1.00 B5035430 - From First production

Contents
Version Programs/Versions
G3 interface unit ISDN option (G4)
4.00 73 H3107235L 19 H5477207F
4.00 71 H3107235K 19 H5477207F
2.00 66 H3107235C 19 H5477207F
1.00 49 H3107235C 19 H5477207F

G3 interface unit (SG3DREI)

Version Symptom Corrected
73 ! The FCU does not switch to Energy Saver Mode after communication is
completed if the incoming ring has a frequency of 1300Hz or a duration of
200ms or less.
! Communication error sometimes occurs when receiving a PC Fax from a
non-Ricoh machine.
71 (minor bugs corrected)
66 (minor bugs corrected)
49 First release

ISDN option (SiG4)

Version Symptom Corrected
19 First release
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/3
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 11-Jun-04 No.: RB051030

Subject: Dirty Background – Black stripes in non-image areas Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other ( )

SYMPTOM
Black stripes appear in non-image areas.

Black stripes in non-image areas.

Note: The stripes are not visible in this photo, but can be seen
on actual print samples.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/3
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 11-Jun-04 No.: RB051030

CAUSE
Some toner in the toner hopper takes on a positive charge under the following
conditions, causing it to be attracted to non-image areas:

Printing out images with coverage rates of 5% or less for an extended period causes
the amount of toner in the toner hopper to increase, as consumption is relatively low.
This lowers the toner fluidity (agitation capability) and chargeability, so that when new
toner is supplied and mixed into the hopper, some of the toner with low chargeability
takes on a positive charge.

SOLUTION

Production line
1. The following have been applied to optimize the amount of toner supplied from the
bottle to the hopper.
! The drive gears have been modified to reduce the rotation speed of the toner
agitator.
! The size of the toner supply window has been decreased.
2. The default value for the minimum toner consumption amount (SP3-970-004:
Image Area Rate: Bk) has been changed to 4.7%. This acts to continuously supply
refreshed toner to the development roller, ensuring that the proper toner
chargeability is maintained.
3. The shape of the paddle roller in the toner hopper has been changed to more
evenly distribute new toner and improve toner fluidity.

Note:
# Changes #1 and 3 above have been applied from June 2004 production, and
change #2 from November 2003 production. See below for the P/N change
and remarks regarding the new Bk development unit.

In the Field
If the symptom is reported in the field:
1. Take 20-30 A3 sky-shot copies to remove the deteriorated toner.
2. Make sure SP3-970-004 (Image Area Rate: Bk) is set to a value of 4.7.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/3
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 11-Jun-04 No.: RB051030

P/N Change and Remarks for the New BK Development Unit

Development unit - BK: B0523214 $ B0523224

# The new unit is shipped with the Bk starter toner already supplied to the toner hopper,
therefore do not replace the Bk starter toner cartridge to supply more toner to the
hopper until the toner end condition is detected. This will cause this black stripe
problem to occur.
! The starter toner is pre-supplied because the decreased toner supply window
modification can sometimes cause a toner end misdetection from the reduced
amount of toner being supplied from the starter cartridge.

# Distinguishing the old unit from the new one

The new development unit has a “+” mark on the lot number decal as shown below.

“+” Mark
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/7
Reissued: 11-Jun-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 9-Mar-04 No.: RB051024a
RTB Correction
The items in bold italics have been corrected or added.
Subject: Toner dropping Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other ( )

SYMPTOM
Toner dropping from the development unit, leading to the following:
! Random-pitched banding (dirty OPC grounding brush)
! Dirty spots on images
! 15mm-width bands (charge corona cleaner stops during cleaning job)
! Uneven image density, light copies, other (see RTB RB051008e)

CAUSE
1. Toner leaks through the gap between the internal seal and doctor roller (left
and right sides of the development unit).
2. Toner leaks through the doctor and development roller nip area, due to
insufficient nip pressure between the rollers (left and right sides of the
development unit).
3. Toner leaks through the entrance seal when foreign particles get caught
underneath the seal (center of the development unit).
Note: This is intermittent, since the development roller’s reverse rotation
mode helps to clear away these particles.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/7
Reissued: 11-Jun-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 9-Mar-04 No.: RB051024a

SOLUTION
Action in the Field:
1. Turn the development roller in the reverse direction and clean the roller surface with
a dry cloth. Also, please refer to RTB RB051008e.
2. Clean the following, including any areas inside the machine onto which toner
has fallen: Development unit area, charge corona unit, PCU exterior, PCU
grounding brush (see RTB 051008e, pg. 14).

If uneven image density or light copies still appear after this cleaning, check
the LD unit (especially the toner shield glass and polygon mirror) and clean if
necessary.

3. Clean both edges of the development unit (gears, development roller and
development seals at both ends).
Important: While cleaning, make sure that no foreign particles come in contact with
the development roller surface and that the development unit surface is not
damaged.

Clean
Clean
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/7
Reissued: 11-Jun-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 9-Mar-04 No.: RB051024a

4. Clean out as much of the spilt toner as possible from the space between the
development roller and seal, using a vacuum.

Vacuum out the

toner

Spilt toner
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/7
Reissued: 11-Jun-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 9-Mar-04 No.: RB051024a

5. Attach the following side seals (L-shaped) to both ends of the development
unit as shown below.
B0519909: Toner Protection sheet – 40 pcs/set

Attaching the seals:

1) Align the bottom and side edges (shown with red lines below) with the
corresponding edges of the development unit.

Note: The target is to perfectly align the seal with the unit edges, with a
maximum of +1mm outward from the unit side edge. Make sure not to attach
the seals inward of the unit side edge.

2) Bend back the tabs on the lower edge of the seal, then affix them to the
bottom surface of the unit.

3) Make sure to smooth out the surface of the seal and press firmly when
attaching, in order to prevent any bubbles. Also, after attaching, make sure
there are no gaps between the seals and the doctor roller shaft (see the photo
below).

NG: There is a gap

between the seal and
the doctor roller shaft

Important:
1) While attaching the Mylar seals, make sure that no foreign particles
come in contact with the development roller surface and that the
development unit surface is not damaged.
2) The actual seals are not marked with red lines; this is only a visual aid
for the photograph below.
3) If marks appear at 54 mm intervals after attaching the seals, the
development roller surface needs to be cleaned (see the service manual
page 4-24).
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/7
Reissued: 11-Jun-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 9-Mar-04 No.: RB051024a
Left Edge

0+1, -0

Align
the left
end

Align the bottom

Fold under and affix edge

Right Edge
0+1, - 0

Align
the
right
edge

Fold under and affix

Align the bottom

edge
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 6/7
Reissued: 11-Jun-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 9-Mar-04 No.: RB051024a
Permanent:
The following solutions have been applied from June 2004 production.
1. The parts assembly procedure has been improved with the use of a special
tool to minimize the clearance between the seal and the doctor roller.
2. The doctor roller diameter has been optimized to further ensure the proper
nip pressure between the doctor and development rollers.
3. An additional entrance seal has been added (partially overlapping the original
seal) so that the development unit is properly sealed, even if foreign particles
get caught under the original seal.

P/N Changes, Remarks and Cut-in Serial Numbers

K: B0523214 # B0523224
M: B0523215 # B0523225
Y: B0523216 # B0523226
C: B0523217 # B0523227

! Distinguishing the old unit from the new one

The new development unit has a “+” mark on the lot number decal as shown below.

“+” Mark
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 7/7
Reissued: 11-Jun-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 9-Mar-04 No.: RB051024a

! Cut-in serial numbers

B051-17, 19, 22, 27, 29: J25466XXXXX
B051-24: L123486XXXXX
B051-26: 5P2864XXXX
B051-51, 57: J25406XXXXX
B052-17, 19, 22, 27, 29: J26466XXXXX
B052-24: L124486XXXX

B052-26: 5P3864XXXX
B052-51, 57: J26406XXXXX
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/8
Reissued: 30-Jul-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 9-Mar-04 No.: RB051024b
RTB Correction
The items in bold italics have been corrected or added.
Subject: Toner dropping Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other ( )

CAUSE
1. Toner leaks through the gap between the internal seal and doctor roller (left and
right sides of the development unit).
2. Toner leaks through the doctor and development roller nip area, due to insufficient
nip pressure between the rollers (left and right sides of the development unit).
3. Toner leaks through the entrance seal when foreign particles get caught underneath
the seal (center of the development unit).
Note: This is intermittent, since the development roller’s reverse rotation mode
helps to clear away these particles.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/8
Reissued: 30-Jul-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 9-Mar-04 No.: RB051024b

SOLUTION
The following is the action in the field. Also see “Additional Notes” on the last page.

Action in the Field:

1. Turn the development roller in the reverse direction and clean the roller surface with
a dry cloth. Also, please refer to RTB RB051008e.
2. Clean the following, including any areas inside the machine onto which toner has
fallen: Development unit area, charge corona unit, PCU exterior, PCU grounding
brush (see RTB 051008e, pg. 14).

If uneven image density or light copies still appear after this cleaning, check the LD
unit (especially the toner shield glass and polygonal mirror) and clean if necessary.

3. Clean both edges of the development unit (gears, development roller and
development seals at both ends).
Important: While cleaning, make sure that no foreign particles come in contact with the
development roller surface and that the development unit surface is not damaged.

Clean
Clean
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/8
Reissued: 30-Jul-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 9-Mar-04 No.: RB051024b

4. Clean out as much of the spilt toner as possible from the space between the
development roller and seal, using a vacuum cleaner.

Vacuum out the

toner

Spilt toner

5. Attach the following side seals (L-shaped) to both ends of the development unit as
shown below.
B0519909: Toner Protection sheet – 40 pcs/set

Attaching the seals:

1) Align the bottom and side edges (shown with red lines below) with the
corresponding edges of the development unit.

Important:
! The target is to line up the seal perfectly with the side and bottom edges.
The tolerance for each edge is:
# Side edge: Maximum 1mm outward from the edge
# Bottom edge: Maximum 1mm inward from the edge
! Make sure that the side and bottom edges of the seal are parallel to the
side and bottom edges of the development unit.
! Make sure not to damage the development roller surface. For example,
make sure that dust and other particles do not touch the roller surface.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/8
Reissued: 30-Jul-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 9-Mar-04 No.: RB051024b

2) Bend back the tabs on the lower edge of the seal, then affix them to the bottom
surface of the unit.

3) Make sure to smooth out the surface of the seal and press firmly when attaching,
in order to prevent any bubbles. Also, after attaching, make sure there are no gaps
between the seals and the doctor roller shaft (see the photo below).

NG: There is a gap

between the seal and
the doctor roller shaft

Important:
1) There are no red lines on the actual seals. This is only for the
photograph below.
2) If you see marks at 54mm-intervals after you attach the seals, clean the
development roller surface (refer to Service Manual pg. 4-24).
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/8
Reissued: 30-Jul-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 9-Mar-04 No.: RB051024b
Left Edge

0+1, -0

Align
the left
end

Align the bottom

Fold under and affix edge: 0+1, -0

Right Edge
0+1, - 0

Align
the right
edge

Fold under and affix

Align the bottom
edge: 0+1, -0
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 6/8
Reissued: 30-Jul-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 9-Mar-04 No.: RB051024b
Permanent:
The following solutions have been applied from June 2004 production.
1. The parts assembly procedure has been improved with the use of a special tool to
minimize the clearance between the seal and doctor roller.
2. The doctor roller diameter has been optimized to further ensure the proper nip
pressure between the doctor and development rollers.
3. An additional entrance seal has been added (partially overlapping the original seal)
so that the development unit is properly sealed, even if foreign particles get caught
under the original seal.

P/N Changes, Remarks and Cut-in Serial Numbers

K: B0523214 $ B0523224
M: B0523215 $ B0523225
Y: B0523216 $ B0523226
C: B0523217 $ B0523227

! Distinguishing the old unit from the new one

The new development unit has a “+” mark on the lot number decal as shown below.

“+” Mark
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 7/8
Reissued: 30-Jul-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 9-Mar-04 No.: RB051024b

! Cut-in serial numbers

B051-17, 19, 22, 27, 29: J25466XXXXX
B051-24: L123486XXXXX
B051-26: 5P2864XXXX
B051-51, 57: J25406XXXXX
B052-17, 19, 22, 27, 29: J26466XXXXX
B052-24: L124486XXXX

B052-26: 5P3864XXXX
B052-51, 57: J26406XXXXX

Additional notes:
1. The L-seals are designed to fix the secondary symptoms described on the first
page only. They are not designed to fix toner scattering. Toner scattering may
decrease after you attach the seals, but it will still occur (as shown below):

Toner scattering at 5k Toner scattering at 20k

(unit with the L-seal) (unit with the L-seal)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/8
Reissued: 30-Jul-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 9-Mar-04 No.: RB051024b
2. Some units in service parts stock have already been modified.
L-seals are already attached to service parts that have a blue circle on the box label
(refer to photograph below).

Blue circle: Means that L-

seals are already attached
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/3
Reissued: 2-Aug-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 26-May-04 No.: RB051028a
RTB Correction
The items in bold italics have been corrected or added.
Subject: Development Roller Handle Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other ( )

Important Notes Regarding the Development Roller Handle

[C] [A]
Development
roller handle

[B]

Service Manual excerpt:

8. Keep the development unit level and shake the development unit about 10 times from
side to side.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/3
Reissued: 2-Aug-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 26-May-04 No.: RB051028a
NOTE: 1) Do not touch the development roller or the development roller gear.
2) Use caution not to drop the cartridge or to damage it.
3) If the cartridge has not been shaken well, the machine takes a
longer time to initialize the development unit, or an error message or
SC350 is displayed. When either of them is displayed, turn the main
switch off and on.
9. Engage the special tool [A] (distributed with the machine) with the development roller
gear at the rear [B].
10. Turn the tool clockwise (approximately 5 times) until the toner covers the whole area of
the development roller [C].
NOTE: If the toner does not cover the whole area of the development roller, redo steps
8 to 10.

If you see lines on the roller after you do this step, turn the gear counter-
clockwise about 1/4 turn (10 mm). Then, turn the gear clockwise again 2
full turns.

NOTE: DO NOT turn the gear in the opposite direction while the toner does not
cover still the whole area of the development unit, because toner
dropping may occur.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/3
Reissued: 2-Aug-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 26-May-04 No.: RB051028a

Important note about the development roller cap

When you install development units from June 2004 production onward, remove the
gear cap before you turn the roller with the special tool. Also, after turning the roller,
put the cap back on the roller.
# The shape of the cap was changed, and the diameter was increased from
13mm to 15mm. This was done to make it easier to install the development
unit (The new gear slides onto the rail easier).

Cap

Size, shape change

Old cap New cap

Connection points:
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/2
Reissued: 13-Sep-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 25-Feb-03 No.: RB051006b
RTB Correction
The items in bold italics have been corrected or added.
Subject: Firmware History - Scanner/PS3 Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other (Firmware History)

This is to inform you of the Scanner/PS3 firmware history

Contents for all models:
PS Scanner
Program No. Ver Program No Ver C.SUM Effective Date
B5225917B 1.00 B0725551B 1.02 273C August Prod. ‘02
B5225917B 1.00 B0725551C 1.05 94BD Does not apply to the
B5225917E 1.04 B0725551D 1.13 39A4 production machine
B5225917E 1.04 B0725551E 1.15 4CD6 October Prod. ‘02
B5225917F 1.06 B0725551E 1.15 51D4 January Prod. ‘03
B5225917F 1.06 B0725551F 2.00 F4A6 February Prod. ‘03
B5225917F 1.06 B0725551G 2.02 3A23 April Pro. ‘03
B5225917F 1.06 B0725551H 2.03 B31D July Prod. ‘03
B5225917G 1.08 B0725551H 2.03 9E96 August Prod. ‘03
B5225917H 1.09 B0725551H 2.03 B4C7 July Prod. ‘04

Scanner:
Symptom Corrected Version
File full condition may occur following repeated connections to the POP server with APOP auto 2.03
connection.

Some Korean and Russian characters appear garbled on the SMC report.
Attached file is sometimes delivered as a text file. 2.02
Supports the File Format Converter (MLB) function 2.00
Minor bug with delivery module. 1.15
Operation flow for multiple scanning in platen mode improved. 1.13
Scanning stops while scanning with the TWAIN driver for printer output.
If the operation SW is pressed while the machine is scanning the third set of 2000 originals 1.05
(SADF mode), the machine goes into auto off mode.
First release 1.02
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/2
Reissued: 13-Sep-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 25-Feb-03 No.: RB051006b

PS3:
Symptom Corrected Version
The following PS problems have been modified: 1.09

White or light pixels that don't show in the screen image get scattered throughout
areas of dark pixels in the printout. This makes the dark areas appear lighter than
they are supposed to.

Using Photoshop v7.0, if Dithering is set to anything other than "User setting" a line
is sometimes drawn through the image.

The wording is incorrect on the PS config/font page. The value of Color Profile
under <Printing Configuration> should be "auto", not "business".
The PS logo color printed on the PS configuration sheet appeared slightly blue. It should 1.08
be red.

Modified job information character string.

Subject: Toner Cartridge after Dev Unit replacement Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other ( )

When the Development Unit needs to be replaced (due to a field problem and/or PM
replacement), the toner cartridge may also be replaced even though this is not necessary
yet:

If a new Dev Unit is installed, it contains the Toner Starter Kit. However, the toner starter
kit will last for a short time only.
The Development Unit that was replaced due to a quality issue still has a good Toner
Cartridge inside (maybe half full). This toner may still be usable and therefore is not
necessary to be discarded.
Note: Do not replace the Bk starter toner cartridge with the “used” normal toner cartridge
until the toner end condition is detected. This may cause background to occur. Refer to
RTB B051030.

Only in case of Black Faint Image, the above action should not be done. Refer to RTB
RB051014b. In this case, both the development unit and toner cartridge need to be
replaced.

This is described in the ‘Detailed section description’ chapter of the service manual.
However, service representatives may not see this description in the field. Recent field
data analyses and field investigations show that keeping the toner cartridge after the
development unit replacement is often forgotten. It is very important to keep the toner
cartridge and let the customers know what should be done after the starter toner
cartridge is all used up.

Description in the service manual (page 6-47)

Use a starter toner cartridge in the development unit even if toner remains in the
used normal toner cartridge when you replace the development unit. You can put
the normal toner cartridge into the development unit after the toner in the starter
toner cartridge is all used up.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/2
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 13-Sep-04 No.: RB051031

Development
Toner cartridge unit without
removed from the toner
development unit cartridge
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/8
Reissued: 5-Oct-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002k
RTB Reissue
The items in bold italics have been added or changed.
Subject: Firmware History - Main Unit Controller Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other (Firmware History)

This is to inform you of the Main Unit Controller firmware history.

Part No. Program name
B0515566 Version C.SUM Production
B B0515566B.bin V2.07.3 4820 October production ‘04
A B0515566A.bin V2.07.2 EEF3 June production ‘04
B0515566.bin V2.06 909E January production ‘04
B0515550
Z B0515550Z.bin V2.05.2 9FC4 December Production
‘03
Y B0515550Y.bin V2.05.1 22E0 November Production
‘03
X B0515550X.bin V2.04.1 EB37 October Production ‘03
W B0515550W.bin V2.03.2 3C9B September production
‘03
V B0515550V.bin V2.03.1 81DA August production ‘03
U B0515550U.bin V2.02.9 2D2F Not applied to the
production machines.
For updating the
machines in the field,
produced before August,
2003 production
T B0515550T.bin V2.02 C3AE Jun production ‘03
S B0515550S.bin V2.01.5 5CE2 April Production ‘03
R B0515550R.bin V2.01.4 6A3B April Production ‘03
Q B0515550Q.bin V2.01.2 0F04 March Production ‘03
P B0515550N.bin V2.00.1 E2B8 February Production ‘03
N B0515550N.bin V1.39 - December Production
02’
M B0515550M.bin V1.332 6CEF November Production
02’
L - V1.33 - November Production
‘02
K - V1.29 - Not applied to the
production machines
J - V1.252 - Not applied to the
production machines
H - V1.251 - Not applied to the
production machines
G - V1.22 - August production ‘02

2002 August production serial numbers

B051-17: J2526800001 to J2526800023
B051-27: J2526800024 to J2526800043
B052-17: J2626800001 to J2626800042
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/8
Reissued: 5-Oct-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002k
B052-27: J2626800043 to J2626800061
Note for updating main unit controller firmware of August production machines
When the main unit controller firmware is updated from the August production machines to 1.332
or later for the first time, be sure to update BICU firmware to V1.204:1 or later at the same time.
Refer to the BICU firmware history RTB for the copier firmware service card (RTB No.1).
Main Unit Controller
Symptom Corrected Version
The Concorde (remote service) system captures the Development V2.07.3
Counter data even when the machine is configured to use the Page
Counter.

Example: A color print job.

Color Counter BK Counter
Page Counter value +1 0
Development Counter value +3 +1
Excess +2 +1

SC991 (communication error between main controller and HDD) occurs while V2.07.2
an image scanned with the Scanner is being temporarily stored in HDD
memory following recovery from panel-off ! low power mode.

Supplementary:
When recovering from low power mode, the HDD sends the Ready condition
signal to the main controller as soon as the HDD is brought on line. Since the
HDD is not actually in its Ready condition, it is unable to receive data from
the controller, triggering the SC.

With this firmware, the HDD will send its ready condition signal only after it
has fully reached its Ready status following recovery from low power mode.

“Almost empty” is mistakenly displayed when the waste toner bottle reaches
the near-full condition (Czech only).

Note: In addition to this main unit controller version, be sure to update the
language group 1 firmware to v3.04 or later.
SC687 misdetection when printing out a Printer Document Server document
with Date Printing.

The date and time for the last time ACC was performed is not displayed on
the operation panel (Korea models).

SC990 misdetection when attempting to print out with Electrical Sort without
the standard HDD installed.

SC804 misdetection when scanning non-standard paper sizes 217mm to

219mm in length in ADF mode.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/8
Reissued: 5-Oct-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002k
Symptom Corrected Version
Print job sometimes stalls when printing out a Printer Document Server
document with Date Printing, which is mistakenly displayed as a paper jam
on the operation panel.

Note: In addition to this main unit controller version, be sure to update the
BICU firmware to v1.333:01 or later.

Modified in accordance with the BICU v1.31:01 modification. For details, V2.06
please see RTB #RB051001i.

NOTE: In addition to this main unit controller version, be sure to update the
BICU firmware to V1.291:01 or later.

Documents stored on the document server cannot be printed out. V2.04.1

Note: This does not occur under any other conditions, such as when using
the Copier function, setting the counter for page counts, or making B/W prints
or copies.

Electronic Electronic Mechanical Mechanical

Counter (YMC) Counter (K) Counter 2 Counter 1
(YMC) (K)
Full-color +3 +1 +3（OK） +1（OK）
Copier
Full-color +3 +1 +1（NG） 0（NG）
Printer

Paper jam/SC687 sometimes occur while printing documents scanned with V2.03.1
mixed-size scanning.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/8
Reissued: 5-Oct-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002k
Symptom Corrected Version
This version has been released for machines produced before August 2003. V2.02.9
The firmware download display is indicated as 2.02AugSP, B0515550W. This
firmware is version after version 2.02. The August and September production
Firmware was found to have the following symptoms:

We will release the controller firmware of October production machines at the

end of September. This will solve the above problem for all production month
machines.
Modified in accordance with the BICU v1.275 :01 modification. For details,
please see RTB #RB051001e.

Specification change V2.01.2

The counter specifications have been changed, as described in RTB #
RGene013.
MLB minor bug correction.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/8
Reissued: 5-Oct-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002k
Symptom Corrected Version
Supports MLB function V2.00.1

SP mode newly added: SP2-801-03 (Additional Value of the charge corona

Paper may not be fed for certain applications, by-pass feed, and N-job ON
after a jam or paper end condition occurs and a jam or paper end condition is
cleared.

SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type) and Default value SP1-105

0: new pressure roller type (2.1mm), 1: old pressure roller type (1.5mm)
Refer to the BICU firmware history in the RTB for the service card (BICU:
1.202.01).
Default value SP1-105
Some default values have been changed. Refer to the New Default table.

SP2-944-4 and –5 :(OPC Lubrication – High Coverage)

Default Autonet OFF

New IC chip on the new wireless LAN option

Firmware correction for CSS function (Domestic version only)

SP7901 cannot be read through CSS system.

Default and factory settings for SP2-310-001 to SP2-314-032 (paper transfer

currents) and SP2-903-01 (Paper transfer Adjustment) have been changed.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 6/8
Reissued: 5-Oct-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002k
Symptom Corrected Version
Refer to the BICU firmware history in the RTB for the service card (BICU:
1.192:01).

SP2-321-7 and –9: (Paper transfer bias of edge)

The default settings have been changed from 1.0 to 0.8 to improve image
quality in low temperature and low humidity conditions.

SP2-905-01: (Paper transfer roller type)

Refer to the BICU firmware history in the RTB for the service card (BICU:
1.192:01).
First release V1.22

Machine VS controller firmware table

Machines Machine October
updated to updated to production
V2.02.9 or V2.03.1 or controller
before V2.03.2 (2003 firmware
August and (V2.04.1)
September)
Document stored by the Can output Cannot output Can output
document server in the
controller firmware of
V2.02.9 or before
Document stored by the Cannot output Can output Can output
document server in the
controller firmware of
V2.03.1 or V2.03.2(2003
August and September)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 7/8
Reissued: 5-Oct-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002k
New defaults (Old default)
105* Fusing Temperature
1 Heating: Idling Sets the temperature at which the heating roller starts
idling.
[100 ~ 180 / 145 / 1°C/step]
2 Heating: Ready Sets the temperature at which the heating roller enters
the print ready condition.
[100 ~ 180 / 155 (165) / 1°C/step]
3 Heating: Standby Sets the heating roller temperature for the ready
(standby) condition. After the main switch has been
turned on, the machine enters this condition when the
heating roller temperature reaches the temperature
specified in this SP mode. When the machine is
recovering from energy saver or auto off mode, the
machine becomes ready when both heat and pressure
roller temperatures reach the specified temperature.
Pressure roller: SP1-105-16
[100 ~ 180 / 160 (175) / 1°C/step ]
4 Heating: Plain/1 Color Sets the heating roller temperature for thin paper in
single-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 155 (160 )/ 1°C/step]
5 Heating: Plain/Full Sets the heating roller temperature for thin paper in full-
Color color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 160 (170) / 1°C/step]
6 Heating: Middle Sets the heating roller temperature for normal plain
Thick/1 Color paper in single-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 165 (170) / 1°C/step]
7 Heating: Middle Sets the heating roller temperature for normal plain
Thick/Full Color paper in full-color mode.
[120 ~ 190 / 170 (180) / 1°C/step]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 8/8
Reissued: 5-Oct-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051002k

105* Fusing Temperature

Thi/s is to inform you of the Copier firmware history (BICU, Operation Panel, FAX, FCU).

US Models EU Models Asia/Taiwan Models Effective Date

Ver.
Program No. C. SUM Program No. C. SUM Program No. C. SUM

1.18 B0515565E 00C4 B0515563E 5243 B0515560F E4A6 October

production ‘04
1.17 B0515565D 836F B0515563D D54B B0515560E 6439 June production
‘04
1.16 B0515565C E5CF B0515563C 35A3 B0515560D C5B6 February
production ‘04
1.15 B0515565B AE98 B0515563B 00DA B0515560C 93C1 January
Production ‘04
1.14 B0515565A CBCE B0515563A 1BC0 B0515560B AF1C December
production ‘03
1.13 B0515565 89B1 B0515563 DB8D B0515560A 6E5F November
production ‘03
1.12 B0515557Y 2224 B0515558Z F457 B0515560 85EB October
production ‘03
1.11 B0515557W 2C66 B0515558X 9B9F B0515559Y 56CC August production
‘03
1.10 B0515557V 9BE7 B0515558W 0DC8 B0515559X C685 June production
‘03
1.09 B0515557T 610C B0515558V D0BE B0515559W 8C00 April production
‘03
1.08 B0515557S 7D3D B0515558S ED70 B0515559T A3B4 March production
‘03
1.07 B0515557R A38A B0515558R 13C8 B0515559S CCE8 February
production ‘03
1.06 B0515557P BE7A B0515558P 7A02 B0515559Q 323A January
production ‘03
1.05 B0515557N - B0515558N - B0515559P - December
production ‘02
1.04 B0515557L 7C35 B0515558L 37D2 B0515559L 4912 September
Production 02’
1.03 B0515557K - B0515558K - B0515559K - Not applied to the
production machines
1.02 B0515557J - B0515558J - B0515559J - Not applied to the
production machines
1.0192 UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - Not applied to the
192.bin 192.bin 192.bin production machines
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/23
Reissued: 24-Nov-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001k
US Models EU Models Asia/Taiwan Models Effective Date
Ver.
Program No. C. SUM Program No. C. SUM Program No. C. SUM
1.0181 UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - August Production
181.bin 181.bin 181.bin ‘02

Korean Models Effective Date

Ver.
Program No. C. SUM

1.03 B0515567B A34E October Production ‘04

1.02 B0515567A 2444 June Production ‘04

1.01 B0515567 867E February production ‘04

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/23
Reissued: 24-Nov-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001k
The program contains the following firmware:
US version
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Versio Firmware Versio Firmware Versio
No. No. n No. n No. n
1.18 B0515568A 1.34 :01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.17 B0515568 1.333 :01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.16 B0515554Z 1.32 :01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.15 B0515554Y 1.31 :01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.14 B0515554X 1.30:01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.13 B0515554W 1.291:01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551F 2.05 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.12 B0515554V 1.28:01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.11 B0515554T 1.275:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.10 B0515554S 1.262:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.09 B0515554R 1.253:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.08 B0515554Q 1.242:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.07 B0515554P 1.233:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00

181.bin

European version

Versi Firmware / Versions

on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Versio Firmware Versio Firmware Versio
No. No. n No. n No. n
1.18 B0515568A 1.34 :01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.17 B0515568 1.333 :01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.16 B0515554Z 1.32 :01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.15 B0515554Y 1.31 :01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.14 B0515554X 1.30:01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.13 B0515554W 1.291:01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551F 2.05 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.12 B0515554V 1.28:01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/23
Reissued: 24-Nov-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001k
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Versio Firmware Versio Firmware Versio
No. No. n No. n No. n
1.11 B0515554T 1.275:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.10 B0515554S 1.262:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.09 B0515554R 1.253:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.08 B0515554Q 1.242:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.07 B0515554P 1.233:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00

181.bin

Asian version
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Versio Firmware Versio Firmware Versio
No. No. n No. n No. n
1.18 B0515568A 1.34 :01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.17 B0515568 1.333 :01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.16 B0515554Z 1.32 :01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.15 B0515554Y 1.31 :01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.14 B0515554X 1.30:01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.13 B0515554W 1.291:01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551F 2.05 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.12 B0515554V 1.28:01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.11 B0515554T 1.275:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.10 B0515554S 1.262:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.09 B0515554R 1.253:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.08 B0515554Q 1.242:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.07 B0515554P 1.233:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/23
Reissued: 24-Nov-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001k
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Versio Firmware Versio Firmware Versio
No. No. n No. n No. n
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00

181.bin
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 6/23
Reissued: 24-Nov-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001k

Korean version
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Versio Firmware Versio Firmware Versio
No. No. n No. n No. n
1.03 B0515568A 1.34 :01 B0515549B 1.26 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.02 B0515568 1.333 :01 B0515549B 1.26 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.01 B0515554Z 1.32:01 B0515549B 1.26 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00

BICU (Engine)
Symptom Corrected Version
White lines. 1.34:01
Note: The “Doctor roller reverse mode” was changed to decrease
the amount of clogged toner in between the development roller
and doctor roller.

New: Reverse once

Reverse/Forward

Old: Reverse twice

Reverse/Forward/Reverse/Forward
Software modified so that process control and charge corona wire 1.333:01
cleaning are performed just prior to switching over to low power mode,
to minimize the possibility of interrupting a print job.
Note: Details explained in separate RTB (TBA).

The ACC sheet is not printed out correctly if the machine receives a
Fax while printing out the sheet.

The title and accompanying pictorial symbols for all fusing unit jams
are now displayed as one “B/C Jam” message, in order to ensure
panel displays are consistent with machine decals.
Specifically:
- The “B/C jam” display instructs users to open both the right cover
and right-upper cover.
- The “B jam” display now instructs users to open the right cover
only.
“Toner End” is displayed if the main power is turned On without the
toner cartridge installed, even if the cartridge is then properly installed
following this (main power Off/On necessary).
Machine emits a continuous beeping sound while shifting the paper
stack inside the LCT following the LCT paper end condition (auto tray
switching Off).
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 7/23
Reissued: 24-Nov-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001k
Symptom Corrected Version
Note: In addition to this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to V2.07.2 or later.

(Changes applied to SP modes for Japan version only). 1.32:01

1.31:01
SP2-954-001 (New PCU Settings) newly added:
This mode facilitates servicing in the field with individual settings for
new and old PCUs.

SP2-954-001 (New PCU Settings)

0: New, 1: Old

NOTE: Enabling/Disabling this SP mode will change the settings of all

of the SP modes listed in the table below. For details, please refer to
RTB RB051017c.

A misdetection of SC481 (Transfer belt mark detection error) or

SC280 (Image transfer belt mark detection error) may occur when
the main motor rotational direction is changed from backwards to
forwards.

NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.06 or later.
Extra toner may sometimes stick to the transfer roller and then to the 1.30:01
rear side of the next copy sheet (main motor Off timing has been
optimized).

2-922-01 Dev CL ON after Job End 0：OFF 1：ON

2-923-01 Lubricant after Toner End 1：ON 1：ON

2-924-01 ITB Cleaning Clutch Off/On - 300 300

Time
2-924-02 ITB Cleaning Clutch Off/On - 2 0
Number
2-925-01 ITB Cleaning Execution 20 20
Variable
2-926-01 Cover Ratio Reference (MC) 1.7 1.7

2-926-02 Cover Ratio Reference (FC) 1.7 1.7

2-927-01 Disable Time (ITB Cleaning) 3 3

2-970-05 ITB Cleaning Clutch Off/On 2 0

Number in Oil removal mode
3-920-02 Lubrication Cleaning Time – 100 100
2C/3C/4C
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 9/23
Reissued: 24-Nov-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001k

Symptom Corrected Version

Final solution for black faint images: 1.291:01

Default setting for SP3-970-004 (Image Area Rate: Bk) has been
changed to 4.7 as follows:
[0 ~ 10.0 / 4.7 / 0.1 %/step]

- This was based on tests that show a theoretical 4.7% pixel

coverage ratio normally corresponds to a 5% actual image
coverage ratio.
- Please see RTB # RB051017b for the necessary action in
the field.

New SP added to control frequency of ITB clutch on/off:

SP2-970-05 (ITB Cleaning Clutch Off/On Number in Oil
removal mode)
[0 ~ 5 / 2 / 1/step]
- This SP sets the number of times ITB clutch on/off is
performed at the end of oil removal mode (SP2-970-01), a
mode that removes oil from the ITB to ensure uniform
image density. Turning the ITB clutch on/off helps to
remove excess toner that can cling to and then drop from
the edge of the newly added ITB cleaning blade during oil
removal.

NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.05.01 or later.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 10/23
Reissued: 24-Nov-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001k

Symptom Corrected Version

-SP2-927-001 (Disable Time (ITB Cleaning)

[0 ~ 14 / 3 / 1 s/step] DFU
-SP2-925-001 (ITB Cleaning Execution Variable)
[0 ~ 100 / 20 / 1 sheet/step] DFU
-SP2-926-001 (Cover Ratio Reference (MC)
[0 ~ 10 / 1.7 / 0.1 %/step] DFU
-SP2-926-002 (Cover Ratio Reference (FC)
[0 ~ 10 / 1.7 / 0.1 %/step] DFU
SC571 (fusing oil overflow) misdetection from oil end detection control
malfunction.
NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.04.1 or later.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 11/23
Reissued: 24-Nov-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001k
Symptom Corrected Version
SP3-911-001, 002 (Doctor roller rotation interval M&K) 1.275
In addition to SP3-910 (doctor roller interval for job end), after every
job end, the doctor rollers for M and K are rotated backwards to
prevent toner clump. It is not necessary to perform the reverse rotation
of the doctor rollers for every M & K job. This rotation may cause
doctor roller filming. Dirty background images may also occur. To
prevent this, the reverse rotation is now performed after 20
development jobs. These SP Modes can adjust the reverse rotation
interval. The doctor roller reverse rotation for SP3-911 is performed at
job end. Then, SP3-910 is performed at the next job end.
-SP3-911-001 (Doctor roller rotation interval M ) ( ): Old default
[1 ~ 50 / 20 (1) / 1 /step]
-SP3-911-002 (Doctor roller rotation interval K )
[1 ~ 50 / 20 (1) / 1 /step]

An ITB cleaning blade has been added to the ITB cleaning system.
The condition of the image process has been changed. These SP
modes are used for the new ITB cleaning system.

-SP2-920-002 (ITB cleaning Clutch OFF Mode)

0: ITB cleaning belt (Default): SP2-920-001 can be adjusted.
1: No ITB cleaning belt: SP2-920-001 cannot be adjusted.
-SP2-920-001(ITB Cleaning Clutch OFF Time)
[-500 ~ 500 / 0 / 10 /step]
This SP adjusts the ITB cleaning clutch off timing to prevent toner from
dropping. This ensures the PCU process will be smooth. The
combination of the ITB cleaning blade with an incorrect setting (No ITB
cleaning blade : 1 of SP2-920-001) may cause toner to drop on the
leading edge of the printed image.

-SP2-950 (Start registration Adjustment)

To correct the color registration adjustment for the ITB cleaning belt ,
the SP settings have been revised. For details, see the table below.

-SP2-953-001 (Image Position Adjustment)

The default settings of SP2-950 (Start Registration Adjustment) can be
changed with this SP.
0: ITB cleaning blade (Default):
1: No ITB cleaning blade:
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 12/23
Reissued: 24-Nov-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001k
Symptom Corrected Version
-SP2-922-001 (Development Clutch ON after Job End)
This SP sets the development clutch ON/OFF control depending on
the installation of the ITB cleaning blade. It is not necessary to turn on
the development clutch at job end when the ITB cleaning blade is
installed. A small amount toner is adhered to the surface of the OPC
belt to ensure proper cleaning of the OPC belt when the ITB cleaning
blade is NOT installed.
0: No for ITB cleaning blade (Default):
1: Yes for non ITB cleaning blade:

-SP2-923-001 (Lubricant cancellation after Toner End)

Eliminated unnecessary occurrences of SC420 (Fusing bias discharge

error). SC420 will not be shown when a leak occurs as a result of a
small hole on the fusing belt surface. Field experience has confirmed
that belt lifetime is actually longer when the SC is not shown in these
conditions. If a leak should occur, the machine turns SP2-501 OFF
(fusing bias SW), and the fusing bias is not applied until the fusing
counter is cleared and the SP is set back to ON or PM counter (SP7-
803-7) is cleared.
-SP2-501-001 (Fusing Bias SW)
[0 ~ 1 / 1/ 1: ON 0: OFF]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 13/23
Reissued: 24-Nov-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001k
Symptom Corrected Version
When printing the magenta mono color, Cyan color may mix slightly on
the magenta image.

The separation error may occur in the “Generation” mode selected in

the operation panel. To correct this, the image processing has been
reviewed.

NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.02.9 or later.

The “toner cartridge setting error” is sometimes displayed even when 1.262:01
the cartridge has been set correctly. This is due to misdetection of the
information on the cartridge memory chip.

8”x13” SEF is mis-detected as A4 SEF in the by-pass tray.

(EU/Asia versions only).

Default settings for the following have been changed (new defaults
underlined).
SP1-003-5,-6,-7 (Paper Buckle for By-pass Tray):

SP1-003-5 By-pass: Plain

[-4 ~ 6 / 3 / 1mm /step] (previous default: 0)

SP1-003-6 By-pass: Thick

[-4 ~ 6 / 0 / 1mm /step] (previous default: -2)

SP1-003-7 By-pass: OHP

[-4 ~ 6 / 0 / 1mm /step] (previous default: -2)

Eliminated unnecessary occurrences of SC410 (2nd transfer electric leakage):

Default for SP2-803-01 (Charge Cleaning Off time) changed to

minimize idling time during wire cleaning.
.[0 ~ 200 / 10 / 10 seconds/step] (previous default: 60)

Note: This adjustment was added from v1.233:01, and the description
has been added to the v1.233.01 description below (previously
missing).

SP modes newly added (listed below).

These SPs have been added to ensure proper (higher) transfer belt cleaning
by applying the following bias voltages at job end (OPC lubrication time):

SP2-400-008: Cleaning Bias LL1: OPC lubrication time

Minimum value changed for SP2-941-01, -02 (OPC lubrication time).

Minimum increased from 0 to 6:
SP2-941-01: Job End: [6 ~ 30 / 14 / 1 s/step]
SP2-941-02: OPC Lubrication Interval: [6 ~ 60 / 10 / 1 s/step]

NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.02. or later.

To ensure proper printing quality, the default values for the following 1.253:01
SP modes have been revised while some SP modes have been
added.

-SP3-920-001 (Lubrication Cleaning Time) ( ): previous default

[0 ~ 100 / 50 (100) / 1% /step]
-SP2-941-001(OPC Lubricant Time – Interrupt )
[0 ~ 30 / 14 (20) / 1s /step]

-SP3-922-001 (Lubricant Clutch OFF: 1C ): Newly added

-SP3-922-002(Lubricant Clutch OFF: 2C/3C/4C): Newly added
[0 ~ 11 / 6 / 1s /step]
Allows the image transfer belt-cleaning clutch off timing to be adjusted.
The setting determines the number of seconds after image transfer
belt cleaning roller charging that the clutch is turned off. With previous
versions, the clutch is always running while the development roller
motor rotates.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 15/23
Reissued: 24-Nov-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001k
Symptom Corrected Version
-SP2-938-001 (OPC Reverse Interval): Newly added
[0 ~ 100 / 10 / 10 counts /step]
The Main motor rotates the OPC belt backwards for 500ms at the end
of every job, in order to remove foreign particles between the OPC belt
and OPC cleaning blade. However, this does not need to be performed
so often. In addition, reducing the frequency of OPC belt reverse
rotation improves the cleaning blade performance.
This SP adjusts the counter for the OPC belt reverse rotation, and is
incremented as follows:
LT/A4 LEF or smaller: 1, larger than LT/A4 LEF: 2.
When this SP reaches its set maximum, reverse rotation is performed
for 500ms at job end.

Machine may freeze up when returning to stand-by mode from panel-

off or low power mode under the following:
LEF job SEF job Enters panel-off/low-power within 3 minutes
Next job initiated, enters stand-by mode.

SC670 is sometimes mis-detected when the SMC is printed out.

SP2-801-03 (Additional value of the charge corona cleaning interval)

has been newly added. The cleaning interval for the additional charge
corona unit has been adjusted as shown.
[0 ~ 5000 / 100 / 100 counts/step]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 16/23
Reissued: 24-Nov-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001k
Symptom Corrected Version
With this new SP, it is possible to adjust the interval for charge corona
cleaning in the middle of a job:
Old:
The charge corona cleaning is carried out after 600 (SP2-801-1)
development counts, at job end or after 700 (no adjustment)
development counts (stops in the middle of the job).
After
The charge corona cleaning is carried out after 600 (SP2-801-1)
development counts, at job end or after 700 (= the sum of the
settings in SP2-801-1 and -3) development counts (stops in the
middle of the job).

Text mode in mono color mode

Text Mode in mono color mode also uses the separation filter, which
may sometimes cause separation errors. The separation filter has
been reviewed.

Machine may freeze when a paper jam occurs or when the main
switch is turned on (found in laboratory tests).

SC120 was shown instead of SC122 when the scanner home position
was initialized.

SP2-803-01 (Charge Cleaning Off time) newly added:

[0 ~ 200 / 60 / 10 seconds/step]

Although a 60-second interval already exists for performing an idle

discharge after corona wire cleaning, this new SP mode allows the
interval to be adjusted. The idle discharge is to maintain an even
charge wire surface, ensuring proper charging.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 17/23
Reissued: 24-Nov-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001k
Symptom Corrected Version
The paper feed/transport timing for the duplex interleaf function (one 1.213:01
sheet in duplex unit, one fed from tray) has been improved to ensure
better paper transport.
SC546 & SC556 1.212:01
Detection conditions for SC546/556 have been changed so that they
are triggered by a 50°C/sec jump or drop in thermistor temperature
data (old: 20°C/sec). This is because these SCs were being reported
from the field in Japan in environments below 5°C (installation
requirements: 10°C minimum), i.e. unnecessary SC occurrences.
Note: When the actual fusing temperature is below 5°C, the
temperature curve for thermistor data is unstable and nonlinear,
triggering the SCs more easily.
Toner end and/or toner near end may be detected even when the 1.204:1
toner cartridge still contains enough to continue printing.

1.202.01
Process control mode timing
To reduce the cycle of process control mode (every 200 printings), Mono (Bk)
prints are no longer counted for process control.

Charge corona cleaning

Charge corona cleaning mode-entering timing has been changed from 640 to
700. After 700 development counts (stops in the middle of the job), charge
corona cleaning is carried out.

SC560 (Zero cross error)

SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type):

To prevent fusing jams (wrapping around the pressure roller) the layer
thickness of the pressure roller has been changed from 1.5 mm to 2.1mm
from the first production machines. When updating from v1.192:01 or
older to v1.202.01 or newer for the first time, even if the new pressure
roller is installed, it is necessary to select ‘ new ‘ in SP1-905-01 to
initialize fusing temperature control. The settings for the August
production machines have been input on the production line. When firmware
1.192:01 or older is updated to 1.202.01 or later for the first time, the
machine cannot judge which data (old or new) should be used for fusing
control.
Note: When selecting 0 in SP1-905-1 and then pressing # on the LCD, the
new control data is applied to fusing control.
0: new pressure roller type (2.1mm), 1: old pressure roller type (1.5mm)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 18/23
Reissued: 24-Nov-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001k
Symptom Corrected Version
SP2-944-4 and –5 :(OPC Lubrication – High Coverage)
The default settings for SP2-944-4 and –5 have been reviewed and changed
to reduce the cycle of OPC lubrication mode.
SP2-944-4: Sheets-1: [10 to 80/ 30 / 1sheet/step]
SP2-944-5: Sheets-2: [10 to 80/ 60 / 1sheet/step]

0: New paper transfer roller type (Drum type), 1: Old paper transfer roller
type (straight type)

SP2-321-7 and –9: (Paper transfer bias of edge)

The default settings have been changed from 1.0 to 0.8 to improve image
quality in low temperature and low humidity conditions.

SP7-931-001 to –017 (Engine status display)

Reducing fan motor rotation period

The development fan stops and the fusing unit fan is rotated at half speed for
15 seconds after the last sheet of paper exits the printer. With the previous
firmware, the fusing unit fan and development fan both ran for 3 minutes after
paper exit.
1.181:01
Doctor roller reverse mode timing
After 20 prints, at job end or after 50 prints (stops in the middle of the job),
the machine carries out the doctor roller reverse rotation to maintain good
printing quality. A4/LT SEF or shorter printing is counted as 1 and printing
longer than A4/LT SEF is counted as 2. With the prototype firmware, A4/LT
LEF or shorter printing is counted as 1 and longer than A4/LT LEF is counted
as 2. This is to reduce the frequency of the doctor roller reverse mode.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 19/23
Reissued: 24-Nov-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001k
August 2002 production serial numbers
B051-17: J2526800001 to J2526800023
B051-27: J2526800024 to J2526800043
B052-17: J2626800001 to J2626800042
B052-27: J2626800043 to J2626800061
Note for Updating the BICU firmware of the August production machines
When the BICU firmware is updated from the August production machines to 1.204:1 or later for
the first time, be sure to update the main unit controller firmware to V1.332 or later at the same
time. (Refer to the main unit controller firmware history RTB (RTB No.2). Then, change the
following SP modes after updating the firmware.
SP2-905-01: (Paper transfer roller type): Select 0, then press #.
SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type): Select 0, then press #.
SP2-944-4 and –5: (OPC Lubrication – High Coverage): -4: Change setting from 20 to 30. –5:
Change the setting from 40 to 60.

Operation Panel LCD

Symptom Corrected Version
Translation error (Korean): “Full Color” in User Tools. 1.26
Incorrect indication of the Korean and Russian words/phrases in the 1.25
scanner user tools has been corrected.

Taiwanese words correction

Korean words correction

Clean / Adjust in Spanish, French

First release for Asia version

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 20/23
Reissued: 24-Nov-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001k
FAX application
Symptom Corrected Version
Key input from the operation panel is sometimes disabled when changing 2.05.2
over from Copier to FAX mode under the following conditions.
• Function Priority is set to Copier in User Tools.
• Nothing is input for TTI No. 1 & 2.
• Korea is registered as the country code in SP 1-101-016.
Minor bug correction for Japanese version. 2.05
Supports MLB function. 2.00
First release 1.17

FCU
Symptom Corrected Version
Tx level of DTMF tone in Taiwan is slightly high. 05.00.00
Supports MLB function. 04.00.01

Main power off/on during original scanning

If the main power is turned off while the machine is scanning the original, the
memory capacity remains decreased when the power is turned back on.
Job numbers for standby for FAX transmission by LAN FAX (P/C FAX): 03.01.00
System Switch 19 No.4 (SP1-101-026; page 4-17 in S/M)
System Switch 19 No.4 (SP1-101-026; page 4-17) added to FAX SP mode.

Job numbers for standby for FAX transmission by LAN FAX (P/C FAX) are
limited as follows:
0: 64 1: Depends on memory (400: standard, 800: with Fax Function
Upgrade Unit)

Taiwan area
Taiwan Area parameters added.

First release 02.01.00

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 21/23
Reissued: 24-Nov-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001k

New defaults for SP2- 310 to 314

SP code Class1and 2
ＳＰ
2-310 2-311 2-312 2-313 2-314
Class 3
LL1 LL2 NN1 NN2 HH
-1 25 27 28 29 30

-2 25 28 30 30 30

-3 25 29 32 31 30

-4 25 28 31 30 28

-5 25 27 30 28 26

-6 26 28 29 30 31

-7 26 29 31 31 31

-8 26 30 33 32 31

-9 26 29 32 31 29

-10 26 28 31 29 27

-11 14 15 15 16 16

-12 15 15 15 15 15

-13 16 15 14 15 15

-14 18 16 14 14 14

-15 20 17 14 14 14

-16 28 28 27 29 30

-17 30 29 28 31 33

-18 28 29 30 33 36

-19 28 29 30 32 34

-20 28 29 30 31 32

-21 29 29 28 30 31

-22 31 30 29 32 34

-23 29 30 31 34 37

-24 29 30 31 33 35

-25 29 30 31 32 33

-26 12 13 14 14 14

-27 16 16 16 15 15

-28 20 19 17 17 16
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 22/23
Reissued: 24-Nov-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001k

-29 24 23 23 23 22

-30 28 29 30 29 28

-31 16 17 17 18 18

-32 20 21 21 22 22
New defaults for SP2- 903
[0 to 70.0 /1.0/ 0.1µA/step]

New SP (): Old default

950 Start Registration Adjustment
1 Start Registration Color registration adjustment: Adjusts the start timing of
Adjustment 1–K (32 imaging for each color.
CPM) [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
2 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–M (32
CPM)
3 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–C (32
CPM)
4 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–Y (32
CPM)
5 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 2 (0) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–K (32
CPM)
6 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1 ) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–M (32
CPM)
7 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–C (32
CPM)
8 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–Y (32
CPM)
9 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–K (24
CPM)
10 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–M (24
CPM)
11 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–C (24
CPM)
12 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–Y (24
CPM)
13 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–K (24
CPM)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 23/23
Reissued: 24-Nov-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001k
14 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1 ) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–M (24
CPM)
15 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–C (24
CPM)
16 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–Y (24
CPM)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/23
Reissued: 3-Dec-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001L
RTB Reissue
The items in bold italics have been added or changed.
Subject: Firmware History - Copier Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other (Firmware History)

This is to inform you of the Copier firmware history (BICU, Operation Panel, Fax, FCU).

US Models EU Models Asia/Taiwan Models Effective Date

Ver.
Program No. C. SUM Program No. C. SUM Program No. C. SUM

1.19 B0515565F 729A B0515563F C30E B0515560G 54FE December

Production ‘04
1.18 B0515565E 00C4 B0515563E 5243 B0515560F E4A6 October
production ‘04
1.17 B0515565D 836F B0515563D D54B B0515560E 6439 June production
‘04
1.16 B0515565C E5CF B0515563C 35A3 B0515560D C5B6 February
production ‘04
1.15 B0515565B AE98 B0515563B 00DA B0515560C 93C1 January
Production ‘04
1.14 B0515565A CBCE B0515563A 1BC0 B0515560B AF1C December
production ‘03
1.13 B0515565 89B1 B0515563 DB8D B0515560A 6E5F November
production ‘03
1.12 B0515557Y 2224 B0515558Z F457 B0515560 85EB October
production ‘03
1.11 B0515557W 2C66 B0515558X 9B9F B0515559Y 56CC August production
‘03
1.10 B0515557V 9BE7 B0515558W 0DC8 B0515559X C685 June production
‘03
1.09 B0515557T 610C B0515558V D0BE B0515559W 8C00 April production
‘03
1.08 B0515557S 7D3D B0515558S ED70 B0515559T A3B4 March production
‘03
1.07 B0515557R A38A B0515558R 13C8 B0515559S CCE8 February
production ‘03
1.06 B0515557P BE7A B0515558P 7A02 B0515559Q 323A January
production ‘03
1.05 B0515557N - B0515558N - B0515559P - December
production ‘02
1.04 B0515557L 7C35 B0515558L 37D2 B0515559L 4912 September
Production 02’
1.03 B0515557K - B0515558K - B0515559K - Not applied to the
production machines
1.02 B0515557J - B0515558J - B0515559J - Not applied to the
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/23
Reissued: 3-Dec-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001L
US Models EU Models Asia/Taiwan Models Effective Date
Ver.
Program No. C. SUM Program No. C. SUM Program No. C. SUM
production machines
1.0192 UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - Not applied to the
192.bin 192.bin 192.bin production machines
1.0181 UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - August Production
181.bin 181.bin 181.bin ‘02

Korean Models Effective Date

Ver.
Program No. C. SUM

1.04 B0515567C 11FD December Production ‘04

1.03 B0515567B A34E October Production ‘04
1.02 B0515567A 2444 June Production ‘04
1.01 B0515567 867E February production ‘04
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/23
Reissued: 3-Dec-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001L
The program contains the following firmware:
US version
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Versio Firmware Versio Firmware Versio
No. No. n No. n No. n
1.19 B0515568B 1.341 :01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.18 B0515568A 1.34 :01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.17 B0515568 1.333 :01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.16 B0515554Z 1.32 :01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.15 B0515554Y 1.31 :01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.14 B0515554X 1.30:01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.13 B0515554W 1.291:01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551F 2.05 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.12 B0515554V 1.28:01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.11 B0515554T 1.275:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.10 B0515554S 1.262:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.09 B0515554R 1.253:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.08 B0515554Q 1.242:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.07 B0515554P 1.233:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00

181.bin

European version

Versi Firmware / Versions

on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Versio Firmware Versio Firmware Versio
No. No. n No. n No. n
1.19 B0515568B 1.341 :01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.18 B0515568A 1.34 :01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.17 B0515568 1.333 :01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.16 B0515554Z 1.32 :01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.15 B0515554Y 1.31 :01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.14 B0515554X 1.30:01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/23
Reissued: 3-Dec-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001L
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Versio Firmware Versio Firmware Versio
No. No. n No. n No. n
1.13 B0515554W 1.291:01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551F 2.05 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.12 B0515554V 1.28:01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.11 B0515554T 1.275:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.10 B0515554S 1.262:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.09 B0515554R 1.253:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.08 B0515554Q 1.242:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.07 B0515554P 1.233:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00

181.bin

Asian version
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Versio Firmware Versio Firmware Versio
No. No. n No. n No. n
1.19 B0515568B 1.341 :01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.18 B0515568A 1.34 :01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.17 B0515568 1.333 :01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.16 B0515554Z 1.32 :01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.15 B0515554Y 1.31 :01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.14 B0515554X 1.30:01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.13 B0515554W 1.291:01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551F 2.05 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.12 B0515554V 1.28:01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.11 B0515554T 1.275:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.10 B0515554S 1.262:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.09 B0515554R 1.253:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.08 B0515554Q 1.242:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.07 B0515554P 1.233:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/23
Reissued: 3-Dec-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001L
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00

Versi Firmware / Versions

on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Versio Firmware Versio Firmware Versio
No. No. n No. n No. n
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00

181.bin
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 6/23
Reissued: 3-Dec-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001L

Korean version
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Versio Firmware Versio Firmware Versio
No. No. n No. n No. n
1.04 B0515568B 1.341 :01 B0515549B 1.26 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.03 B0515568A 1.34 :01 B0515549B 1.26 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.02 B0515568 1.333 :01 B0515549B 1.26 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.01 B0515554Z 1.32:01 B0515549B 1.26 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00

BICU (Engine)
Symptom Corrected Version
The pixel-counting threshold for toner end detection was 1.341:01
changed.
Note: See RTB RB0510030a for details.
White lines. 1.34:01
Note: The “Doctor roller reverse mode” was changed to decrease the
amount of clogged toner in between the development roller and doctor
roller.

New: Reverse once

Reverse/Forward

Old: Reverse twice

The ACC sheet is not printed out correctly if the machine receives a
Fax while printing out the sheet.

The title and accompanying pictorial symbols for all fusing unit jams
are now displayed as one “B/C Jam” message, in order to ensure
panel displays are consistent with machine decals.
Specifically:
- The “B/C jam” display instructs users to open both the right cover
and right-upper cover.
- The “B jam” display now instructs users to open the right cover
only.
“Toner End” is displayed if the main power is turned On without the
toner cartridge installed, even if the cartridge is then properly installed
following this (main power Off/On necessary).
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 7/23
Reissued: 3-Dec-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001L
Symptom Corrected Version
Machine emits a continuous beeping sound while shifting the paper
stack inside the LCT following the LCT paper end condition (auto tray
switching Off).

Note: In addition to this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to V2.07.2 or later.

(Changes applied to SP modes for Japan version only). 1.32:01

1.31:01
SP2-954-001 (New PCU Settings) newly added:
This mode facilitates servicing in the field with individual settings for
new and old PCUs.

SP2-954-001 (New PCU Settings)

0: New, 1: Old

NOTE: Enabling/Disabling this SP mode will change the settings of all

of the SP modes listed in the table below. For details, please refer to
RTB RB051017c.

A misdetection of SC481 (Transfer belt mark detection error) or

SC280 (Image transfer belt mark detection error) may occur when
the main motor rotational direction is changed from backwards to
forwards.

NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.06 or later.
Extra toner may sometimes stick to the transfer roller and then to the 1.30:01
rear side of the next copy sheet (main motor Off timing has been
optimized).

The Copier main motor may sometimes continue running if Sort jobs
are printed out to the 500-sheet Finisher (B458).
V1.31:01
SP No. English SP2-954-01
0:New 1:Old
Setting for New Setting for Old
2-400-008 Cleaning Bias LL1: OPC 1400 1400
lubrication time
2-401-008 Cleaning Bias LL2: OPC 1400 1400
lubrication time
2-402-008 Cleaning Bias NN1: OPC 1400 1400
lubrication time
2-403-008 Cleaning Bias NN2: OPC 1400 1400
lubrication time
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 8/23
Reissued: 3-Dec-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001L
SP No. English SP2-954-01
0:New 1:Old
Setting for New Setting for Old
2-404-008 Cleaning Bias HH: OPC 1400 1400
lubrication time
2-920-01 ITB Cleaning CL OFF Time 0 0

2-921-01 ITB Cleaning CL OFF Mode 0：New PCU 1：Old PCU

2-922-01 Dev CL ON after Job End 0：OFF 1：ON

2-923-01 Lubricant after Toner End 1：ON 1：ON

2-924-01 ITB Cleaning Clutch Off/On - 300 300

Time
2-924-02 ITB Cleaning Clutch Off/On - 2 0
Number
2-925-01 ITB Cleaning Execution 20 20
Variable
2-926-01 Cover Ratio Reference (MC) 1.7 1.7

2-926-02 Cover Ratio Reference (FC) 1.7 1.7

2-927-01 Disable Time (ITB Cleaning) 3 3

2-970-05 ITB Cleaning Clutch Off/On 2 0

Number in Oil removal mode
3-920-02 Lubrication Cleaning Time – 100 100
2C/3C/4C
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 9/23
Reissued: 3-Dec-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001L

Symptom Corrected Version

Final solution for black faint images: 1.291:01

Default setting for SP3-970-004 (Image Area Rate: Bk) has been
changed to 4.7 as follows:
[0 ~ 10.0 / 4.7 / 0.1 %/step]

- This was based on tests that show a theoretical 4.7% pixel

coverage ratio normally corresponds to a 5% actual image
coverage ratio.
- Please see RTB # RB051017b for the necessary action in
the field.

New SP added to control frequency of ITB clutch on/off:

NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.05.01 or later.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 10/23
Reissued: 3-Dec-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001L

Symptom Corrected Version

-SP2-927-001 (Disable Time (ITB Cleaning)

[0 ~ 14 / 3 / 1 s/step] DFU
-SP2-925-001 (ITB Cleaning Execution Variable)
[0 ~ 100 / 20 / 1 sheet/step] DFU
-SP2-926-001 (Cover Ratio Reference (MC)
[0 ~ 10 / 1.7 / 0.1 %/step] DFU
-SP2-926-002 (Cover Ratio Reference (FC)
[0 ~ 10 / 1.7 / 0.1 %/step] DFU
SC571 (fusing oil overflow) misdetection from oil end detection control
malfunction.
NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.04.1 or later.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 11/23
Reissued: 3-Dec-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001L
Symptom Corrected Version
SP3-911-001, 002 (Doctor roller rotation interval M&K) 1.275
In addition to SP3-910 (doctor roller interval for job end), after every
job end, the doctor rollers for M and K are rotated backwards to
prevent toner clump. It is not necessary to perform the reverse rotation
of the doctor rollers for every M & K job. This rotation may cause
doctor roller filming. Dirty background images may also occur. To
prevent this, the reverse rotation is now performed after 20
development jobs. These SP Modes can adjust the reverse rotation
interval. The doctor roller reverse rotation for SP3-911 is performed at
job end. Then, SP3-910 is performed at the next job end.
-SP3-911-001 (Doctor roller rotation interval M ) ( ): Old default
[1 ~ 50 / 20 (1) / 1 /step]
-SP3-911-002 (Doctor roller rotation interval K )
[1 ~ 50 / 20 (1) / 1 /step]

An ITB cleaning blade has been added to the ITB cleaning system.
The condition of the image process has been changed. These SP
modes are used for the new ITB cleaning system.

-SP2-920-002 (ITB cleaning Clutch OFF Mode)

0: ITB cleaning belt (Default): SP2-920-001 can be adjusted.
1: No ITB cleaning belt: SP2-920-001 cannot be adjusted.
-SP2-920-001(ITB Cleaning Clutch OFF Time)
[-500 ~ 500 / 0 / 10 /step]
This SP adjusts the ITB cleaning clutch off timing to prevent toner from
dropping. This ensures the PCU process will be smooth. The
combination of the ITB cleaning blade with an incorrect setting (No ITB
cleaning blade : 1 of SP2-920-001) may cause toner to drop on the
leading edge of the printed image.

-SP2-950 (Start registration Adjustment)

To correct the color registration adjustment for the ITB cleaning belt ,
the SP settings have been revised. For details, see the table below.

-SP2-953-001 (Image Position Adjustment)

The default settings of SP2-950 (Start Registration Adjustment) can be
changed with this SP.
0: ITB cleaning blade (Default):
1: No ITB cleaning blade:
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 12/23
Reissued: 3-Dec-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001L
Symptom Corrected Version
-SP2-922-001 (Development Clutch ON after Job End)
This SP sets the development clutch ON/OFF control depending on
the installation of the ITB cleaning blade. It is not necessary to turn on
the development clutch at job end when the ITB cleaning blade is
installed. A small amount toner is adhered to the surface of the OPC
belt to ensure proper cleaning of the OPC belt when the ITB cleaning
blade is NOT installed.
0: No for ITB cleaning blade (Default):
1: Yes for non ITB cleaning blade:

-SP2-923-001 (Lubricant cancellation after Toner End)

Eliminated unnecessary occurrences of SC420 (Fusing bias discharge

error). SC420 will not be shown when a leak occurs as a result of a
small hole on the fusing belt surface. Field experience has confirmed
that belt lifetime is actually longer when the SC is not shown in these
conditions. If a leak should occur, the machine turns SP2-501 OFF
(fusing bias SW), and the fusing bias is not applied until the fusing
counter is cleared and the SP is set back to ON or PM counter (SP7-
803-7) is cleared.
-SP2-501-001 (Fusing Bias SW)
[0 ~ 1 / 1/ 1: ON 0: OFF]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 13/23
Reissued: 3-Dec-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001L
Symptom Corrected Version
When printing the magenta mono color, Cyan color may mix slightly on
the magenta image.

The separation error may occur in the “Generation” mode selected in

the operation panel. To correct this, the image processing has been
reviewed.

NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.02.9 or later.

The “toner cartridge setting error” is sometimes displayed even when 1.262:01
the cartridge has been set correctly. This is due to misdetection of the
information on the cartridge memory chip.

8”x13” SEF is mis-detected as A4 SEF in the by-pass tray.

(EU/Asia versions only).

Default settings for the following have been changed (new defaults
underlined).
SP1-003-5,-6,-7 (Paper Buckle for By-pass Tray):

SP1-003-5 By-pass: Plain

[-4 ~ 6 / 3 / 1mm /step] (previous default: 0)

SP1-003-6 By-pass: Thick

[-4 ~ 6 / 0 / 1mm /step] (previous default: -2)

SP1-003-7 By-pass: OHP

[-4 ~ 6 / 0 / 1mm /step] (previous default: -2)

Eliminated unnecessary occurrences of SC410 (2nd transfer electric leakage):

Default for SP2-803-01 (Charge Cleaning Off time) changed to

minimize idling time during wire cleaning.
.[0 ~ 200 / 10 / 10 seconds/step] (previous default: 60)

Note: This adjustment was added from v1.233:01, and the description
has been added to the v1.233.01 description below (previously
missing).

SP modes newly added (listed below).

These SPs have been added to ensure proper (higher) transfer belt cleaning
by applying the following bias voltages at job end (OPC lubrication time):

SP2-400-008: Cleaning Bias LL1: OPC lubrication time

Minimum value changed for SP2-941-01, -02 (OPC lubrication time).

Minimum increased from 0 to 6:
SP2-941-01: Job End: [6 ~ 30 / 14 / 1 s/step]
SP2-941-02: OPC Lubrication Interval: [6 ~ 60 / 10 / 1 s/step]

NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.02. or later.

To ensure proper printing quality, the default values for the following 1.253:01
SP modes have been revised while some SP modes have been
added.

-SP3-920-001 (Lubrication Cleaning Time) ( ): previous default

[0 ~ 100 / 50 (100) / 1% /step]
-SP2-941-001(OPC Lubricant Time – Interrupt )
[0 ~ 30 / 14 (20) / 1s /step]

-SP3-922-001 (Lubricant Clutch OFF: 1C ): Newly added

-SP3-922-002(Lubricant Clutch OFF: 2C/3C/4C): Newly added
[0 ~ 11 / 6 / 1s /step]
Allows the image transfer belt-cleaning clutch off timing to be adjusted.
The setting determines the number of seconds after image transfer
belt cleaning roller charging that the clutch is turned off. With previous
versions, the clutch is always running while the development roller
motor rotates.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 15/23
Reissued: 3-Dec-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001L
Symptom Corrected Version
-SP2-938-001 (OPC Reverse Interval): Newly added
[0 ~ 100 / 10 / 10 counts /step]
The Main motor rotates the OPC belt backwards for 500ms at the end
of every job, in order to remove foreign particles between the OPC belt
and OPC cleaning blade. However, this does not need to be performed
so often. In addition, reducing the frequency of OPC belt reverse
rotation improves the cleaning blade performance.
This SP adjusts the counter for the OPC belt reverse rotation, and is
incremented as follows:
LT/A4 LEF or smaller: 1, larger than LT/A4 LEF: 2.
When this SP reaches its set maximum, reverse rotation is performed
for 500ms at job end.

Machine may freeze up when returning to stand-by mode from panel-

off or low power mode under the following:
LEF job SEF job Enters panel-off/low-power within 3 minutes
Next job initiated, enters stand-by mode.

SC670 is sometimes mis-detected when the SMC is printed out.

SP2-801-03 (Additional value of the charge corona cleaning interval)

has been newly added. The cleaning interval for the additional charge
corona unit has been adjusted as shown.
[0 ~ 5000 / 100 / 100 counts/step]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 16/23
Reissued: 3-Dec-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001L
Symptom Corrected Version
With this new SP, it is possible to adjust the interval for charge corona
cleaning in the middle of a job:
Old:
The charge corona cleaning is carried out after 600 (SP2-801-1)
development counts, at job end or after 700 (no adjustment)
development counts (stops in the middle of the job).
After
The charge corona cleaning is carried out after 600 (SP2-801-1)
development counts, at job end or after 700 (= the sum of the
settings in SP2-801-1 and -3) development counts (stops in the
middle of the job).

Text mode in mono color mode

Text Mode in mono color mode also uses the separation filter, which
may sometimes cause separation errors. The separation filter has
been reviewed.

Machine may freeze when a paper jam occurs or when the main
switch is turned on (found in laboratory tests).

SC120 was shown instead of SC122 when the scanner home position
was initialized.

SP2-803-01 (Charge Cleaning Off time) newly added:

[0 ~ 200 / 60 / 10 seconds/step]

Although a 60-second interval already exists for performing an idle

discharge after corona wire cleaning, this new SP mode allows the
interval to be adjusted. The idle discharge is to maintain an even
charge wire surface, ensuring proper charging.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 17/23
Reissued: 3-Dec-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001L
Symptom Corrected Version
The paper feed/transport timing for the duplex interleaf function (one 1.213:01
sheet in duplex unit, one fed from tray) has been improved to ensure
better paper transport.
SC546 & SC556 1.212:01
Detection conditions for SC546/556 have been changed so that they
are triggered by a 50°C/sec jump or drop in thermistor temperature
data (old: 20°C/sec). This is because these SCs were being reported
from the field in Japan in environments below 5°C (installation
requirements: 10°C minimum), i.e. unnecessary SC occurrences.
Note: When the actual fusing temperature is below 5°C, the
temperature curve for thermistor data is unstable and nonlinear,
triggering the SCs more easily.
Toner end and/or toner near end may be detected even when the 1.204:1
toner cartridge still contains enough to continue printing.

1.202.01
Process control mode timing
To reduce the cycle of process control mode (every 200 printings), Mono (Bk)
prints are no longer counted for process control.

Charge corona cleaning

Charge corona cleaning mode-entering timing has been changed from 640 to
700. After 700 development counts (stops in the middle of the job), charge
corona cleaning is carried out.

SC560 (Zero cross error)

SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type):

To prevent fusing jams (wrapping around the pressure roller) the layer
thickness of the pressure roller has been changed from 1.5 mm to 2.1mm
from the first production machines. When updating from v1.192:01 or
older to v1.202.01 or newer for the first time, even if the new pressure
roller is installed, it is necessary to select ‘ new ‘ in SP1-905-01 to
initialize fusing temperature control. The settings for the August
production machines have been input on the production line. When firmware
1.192:01 or older is updated to 1.202.01 or later for the first time, the
machine cannot judge which data (old or new) should be used for fusing
control.
Note: When selecting 0 in SP1-905-1 and then pressing # on the LCD, the
new control data is applied to fusing control.
0: new pressure roller type (2.1mm), 1: old pressure roller type (1.5mm)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 18/23
Reissued: 3-Dec-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001L
Symptom Corrected Version
SP2-944-4 and –5 :(OPC Lubrication – High Coverage)
The default settings for SP2-944-4 and –5 have been reviewed and changed
to reduce the cycle of OPC lubrication mode.
SP2-944-4: Sheets-1: [10 to 80/ 30 / 1sheet/step]
SP2-944-5: Sheets-2: [10 to 80/ 60 / 1sheet/step]

0: New paper transfer roller type (Drum type), 1: Old paper transfer roller
type (straight type)

SP2-321-7 and –9: (Paper transfer bias of edge)

The default settings have been changed from 1.0 to 0.8 to improve image
quality in low temperature and low humidity conditions.

SP7-931-001 to –017 (Engine status display)

Reducing fan motor rotation period

The development fan stops and the fusing unit fan is rotated at half speed for
15 seconds after the last sheet of paper exits the printer. With the previous
firmware, the fusing unit fan and development fan both ran for 3 minutes after
paper exit.
1.181:01
Doctor roller reverse mode timing
After 20 prints, at job end or after 50 prints (stops in the middle of the job),
the machine carries out the doctor roller reverse rotation to maintain good
printing quality. A4/LT SEF or shorter printing is counted as 1 and printing
longer than A4/LT SEF is counted as 2. With the prototype firmware, A4/LT
LEF or shorter printing is counted as 1 and longer than A4/LT LEF is counted
as 2. This is to reduce the frequency of the doctor roller reverse mode.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 19/23
Reissued: 3-Dec-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001L
August 2002 production serial numbers
B051-17: J2526800001 to J2526800023
B051-27: J2526800024 to J2526800043
B052-17: J2626800001 to J2626800042
B052-27: J2626800043 to J2626800061
Note for Updating the BICU firmware of the August production machines
When the BICU firmware is updated from the August production machines to 1.204:1 or later for
the first time, be sure to update the main unit controller firmware to V1.332 or later at the same
time. (Refer to the main unit controller firmware history RTB (RTB No.2). Then, change the
following SP modes after updating the firmware.
SP2-905-01: (Paper transfer roller type): Select 0, then press #.
SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type): Select 0, then press #.
SP2-944-4 and –5: (OPC Lubrication – High Coverage): -4: Change setting from 20 to 30. –5:
Change the setting from 40 to 60.

Operation Panel LCD

Taiwanese words correction

Korean words correction

Clean / Adjust in Spanish, French

First release for Asia version

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 20/23
Reissued: 3-Dec-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001L
FAX application
Symptom Corrected Version
Key input from the operation panel is sometimes disabled when changing 2.05.2
over from Copier to FAX mode under the following conditions.
• Function Priority is set to Copier in User Tools.
• Nothing is input for TTI No. 1 & 2.
• Korea is registered as the country code in SP 1-101-016.
Minor bug correction for Japanese version. 2.05
Supports MLB function. 2.00
First release 1.17

FCU
Symptom Corrected Version
Tx level of DTMF tone in Taiwan is slightly high. 05.00.00
Supports MLB function. 04.00.01

Main power off/on during original scanning

If the main power is turned off while the machine is scanning the original, the
memory capacity remains decreased when the power is turned back on.
Job numbers for standby for FAX transmission by LAN FAX (P/C FAX): 03.01.00
System Switch 19 No.4 (SP1-101-026; page 4-17 in S/M)
System Switch 19 No.4 (SP1-101-026; page 4-17) added to FAX SP mode.

Job numbers for standby for FAX transmission by LAN FAX (P/C FAX) are
limited as follows:
0: 64 1: Depends on memory (400: standard, 800: with Fax Function
Upgrade Unit)

Taiwan area
Taiwan Area parameters added.

First release 02.01.00

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 21/23
Reissued: 3-Dec-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001L

New defaults for SP2- 310 to 314

SP code Class1and 2
ＳＰ
2-310 2-311 2-312 2-313 2-314
Class 3
LL1 LL2 NN1 NN2 HH
-1 25 27 28 29 30

-2 25 28 30 30 30

-3 25 29 32 31 30

-4 25 28 31 30 28

-5 25 27 30 28 26

-6 26 28 29 30 31

-7 26 29 31 31 31

-8 26 30 33 32 31

-9 26 29 32 31 29

-10 26 28 31 29 27

-11 14 15 15 16 16

-12 15 15 15 15 15

-13 16 15 14 15 15

-14 18 16 14 14 14

-15 20 17 14 14 14

-16 28 28 27 29 30

-17 30 29 28 31 33

-18 28 29 30 33 36

-19 28 29 30 32 34

-20 28 29 30 31 32

-21 29 29 28 30 31

-22 31 30 29 32 34

-23 29 30 31 34 37

-24 29 30 31 33 35

-25 29 30 31 32 33

-26 12 13 14 14 14

-27 16 16 16 15 15

-28 20 19 17 17 16
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 22/23
Reissued: 3-Dec-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001L

-29 24 23 23 23 22

-30 28 29 30 29 28

-31 16 17 17 18 18

-32 20 21 21 22 22
New defaults for SP2- 903
[0 to 70.0 /1.0/ 0.1µA/step]

New SP (): Old default

950 Start Registration Adjustment
1 Start Registration Color registration adjustment: Adjusts the start timing of
Adjustment 1–K (32 imaging for each color.
CPM) [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
2 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–M (32
CPM)
3 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–C (32
CPM)
4 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–Y (32
CPM)
5 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 2 (0) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–K (32
CPM)
6 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1 ) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–M (32
CPM)
7 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–C (32
CPM)
8 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–Y (32
CPM)
9 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–K (24
CPM)
10 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–M (24
CPM)
11 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–C (24
CPM)
12 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–Y (24
CPM)
13 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–K (24
CPM)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 23/23
Reissued: 3-Dec-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001L
14 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1 ) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–M (24
CPM)
15 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–C (24
CPM)
16 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–Y (24
CPM)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/6
Reissued: 3-Dec-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 11-Jun-04 No.: RB051030a
RTB Correction
The items in bold italics have been corrected or added.
Subject: Dirty Background Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other ( )

SYMPTOM
Black stripes (dirty background) appear in non-image areas.

Black stripes (dirty background) in non-image areas.

Note: The stripes are not visible in this photo, but can be seen
on actual print samples.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/6
Reissued: 3-Dec-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 11-Jun-04 No.: RB051030a

CAUSE
Some toner in the toner hopper takes on a positive charge under the following
conditions, causing it to be attracted to non-image areas:
Printing out images with coverage rates of 5% or less for an extended period causes
the amount of toner in the toner hopper to increase, as consumption is relatively low.
This lowers the toner fluidity (agitation capability) and chargeability, so that when new
toner is supplied and mixed into the hopper, some of the toner with low chargeability
takes on a positive charge.

SOLUTION

Production line
1. The following have been applied to optimize the amount of toner supplied from the
bottle to the hopper:
1) The drive gears have been modified to reduce the rotation speed of the toner
agitator.
2) The size of the toner supply window has been decreased.
3) The toner vent has been sealed.

2. The default value for the minimum toner consumption amount (SP3-970-004:
Image Area Rate: Bk) has been changed to 4.7%. This acts to continuously supply
refreshed toner to the development roller, ensuring that the proper toner
chargeability is maintained.
3. The following have been applied to improve side-to-side toner agitation and
provide more uniform chargeability:
1) The attachment direction and height of the fin on the paddle roller in the
toner hopper has been changed.
2) A flicker has been added to the development unit case. The flicker touches
the paddle roller fin directly and spreads out the toner evenly left to right.
Note:
Changes #1 and #3 above have been applied from November 2004
production, and change #2 from November 2003 production. See below for
the P/N change and remarks regarding the new Bk development unit.
Changes #1-1 and #1-2 were applied from June 2004 as solution for dirty
background. They were removed from August 2004 because they had
side-effects (white lines from toner clumps).
Note: The side effect was caused by the changed shape of the paddle
roller (applied from June 2004).
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/6
Reissued: 3-Dec-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 11-Jun-04 No.: RB051030a

In the Field
If the symptom is reported in the field:
1. Take 20-30 A3 sky-shot copies to remove the deteriorated toner.
2. Make sure SP3-970-004 (Image Area Rate: Bk) is set to a value of 4.7.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/6
Reissued: 3-Dec-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 11-Jun-04 No.: RB051030a

P/N Change History and Remarks for the New BK Development Units

Note: See page 6 for the “Action in the Field”.

Development unit - BK: B0523214 B0523224 B0523234 B0523494

“New units” = B0523224 and newer.
“Old units” = B0523214 and older.

The new units are shipped with the Bk starter toner already supplied to the toner
hopper, therefore do not replace the Bk starter toner cartridge to supply more
toner to the hopper until the Toner End condition is detected; . This will cause
dirty background to occur.
The starter toner is pre-supplied because the decreased toner supply window
modification can sometimes cause a toner end misdetection from the reduced
amount of toner being supplied from the starter cartridge.

The following units have a “+” mark on the lot number decal:
B0523224, B0523234, B0523494

“+” Mark
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/6
Reissued: 3-Dec-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 11-Jun-04 No.: RB051030a

B0523494: Permanent solution for dirty background

There are two seals attached to the B0523494 development unit:

B0523234 and before (front view): B0523494 (front view):

No seals on the front and rear. Seals on the front and rear.

Reason the seal was added:

To disable sensor detection of the toner-end condition.
This machine has two methods for detecting the toner end condition,
• Pixel counting
• Detecting the amount of toner in the hopper.

Mainly, pixel counting detects the toner end condition.

Solution #1 (page 2) puts less toner in the hopper, and the sensor sometimes
detects toner-end too soon. With the B0523494 unit, the machine uses a pixel
counter to detect toner-end.
BICU firmware change for the B0523494 Development Unit:
The detection method for toner near end was changed.
Old (B0523234 or before): The machine uses the toner end sensor and pixel
counting.
New (B0523494): The machine uses pixel counting only.
Note:
- The target of the pixel counter for toner near end was changed to make sure
developments do not have low image density.
- There is no change in the specification for the number of prints you can make
with one development unit.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 6/6
Reissued: 3-Dec-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 11-Jun-04 No.: RB051030a

Action in the Field

Case 1: Development unit #B0523234 or earlier is already installed in the machine,
and you want to install #B0523494.
If you have #B0523494 with you:
1) Install BICU firmware 1.341:01 (copier firmware: 1.19) or later.
2) Install development unit #B0523494.
If you do not have #B0523494 with you:
Recommended: Install BICU firmware 1.341:01 (copier firmware: 1.19) or later.
Note: This is recommended because you will not need to do the procedure in
Case 2 when you install #B0523494 in the future. Please update the firmware by
referring to the following “case 2” flow chart.

Case 2: Development unit #B0523494 is already installed, but the BICU firmware in
the machine is before 1.341:01:

- Print out the SMC

(SP5-990-2).
- Check SP3-928-05
(Production ID).

Install BICU firmware

No 1.341:01.
Is the ID
(FINISHED)
3?

1: Starter toner
Yes 3: Normal toner
Check SP3-928-
16 (Picture Area
Count) Do one of the following (ask the
customer first):
1) Install BICU firmware 1.341:01
at the next service visit.
Explain to the customer: The
Is the bottle is almost empty, and low
No image density will occur later.
value less
than This is because the #B0523494
775,000? unit cannot use the toner end
sensor.
2) OR, install BICU firmware
Yes 1.341:01 now.
Explain to the customer: Toner
Install BICU near end will occur after BICU
1.341:01 firmware installation, but low
(FINISHED) image density will not occur.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/4
Reissued: 16-Dec-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 25-Feb-03 No.: RB051005d
RTB Reissue
The items in bold italics have been corrected or added:
Only program numbers were corrected. The firmware was not changed.
Subject: Firmware History - Printer Prepared by: H.K
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other (Firmware History)

This is to inform you of the Printer firmware history (Printer, NCS, NFA, and Delivery).
Printer Service Card
Version Program No. C. SUM Effective Date
1.00 B4635570 CE7B August Production ‘02
1.01 B4635570A 079D Not applied to the production
machines
1.02 B4635570B 0784
1.03 B4635570C 393F October Production ‘02
1.04 B4635570D 22B9 January Production ‘03
2.00 B4635570E 59C1 February Production ‘03
2.01 B4635570F E9D4 March Production ‘03
2.01.4 B4635570G 90F9 April production ‘03
2.02 B4635570H 7022 July production ‘03
2.02.2 B4635570J 117C August Production ‘03
2.05.2 B4635570K 7CE3 December Production ‘03
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/4
Reissued: 16-Dec-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 25-Feb-03 No.: RB051005d

Contents for all models:

Note:
Whenever updating any of the firmware types in Service Card v.104 or earlier to any of those in
v2.00 or later, all types must all be updated at the same time to the versions below. In other words,
individual updates cannot be performed in these cases.

No. Software Type Version Service card version

１ Controller 2.01.2 Controller ver. 2.01.2
２ Fax 2.00 BICU-Fax ver. 1.08
３ Printer 2.01 Printer ver. 2.01
４ NIB 3.07 Printer ver. 2.00
５ NFA 1.66 Printer ver. 2.00
６ Scanner 2.00 S2.00_PS1.06
７ Delivery 2.00 Printer ver. 2.00
8 BICU 1.242 BICU-Fax ver. 1.08
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/4
Reissued: 16-Dec-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 25-Feb-03 No.: RB051005d
Printer:
Symptom Corrected Version
Merged PCL job cannot print (TechMail #TS030100). 2.01.2
Supports KS/KSSM Emulation (for Korea). 2.01
Duplex face settings (front/rear) not applied correctly when specified with PCL commands. 2.00
(GFPR #RC02120014)
Binding position not applied correctly when specified with PCL commands (GFPR#:
RC03020001)
CAD print files:
- Modified so that the "null" character is ignored when it is included in HP/GL2 data to increase
speed (GFPR# RE02050016).
- The status flag for the bold selection command is refreshed when it is selected for HP/GL2
data (GFPR# RE02050016).
The following image problem may occur in Black Over Print mode.
1. The image is blank around Bk figures
2. Gradation images will not print
Supports the Card Save function.
Note: To enable this function, set Printer SP1-1 Bit SW1, bit 4 to “1”.
Selecting HDD font or DIMM font may reduce available memory
Supports SAP Barcode & OCR printing.
PCL command "<ESC>&l11G" (select MailBoxBin8 as output tray) does not work correctly.
(GFPR#: RE02100002)
The RAM work area is reduced whenever fonts that have been downloaded to the HDD are 1.33.3
used.
Response to PJL INFO CONFIG command does not include serial number.
Figures appear black when the memory capacity is low. 1.33
When selecting font stored in the HDD and running the Copy/Assign command (ESC>*c6F),
the machine will freeze.
When selecting the Bitmapped Font, the character “θ” does not print.
When printing UDFP large-size (over printable size), the image will be shifted.
The machine freezes when printing Macro data.
The value for Form Lines (PCL Menu) changes after rebooting the machine.
The software version for the printer applications does not appear on the SMC list or in SP
mode.
PJL Echo does not respond correctly. (GFPR# RE02070088) 1.29
When inputting the elapsed time (time setting), the machine does not enter On Line mode.
First release 1.09

NCS (NIB):
Symptom Corrected Version
The printer is unable to access the target local Netware server (TechMail #RE020229). 3.74

When TCP/IP is disabled as the Effective Protocol in UP mode, the program version and NCS 3.70
number will not be displayed in SP mode or on the SMC list
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/4
Reissued: 16-Dec-04
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 25-Feb-03 No.: RB051005d
Symptom Corrected Version
The following functions are added for SMTP E-mail transmission.
SMTP Authentication
POP before SMTP
Supports the new IC chip on the new wireless LAN option (old chip discontinued) 3.55
TCP ports can be opened/closed.
NOTE: After disabling HTTP, it is not possible to access the target device through web
browser. To change the setting, please use telnet to open HTTP. When the telnet port is
disabled, it is necessary to clear the network settings (Memory Clear for NCS) to open the port.
Changed default setting of Autonet to OFF
Changed default setting of DHCP to ON.
Changed default setting of “diprint” to Enabled. 3.54
First release 3.53

Delivery:
Symptom Corrected Version
File full condition may occur following repeated connections to the POP server with APOP auto 2.03
connection.
Attached file is sometimes delivered as a text file. 2.02
Supports the File Format Converter (MLB) function 2.00
Minor delivery module bug. 1.15
Operation flow for multiple scanning in platen mode improved. 1.13
If the operation SW is pressed while the machine is scanning the third set of 2000 originals 1.05
(SADF mode), the machine goes into auto off mode.
First release 1.01
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/4
Reissued: 20-Jan-05
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 25-Feb-03 No.: RB051005e
RTB Reissue
The items in bold italics have been corrected or added:
Subject: Firmware History - Printer Prepared by: H.K
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other (Firmware History)

This is to inform you of the Printer firmware history (Printer, NCS, NFA, and Delivery).
Printer Service Card
Version Program No. C. SUM Effective Date
1.00 B4635570 CE7B August Production ‘02
1.01 B4635570A 079D Not applied to the production
machines
1.02 B4635570B 0784
1.03 B4635570C 393F October Production ‘02
1.04 B4635570D 22B9 January Production ‘03
2.00 B4635570E 59C1 February Production ‘03
2.01 B4635570F E9D4 March Production ‘03
2.01.4 B4635570G 90F9 April production ‘03
2.02 B4635570H 7022 July production ‘03
2.02.2 B4635570J 117C August Production ‘03
2.05.2 B4635570K 7CE3 December Production ‘03
2.07.3 B4635570L 5D89 February Production ‘05
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/4
Reissued: 20-Jan-05
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 25-Feb-03 No.: RB051005e

Contents for all models:

Printer NCS (NIB) NFA Delivery
Ver.
Program No. Ver. Program No. Ver Program No. Ver Program No Ver
1.00 B4635550B 1.09 B0535552B 3.53 B0535553B 1.26 B0535554B 1.01
1.01 B4635550B 1.09 B0535552C 3.54 B0535553C 1.27 B0535554C 1.05
1.02 B4635550D 1.29 B0535552D 3.55 B0535553C 1.27 B0535554D 1.13
1.03 B4635550E 1.33 B0535552D 3.55 B0535553C 1.27 B0535554E 1.15
1.04 B4635550F 1.33.3 B0535552D 3.55 B0535553C 1.27 B0535554E 1.15
2.00 B4635550G 2.00 B0535552E 3.70 B0535553D 1.66 B0535554F 2.00
2.01 B4635550H 2.01 B0535552E 3.70 B0535553D 1.66 B0535554F 2.00
2.01.4 B4635550H 2.01 B0535552F 3.72 B0535553D 1.66 B0535554G 2.02
2.02 B4635550H 2.01 B0535552G 3.73 B0535553E 1.67 B0535554H 2.03
2.02.2 B4635550J 2.01.2 B0535552G 3.73 B0535553E 1.67 B0535554H 2.03
2.05.2 B4635550J 2.01.2 B0535552H 3.74 B0535553E 1.67 B0535554H 2.03
2.07.3 B4635550K 2.03 B0535552H 3.74 B0535553E 1.67 B0535554H 2.03

No. Software Type Version Service card version

[PCL]
1. Characters in the following fonts overlap (FPR#RE03100005): Arial, Times New
Roman, Symbol, Wingdings
2. Documents with a low page count take a long time to print out (FPR#: RE03040009,
RC04020001, RE04030007, RE04050017).
Merged PCL job cannot print (TechMail #TS030100). 2.01.2
Supports KS/KSSM Emulation (for Korea). 2.01
Duplex face settings (front/rear) not applied correctly when specified with PCL commands. 2.00
(GFPR #RC02120014)
Binding position not applied correctly when specified with PCL commands (GFPR#:
RC03020001)
CAD print files:
- Modified so that the "null" character is ignored when it is included in HP/GL2 data to increase
speed (GFPR# RE02050016).
- The status flag for the bold selection command is refreshed when it is selected for HP/GL2
data (GFPR# RE02050016).
The following image problem may occur in Black Over Print mode.
1. The image is blank around Bk figures
2. Gradation images will not print
Supports the Card Save function.
Note: To enable this function, set Printer SP1-1 Bit SW1, bit 4 to “1”.
Selecting HDD font or DIMM font may reduce available memory
Supports SAP Barcode & OCR printing.
PCL command "<ESC>&l11G" (select MailBoxBin8 as output tray) does not work correctly.
(GFPR#: RE02100002)
The RAM work area is reduced whenever fonts that have been downloaded to the HDD are 1.33.3
used.
Response to PJL INFO CONFIG command does not include serial number.
Figures appear black when the memory capacity is low. 1.33
When selecting font stored in the HDD and running the Copy/Assign command (ESC>*c6F),
the machine will freeze.
When selecting the Bitmapped Font, the character “θ” does not print.
When printing UDFP large-size (over printable size), the image will be shifted.
The machine freezes when printing Macro data.
The value for Form Lines (PCL Menu) changes after rebooting the machine.
The software version for the printer applications does not appear on the SMC list or in SP
mode.
PJL Echo does not respond correctly. (GFPR# RE02070088) 1.29
When inputting the elapsed time (time setting), the machine does not enter On Line mode.
First release 1.09

NCS (NIB):
Symptom Corrected Version
The printer is unable to access the target local Netware server (TechMail #RE020229). 3.74

The printer is unable to log on to the Netware server even when the Netware Server SAP
setting is unchecked.
SC819 occurs after continuously receiving damaged packets from NetBEUI. 3.73
Default for DHCP changed to: ON. 3.72
Default for Autonet changed to: OFF.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/4
Reissued: 20-Jan-05
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 25-Feb-03 No.: RB051005e
Symptom Corrected Version
Communication between the LAN card and printer in 802.11adhoc mode is sometimes
terminated when the condition of the EM waves remains constant.

When TCP/IP is disabled as the Effective Protocol in UP mode, the program version and NCS 3.70
number will not be displayed in SP mode or on the SMC list
The following functions are added for SMTP E-mail transmission.
SMTP Authentication
POP before SMTP
Supports the new IC chip on the new wireless LAN option (old chip discontinued) 3.55
TCP ports can be opened/closed.
NOTE: After disabling HTTP, it is not possible to access the target device through web
browser. To change the setting, please use telnet to open HTTP. When the telnet port is
disabled, it is necessary to clear the network settings (Memory Clear for NCS) to open the port.
Changed default setting of Autonet to OFF
Changed default setting of DHCP to ON.
Changed default setting of “diprint” to Enabled. 3.54
First release 3.53

Subject: White lines at random pitch Prepared by: H.K.

SYMPTOM
White lines at random intervals along the main scan direction.

White lines
along the
main scan
direction

Important:
DO NOT do the “Action in the Field“ in this RTB in these cases:
If the pitch of the white lines is 54mm. This is a problem with the development roller.
If the symptom is random-pitched banding from a dirty PCU grounding brush.
Note: See RTB #RB051008e.

CAUSE
Sometimes, the drive torque of the development unit is higher than the torque limit of the
development clutch. As a result, the clutch sometimes slips.
Note: This happens more often just after the development unit is replaced. This is
because new development units have a higher drive torque.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/2
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 21-Jan-05 No.: RB051032
SOLUTION

Production Line
Development clutches have been checked from the first production to make sure the
torque limit is high enough. If the torque limit is not high enough, the clutch is not used.

In addition to the above production solution, the higher torque type clutch has been used in
the production line as follows:
Applied from: May 2004 production.
Development clutch P/N change: AX210078 AX210088

Action In the Field

When this symptom occurs,
1. Make a copy sample in mono-color mode (C, M, Y or K).
2. If you see the symptom, do SP2-208 (Forced Toner Supply) ONCE for the toner color
you used in Step 1.
Important: Do NOT do SP2-208 two times. If you do, this will damage the toner.
3. If Step 2 does not solve the symptom, replace the development clutch.
4. Do this procedure again for every toner color.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/4
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 21-Jan-05 No.: RB051033

Subject: Charge Wire Cleaning Timing Prepared by: H.K.

Note on BICU Firmware v1.333.01

The timing for charge corona cleaning was changed from BICU v1.333.01. See below for
the details of the change and other important notes.

I. Changes

OLD (before v1.333.01)

The machine does charge corona cleaning:
At job end, when:
[Charger cleaner counter] = [SP2-801-1 (default: 600)]
Or
In the middle of a job, when:
[Charger cleaner counter] = [SP2-801-1 (default: 600) + SP2-801-3 (default: 100)]

NEW (v1.333.01 and later)

The default value of SP2-801-3 (additional value for charge corona cleaning interval)
was changed to: 400. [0 ~ 5000 / 400 / 100 counts/step]

The machine does charge corona cleaning:

Just before low-power mode, when:
[Charger cleaner counter] = Between [200] and [600]
Or
At job end, when:
[Charger cleaner counter] = Between [SP2-801-1 (default: 600)] and [SP2-801-1 +
SP2-801-3 (default 400) + 200]
Or
In the middle of a job, when:
[Charger cleaner counter] = [SP2-801-1 + SP2-801-3 + 200] or higher

Note: With the old and new firmware, the machine does charge corona cleaning at an
average frequency of once/600 developments.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/4
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 21-Jan-05 No.: RB051033

II. Other Important Notes on BICU Firmware v1.333.01 and Newer

With BICU v1.333.01 and newer:

After you finish the firmware installation, set SP2-801-3 to a value of 400.
If the machine does charge corona cleaning just before low-power mode (see page 1),
the recovery time from low-power mode is a little longer.
The machine does not do charge corona cleaning before panel-off mode or auto-off
mode.
One benefit of this firmware:
If a user’s machine enters low-power mode every day, the number of interrupted
copy jobs decreases. For example, the machine sometimes does charge corona
cleaning just before low-power mode at lunchtime.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/4
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 21-Jan-05 No.: RB051033
III. Appendix
The following is a summary of the timing for corona wire cleaning with BICU firmware
v1.333.01 and newer.

Key:
SP Mode: Charge Cleaning Charge Cleaning Charger Clean
Interval (Reference Interval (Additional Counter
Value) Value)

Abbreviation: CCRV CCAV CCC

SP No.: SP2-801-01 SP2-801-03 SP7-924-01
Default: 600 400 0
Setting Range: 0 to 5000 100 to 5000

Mathematical summary:
CCRV≤ CCC<CCRV+CCAV (Default settings: 600≤ CCC<1000)
Cleaning is done just before changing to low-power mode.

CCRV+CCAV≤CCC< CCRV+CCAV+200 (Default settings: 1000≤CCC<1200)

Cleaning is done at job end.

CCRV+CCAV+200≤CCC (Default settings: 1200≤CCC)

Cleaning is done in the middle of a job (machine interrupts the job).

Note:
“CCC” counts up by 1 when the corona wire is used for development.
After the machine does the charge corona cleaning, CCC is changed:
If [CCAV] > [CCC – CCRV], then New CCC = [CCC – CCRV]
If [CCAV] ≤ [CCC – CCRV], then New CCC = [CCAV]
See the table below.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/4
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 21-Jan-05 No.: RB051033

Example New CCC No. developments No. developments

for next time for next time
charge corona charge corona
Development number of cleaning is done cleaning is done
performing the charge (just before low- (job end).
corona wire cleaning power mode). CCRV+CCAV≤
CCRV ≤ (New (New CCC+X)
CCC+X)
1 1000 400 X ≥ 200 X ≥ 600
(At job end) (=1000-600) (=600-400) (=1000-400)
2 250 50 X ≥ 550 X ≥ 950
(Just before low-power {=(400+250)- (=600-50) (=1000-50)
mode) 600}
3 700 150 X ≥ 450 X ≥ 850
(Just before low-power {=(50+700)- (=600-150) (=1000-150)
mode) 600}
4 1200 (At 1050 dev. 400(*) X ≥ 200(*) X ≥ 600(*)
(1050+150) in the middle ≤600={(1200)- (=600-400) (=1000-400)
of a job) 600}
(At 150 dev.: 550=New X ≥ 50 X ≥ 450
No charge CCC+150 (=600-550) (=1000-550)
corona (=400+150)
cleaning)
5 220 170 X ≥ 430 X ≥ 830
(Just before low-power {=(550+220)- (=600-170) (=1000-170)
mode) 600}

(*) At 1050 developments: 150 developments are not included.

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/2
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 28-Jan-05 No.: RB051034

Subject: Preventative service calls due to paper dust Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Product Safety Other ( )

SYMPTOM
1. Noise from the fusing unit when continuous prints are made.
2. The fusing belt peels before it reaches its yield.

CAUSE
Some paper types have a high paper dust content, and the dust can build up on the oil
supply felt. As a result, the felt supplies less oil to the fusing belt.

SOLUTION
On the production line
The following changes were made to ensure the correct fusing belt adhesion:
1. The production line procedure was improved to make sure the adhesive is applied
more evenly.
2. A stronger adhesive is used between the belt and base.
Applied from: November 2004 production

In the field
Recommended action: At service visits, check to see if there is a paper dust buildup in the
fusing section. If there is, clean the fusing section (see the photo and illustration on the
next page).
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/2
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 28-Jan-05 No.: RB051034

Oil Supply
Roller
Fusing
Oil Supply Pad Sponge
(Felt) Roller

Oiling Roller

Fusing Belt

Oil Supply Pad (Felt)

Oil Supply Pad (Felt) Fusing Sponge

Roller
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/3
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 17-Feb-05 No.: RB051035

Subject: New Package for PCU Prepared by: H.K.

Packaging Change for the PCU (Service Parts)

The following change was made to improve the handling of the PCU in the field. Also see
the Guidelines on the next page.

Old: The PCU is shipped in one box (591x483x480).

New: The PCU is put into an inner box (495x353x371), and then the inner box is put inside
an outer box (591x483x480).

Inner box
495x353x371

Outer box
591x483x480
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/3
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 17-Feb-05 No.: RB051035

Guidelines for Handling the PCU in the Field

! Transport to the machine site in Service representative’s car (C below):

You can take the PCU to the end user site in your car with the inner box only (you do not
need the outer box).
Note: The PCU is double-boxed when it is shipped between the factory and spare parts
center, and spare parts center and Service representative’s car (see “New” on page one of
this RTB).

Factory ---> Spare parts center ---> Service representative’s car ---> Machines site by car
A B C
Transportation: A & B: Double-box
It would be virtually impossible to transport the PCU in the inner carton box only, from the
factory to spare parts center and/or from spare parts center to the Service representative’s
car using a courier company. For this reason it is necessary to transport the PCU in a
double carton box (Inner box in the outer box).

! Instructions printed on box:

These instructions are printed decal on the inner box (see next page for photo). Follow the
instructions carefully.
1)

On the top in the inner box

• When you relocate the unit inside this box, be very careful not to drop
the box or handle it roughly.
• When shipping the PCU by courier, please be sure to pack the unit in
the smaller box first. Then put the smaller box into the larger outer box.

• Place this surface face-up ONLY IF the box is not stable when stacked
in its normal position.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/3
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 17-Feb-05 No.: RB051035
Important: Always try to stack the box in its normal position first. Stack the box as
described in #2 above ONLY IF the box is not stable in its normal position. If you do not
follow these instructions, the PCU can be damaged.

Note: These instructions appear on one side of the box.

P/N Change
B0529100 to B0529101
Interchangeability: O/O

Note: The last shipment of B0529100z contains the new PCU package. The lot numbers
are as follows (from Nov 1, 2004 production):
Z041101, Z041102, Z041103, …, Z0411XX
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/2
Reissued: 4-Mar-05
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 25-Feb-03 No.: RB051006c
RTB Correction
The items in bold italics have been corrected or added.
Subject: Firmware History - Scanner/PS3 Prepared by: S.Tomoe
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other (Firmware History)

This is to inform you of the Scanner/PS3 firmware history

Contents for all models:
PS Scanner
C.SUM Effective Date
Program No. Ver Program No Ver
B5225917B 1.00 B0725551B 1.02 273C August Prod. ‘02
B5225917B 1.00 B0725551C 1.05 94BD Does not apply to the
B5225917E 1.04 B0725551D 1.13 39A4 production machine
B5225917E 1.04 B0725551E 1.15 4CD6 October Prod. ‘02
B5225917F 1.06 B0725551E 1.15 51D4 January Prod. ‘03
B5225917F 1.06 B0725551F 2.00 F4A6 February Prod. ‘03
B5225917F 1.06 B0725551G 2.02 3A23 April Pro. ‘03
B5225917F 1.06 B0725551H 2.03 B31D July Prod. ‘03
B5225917G 1.08 B0725551H 2.03 9E96 August Prod. ‘03
B5225917H 1.09 B0725551H 2.03 B4C7 July Prod. ‘04
B5225917H 1.09a B0725551H 2.03 21CB February ‘05

Scanner:
Symptom Corrected Version
File full condition may occur following repeated connections to the POP server with APOP auto 2.03
connection.

Some Korean and Russian characters appear garbled on the SMC report.
Attached file is sometimes delivered as a text file. 2.02
Supports the File Format Converter (MLB) function 2.00
Minor bug with delivery module. 1.15
Operation flow for multiple scanning in platen mode improved. 1.13
Scanning stops while scanning with the TWAIN driver for printer output.
If the operation SW is pressed while the machine is scanning the third set of 2000 originals 1.05
(SADF mode), the machine goes into auto off mode.
First release 1.02
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/2
Reissued: 4-Mar-05
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 25-Feb-03 No.: RB051006c

PS3:
Symptom Corrected Version
The following PS problems have been modified: 1.09a

1. After a certain number of jobs (~500 jobs) containing images are printed,
subsequent jobs will be printed with solarized images (images with shifted colors).
(GFPR#RE04050021, RE04100012 and RC04120008)

2. PS data containing images that use pallet (index) color may be printed with
random inconsistencies.(GFPR#RE04100010)
The following PS problems have been modified: 1.09

White or light pixels that don't show in the screen image get scattered throughout areas of
dark pixels in the printout. This makes the dark areas appear lighter than they are
supposed to.

Using Photoshop v7.0, if Dithering is set to anything other than "User setting" a line is
sometimes drawn through the image.

The wording is incorrect on the PS config/font page. The value of Color Profile under
<Printing Configuration> should be "auto", not "business".
The PS logo color printed on the PS configuration sheet appeared slightly blue. It should 1.08
be red.

Modified job information character string.

Subject: Light image and/or Toner End indication cannot be Prepared by: H.K.
cleared
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Product Safety Other ( )

Light image and/or Toner End indication cannot be cleared

SYMPTOM
Light image (BCMY) occurs and/or toner end indication cannot be cleared (CMY).

CAUSE
The toner-supply-drive gear shaft in the development unit comes out of its position,
because the shaft stopper is worn out by the shaft, which was not manufactured correctly.
This causes the toner supply paddle to not rotate, and toner is not supplied to the toner
hopper in the development unit. The white bearing also comes out of its position.

White bearing

The toner-supply-drive gear shaft comes out

of its position. The white bearing also may
come out of its position.

Affected units
Some of the machines and spare parts that were produced from the beginning of February
until 21 April (21/04/2005) production are defective.
February production to April production
B051-26 5P2825XXXX
B051-17, 19, 22,27, 29 J25562xxxxx, J25563xxxxx
B051-28 J25563xxxxx, J25564xxxxx
B052-19, 22, 27, 29 J26562xxxxx, J26563xxxxx, J26564xxxxx

Development unit lot no.

How to read the lot numbers:

00M502XXXXX --- 00M504XXXXX
XXIYMMXXXXX
00K502XXXXX --- 00K504XXXXX
I: color KCMY
00Y502XXXXX --- 00Y504XXXXX
Y: Year
00C502XXXXX --- 00C504XXXXX
MM Month
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/13
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 30-May-05 No.: RB051036
Spare part lot numbers on the part number label
From February production until April 21 production

X 01 02 05 to X 21 04 05

How to read the lot numbers on the

part label
H070505 indicates 2005 May 07
production. (Xddmmyy).

Distinguishing the defective units from the modified ones

A blue spot has been added on the carton of the modified machine.
Machines: To the right side of the bar code label on the machine carton

Blue decal, or blue

dot (ink)

Spare parts: To the lower side of the part number label

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/13
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 30-May-05 No.: RB051036

Blue decal, or blue

dot (ink)

Blue decal, or blue

dot (ink)

Cut-in serial numbers and lot numbers

The corrected shaft has been installed in the following production parts:
Spare parts lot numbers (unit side)
·B052-3226 SCY050402283
·B052-3227 SCC050404529
·B052-3225 SCM050403752
·B052-3494 SCK050404853

Spare parts lot number on label (spare part carton)

X 22 04 05 (From April 22 2005)

Some units in service parts stock have already been modified.

Blue decal, or blue

dot (ink)

Some units have a blue circle,

Some units have a red circle

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/13
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 30-May-05 No.: RB051036
SOLUTION
In the production line
The corrected shaft has been installed in the development unit from the 22nd April on the
production line.

In the field
Add the plastic washer to the toner supply drive shaft gear. This will prevent this symptom.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/13
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 30-May-05 No.: RB051036

Action in the field

- Check if the development unit is affected or not
by the above indications or serial numbers or lot
numbers.

No action
Affected No
unit?

Yes

Check if the toner-supply-drive gear shaft

comes out of its position or not.

Does the
shaft No Add the spacer: See A:
come out? Procedure for adding the
spacers to the toner supply
drive gear shaft

Yes
Do you have Yes
a modified
Replace the
development development
unit?
unit.

Add the spacer: See B: Procedure for adding the

spacers to the toner supply drive gear shaft when
the shaft has already come out from its position
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 6/13
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 30-May-05 No.: RB051036
Next time that you visit an affected machine for a different purpose, please add the
spacers to the toner supply drive shafts in the development unit.

When you visit the machines to respond to a service call for the shaft coming out of its
position.
• The development unit that shows the symptom. Replace the development unit
with the corrected one when the development unit is available. And add the spacers
to the shaft in the other development units.
• If the development unit is not available, see the procedure for adding the spacer to
the toner supply drive gear shaft (see below).
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 7/13
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 30-May-05 No.: RB051036
A: Procedure for adding the spacers to the toner supply drive gear shaft

I. IMPORTANT NOTES BEFORE YOU BEGIN

* Do not touch the surface of the development roller.
* Be very careful not to scratch or damage the surface of the development roller.
* Always keep the development unit flat (horizontal). Do not tip the unit to one side.
This is to prevent toner from leaking out of the unit.
II. MAIN PROCEDURE
1. Remove the development unit from the machine.
2. Pull out the toner cartridge about 70 mm from the development unit.

70mm

Important:
Do not pull out the toner cartridge too far. If you do, toner can leak out of the
cartridge (circled in red in the photos).
If this happens, remove the leaked toner.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 8/13
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 30-May-05 No.: RB051036
3. Remove the silencer (A), toner cartridge drive gear (B) and pressure spring (C).
Important: Be careful not to lose the silencer and spring.

A C

4. Make sure the flat sides of the bearing are parallel with the ribs (see the left photo).

OK NG

Ribs

5. Attach the new washer (A) to the shaft.

B0519911: Washer – 20 pcs/set

Important: The washer fits tightly around the shaft, but DO NOT change the size of the D-
cut.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 9/13
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 30-May-05 No.: RB051036
6. Reattach the pressure spring, drive gear and silencer.
Important: Reattach the gear so that the flat side faces inward (the rounded side must
face outward).

III. IMPORTANT POINTS TO CHECK

1. Make sure the silencer is properly attached.
2. Push the gear with your finger, and then release it.
NORMAL: The gear moves about 3mm when you push it, and then returns to its
original position when you release it.
NG: The gear does not move when you push it.
If the gear does not move, remove the gear and reattach it.

NG OK

3. Pull the gear in the direction of the green arrow. Make sure the shaft does not move.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 10/13
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 30-May-05 No.: RB051036

4. Make sure that you can turn the gear clockwise.

5. Make sure that you cannot turn the gear counterclockwise.

6. Push the toner cartridge back into the development unit.

7. Mark the label on the development unit left side with a blue dot as shown.

Mark the label

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 11/13
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 30-May-05 No.: RB051036
B: Procedure for adding the spacers to the toner supply drive gear shaft when the
shaft has already come out from its position
I. IMPORTANT NOTES BEFORE YOU BEGIN
Please see “A: Procedure for adding the spacers to the toner supply drive gear shaft”.
II. MAIN PROCEDURE
1. Remove the development unit from the machine.
2. By looking at the spring from the bottom of the development unit, check if the spring
is installed on the development unit or not. If the spring is not installed, it is
impossible to carry out the following procedure. (Replace the development unit)

Spring
View from the bottom of the
development unit

3. Pull out the toner cartridge about 70 mm from the development unit.
4. While taking care not to pull the shaft, remove the silencer, toner cartridge drive
gear, and pressure spring.
Important: Be careful not to lose the silencer and spring.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 12/13
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 30-May-05 No.: RB051036
5. Put back the bearing so that the flat sides of the bearing are parallel with the ribs
(see the left photo).

OK NG

Ribs

6. While opening the rear development cover (A), push the shaft so that the shaft is
installed into the shaft holder hole.
Important: You cannot see the shaft holder hole (inside the cover). When the shaft
is installed correctly, you hear a click.

7. Make sure the shaft does not come out, by pulling out the shaft slowly and gently. If
the shaft comes out, repeat steps 5 and 6.
Important: If the shaft comes out completely, do not install the shaft again. In this
case, you have to replace the development unit.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 13/13
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 30-May-05 No.: RB051036

8. Do steps 5 and 6 from “A: Procedure for adding the spacers to the toner supply
drive gear shaft - II. Main procedure”.

Then do steps 1 to 5 from “A: Procedure for adding the spacers to the toner supply
drive gear shaft - III. Important points to check (1 to 6)”.
9. Make sure that the spring is installed on the development unit again.

Spring
View from the bottom of the
development unit

10. Make sure the projection (A) of the lower development case is installed into the hole
in the rear development cover correctly.

11. Mark the label on the development unit left side with a blue dot as shown.

Mark the label

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/23
Reissued: 26-Apr-06
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001m
RTB Reissue
The items in bold italics have been added or changed.
Subject: Firmware History - Copier Prepared by: H.K.
From: 1st Tech. Support Sec. Service Support Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other (Firmware History)

This is to inform you of the Copier firmware history (BICU, Operation Panel, FAX, FCU).

US Models EU Models Asia/Taiwan Models Effective Date

Ver.
Program No. C. SUM Program No. C. SUM Program No. C. SUM

1.21 B0515565H A5C9 B0515563H F88A B0515560K 89A1 Service Update

Only
1.20 B0515565G 7A5D B0515563G CA90 B0515560H 5D20 January
Production ‘05
1.19 B0515565F 729A B0515563F C30E B0515560G 54FE December
Production ‘04
1.18 B0515565E 00C4 B0515563E 5243 B0515560F E4A6 October
production ‘04
1.17 B0515565D 836F B0515563D D54B B0515560E 6439 June production
‘04
1.16 B0515565C E5CF B0515563C 35A3 B0515560D C5B6 February
production ‘04
1.15 B0515565B AE98 B0515563B 00DA B0515560C 93C1 January
Production ‘04
1.14 B0515565A CBCE B0515563A 1BC0 B0515560B AF1C December
production ‘03
1.13 B0515565 89B1 B0515563 DB8D B0515560A 6E5F November
production ‘03
1.12 B0515557Y 2224 B0515558Z F457 B0515560 85EB October
production ‘03
1.11 B0515557W 2C66 B0515558X 9B9F B0515559Y 56CC August production
‘03
1.10 B0515557V 9BE7 B0515558W 0DC8 B0515559X C685 June production
‘03
1.09 B0515557T 610C B0515558V D0BE B0515559W 8C00 April production
‘03
1.08 B0515557S 7D3D B0515558S ED70 B0515559T A3B4 March production
‘03
1.07 B0515557R A38A B0515558R 13C8 B0515559S CCE8 February
production ‘03
1.06 B0515557P BE7A B0515558P 7A02 B0515559Q 323A January
production ‘03
1.05 B0515557N - B0515558N - B0515559P - December
production ‘02
1.04 B0515557L 7C35 B0515558L 37D2 B0515559L 4912 September
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/23
Reissued: 26-Apr-06
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001m
US Models EU Models Asia/Taiwan Models Effective Date
Ver.
Program No. C. SUM Program No. C. SUM Program No. C. SUM

Production 02’
1.03 B0515557K - B0515558K - B0515559K - Not applied to the
production machines
1.02 B0515557J - B0515558J - B0515559J - Not applied to the
production machines
1.0192 UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - Not applied to the
192.bin 192.bin 192.bin production machines
1.0181 UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - UraC1CardV1 - August Production
181.bin 181.bin 181.bin ‘02

Korean Models Effective Date

Ver.
Program No. C. SUM

1.06 B0515567E 467D Service Update Only

1.05 B0515567D 1C92 January Production ‘05
1.04 B0515567C 11FD December Production ‘04
1.03 B0515567B A34E October Production ‘04
1.02 B0515567A 2444 June Production ‘04
1.01 B0515567 867E February production ‘04
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/23
Reissued: 26-Apr-06
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001m
The program contains the following firmware:
US version
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Version Firmware Version Firmware Version
No. No. No. No.
1.21 B0515568C 1.35:01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551H 3.00.0 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.20 B0515568B 1.341 :01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551H 3.00.0 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.19 B0515568B 1.341 :01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.18 B0515568A 1.34 :01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.17 B0515568 1.333 :01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.16 B0515554Z 1.32 :01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.15 B0515554Y 1.31 :01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.14 B0515554X 1.30:01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.13 B0515554W 1.291:01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551F 2.05 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.12 B0515554V 1.28:01 B0515536D 1.25 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.11 B0515554T 1.275:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.10 B0515554S 1.262:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.09 B0515554R 1.253:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.08 B0515554Q 1.242:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.07 B0515554P 1.233:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025771E 04.00.01
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515536C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025771C 02.01.00

181.bin

European version

Versi Firmware / Versions

on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Version Firmware Version Firmware Version
No. No. No. No.
1.21 B0515568C 1.35:01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551H 3.00.0 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.20 B0515568B 1.341 :01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551H 3.00.0 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.19 B0515568B 1.341 :01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.18 B0515568A 1.34 :01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 4/23
Reissued: 26-Apr-06
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001m
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Version Firmware Version Firmware Version
No. No. No. No.
1.17 B0515568 1.333 :01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.16 B0515554Z 1.32 :01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.15 B0515554Y 1.31 :01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.14 B0515554X 1.30:01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.13 B0515554W 1.291:01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551F 2.05 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.12 B0515554V 1.28:01 B0515537D 1.25 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.11 B0515554T 1.275:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.10 B0515554S 1.262:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.09 B0515554R 1.253:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.08 B0515554Q 1.242:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.07 B0515554P 1.233:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515537C 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00

181.bin

Asian version
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Version Firmware Version Firmware Version
No. No. No. No.
1.21 B0515568C 1.35:01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551H 3.00.0 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.20 B0515568B 1.341 :01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551H 3.00.0 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.19 B0515568B 1.341 :01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.18 B0515568A 1.34 :01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.17 B0515568 1.333 :01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.16 B0515554Z 1.32 :01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.15 B0515554Y 1.31 :01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.14 B0515554X 1.30:01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.13 B0515554W 1.291:01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551F 2.05 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.12 B0515554V 1.28:01 B0515531B 1.25 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.11 B0515554T 1.275:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 5/23
Reissued: 26-Apr-06
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001m
1.10 B0515554S 1.262:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.09 B0515554R 1.253:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.08 B0515554Q 1.242:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.07 B0515554P 1.233:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551E 2.00 B5025772E 04.00.01
1.06 B0515554N 1.213:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.05 B0515554M 1.212:01 B0515531A 1.20 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.04 B0515554L 1.204:1 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772D 03.01.00
1.03 B0515554K 1.204:1 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
1.02 B0515554J 1.202.01 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00

Versi Firmware / Versions

on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Version Firmware Version Firmware Version
No. No. No. No.
1.019 UraC1CardV1 1.192:01 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00
192.bin

1.018 UraC1CardV1 1.181:01 B0515531 1.19 B0515551D 1.17 B5025772C 02.01.00

181.bin
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 6/23
Reissued: 26-Apr-06
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001m

Korean version
Versi Firmware / Versions
on
BICU (Engine) Operation Panel LCD FAX application FCU
Firmware Version Firmware Version Firmware Version Firmware Version
No. No. No. No.
1.06 B0515568C 1.35:01 B0515549B 1.26 B0515551H 3.00.0 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.05 B0515568B 1.341 :01 B0515549B 1.26 B0515551H 3.00.0 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.04 B0515568B 1.341 :01 B0515549B 1.26 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.03 B0515568A 1.34 :01 B0515549B 1.26 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.02 B0515568 1.333 :01 B0515549B 1.26 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00
1.01 B0515554Z 1.32:01 B0515549B 1.26 B0515551G 2.05.2 B5025772F 05.00.00

BICU (Engine)
Symptom Corrected Version
An SC544 misdetection occurs when the machine recovers from 1.35:01
Energy Saver mode or when the main switch is turned ON.

The pixel-counting threshold for Toner End detection was changed. 1.341:01
Note: See RTB RB0510030a for details.

White lines. 1.34:01

Note: The “Doctor roller reverse mode” was changed to decrease the
amount of clogged toner in between the development roller and doctor
roller.

New: Reverse once

Reverse/Forward

Old: Reverse twice

The ACC sheet is not printed out correctly if the machine receives a
Fax while printing out the sheet.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 7/23
Reissued: 26-Apr-06
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001m
Symptom Corrected Version
The title and accompanying pictorial symbols for all fusing unit jams
are now displayed as one “B/C Jam” message, in order to ensure
panel displays are consistent with machine decals.
Specifically:
- The “B/C jam” display instructs users to open both the right cover
and right-upper cover.
- The “B jam” display now instructs users to open the right cover
only.
“Toner End” is displayed if the main power is turned On without the
toner cartridge installed, even if the cartridge is then properly installed
following this (main power Off/On necessary).
Machine emits a continuous beeping sound while shifting the paper
stack inside the LCT following the LCT paper end condition (auto tray
switching Off).

Note: In addition to this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to V2.07.2 or later.

(Changes applied to SP modes for Japan version only). 1.32:01

1.31:01
z SP2-954-001 (New PCU Settings) newly added:
This mode facilitates servicing in the field with individual settings for
new and old PCUs.

SP2-954-001 (New PCU Settings)

0: New, 1: Old

NOTE: Enabling/Disabling this SP mode will change the settings of all

of the SP modes listed in the table below. For details, please refer to
RTB RB051017c.

z A misdetection of SC481 (Transfer belt mark detection error) or

SC280 (Image transfer belt mark detection error) may occur when
the main motor rotational direction is changed from backwards to
forwards.

NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.06 or later.
Extra toner may sometimes stick to the transfer roller and then to the 1.30:01
rear side of the next copy sheet (main motor Off timing has been
optimized).

The Copier main motor may sometimes continue running if Sort jobs
are printed out to the 500-sheet Finisher (B458).
V1.31:01
SP No. English SP2-954-01
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 8/23
Reissued: 26-Apr-06
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001m
0:New 1:Old
Setting for New Setting for Old
2-400-008 Cleaning Bias LL1: OPC 1400 1400
lubrication time
2-401-008 Cleaning Bias LL2: OPC 1400 1400
lubrication time
2-402-008 Cleaning Bias NN1: OPC 1400 1400
lubrication time
2-403-008 Cleaning Bias NN2: OPC 1400 1400
lubrication time
2-404-008 Cleaning Bias HH: OPC 1400 1400
lubrication time
2-920-01 ITB Cleaning CL OFF Time 0 0

2-921-01 ITB Cleaning CL OFF Mode 0：New PCU 1：Old PCU

2-922-01 Dev CL ON after Job End 0：OFF 1：ON

2-923-01 Lubricant after Toner End 1：ON 1：ON

2-924-01 ITB Cleaning Clutch Off/On - 300 300

Time
2-924-02 ITB Cleaning Clutch Off/On - 2 0
Number
2-925-01 ITB Cleaning Execution 20 20
Variable
2-926-01 Cover Ratio Reference (MC) 1.7 1.7

2-926-02 Cover Ratio Reference (FC) 1.7 1.7

2-927-01 Disable Time (ITB Cleaning) 3 3

2-970-05 ITB Cleaning Clutch Off/On 2 0

Number in Oil removal mode
3-920-02 Lubrication Cleaning Time – 100 100
2C/3C/4C
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 9/23
Reissued: 26-Apr-06
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001m

Symptom Corrected Version

Final solution for black faint images: 1.291:01

z Default setting for SP3-970-004 (Image Area Rate: Bk) has been
changed to 4.7 as follows:
¾ [0 ~ 10.0 / 4.7 / 0.1 %/step]

- This was based on tests that show a theoretical 4.7% pixel

coverage ratio normally corresponds to a 5% actual image
coverage ratio.
- Please see RTB # RB051017b for the necessary action in
the field.

z New SP added to control frequency of ITB clutch on/off:

¾ SP2-970-05 (ITB Cleaning Clutch Off/On Number in Oil
removal mode)
[0 ~ 5 / 2 / 1/step]
- This SP sets the number of times ITB clutch on/off is
performed at the end of oil removal mode (SP2-970-01), a
mode that removes oil from the ITB to ensure uniform
image density. Turning the ITB clutch on/off helps to
remove excess toner that can cling to and then drop from
the edge of the newly added ITB cleaning blade during oil
removal.

NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.05.01 or later.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 10/23
Reissued: 26-Apr-06
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001m

Symptom Corrected Version

-SP2-927-001 (Disable Time (ITB Cleaning)

[0 ~ 14 / 3 / 1 s/step] DFU
-SP2-925-001 (ITB Cleaning Execution Variable)
[0 ~ 100 / 20 / 1 sheet/step] DFU
-SP2-926-001 (Cover Ratio Reference (MC)
[0 ~ 10 / 1.7 / 0.1 %/step] DFU
-SP2-926-002 (Cover Ratio Reference (FC)
[0 ~ 10 / 1.7 / 0.1 %/step] DFU
SC571 (fusing oil overflow) misdetection from oil end detection control
malfunction.
NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.04.1 or later.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 11/23
Reissued: 26-Apr-06
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001m
Symptom Corrected Version
SP3-911-001, 002 (Doctor roller rotation interval M&K) 1.275
In addition to SP3-910 (doctor roller interval for job end), after every
job end, the doctor rollers for M and K are rotated backwards to
prevent toner clump. It is not necessary to perform the reverse rotation
of the doctor rollers for every M & K job. This rotation may cause
doctor roller filming. Dirty background images may also occur. To
prevent this, the reverse rotation is now performed after 20
development jobs. These SP Modes can adjust the reverse rotation
interval. The doctor roller reverse rotation for SP3-911 is performed at
job end. Then, SP3-910 is performed at the next job end.
-SP3-911-001 (Doctor roller rotation interval M ) ( ): Old default
[1 ~ 50 / 20 (1) / 1 /step]
-SP3-911-002 (Doctor roller rotation interval K )
[1 ~ 50 / 20 (1) / 1 /step]

An ITB cleaning blade has been added to the ITB cleaning system.
The condition of the image process has been changed. These SP
modes are used for the new ITB cleaning system.

-SP2-920-002 (ITB cleaning Clutch OFF Mode)

0: ITB cleaning belt (Default): SP2-920-001 can be adjusted.
1: No ITB cleaning belt: SP2-920-001 cannot be adjusted.
-SP2-920-001(ITB Cleaning Clutch OFF Time)
[-500 ~ 500 / 0 / 10 /step]
This SP adjusts the ITB cleaning clutch off timing to prevent toner from
dropping. This ensures the PCU process will be smooth. The
combination of the ITB cleaning blade with an incorrect setting (No ITB
cleaning blade : 1 of SP2-920-001) may cause toner to drop on the
leading edge of the printed image.

-SP2-950 (Start registration Adjustment)

To correct the color registration adjustment for the ITB cleaning belt ,
the SP settings have been revised. For details, see the table below.

-SP2-953-001 (Image Position Adjustment)

The default settings of SP2-950 (Start Registration Adjustment) can be
changed with this SP.
0: ITB cleaning blade (Default):
1: No ITB cleaning blade:
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 12/23
Reissued: 26-Apr-06
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001m
Symptom Corrected Version
-SP2-922-001 (Development Clutch ON after Job End)
This SP sets the development clutch ON/OFF control depending on
the installation of the ITB cleaning blade. It is not necessary to turn on
the development clutch at job end when the ITB cleaning blade is
installed. A small amount toner is adhered to the surface of the OPC
belt to ensure proper cleaning of the OPC belt when the ITB cleaning
blade is NOT installed.
0: No for ITB cleaning blade (Default):
1: Yes for non ITB cleaning blade:

-SP2-923-001 (Lubricant cancellation after Toner End)

Eliminated unnecessary occurrences of SC420 (Fusing bias discharge

error). SC420 will not be shown when a leak occurs as a result of a
small hole on the fusing belt surface. Field experience has confirmed
that belt lifetime is actually longer when the SC is not shown in these
conditions. If a leak should occur, the machine turns SP2-501 OFF
(fusing bias SW), and the fusing bias is not applied until the fusing
counter is cleared and the SP is set back to ON or PM counter (SP7-
803-7) is cleared.
-SP2-501-001 (Fusing Bias SW)
[0 ~ 1 / 1/ 1: ON 0: OFF]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 13/23
Reissued: 26-Apr-06
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001m
Symptom Corrected Version
When printing the magenta mono color, Cyan color may mix slightly on
the magenta image.

The separation error may occur in the “Generation” mode selected in

the operation panel. To correct this, the image processing has been
reviewed.

NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.02.9 or later.

The “toner cartridge setting error” is sometimes displayed even when 1.262:01
the cartridge has been set correctly. This is due to misdetection of the
information on the cartridge memory chip.

8”x13” SEF is mis-detected as A4 SEF in the by-pass tray.

(EU/Asia versions only).

Default settings for the following have been changed (new defaults
underlined).
SP1-003-5,-6,-7 (Paper Buckle for By-pass Tray):

SP1-003-5 By-pass: Plain

[-4 ~ 6 / 3 / 1mm /step] (previous default: 0)

SP1-003-6 By-pass: Thick

[-4 ~ 6 / 0 / 1mm /step] (previous default: -2)

SP1-003-7 By-pass: OHP

[-4 ~ 6 / 0 / 1mm /step] (previous default: -2)

Eliminated unnecessary occurrences of SC410 (2nd transfer electric leakage):

Default for SP2-803-01 (Charge Cleaning Off time) changed to

minimize idling time during wire cleaning.
.[0 ~ 200 / 10 / 10 seconds/step] (previous default: 60)

Note: This adjustment was added from v1.233:01, and the description
has been added to the v1.233.01 description below (previously
missing).

SP modes newly added (listed below).

These SPs have been added to ensure proper (higher) transfer belt cleaning
by applying the following bias voltages at job end (OPC lubrication time):

SP2-400-008: Cleaning Bias LL1: OPC lubrication time

Minimum value changed for SP2-941-01, -02 (OPC lubrication time).

Minimum increased from 0 to 6:
SP2-941-01: Job End: [6 ~ 30 / 14 / 1 s/step]
SP2-941-02: OPC Lubrication Interval: [6 ~ 60 / 10 / 1 s/step]

NOTE: Along with this BICU version, be sure to update the main unit
controller firmware to v2.02. or later.

To ensure proper printing quality, the default values for the following 1.253:01
SP modes have been revised while some SP modes have been
added.

-SP3-920-001 (Lubrication Cleaning Time) ( ): previous default

[0 ~ 100 / 50 (100) / 1% /step]
-SP2-941-001(OPC Lubricant Time – Interrupt )
[0 ~ 30 / 14 (20) / 1s /step]

-SP3-922-001 (Lubricant Clutch OFF: 1C ): Newly added

-SP3-922-002(Lubricant Clutch OFF: 2C/3C/4C): Newly added
[0 ~ 11 / 6 / 1s /step]
Allows the image transfer belt-cleaning clutch off timing to be adjusted.
The setting determines the number of seconds after image transfer
belt cleaning roller charging that the clutch is turned off. With previous
versions, the clutch is always running while the development roller
motor rotates.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 15/23
Reissued: 26-Apr-06
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001m
Symptom Corrected Version
-SP2-938-001 (OPC Reverse Interval): Newly added
[0 ~ 100 / 10 / 10 counts /step]
The Main motor rotates the OPC belt backwards for 500ms at the end
of every job, in order to remove foreign particles between the OPC belt
and OPC cleaning blade. However, this does not need to be performed
so often. In addition, reducing the frequency of OPC belt reverse
rotation improves the cleaning blade performance.
This SP adjusts the counter for the OPC belt reverse rotation, and is
incremented as follows:
LT/A4 LEF or smaller: 1, larger than LT/A4 LEF: 2.
When this SP reaches its set maximum, reverse rotation is performed
for 500ms at job end.

Machine may freeze up when returning to stand-by mode from panel-

off or low power mode under the following:
LEF job Æ SEF job Æ Enters panel-off/low-power within 3 minutes Æ
Next job initiated, enters stand-by mode.

SC670 is sometimes mis-detected when the SMC is printed out.

SP2-801-03 (Additional value of the charge corona cleaning interval)

has been newly added. The cleaning interval for the additional charge
corona unit has been adjusted as shown.
[0 ~ 5000 / 100 / 100 counts/step]
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 16/23
Reissued: 26-Apr-06
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001m
Symptom Corrected Version
With this new SP, it is possible to adjust the interval for charge corona
cleaning in the middle of a job:
Old:
The charge corona cleaning is carried out after 600 (SP2-801-1)
development counts, at job end or after 700 (no adjustment)
development counts (stops in the middle of the job).
After
The charge corona cleaning is carried out after 600 (SP2-801-1)
development counts, at job end or after 700 (= the sum of the
settings in SP2-801-1 and -3) development counts (stops in the
middle of the job).

Text mode in mono color mode

Text Mode in mono color mode also uses the separation filter, which
may sometimes cause separation errors. The separation filter has
been reviewed.

Machine may freeze when a paper jam occurs or when the main
switch is turned on (found in laboratory tests).

SC120 was shown instead of SC122 when the scanner home position
was initialized.

SP2-803-01 (Charge Cleaning Off time) newly added:

[0 ~ 200 / 60 / 10 seconds/step]

Although a 60-second interval already exists for performing an idle

discharge after corona wire cleaning, this new SP mode allows the
interval to be adjusted. The idle discharge is to maintain an even
charge wire surface, ensuring proper charging.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 17/23
Reissued: 26-Apr-06
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001m
Symptom Corrected Version
The paper feed/transport timing for the duplex interleaf function (one 1.213:01
sheet in duplex unit, one fed from tray) has been improved to ensure
better paper transport.
SC546 & SC556 1.212:01
Detection conditions for SC546/556 have been changed so that they
are triggered by a 50°C/sec jump or drop in thermistor temperature
data (old: 20°C/sec). This is because these SCs were being reported
from the field in Japan in environments below 5°C (installation
requirements: 10°C minimum), i.e. unnecessary SC occurrences.
Note: When the actual fusing temperature is below 5°C, the
temperature curve for thermistor data is unstable and nonlinear,
triggering the SCs more easily.
Toner end and/or toner near end may be detected even when the 1.204:1
toner cartridge still contains enough to continue printing.

1.202.01
Process control mode timing
To reduce the cycle of process control mode (every 200 printings), Mono (Bk)
prints are no longer counted for process control.

Charge corona cleaning

Charge corona cleaning mode-entering timing has been changed from 640 to
700. After 700 development counts (stops in the middle of the job), charge
corona cleaning is carried out.

SC560 (Zero cross error)

SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type):

To prevent fusing jams (wrapping around the pressure roller) the layer
thickness of the pressure roller has been changed from 1.5 mm to 2.1mm
from the first production machines. When updating from v1.192:01 or
older to v1.202.01 or newer for the first time, even if the new pressure
roller is installed, it is necessary to select ‘ new ‘ in SP1-905-01 to
initialize fusing temperature control. The settings for the August
production machines have been input on the production line. When firmware
1.192:01 or older is updated to 1.202.01 or later for the first time, the
machine cannot judge which data (old or new) should be used for fusing
control.
Note: When selecting 0 in SP1-905-1 and then pressing # on the LCD, the
new control data is applied to fusing control.
0: new pressure roller type (2.1mm), 1: old pressure roller type (1.5mm)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 18/23
Reissued: 26-Apr-06
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001m
Symptom Corrected Version
SP2-944-4 and –5 :(OPC Lubrication – High Coverage)
The default settings for SP2-944-4 and –5 have been reviewed and changed
to reduce the cycle of OPC lubrication mode.
SP2-944-4: Sheets-1: [10 to 80/ 30 / 1sheet/step]
SP2-944-5: Sheets-2: [10 to 80/ 60 / 1sheet/step]

0: New paper transfer roller type (Drum type), 1: Old paper transfer roller
type (straight type)

SP2-321-7 and –9: (Paper transfer bias of edge)

The default settings have been changed from 1.0 to 0.8 to improve image
quality in low temperature and low humidity conditions.

SP7-931-001 to –017 (Engine status display)

Reducing fan motor rotation period

The development fan stops and the fusing unit fan is rotated at half speed for
15 seconds after the last sheet of paper exits the printer. With the previous
firmware, the fusing unit fan and development fan both ran for 3 minutes after
paper exit.
1.181:01
Doctor roller reverse mode timing
After 20 prints, at job end or after 50 prints (stops in the middle of the job),
the machine carries out the doctor roller reverse rotation to maintain good
printing quality. A4/LT SEF or shorter printing is counted as 1 and printing
longer than A4/LT SEF is counted as 2. With the prototype firmware, A4/LT
LEF or shorter printing is counted as 1 and longer than A4/LT LEF is counted
as 2. This is to reduce the frequency of the doctor roller reverse mode.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 19/23
Reissued: 26-Apr-06
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001m
August 2002 production serial numbers
B051-17: J2526800001 to J2526800023
B051-27: J2526800024 to J2526800043
B052-17: J2626800001 to J2626800042
B052-27: J2626800043 to J2626800061
Note for Updating the BICU firmware of the August production machines
When the BICU firmware is updated from the August production machines to 1.204:1 or later for
the first time, be sure to update the main unit controller firmware to V1.332 or later at the same
time. (Refer to the main unit controller firmware history RTB (RTB No.2). Then, change the
following SP modes after updating the firmware.
SP2-905-01: (Paper transfer roller type): Select 0, then press #.
SP1-905-01 (pressure roller type): Select 0, then press #.
SP2-944-4 and –5: (OPC Lubrication – High Coverage): -4: Change setting from 20 to 30. –5:
Change the setting from 40 to 60.

Operation Panel LCD

Taiwanese words correction

Korean words correction

Clean / Adjust in Spanish, French

First release for Asia version

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 20/23
Reissued: 26-Apr-06
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001m
FAX application
Symptom Corrected Version
Sometimes, the machine prints out a fax while in Auto Off mode, even if 3.00.0
“Night Printing Mode” is OFF.
Note: Night Printing Mode is user parameter SW14 (SWUSR-0E), bit 0.
Key input from the operation panel is sometimes disabled when changing 2.05.2
over from Copier to FAX mode under the following conditions.
• Function Priority is set to Copier in User Tools.
• Nothing is input for TTI No. 1 & 2.
• Korea is registered as the country code in SP 1-101-016.
Minor bug correction for Japanese version. 2.05
Supports MLB function. 2.00
First release 1.17

FCU
Symptom Corrected Version
Tx level of DTMF tone in Taiwan is slightly high. 05.00.00
Supports MLB function. 04.00.01

Main power off/on during original scanning

If the main power is turned off while the machine is scanning the original, the
memory capacity remains decreased when the power is turned back on.
Job numbers for standby for FAX transmission by LAN FAX (P/C FAX): 03.01.00
System Switch 19 No.4 (SP1-101-026; page 4-17 in S/M)
System Switch 19 No.4 (SP1-101-026; page 4-17) added to FAX SP mode.

Job numbers for standby for FAX transmission by LAN FAX (P/C FAX) are
limited as follows:
0: 64 1: Depends on memory (400: standard, 800: with Fax Function
Upgrade Unit)

Taiwan area
Taiwan Area parameters added.

First release 02.01.00

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 21/23
Reissued: 26-Apr-06
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001m

New defaults for SP2- 310 to 314

SP code Class1and 2
ＳＰ
2-310 2-311 2-312 2-313 2-314
Class 3
LL1 LL2 NN1 NN2 HH
-1 25 27 28 29 30

-2 25 28 30 30 30

-3 25 29 32 31 30

-4 25 28 31 30 28

-5 25 27 30 28 26

-6 26 28 29 30 31

-7 26 29 31 31 31

-8 26 30 33 32 31

-9 26 29 32 31 29

-10 26 28 31 29 27

-11 14 15 15 16 16

-12 15 15 15 15 15

-13 16 15 14 15 15

-14 18 16 14 14 14

-15 20 17 14 14 14

-16 28 28 27 29 30

-17 30 29 28 31 33

-18 28 29 30 33 36

-19 28 29 30 32 34

-20 28 29 30 31 32

-21 29 29 28 30 31

-22 31 30 29 32 34

-23 29 30 31 34 37

-24 29 30 31 33 35

-25 29 30 31 32 33

-26 12 13 14 14 14

-27 16 16 16 15 15

-28 20 19 17 17 16
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 22/23
Reissued: 26-Apr-06
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001m

-29 24 23 23 23 22

-30 28 29 30 29 28

-31 16 17 17 18 18

-32 20 21 21 22 22
New defaults for SP2- 903
[0 to 70.0 /1.0/ 0.1µA/step]

New SP (): Old default

950 Start Registration Adjustment
1 Start Registration Color registration adjustment: Adjusts the start timing of
Adjustment 1–K (32 imaging for each color.
CPM) [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
2 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–M (32
CPM)
3 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–C (32
CPM)
4 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–Y (32
CPM)
5 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 2 (0) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–K (32
CPM)
6 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1 ) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–M (32
CPM)
7 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–C (32
CPM)
8 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–Y (32
CPM)
9 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–K (24
CPM)
10 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–M (24
CPM)
11 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–C (24
CPM)
12 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 1–Y (24
CPM)
13 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–K (24
CPM)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 23/23
Reissued: 26-Apr-06
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 2-Dec-02 No.: RB051001m
14 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 (–1 ) / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–M (24
CPM)
15 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–C (24
CPM)
16 Start Registration [–3 ~ 3 / 0 / 1 line/step]
Adjustment 2–Y (24
CPM)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/2
Model: Model TH-C1 Date: 6-Apr-06 No.: RB156027

Subject: LCT Jam or Noise Prepared by: H.K.

SYMPTOM
When the paper stack is moved from the left to the right in the LCT, the first sheet of the
paper stack in the LCT jams, or noise occurs and the paper is not fed.

CAUSE
One or more of the following:
- The distance between the side fences is narrow. As a result, the paper is not moved
correctly to the right side of the LCT, and the timing belt is overloaded.
- The paper is wider than specification or has burrs on its edge

Move
ＢＡ

SOLUTION
Production Line
Temporary:
1. The distance between the side fences was increased by 0.5mm.
- The length of the front side fence was changed (P/N B1809902)
2. The distance between the side fences is checked on the production line.
- Cut-in S/N:
J4051100001 (from 2005 November production)
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/2
Model: Model TH-C1 Date: 6-Apr-06 No.: RB156027
Permanent:

1. The distance between the side fences was increased by 0.2mm

- The positions of the screw holes were moved 0.1mm.
2. The distance between the side fences is checked on the production line.

Old part New part Description Q’ty Int

number number
G5692640
B6002645 FRONT SIDE FENCE 1 X/O
(B6002640)
G5692650
B6002655 REARSIDE FENCE 1 X/O
(B6002650)
Note: G5692640 Æ B6002640, G5692650 Æ B6002650 O/O These change has been applied due
to a vendor change.

Action in the Field

1. Replace the front side fence with B1809902 (production line temporary solution).
Or,
2. Replace the front side fence and rear side fence with B6002645 and B6002655.

Rear Side Fence

Front Side Fence

Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/3
Reissued:3-Oct-06
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 20-Dec-02 No.: RB051003a
RTB Reissue
The items in bold italics have been corrected or added.
Subject: Image Skew Prepared by: H.K.
From: Technical Services sec. Service Planning Dept.
Classification: Troubleshooting Part information Action required
Mechanical Electrical Service manual revision
Paper path Transmit/receive Retrofit information
Other ( )

SYMPTOM
Image skew when feeding from mainframe Trays 1 and 2.

Cause
The operator does not set the side fence flush against the paper stack.

Field Action 1
Tell customers that the side fence should be set flush against the loaded paper stack, or in
cases where the customer gives approval, secure the side fences in place [A] with two
screws.
Note:
z The level of skew will increase twofold if there is a 1mm gap between the paper and
side fence.
z The two screws [B] (P/N: 04503008N) were added to Trays 1 and 2.
Note: See the cut-in S/N for this modification below.

A B
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/3
Reissued:3-Oct-06
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 20-Dec-02 No.: RB051003a

Cut-in serial numbers for modification mentioned above (2 screws added):

[RAI (China) Production]

MODEL NAME V/Hz DESTINATION CODE SERIAL NO.
Ricoh Aficio 1224C 120/60 USA B051-17 J2547000217
Savin C2408
Gestetner DSc224
Lanier LD024c
Ricoh Aficio 1224C 110/60 Taiwan B051-19 J25472xxxxx
Gestetner DSc224 220,230,240/50, Europe, etc B051-22 J2547100748
Nashuatec DSc224 60
Rex Rotary DSc224
Lanier LD024c 220,230,240/50 Europe B051-24 L1234910001
Infotec ISC824 220,230,240/50 Europe B051-26 5P2924xxxx
Ricoh Aficio 1224C 220,230,240/50, Europe, etc B051-27 J2547001539
60
Ricoh Aficio 1224C 220,230,240/50 Korea B051-28 J2547100073
Ricoh Aficio 1224C 220,230,240/50, Asia, etc B051-29 J2547100001
60
Ricoh Aficio 1232C 120/60 USA B052-17 J26472xxxxx
Savin C3210
Gestetner DSc232
Lanier LD032c
Ricoh Aficio 1232C 110/60 Taiwan B052-19 J2647100026
Gestetner DSc232 220,230,240/50, Europe, etc B052-22 J2647100038
Nashuatec DSc232 60
Rex Rotary DSc232
Lanier LD032c 220,230,240/50 Europe B052-24 L1244910001
Infotec ISC1032 220,230,240/50 Europe B052-26 5P3924xxxx
Ricoh Aficio 1232C 220,230,240/50, Europe, etc B052-27 J26472xxxxx
60
Ricoh Aficio 1232C 220,230,240/50 Korea B052-28 J26472xxxxx
Ricoh Aficio 1232C 220,230,240/50, Asia, etc B052-29 J2647100001
60

[Gotenba (Japan) Production]

MODEL NAME V/Hz DESTINATION CODE SERIAL NUMBER
Ricoh Aficio 1224C 120/60 USA B051-51 J2512xxxxx
Savin C2408
Gestetner DSc224
Lanier LD024c
Ricoh Aficio 1224CG 120/60 USA B051-57 J25412xxxxx
Savin C2524
Gestetner DSc524
Ricoh Aficio 1232C 120/60 USA B052-51 J26412xxxxx
Savin C3210
Gestetner DSc232
Lanier LD032c
Ricoh Aficio 1232CG 120/60 USA B052-57 J26412xxxxx
Savin C2534
Gestetner DSc532
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 3/3
Reissued:3-Oct-06
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 20-Dec-02 No.: RB051003a

Field Action 2
As a supplement, the level of skew can be further minimized by increasing the paper
buckle in SP1-003. Try adjusting this value several times while checking the level of skew
on the printouts, keeping in mind that a higher value tends to cause Z-folds and a lower
value tends to cause paper jams.

Field Action 3
The following sheets of Mylar have been added to the side fence from the September
production. For the field machines, please refer to the procedure below.

Part number Quantity Description

G0702735 2/Tray Guide Plate - Side Fence

<Procedure>
Clean the attachment surface on the
Front Side Fence (AF016097) with alcohol,
then attach the Mylar (G0702735) to
the Front Side Fence as shown in the
illustration. The following field machines
require the Mylar to be attached:

August '02 production serial numbers are as follows.

Subject: Charge Corona Harness Prepared by: H.K.

Important Note for When Replacing the Charge Corona Unit

1. When you install the charge corona unit, do not straighten the cleaner motor harness
if this harness is white.
l From May 2006 production, the material of the harness was changed to a more
environmentally-friendly type. The new harness is white and the material is
harder than the black harness.
l The new harness is bent at the factory. This is to make sure that harness does
not push the quenching lamp (QL).
l If you straighten the white harness, SC305 can occur.

White harness

Black harness

2. If SC305 occurs when you install the charge corona unit:

This means the white harness is straight, and is pushing on the QL/holder connection
(see photos on next page).
Action: Correct the QL position and bend the white harness so that it does not push
the QL.
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 2/2
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 22-Nov-06 No.: RB051037

Do not
straighten the
harness.

Rear view
Front view

QL QL is QL
QL is disconnected
disconnected
Technical Bulletin PAGE: 1/1
Model: Model U-C1 Date: 05-Sep-07 No.: RB051038

Subject: Platen cover sheet damage Prepared by: H.K.

SYMPTOM
A small area on the lower front edge of the platen cover sheet is damaged. This may
have a potential safety risk, depending on the amount of damage.

Platen Cover
Sheet

CAUSE
The platen cover is opened/closed repeatedly over a long period of time, and each time,
the operator touches the platen cover sheet. As a result, this area of the platen cover
sheet is gradually worn down.

SOLUTION
Check the condition of the platen cover sheet at the next service visit.

If the platen cover sheet shows any damage:

Temporary:
z Remove the platen cover sheet and reattach it in the reverse orientation (turn it 180
degrees so that the damaged edge is at the rear side).
z Cover the damaged area of the platen cover sheet with transparent tape.

Permanent:
z Replace the platen cover sheet with the modified part:

P/N G3291371 Sheet: Pressure plate: Ass’y

Used in platen cover options produced from: March 2007

Spec Curtain
No ratings yet
Spec Curtain
3 pages
AMD RyzenMaster
No ratings yet
AMD RyzenMaster
542 pages
Kyocera Fs 1118mfpKm1820
No ratings yet
Kyocera Fs 1118mfpKm1820
200 pages
Microsoft Wireless Display Adapter
No ratings yet
Microsoft Wireless Display Adapter
1 page
10th Practical File
No ratings yet
10th Practical File
20 pages
Instructions For Downloading
No ratings yet
Instructions For Downloading
1 page
Hotkeyz
No ratings yet
Hotkeyz
69 pages
Re2 Framework Log
No ratings yet
Re2 Framework Log
12 pages
Eknowledge+ Marksheet Pgdca Gyanjyoti+Dihidar
No ratings yet
Eknowledge+ Marksheet Pgdca Gyanjyoti+Dihidar
1 page
MS 365
No ratings yet
MS 365
47 pages
2003 04 25 - 驱动开发书籍介
No ratings yet
2003 04 25 - 驱动开发书籍介
14 pages
Manual - Quadro Notebook Driver Release 441.66
No ratings yet
Manual - Quadro Notebook Driver Release 441.66
3 pages
Nouveau Document Texte
No ratings yet
Nouveau Document Texte
4 pages
EURO Product Info E V14
No ratings yet
EURO Product Info E V14
6 pages
U2 Inkjet Printer
No ratings yet
U2 Inkjet Printer
6 pages
Data Loading Guide
No ratings yet
Data Loading Guide
36 pages
UserGuide 3
No ratings yet
UserGuide 3
1 page
Acc 146
No ratings yet
Acc 146
4 pages
Digital B&W Copiers (M154/M155/M174/M175-NA) Parts Catalog
No ratings yet
Digital B&W Copiers (M154/M155/M174/M175-NA) Parts Catalog
45 pages
It 9
No ratings yet
It 9
2 pages
V90-USB-connection FAQ en
No ratings yet
V90-USB-connection FAQ en
11 pages
Gim Mf1 p1 Firmware Notes
No ratings yet
Gim Mf1 p1 Firmware Notes
275 pages
2.2.1.13 Lab - Monitor and Manage System Resources in Windows
No ratings yet
2.2.1.13 Lab - Monitor and Manage System Resources in Windows
21 pages
Pcil Gimmf15
No ratings yet
Pcil Gimmf15
15 pages
Despiece IM C300 D0CA - D0C9 - EU
No ratings yet
Despiece IM C300 D0CA - D0C9 - EU
156 pages
Pcil Gimmf1d
No ratings yet
Pcil Gimmf1d
26 pages
LifePreInt TG
No ratings yet
LifePreInt TG
36 pages
Model AP-C2.5 (D088/D089) Parts Catalog
No ratings yet
Model AP-C2.5 (D088/D089) Parts Catalog
184 pages
Neo Geo Architecture: Architecture of Consoles: A Practical Analysis, #23
From Everand
Neo Geo Architecture: Architecture of Consoles: A Practical Analysis, #23
Rodrigo Copetti
No ratings yet
Ricoh MP C3004 C3504 C3004ex C3504ex DSc1230 Parts Catalog 66e08fcce941b
No ratings yet
Ricoh MP C3004 C3504 C3004ex C3504ex DSc1230 Parts Catalog 66e08fcce941b
231 pages
528081K-001 DS Sigma Parts
No ratings yet
528081K-001 DS Sigma Parts
50 pages
Parts Catalog MP C3002
No ratings yet
Parts Catalog MP C3002
225 pages
m024 - m028 - 3d Parts Catalog - v2.07 (PDF) Reissue
No ratings yet
m024 - m028 - 3d Parts Catalog - v2.07 (PDF) Reissue
221 pages
CGR Microproject
No ratings yet
CGR Microproject
18 pages
Manual Programacao Impressora Epson TM t20
No ratings yet
Manual Programacao Impressora Epson TM t20
5 pages
MP C3004/C3504/C3004Ex/C3504Ex Series/Dsc1230 (D238/D239/D0Ac/D0Ad) Parts Catalog
0% (1)
MP C3004/C3504/C3004Ex/C3504Ex Series/Dsc1230 (D238/D239/D0Ac/D0Ad) Parts Catalog
228 pages
PCPinpad PC-SC UserGuide
No ratings yet
PCPinpad PC-SC UserGuide
26 pages
Batch Script - Reading A Registry Value Using "REG - EXE"
No ratings yet
Batch Script - Reading A Registry Value Using "REG - EXE"
3 pages
M 190 57.5mm 5v Standard Ribbon Datasheet
No ratings yet
M 190 57.5mm 5v Standard Ribbon Datasheet
2 pages
Digital B&W Copiers (M156/M157/M176/M177-EU/AA) Parts Catalog
No ratings yet
Digital B&W Copiers (M156/M157/M176/M177-EU/AA) Parts Catalog
50 pages
Gantt Excel Pro Daily Free1
No ratings yet
Gantt Excel Pro Daily Free1
9 pages
Mega Drive Architecture: Architecture of Consoles: A Practical Analysis, #3
From Everand
Mega Drive Architecture: Architecture of Consoles: A Practical Analysis, #3
Rodrigo Copetti
No ratings yet
Ir1133 Special Version SMB3 - TLS1.2
No ratings yet
Ir1133 Special Version SMB3 - TLS1.2
2 pages
72 Curriculum Vitae Fresher
No ratings yet
72 Curriculum Vitae Fresher
1 page
English
No ratings yet
English
52 pages
# Installation Guide
No ratings yet
# Installation Guide
2 pages
Y015/Y016 Point To Point Diagram 1/2: Main Board
No ratings yet
Y015/Y016 Point To Point Diagram 1/2: Main Board
3 pages
SD Card Formatter 5.01 User's Manual: August 26, 2020
No ratings yet
SD Card Formatter 5.01 User's Manual: August 26, 2020
11 pages
Echnical Ulletin: Model: Date: No
No ratings yet
Echnical Ulletin: Model: Date: No
13 pages
Font G
No ratings yet
Font G
31 pages
CN0336
No ratings yet
CN0336
7 pages
Sirius-Pj2 FSM en Final 270715
No ratings yet
Sirius-Pj2 FSM en Final 270715
172 pages
TK90X v3 ROM (ENGLISH)
No ratings yet
TK90X v3 ROM (ENGLISH)
5 pages
Echnical Ulletin: Model: Date: No
No ratings yet
Echnical Ulletin: Model: Date: No
2 pages
Ricoh MP 4502 - PC - NORMAL
No ratings yet
Ricoh MP 4502 - PC - NORMAL
168 pages
U2 Smart
No ratings yet
U2 Smart
2 pages
Ricoh SG3110DN Manual
No ratings yet
Ricoh SG3110DN Manual
25 pages
MP C2051 - rfg047544-D104 - D106 - EU - 3D PARTS CATALOG - V1.31
No ratings yet
MP C2051 - rfg047544-D104 - D106 - EU - 3D PARTS CATALOG - V1.31
161 pages
MS Office KeyBoard Shortcuts
No ratings yet
MS Office KeyBoard Shortcuts
2 pages
Sirius-PJ2 (X6181N / WX6181N / WU6181N)
No ratings yet
Sirius-PJ2 (X6181N / WX6181N / WU6181N)
9 pages
Rigel-Pj1 NX FSM en Final 170212
No ratings yet
Rigel-Pj1 NX FSM en Final 170212
155 pages
3592 Tape Overview - 7-29-2009 - Fujifilm
No ratings yet
3592 Tape Overview - 7-29-2009 - Fujifilm
3 pages
Part 2555-3555
No ratings yet
Part 2555-3555
241 pages
Imc300 Ricoh Parts Catalog
No ratings yet
Imc300 Ricoh Parts Catalog
133 pages
pt-d4 FSM en Final 090615 PDF
No ratings yet
pt-d4 FSM en Final 090615 PDF
208 pages
POSPrinter Utility Manual
No ratings yet
POSPrinter Utility Manual
25 pages
Part 4055-6055
No ratings yet
Part 4055-6055
244 pages
The Fujifilm X-E2: Beyond the Manual
From Everand
The Fujifilm X-E2: Beyond the Manual
Rico Pfirstinger
No ratings yet
Macro Man
No ratings yet
Macro Man
7 pages
Dascom 7010 - Maintenance Manual
No ratings yet
Dascom 7010 - Maintenance Manual
255 pages
Readme For ML Craft Upgrade
100% (1)
Readme For ML Craft Upgrade
3 pages
D0ap D0C5 D0C6 Eu Aa Kor
No ratings yet
D0ap D0C5 D0C6 Eu Aa Kor
124 pages
MPC 401
No ratings yet
MPC 401
209 pages
Partes
No ratings yet
Partes
184 pages
MP C3004/C3504/C3004Ex/C3504Ex Series/Dsc1230 (D238/D239/D0Ac/D0Ad) Parts Catalog
No ratings yet
MP C3004/C3504/C3004Ex/C3504Ex Series/Dsc1230 (D238/D239/D0Ac/D0Ad) Parts Catalog
231 pages
SM PCL - Printer - Kit-V1 - SM - DU7-1242-000
No ratings yet
SM PCL - Printer - Kit-V1 - SM - DU7-1242-000
27 pages
Kayak 600
No ratings yet
Kayak 600
145 pages
Readme Eng
No ratings yet
Readme Eng
3 pages
MP 2501 Guide Product
No ratings yet
MP 2501 Guide Product
28 pages
Parts Catalog MP C2004-2504 PDF
100% (2)
Parts Catalog MP C2004-2504 PDF
256 pages
PPD
No ratings yet
PPD
2 pages
Car Base
50% (2)
Car Base
104 pages
Main Body: Product Product Code CME List Price Euro
No ratings yet
Main Body: Product Product Code CME List Price Euro
26 pages
NRG - What Fits What (Basic)
No ratings yet
NRG - What Fits What (Basic)
100 pages
SIMATIC PCS 7 Automation Systems, S7-400 Series
No ratings yet
SIMATIC PCS 7 Automation Systems, S7-400 Series
22 pages
BA-T500II Sa
No ratings yet
BA-T500II Sa
5 pages
Euro Symbol in PDF
No ratings yet
Euro Symbol in PDF
2 pages
README
No ratings yet
README
2 pages
Model Z-C1 (M022/M026) Parts Catalog
No ratings yet
Model Z-C1 (M022/M026) Parts Catalog
212 pages
Buletine Info Af1224
No ratings yet
Buletine Info Af1224
166 pages
SATO Barcode Programming Language PDF
No ratings yet
SATO Barcode Programming Language PDF
286 pages
Eurotech Tape Drive Information
No ratings yet
Eurotech Tape Drive Information
19 pages
E Studio 167
No ratings yet
E Studio 167
26 pages
Car Base
0% (1)
Car Base
104 pages
CarBase Маркировка микросхем
100% (1)
CarBase Маркировка микросхем
93 pages
d027 d029 Na Parts Catalog v1.14
No ratings yet
d027 d029 Na Parts Catalog v1.14
162 pages
TM-T20 Eng QR 01
No ratings yet
TM-T20 Eng QR 01
4 pages
Partes Ricoh MP 3002
No ratings yet
Partes Ricoh MP 3002
219 pages
Product Catalog
No ratings yet
Product Catalog
6 pages
Ver.4.5 Upgrade of Pro A5
No ratings yet
Ver.4.5 Upgrade of Pro A5
14 pages
Epl2 Programmer's Manual
No ratings yet
Epl2 Programmer's Manual
248 pages
MPC2051 - MPC255 PC - v01
No ratings yet
MPC2051 - MPC255 PC - v01
129 pages
BAR-OnE For SAP Documentation
No ratings yet
BAR-OnE For SAP Documentation
55 pages
Presario 4100/4400: System Boards (W/o Processor) Assembly Spare Part System
No ratings yet
Presario 4100/4400: System Boards (W/o Processor) Assembly Spare Part System
5 pages